The Role of Students in the Telangana Movement โ€“A Study of Hyderabad District

C. Yadagiri

Research Scholar, Department of Political Science

Osmania Univesity

Hyderabad

Abstract:

The important significance of the student movement in the Separate Telangana campaign is evident. The individuals had a significant role in elevating the prominence of the demand for the establishment of Telangana State, particularly through intellectual engagements such as dialogues, workshops, seminars, and public gatherings organized by esteemed academic institutions like Kakatiya and Osmania universities. Several student organizations, namely TRSV, ABVP, NSUI, PDSU, AISF, and Dalith Student Organization, collectively demonstrated their solidarity with the Telangana agitation. The students showcased their solidarity by establishing a student Joint Action Committee (JAC) at Kakatiya University on November 17, 2009. They expressed their endorsement of KCR, the leader of TRS, who was undertaking a hunger strike in pursuit of a particular objective.

The active engagement of students can be ascribed to their enduring consciousness of the Telangana cause, which has been deeply instilled in them since their early years. Their profound comprehension and unwavering dedication rendered them the fundamental support system of the revolution. This article discusses the significance of the student movements that became instruments in the formation of Telangana State. 

Keywords: Telangana campaigb, student organizations, unwavering dedication, student movements, separate state etc. 

Introduction

The student movement that emerged during the Separate Telangana movement in Telangana was undoubtedly a very influential and impactful social movement in the regionโ€”approximately twelve years after the establishment of Andhra Pradesh, the populace of Telangana commenced articulating their discontentment with the governing authorities, asserting their desire for the fulfilment of the pledged assurances. The origins of this struggle can be traced back to the formative years of post-colonial India. The first indications became apparent through the non-Mulki agitation in 1952, which was succeeded by what might be regarded as the third wave manifested in the second non-Mulki agitation in 1956, and the year 1969 witnessed a notable escalation in the persistent pursuit of establishing an independent state of Telangana, also called the agitation. The sequence above of agitations serves as a testament to the enduring and ingrained aspiration of the Telangana populace to establish a separate state.

Notably, the movement’s inception can be traced back to December 6, 1968, when a group of students from Vivek Vardhini College in Hyderabad initiated a parade. Regrettably, the procession encountered instances of violent aggression from individuals enlisted by proponents of integration, as well as from law enforcement personnel. In light of these occurrences, protests were orchestrated in Khammam and Warangal. The momentum of the campaign experienced a sustained increase, disseminating to several regions inside Telangana, encompassing Nizamabad. This historical time holds great significance in the annals of Telangana’s history and is commonly known as the “Black Day,” symbolizing the arduous trials and tribulations encountered throughout the movement.

On January 8, 1969, an individual named Ravindranath commenced an indefinite hunger strike in the Khammam region, aiming to advocate for the safeguarding of Telangana. The precise underlying factors driving his activities remain ambiguous. However, this was initially a protest confined to a certain geographical area. Nevertheless, as the strike persisted, it acquired more support and momentum. On the fifth day of the hunger strike, students in Khammam resorted to increasingly extreme measures, including the vandalization of government offices and the deliberate ignition of road transportation corporation (RTC) buses. The action above resulted in the intensification of the crisis and garnered increased focus on the underlying issue.

In a display of solidarity with their counterparts in Khammam, students in Warangal also orchestrated protests, augmenting the movement’s scope and influence. This occurrence exemplifies how seemingly minor actions may ignite substantial social and political movements.

The emergency meeting held on January 12, 1969, by the Osmania University Student Union was to evaluate the current protests occurring in several regions. During the discussion, the union conveyed profound discontentment with the political leadership in the region. The individuals in question demonstrated a courageous act by formally requesting the resignation of Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs) and nine cabinet ministers from Telangana. Demonstrating unwavering determination, the students proclaimed that unless the government acceded to these stipulations, they would commence an indeterminate cessation of activities on January 15, 1969. The issuance of this request signified a notable intensification in their position. This development also underscores the progression of student demands, which have expanded in terms of both quantity and breadth as compared to the first requests presented by the all-party Telangana leaders. The statement highlights the growing intensity and resolve exhibited by the students in their endeavour to establish an independent state for Telangana.

On January 15, 1969, as per their prior declaration, students in the twin towns of Hyderabad and Secunderabad abstained from attending their academic sessions. A meeting was convened at the Nizam College grounds, where individuals assembled. It became apparent that the student body might be divided into two distinct factions: one arguing for implementing safeguards for Telangana, and the other supporting the creation of an independent state of Telangana under the guidance of Mallikarjun. The Student Union persisted with their protest and expanded the scope of their academic boycott. He issued a directive to gather all students at Nizam College on the following day at 11 a.m. During the deliberations, it became evident that the faction advocating for establishing a distinct Telangana state held a dominant position regarding popular backing.

After the conference’s conclusion, Mallikarjun, the President of the Osmania University Students Association, led a student rally from the Nizam College grounds to the Abids Circle. Despite the substantial police deployment, there were sporadic occurrences of students engaging in the act of hurling stones at municipal buses. Regrettably, these events resulted in the unfortunate loss of two lives. Two individuals, Sriram Chandra and Dasthagir, aged twenty-five and ten, respectively, lost their lives as a result of police gunfire during their attempt to interrupt a felicitation ceremony honouring the Home Minister Jalagam Vengal Rao in his town of Khammam. Furthermore, in a separate occurrence at Secunderabad, an individual named Ravinder, aged eighteen, tragically perished due to the escalating turmoil inside the satyagraha movement. The instances above underscore the heightened intensity and profound seriousness of the circumstances that characterized the Telangana Movement of 1969.

Mallikarjun, the leader of the Osmania University Student Union, made a notable declaration, asserting that their protest would last until establishing an independent Telangana state. The declaration above emphasized the student movement’s unwavering determination and resolute nature. It is noteworthy to acknowledge that throughout that period, there existed murmurs and conjectures regarding the potential involvement of specific politicians in orchestrating and exerting influence over the actions undertaken by student union officials, however discreetly. This observation implies the presence of political manoeuvring and strategic planning within the context of the movement. In light of the intensifying circumstances, Chief Minister Sri. Brahmananda Reddy, confronted with an expanding array of requests and persistent acts of aggression, implemented a resolute measure. The closure of all educational institutions until January 27, 1969, was officially announced. The purpose of this action was presumably to alleviate tensions and offer temporary relief from the intensifying protests and rallies.

After a ruling by the High Court, students in Khammam district commenced a protest to advocate for enforcing a 2:1 ratio in all public services, encompassing autonomous entities such as the State Electricity Board. Furthermore, they advocated for prolonging the timeframe for implementing protective measures. The political leaders of the Telangana region have shown a lack of responsiveness towards the concerns stated by student leaders despite their sincere endeavours to address the difficulties above. The absence of timely and effective communication likely contributed to the increasing dissatisfaction among the student body.

Following this, a General Body meeting of the Osmania University Students Union occurred on January 12, commencing at 10 a.m. at Nizam College. Several distinguished student leaders were invited to participate in deliberations around the Telangana safeguards. During this discussion, two divergent perspectives became apparent: one faction calling for the establishment of an independent Telangana state and another advocating for the preservation of an integrated Andhra Pradesh, accompanied by the execution of robust protective measures for the inhabitants of Telangana. The split was observed among the students, wherein certain individuals advocated for establishing an independent state. In contrast, others advocated for the integration of Andhra Pradesh with comprehensive protective measures, constituting a significant juncture in the campaign. The statement above elucidated the intricate nature and wide-ranging perspectives of the Telangana Movement.

The collective arguing for the proficient implementation of protective measures was popularly known as “safeguards,” whilst individuals firmly dedicated to establishing an independent Telangana state were labelled as “separatists.” To streamline and coordinate their endeavours, the safeguardists decided to function inside the framework of the Osmania University Student Organization. Conversely, the separatists established an independent entity known as Telangana Students.

The divergence in approach and strategy ultimately resulted in the forming of an Action Committee that garnered significant support inside the Telangana region. Both factions commenced arranging gatherings autonomously and instigated public displays of protest starting from January 15, 1969 onwards. Regrettably, the divide above and divergent methodologies culminated in a confrontation between the two antagonistic factions on January 18, 1969. The occurrence above highlights the profound emotional intensity and intricate diversity of perspectives in the Telangana Movement.

The Second Phase of Telangana Movement Between 1990-2009

In 1991, two notable organizations, namely the Telangana Student Front and the Telangana Liberation Student Organization, were founded within the premises of Osmania University. These groups were instrumental in advocating for the cause of Telangana. The establishment of the Kakatiya Unit of the Telangana Students Front in 1992 strengthened the presence and impact of the movement within the university.

In August 1993, Osmania University organized a significant event in the form of a national symposium on small states. The conference was started by Surendra Mohan, followed by an address presented by Justice Madav Reddy to the delegates. The seminar served as a forum for delegates from different regions of the nation to convene and partake in deliberations about the notion of tiny states, encompassing debates on the ambitions of Telangana for autonomous statehood.

The Forum for Freedom of Expression, including journalists and writers, exerted considerable influence in championing the Telangana cause throughout 1996. The individual responsible for the article’s composition can be identified as a co-founder of the forum, suggesting the active participation of diverse societal factions within the movement. The resurrection of the movement was exemplified by a significant event that occurred in Warangal on November 1, 1996, at the Telangana Praja Samiti conference. The gathering garnered participation from many delegates, exceeding five thousand, representing various regions within Telangana, thereby underscoring the extensive backing for the cause above.

Subsequently, a notable convention took place in Hyderabad on December 1, 1996. Subsequently, a sequence of conferences, group assemblies, and public congregations took place in diverse locations throughout Telangana, encompassing Godavarikhani, Karimnagar, Siddipet, Jangabn, Aler, Ghanapur, Nizamabad, Khammam, Nalgonda, the historic city of Hyderabad, and Bhongir. The Bhongir meeting, specifically, demonstrated a pivotal moment. Gaddar, a highly acclaimed balladeer known for his revolutionary contributions, was the distinguished guest of honour. He appealed to the populace to initiate a wholly nonviolent campaign to attain the objective of establishing an autonomous territory. This assertion by a prominent figure further strengthened and unified the movement.

The demand for the formation of the state of Telangana continued to exist even with the quelling of the 1969 movement. The persistent desire for separate statehood in Telangana was motivated by a perceived sense of unfairness, injustice, and humiliation felt by the local population and personnel hailing from the region. The grievances arose due to various factors, including the Gentlemen’s Agreement, breaches of the six-point formula, allocation of budgetary reserves, and the exploitation of irrigation water from the Godavari and Krishna rivers. In light of these persistent concerns, several institutions and platforms emerged during the latter half of the 20th century to spearhead the campaign for establishing Telangana as a separate state. The organizations that were involved in the movement for the formation of Telangana were Telangana Mahasabha, Telangana Janasabha, Telangana Students Organizations, Telangana Teachers Forum, Telangana Intellectuals Forum, Telangana Information Centre, and Telangana Study Forum. These groups endeavoured to tackle many challenges and promote the establishment of Telangana as an independent state.

The demand for a distinct Telangana region experienced a resurgence during the 1980s and 1990s, notably during the governance of the Telugu Desam Party. The Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) formation in 2001 emerged as a notable achievement in the pursuit of Telangana statehood.

From the mid-2000s onwards, numerous organizations emerged to advance the pursuit of statehood for Telangana. Notable organizations that emerged during this period include the Telangana Vidyavanthula Vedika (2006), Telangana Ikya Karyacharana Committee (2006), and Telangana Dhoom Dham (2007), with several other cultural organizations. These organizations were instrumental in galvanizing and mobilizing the popular campaign for Telangana, irrespective of political alignments or party loyalties. A significant occurrence during this period was the establishment of the political Joint Action Committee in 2010. This committee convened many political bodies, including TRS, BJP, CPI(ML), and other groups. The retraction of the declaration regarding the formation process of Telangana by P. Chidambaram, the Union Home Minister, prompted the organization’s founding. The occurrence above highlighted the unwavering commitment and cohesive collaboration exhibited by diverse factions in their endeavour to establish Telangana as a separate state.

The demand for establishing an independent Telangana state has been motivated by two key factors: the aspiration for the region’s socio-economic progress and the preservation of its inhabitants’ dignity. Notwithstanding a multitude of obstacles, encompassing elusive commitments, repressive tactics, and Machiavellian machinations, the movement has persistently garnered traction. The pressure above has been applied to both the Central and State Governments. The influence of the political environment has also been a significant factor in shaping the course of the movement. The demand for a separate state in Telangana has been consistently advocated by its residents. At the same time, political parties have frequently used this matter for electoral advantages in national and local elections. Nevertheless, after the attainment of electoral triumph, governing parties have occasionally modified their position, resulting in disenchantment among the general public.

The desire to establish Telangana State has had intermittent phases of renewal. Following a period of being marginalized until 1995, the revival of the cause was initiated through intellectual-led talks, workshops, seminars, and public gatherings held at esteemed universities such as Kakatiya University and Osmania University. The state Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) also incorporated the issue of state formation into its electoral program in 1999. Notably, in 2000, many new states, namely Chhattisgarh, Uttarakhand, and Jharkhand, were established. The Telangana State formation problem experienced a notable surge in June 2001, coinciding with the establishment of the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS), a newly formed political organization under the leadership of Mr K. Chandrasekhar Rao. The resignation of Rao from his MLA seat within the Telugu Desam Party (TDP) constituted a significant milestone in the trajectory of the movement.

The Third Phase of Telangana Movement Between 2009-2014

The toll inflicted upon the younger generation during the Telangana movement serves as a poignant reminder of the region’s profound and enduring desire for self-governance. Between the years 2010 and 2012, a notable number of young individuals, as reported by activists, tragically ended their lives, with a subset of sixteen individuals turning to self-immolation. The sacrifice made by the individuals in question can be interpreted as an emotional appeal for increased political control and autonomy on behalf of the inhabitants of Telangana. As per the findings of the Telangana Amaraveerula Kutumbala Vedika, a platform dedicated to the families of Telangana martyrs, a significant number of 904 suicides were reported in Andhra Pradesh over the period spanning from November 2009 to February 2013. A shared demand for the establishment of the state of Telangana characterized these incidents.

The Telangana movement serves as a symbol of the Indian endeavour for both economic and cultural self-governance. The movement resembles other social and political movements originating from Osmania University. The institution facilitated the convergence of many demographic groups through its extensive educational initiatives, affording them an opportunity to express their ambitions. Osmania University emerged as the focal point of the Telangana agitation. The school served as a platform for the mobilization of demonstrations by organizations such as the Telangana Students Front (TSF) and Telangana Liberation Students Organization (TELSO), which effectively amplified the voices pushing for the autonomy of Telangana both within and outside its premises.

Formation of Telangana Joint Action Committee (TJAC/JAC)

In response to the prevailing circumstances, the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) demanded a further general strike to be held on December 24, 2009. The primary objective of this strike was to strategically impede the functioning of the regional economy, thereby garnering attention towards the pressing need to establish an independent Telangana state.

In light of the burgeoning movement, a Joint Action Committee (JAC) was established, comprising individuals affiliated with prominent political parties who endorsed the notion of an independent Telangana. Nevertheless, it is important to acknowledge that there were documented instances of substantial disparity among the Joint Action Committee (JAC) constituents about their perspectives on an independent Telangana. This observation suggests that even among proponents of separation, divergent viewpoints and approaches existed regarding the means to further their objective.

Students Joint Action Committee

Padayatras (foot marches) were planned across Telangana by students from several universities, such as Osmania, Kakatiya, Telangana, Palamuru, and Nallagonda (MG). The Student Joint Action Committee (JAC) divided into two factions, each undertaking padayatras in distinct regions, namely South and North Telangana. The series of marches reached its culmination with concluding meetings at the Kakatiya University and Osmania University, respectively. It is worth noting that the success of these padayatras was not constrained by political philosophy. The residents of Telangana, in conjunction with their elected officials at the district level, demonstrated their unwavering support, irrespective of their political alignments. The extensive commitment and solidarity within the Telangana movement are highlighted by the unity and support exhibited by several parts of society.

Undoubtedly, students have played a pivotal role in spearheading the Telangana movement. Apart from the TRSV (Telangana Rashtra Samithi Vidyarthi), various other student organizations, including ABVP, NSUI, PDSU, AISF, and Dalit Student Organization, supported the Telangana cause. On November 17, 2009, a significant event occurred at Kakatiya University, whereby a considerable assembly of student organizations met. The gathering above resulted in the establishment a Joint Action Committee (JAC) comprised of students. Subsequently, on November 23, the Joint Action Committee (JAC) was extended an invitation by K. Chandrashekar Rao, the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) leader, to support his ongoing hunger strike. This exemplifies the collective dedication to the cause.

The profound and ingrained understanding of the underlying factors among the student population originates from their early years of development. From an early age, they have been shaped by the principles of the movement. Upon the advent of the Tuition Reimbursement Scheme (TRS) in 2001, many university students were still undergoing their secondary education. The enduring influence of TRS’s objectives left a profound impression on their worldview as they matured with a deeply ingrained understanding of these principles. During instances of ambiguity or difficulty within the context of the agitation, the students have assumed a pivotal role in offering transparency and steering the movement towards the appropriate trajectory. The Telangana movement has greatly benefited from their active participation and unwavering commitment.

Students in the Telangana region have conducted several activities. During the hunger strike, these students, primarily from Osmania University, engaged in peaceful forms of protest like sit-ins, road blockades, public gatherings, and other forms of agitation within the framework of a democratic system. However, the police responded to these actions with a disproportionate use of force, injuring numerous students. The campus was secured by a police/military presence, which involved the placement of barbed wire barriers and interrupting water and power supplies to the university’s hostels. In addition, they have encountered instances of termination and the use of force by law enforcement personnel on the university grounds. The government issued a proclamation granting holidays to the students and mandated their evacuation from their respective schools. In this circumstance, a student named Srikantha Chary, pursuing a degree in physiotherapy, tragically resorted to taking his own life due to the ongoing unrest. In the occurrences above, the students who tragically took their own lives expressed their support for the cause of “Jai Telangana.” These incidents subsequently served as catalysts for a significant increase in student suicides, with over 600 reported cases occurring throughout various regions of Telangana.

The makeup and scope of the Telangana Movement saw a notable transformation during its second phase. This period was instigated by a group of intellectuals: professors, lawyers, employees, cultural and literary activists, and diverse caste organizations. In contrast to the previous stage, which mostly focused on urban areas, this subsequent phase transformed a widespread movement that included rural and geographically isolated regions.

Notably, the movement has exhibited exceptional durability, persisting for over twenty years during its second phase. Women have become prominent contributors to the continuing movement and have even been subjected to arrests by the state government due to their support for the establishment of a separate Telangana state. It is worth mentioning that the police have selectively focused their attention on students hailing from Osmania and Kakatiya Universities, encompassing individuals of both genders. Osmania University continues to be a  site of ongoing conflicts and law enforcement interventions. The pursuit of Telangana statehood continues unabated, displaying unwavering determination.

The Telangana movement has significantly impacted Osmania University (OU). Due to establishing a joint action committee by students residing in more than twenty-four hostels, the institution was obligated to implement the closure of its residential facilities. The aforementioned collaborative endeavour exemplifies the profound level of dedication within the student population. As a symbolic act of solidarity with Telangana, certain students have taken the initiative to modify their vehicle registration numbers, replacing the AP (Andhra Pradesh) code with TG (Telangana). This action demonstrates an individual’s commitment to the cause. 

The enthusiasm displayed by the students has not only reinvigorated previously inactive pro-Telangana employees’ unions across several government ministries, but it has also breathed new life into the TRS, which was earlier encountering difficulties. The active involvement of students in the Telangana cause has not only revitalized the movement but has also had significant consequences for the political environment, notably for the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS).

The instances above in 2009 and 2010 illustrate the confrontations and conflicts between law enforcement personnel and students affiliated with Osmania University amidst the Telangana movement. The Telangana movement witnessed the emergence of the Osmania University Joint Action Committee (OU JAC) in 2009, comprising multiple student unions affiliated with Osmania University. Nevertheless, the law enforcement authorities exhibited a severe reaction towards these demonstrations organized by the students. On February 14, 2010, an incident of severe police aggression occurred, allegedly orchestrated by Stephen Ravindra. During the incident above, the law enforcement authorities inadvertently caused damage to the lighting infrastructure within the premises of the Arts College, resulting in an unfortunate situation where the dormitory students were left without illumination. This event is one of the most intense encounters between law enforcement and student individuals.

The incident resulted in notable ramifications, as a minimum of 30 pupils incurred injuries necessitating hospitalization. Six of the individuals who sustained injuries comprised women who experienced notably serious injuries. The Human Rights Commission purportedly opposed these attacks, shedding light on police conduct in the Telangana agitation. These occurrences highlight the profound character of the movement and the difficulties encountered by the student activists in their pursuit of Telangana statehood.

On February 21, 2011, a noteworthy occurrence occurred when 16 female students from Osmania, Kakatiya, and Mahatma Gandhi Universities exhibited remarkable perseverance and drive. The individuals successfully navigated over all obstacles established by law enforcement, ultimately achieving their objective of attending the scheduled event, commonly referred to as the “Assembly Muttadi.” The aforementioned courageous action exemplified the unwavering dedication of these youthful females to assert their voices and engage in the Telangana movement. The activities undertaken by individuals exemplified the enduring determination and bravery that were symbolic of the Telangana statehood struggle.

After the valiant efforts undertaken by the group of 16 girls, the ensuing occurrences were characterized by additional instances of conflict with law enforcement authorities. The individuals in question were apprehended near the Assembly. During the Million March Program, an individual named Keerthi, a student hailing from Khammam, was apprehended and subsequently detained for 14 days. Following her release, Keerthi remained actively engaged in the movement, employing her artistic abilities in singing and dancing to advance the objectives of the cause.

MLAs and ministers from Telangana have collectively tendered their resignations as a powerful demonstration of unity and dissent, urging prompt action to effectuate the division of Andhra Pradesh. Furthermore, individuals supportive of the Telangana cause and students affiliated with Osmania University engaged in a confrontation with Nagam Janardhan Reddy, a prominent Telugu Desam Party leader at the time. The individual experienced physical force, resulting in being forcefully brought down, followed by repeated strikes and kicks, until eventually finding an opportunity to flee the scene using a motorcycle. These occurrences highlight the heightened level of passion and enthusiasm exhibited by the movement during this specific timeframe.

Students in Telangana Agitation

The Telangana agitation has had a lasting impact on the region’s political landscape, particularly in student activism and radicalism. The custom above, which had a surge in popularity throughout the 1970s and continued to endure subsequently, was subsequently revitalized with heightened intensity.

It is imperative to acknowledge that the genesis of the distinct Telangana movement may be attributed to a student demonstration. At its inception, the call for a distinct state was not a direct request but rather a reaction to the government’s inability to effectively enforce protective measures, specifically in job and educational prospects, as stipulated in the Gentleman’s Agreement established during the merger of 1956. Notably, the movement’s commencement occurred without support from any political party or established politician assuming a leadership role. Indeed, officials from this particular region, including individuals affiliated with the Congress party, such as legislators and ministers, were compelled to participate in the movement after that. The statement above highlights the inherent characteristics of the Telangana movement, namely its origin at the grassroots level and its impetus led by students.

The Telangana agitation is noteworthy for being one of the most militant and protracted movements in the region’s history. The protest, which students from Osmania University predominantly spearheaded, resulted in a prolonged disruption of the entire educational system, encompassing schools as well. Regrettably, the unrest led to a substantial fatality count among the student population, with an estimated 370 students perishing. Notably, the agitation also contributed to reinforcing the interpersonal connections between educators and learners. During the movement, both factions found common ground in their objectives, with notable figures such as former Vice-Chancellor Mr. Ravada Satyanarayana and then Vice-Chancellor Mr. Narotham Reddy publicly endorsing the protest. They even engaged in satyagraha, a kind of nonviolent resistance, in collaboration with the students on campus.

Despite the dedicated endeavours, the movement eventually did not attain its principal goal of forming an independent state of Telangana. The result above engendered a lasting disillusionment among the student population, who perceived themselves as being taken advantage of by politically motivated and self-interested individuals seeking to further their partisan objectives. The sentiment above continues to persist within the student population until now.

However, the agitation had an enduring effect on the student community, rejuvenating their pride and affiliation with Osmania University. Hence, any internal or external occurrence that influenced the university’s standing became closely intertwined with the broader position of the Telangana region within the state of Andhra Pradesh. The people of Telangana have attributed a newfound and noteworthy significance to several matters, including state grants allocated to the institution, admissions, academic appointments, and administrative appointments, among others. The enduring impact of the agitation continues to influence the viewpoint of the residents in the region for subsequent generations.

References:

  1. Altbach, Philip, G. {July 1965), Students Politics in Developing Countries, American, Review, p.55. 
  2. Altbach, Philip, G. India and the World Crisis, in Altbach, RG (ed), Op.cit.,p.ll. 
  3. Altbach, Philip, G.(1970), A Select Bibliography on Student Politics and Higher Education, Harvard Center for International Affairs, London, pp.24-6. 
  4. Anjaiah. M. (1999), Pressure Group politics -A Study of Students’ Organizations in Andhra Pradesh, Since 70s,(Ph.D., Thesis Unpublished), Department of Political  Science.  
  5. Di Bona, Joseph (1971), Change and Conflict in die Indian University, Lalvani, Bombay, p.l51. 
  6. Lipset, S.M, and Altbach, PG (eds), (1969), Students in Revolt, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, p.521. 
  7. Mehata, Prayag (1979), Indian Youth, Somaiya Publication, Bombay,p.71 โ€“ 83
  8. Sharma, Dev, Campuses and Youth -in Turmoil: A perspective, in Prayang, Mehatha, Op.cit,p79 โ€“ 80 
  9. Singhal, Sushila (1977), Academic Leadership and Student-Unrest, Newmen, New Delhi.p.157. 
  10. The Statesman, December 9, 1969. 
  11. Vishwa Yuvak Kendra (1973), The Dyanarnic of student    Agitations,    Somaiya    Publications, Bombay,p.3.
  12. Dehalwar, K., & Sharma, S. N. (2024). Politics in the Name of Womenโ€™s Reservation. Contemporary Voice of Dalit, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/2455328X241262562

LINK TO DOWNLOAD PDF

Nursing Practice towards Psychiatric Patients with Aggressive Behaviors at Khartoum Psychiatric Hospitalsย 

1*Fawziah Zayed Eid Almutairi,2Nasier Abdullah Nasier Al-Degashiem,3Zainah Turki Alqahtani,4Sarah Shouib Alrashedi,5Mariam Saud Awadhah Almoteri, 6Laila Mashawi Hawas Ghazwani, 7Abdulrahman Meshal Dakhelallah Almutairi, 8Fathia Ahmed Saad Alshehri.

1*Nursing Technician, RN, Nurse at school health Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, (KSA) (e-mail: fof0-2030@hotmail.com ).

2Nursing Technician, RN, Nurse at school health Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, (KSA), e-mail: nad1425@hotmail.com .

3Nursing Technician, RN, Nurse at school health Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, (KSA), e-mail: (zalghtani@moh.gov.sa  )

4Nursing Technicians RN, King Faisal Primary Health Care Centre Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, (KSA),  Email: sashalrashedi@moh.gov.sa

  5Nursing Technician, RN, Nurse at school health Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, (KSA), e-mail:Umshaher1440@hotmail.com

6Technician-Nursing, RN, Nurse at Alsadah primary health care center Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, (KSA), Email: rorooo201395@gmail.com   

7Nurse Specialist, Eradah, Complex for Mental Health-Riyah Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, (KSA), (e-mail: aalmutairi356@moh.gov.sa).

8Nursing Specialist RN, Nurse at school health, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) (e-mail: fatooo1111@hotmail.com .

Abstract

 Background: Non psychiatric nurses care for hospital patients with
behavioral health conditions.. 

Objectives:  The current study aimed to assess practice towards Psychiatric, Patients with Aggressive Behaviors at Khartoum Psychiatric Hospitals.

 Materials and methods:    

Descriptive cross sectional hospital based design was used to conduct this study at a Psychiatric Hospital in Khartoum. The target population consisted of 60 nurses employed at the Khartoum Psychiatric Hospital. Structured questionnaires were distributed to the participants for data collection.  Data analysis was done using a Statistical Package for Social Science, version 24, and nominal as well as ordinal data was analyzed using descriptive analysis.  

Results:  The study showed that the overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior was found good among 71.5% and poor among 28.5%. There was association between overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior and age group<0.05.

Conclusion:    Nurses has overall adequate practice towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior. While the age was significantly influence the practice of nurse towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior. Future studies with large sample size will be recommends.

  Keywordspractice , Psychiatric, Khartoum psychotic hospital

  1. Introduction:

Aggression is a serious problem on psychiatric wards and has large consequences for patients as well as staff working in mental healthcare: aggressive behavior is an important reason to seclude or restrain a patient (Kaltiala-Heino et al., 2003), but, according to patients, this feels as being controlled and punished with no therapeutic value (Meehan et al., 2004).  Health care workers experience feelings of anger, anxiety and guilt after an aggressive incident (Needham et al.,2005)  and higher levels of burn-out (de Looff et al., 2019).  Development and expression of aggression is generally explained as multifactorial: being environment-related (design of the ward, privacy, locked doors, ambiance, noise level, overstimulation), mental health care-system related (regional policy, hospital policy, ward rules, attitude towards patients, cultural factors), patient-related (demographics, cognitive and emotional state, malevolence, pathology) and clinician-related (degree of communication, de-escalation skills, attitudes towards aggression, cliniciansโ€™ stress level) (Cutcliffe et al., 2013). Previous reviews on aggression on psychiatric wards were mainly focused on patient-related factors e.g. isolation of high-risk patients who were prone to develop aggression (Cornaggia et al., 2011). From a prevention perspective, ward and staff factors provide an interesting avenue for prevention of aggression, while treatment of the psychiatric illness is the only patient factor that reduces the risk of aggression development (Hamrin et al., 2009).  Nevertheless it remains unclear how the various factors that explain aggression development interact with each other. The term aggression is ambiguous: multiple interpretations have been found, and it is often used interchangeably with agitation and violence. Agitation is defined in the DSM-5 as โ€œa state of excessive psychomotor activity accompanied by increased tension and irritabilityโ€ resulting in non-productive and repetitious behaviourโ€ (Garriga et al., 2016).  Generally it is seen as the precursor of aggression (Merriam Webster Dictionary, 2008).  The WHO defines aggression and violence as the same principal: “the intentional use of physical force or power, threatened or actual, against oneself, another person, or against a group or community that either results in or has a high likelihood of resulting in injury, death, psychological harm, maldevelopment, or deprivation” (Krug et al., 2002).  The British National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) guidelines define aggression as: โ€œa range of behaviours or actions that can result in harm, hurt or injury to another person, regardless of whether the violence or aggression is physically or verbally expressed, physical harm is sustained or the intention is clearโ€ (National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health, 2015).  In these definitions agitation, aggression and violence can be understood as a continuum of severity, where agitation evolves into aggression and ultimately into violence. Violence differs from aggression by the severity and intentionality of the behaviour. The vast amount of literature on aggression may reflect that the topic is important and of interest. Reviews on violence on the emergency ward (Stowell et al., 2016) , aggression in forensic settings (Gadon et al., 2006)  and on interventions to reduce seclusion and restraint (Steinert et al., 2010) have been published earlier. Reviews on the development of aggression in psychiatric hospitals have also been performed before, but they focussed on a single part of aggression development, such as patient factors (Cornaggia et al., 2011) and staff and ward factors that may contribute to aggression development were left out.  The present study aimed to assess practice towards Psychiatric Patients with an Aggressive Behaviors at Khartoum Psychiatric Hospitals.

MATERIALS AND METHODS:

The study design was a quantitative descriptive cross sectional hospital study. 

STUDY AREA

This study was conducted in   Khartoum psychotic hospital.

 The population chosen for this study includes registered nurses as well as nursing unit managers working in Khartoum psychiatric hospital. 

  1. SELECTION CRITERIA

1.2.4.1. Inclusion criteria:

The inclusion criteria for those eligible for the study was include male and female registered nurses and nursing unit managers who have worked in Khartoum psychiatric hospital. .  

1.2.4.2. Exclusion criteria:

Those who were not agree to participate in the study and those who are not found at the time of data collection.

  1. SAMPLE SIZE AND   SAMPLING TECHNIQUES

The sample size was taken conviencely as 60 nursing in Khartoum psychiatric hospital.

 1.2.5.6. DATA COLLECTION

 Data collection is the precise, systematic gathering of information relevant to the
research purpose or the specific objectives (Polit and Beck ,2008). According to Polit and Beck (2008), a data collection plan for quantitative studies should yield accurate, valid and meaningful data that are maximally effective in answering research questions. The researcher used a self-designed, structured questionnaire, consisting of 30 closed ended questions, to collect data. Brink et al. (2012) define questionnaires as a self-report instrument where the participants respond to given questions. The questionnaire was developed by the researcher.

  1.2.5.8. Data analysis:

Descriptive statistics are used to describe and synthesize data. This helps to set the stage for the understanding of quantitative research evidence (Polit and  Beck, 2012). The data was arranged into frequency distribution that is described by Polit and  Beck (2012) as a systematic arrangement of values from the lowest to the highest value, together with the number of times each value was obtained. 

  1. Study findings:

  Fig.1: Distribution of nurses according to gender (n=60)

  Fig.2: Distribution of nurses according to age group (n=60)

      Fig.3: Distribution of nurses according to years of experience (n=60)

      Fig.4: Distribution of nurses by education level (n=60)

      Fig.5: Distribution of nurses by type of aggression (n=60)

    Table 1: Overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior at Khartoum Psychiatric Hospitals

Practice  GoodPoor
No.%No.%
I can communicate effectively with clients with a mental health problem 3558.32541.7
I can carry out a comprehensive psychosocial assessment of clients4981.71118.3
I can conduct a mental status examination 5083.31016.7
I can develop a nursing care plan on the basis of my assessment4270.01830.0
I can assist clients with a mental illness to clarify treatment goals5185.0915.0
I am able to provide basic counseling for clients with a mental illness 3660.02440.0
I am able to be empathic with clients with a mental illness5083.31016.7
            I can provide information and education for clients regarding their diagnosis 4371.71728.3
I am able to assist clients to develop living skills4575.01525.0
I have a basic knowledge of antipsychotic medications and their side effects 3456.72643.3
            I am able to provide client education regarding the effects and side effects of medications4575.01525.0
I can conduct a suicide risk assessment 3558.32541.7
Overall practice51571.520528.5

                      Mean score =  Meanยฑ SE= 19.2 ยฑ  (.3)

Table 2: Association between overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior and age group

AgeMeanStd. Error of Mean
<3517.5882.51492
36-4019.5000.65192
41-5520.2857.70655
>5519.6923.77942
Total19.1833.34648
F3.385
P-value.024*

*P-value considered significant at less than 0.05 levels

Table 3: Association between overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior and gender

GenderMeanStd. Error of Mean
Male19.6316.65877
Female18.9756.40648
Total19.1833.34648
F.773
P-value.383

   *P-value considered significant at less than 0.05 levels

Table 4: Association between overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior and years of nursing experience

Years of nursing experienceMeanStd. Error of Mean
1-519.8750.70637
6-1019.3333.62234
11-1518.8125.66595
<1518.0000.61721
Total19.1833.34648
F.928
P-value.433

*P-value considered significant at less than 0.05 levels

Table 5: Association between overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior and education level

EducationMeanStd. Error of Mean
Registered nurse19.7647.67807
Bachelor of Science in19.3889.67223
Diploma18.1538.71474
Master of Science in nursing19.1000.73711
PhD in nursing Science19.50002.50000
Total19.1833.34648
F.699
P-value.0051*

*P-value considered significant at less than 0.05 levels

  1. DISCUSSION:

  This study aimed to assess practice towards psychiatric patients with an Aggressive Behaviors at Khartoum Psychiatric Hospitals. The study showed that the overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior was found good among 71.5% and poor among 28.5%. Comparable findings i.e.  research by Menzies (1959, Republished in 1988) on nurses in general hospitals with physically ill patients, indicated that these nurses were in the presence of patients who were in pain, dying, frightened and scarred by operations. The nursing practice developed as such that the nurses avoided close relationships with patients and to make decisions. They practiced functional nursing. In such practice, nurses related to only a part of each patient. Minor decisions were passed on to be taken at the top of the nursing hierarchy. This also happened in psychiatric hospitals. In psychiatric wards, nurses also avoided personal contact with patients (Donati, 1989). The medical model the nurses adhered to, focused on medical diagnosis and led to a process of emotional distancing which is not recognized, but becomes standard practice. It assisted the mental health professionals to cope with the impact of mental illness. It did not assist the patients who suffered from mental illness. It rather increased the patientsโ€™ suffering. On the contrary, the suffering of mental health professionals were not recognized by themselves nor was it recognized by the management who were suppose to provide support.

Bilgin (2009) studied the interpersonal skills of nurses and found that nurses are more likely to feel that their rights are ignored, while the rights of patients are maintained and protected. According to Lin, Probst and Hsu (2010), research had identified nursing as a high-stress profession. Nurses cope daily with extreme physical and psychological demands inherent in providing care to acute and chronic populations. The demands of caring for others can be extremely stressful on the psychiatric nurse (Van Rhyn & Gostsana ,2004).

According to Van Rhyn and Gostsana (2004), most studies on stress, experienced in a psychiatric setting, focused on staffing levels: overworking and administrative duties. In addition, they face unique challenges in their day-to-day work that reflect in their interaction with a particular patient group. Working with shortages of staff in an inadequate physical working environment and under hierarchical pressure with regard to colleagues, co-workers or medical staff as well as being victims of interpersonal violence, are all indicators of a stressful work environment (Bilgin 2009).

Various studies have been done on aggression in the work environment. Yildirim (2009) states that nurses are at a high risk of being exposed to violence and aggression in the work environment. Both Yildirim (2009) and Bimenyimana et al. (2009) indicated that violence and aggression ultimately had an overt negative psychological effect on the nurses.

The study showed that there was association between overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior and age group<0.05. While gender, years of experience and education significantly not associated with overall practice of nurses towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior. The finding is similar to a group of studies showed that age was examined in association with aggression with an average OSQE score of 7.7 (SD = 1.8; range 4โ€“12) (Cho et al., 2014 , Stewart et al.,2013 ). The number of patients included in these studies was 30,143. Age was not associated with the development of aggressive behavior in several studies (Calegaro et al., 2014). In the other studies, younger age was predominantly found to be a factor contributing to the appearance of aggression (Weltens et al., 2021).

Focussing on the age of staff members, younger nurses were more at risk to experience aggression against them (OR = 0.96; 95% CI = 0.94โ€“0.98) (Pekurinen et al., 2019) ; an age under 30 years has an Adjusted Rate Ratio (ARR) = 1.70 (95% CI = 1.17โ€“2.48) for physical aggression (Chen et al., 2009) and the age group 30โ€“39 years has an OR = 1.04 (95% CI = 0.69โ€“1.57) (Chen et al., 2009).  Interestingly, staff with an age between 40โ€“49 years and 50โ€“63 years both experienced less aggression.  Fourteen studies reported data on the gender of the nurse in relation to aggression development (Yang et al., 2018).  

   In other studies, no gender differences were found (Niu et al., 2019), whereas different studies reported that male nurses encountered more aggression, and no clear methodological difference was found on the OSQE. One study reported that female nurses met more aggression (Chen et al., 2009), but this study was of poor methodological quality with an OSQE score of 3. Earlier studies concluded that aggression was more frequent between patient and staff of the same gender (r = 0.32; p < .001), with medium methodological quality (OSQE score 5, 6 and 6). With limited evidence, it appears that male nurses were more often involved in aggressive incidents, which does not mean that they contribute to the occurrence of aggression because of their gender.

In previous studies, the years of professional experience or education level of nurses was studied as a potential factor associated with the occurrence of aggression on the ward (Niu et al., 2019).  Five studies did not find any significant association  (Chen et al., 2009) In the remaining studies, the results are contradictory; increased risk for aggression or assault was found with more years of experience (z = 3.05; p < .002) (Ezeobele et al., 2019)  or OR = 0.95 (95% CI not provided; p = .001) (Al-Azzam et al., 2017) , as well as with fewer years of experience (ARR = 1.23; 95% CI = 1.32โ€“1.18 (Chen et al., 2009)  and ARR = 3.08; 95% CI = 1.47โ€“6.44 (Yang et al., 2018).  The contradictory results cannot be explained by methodological differences, while both high and low scores on the OSQE were present for the different outcomes. Staff members with academic education levels experienced more aggression in one study (OR = 3.0; 95% CI = 1.03โ€“8.9) (Zeng et al., 2013), but not in another (Chen et al., 2009).  Staff training in aggression management showed no effect on the number of aggressive incidents (Sjostrom et al., 2001) , but this study was of poor methodological quality (OSQE score of 4) and during the study period many other changes such as a reduction in beds were implemented, which made results difficult to interpret. No clear effect of work experience to the occurrence of aggression was found.

 Conclusion:

   It can be concluded that nurses has overall adequate practice towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior. While the age was significantly influence the practice of nurse towards psychiatric patients with an aggressive behavior. Future studies with large sample size will be recommends.

  REFERENCES

Al-Azzam M, Tawalbeh L, Sulaiman M, Al-Sagarat AY, Harb E. Prevalence and Risk Factors ofWorkplace Violence towardMental Health Staff Departments in Jordanian Hospitals. Issues in mental health nursing. 2017; 38(5):435โ€“42.

Bilgin H., 2009, โ€˜An evaluation of nursesโ€™ interpersonal styles and their experiences of violenceโ€™, Mental Health Nursing 30, 252โ€“259. 

Bimenyimana E., Poggenpoel M., Myburgh C. & Van Niekerk V., 2009, โ€˜The lived experience by psychiatric nurses of aggression and violence from patients in a Gauteng academic psychiatric hospitalโ€™, Curationis 32(3), 4โ€“13.

Calegaro VC, Dotto AB, Freitas D, Brum AB, Valerio AG, Schetinger CC, et al. Aggressive behavior during the first 24 hours of psychiatric admission. Trends in psychiatry and psychotherapy. 2014;36(3):152โ€“9. 

Chen WC, Sun YH, Lan TH, Chiu HJ. Incidence and risk factors of workplace violence on nursing staffs caring for chronic psychiatric patients in taiwan. International journal of environmental research and public health. 2009; 6(11):2812โ€“21.

Cho UJ, Lee J, Kim HW, Lee JS, Joo YH, Kim SY, et al. Age structure at diagnosis affects aggression in a psychiatric inpatient population: age structure affecting inpatient aggression. Psychiatry research. 2014; 220(3):1059โ€“63.

Cornaggia CM, Beghi M, Pavone F, Barale F. Aggression in psychiatry wards: a systematic review. Psychiatry Res. 2011;189(1):10โ€“20.

Cornaggia CM, Beghi M, Pavone F, Barale F. Aggression in psychiatry wards: a systematic review. Psychiatry Res. 2011;189(1):10โ€“20. 

Cutcliffe JR, Riahi S. Systemic perspective of violence and aggression in mental health care: towards a more comprehensive understanding and conceptualization: part 1. Int J Ment Health Nurs. 2013;22(6):558โ€“67.

de Looff P, Didden R, Embregts P, Nijman H. Burnout symptoms in forensic mental health nurses: Results from a longitudinal study. Int J Ment Health Nurs. 2019;28(1):306โ€“17. 

Donati F., 1989, โ€˜A psychodynamic observer in a chronic wardโ€™, British Journal of Psychotherapy 5, 317โ€“329.

Ezeobele IE, McBride R, Engstrom A, Lane SD. Aggression in Acute Inpatient Psychiatric Care: A Survey of Staff Attitudes. The Canadian journal of nursing research = Revue canadienne de recherche en sciences infirmieres. 2019:844562118823591.

Gadon L, Johnstone L, Cooke D. Situational variables and institutional violence: a systematic review of the literature. Clin Psychol Rev. 2006;26(5):515โ€“34.

Garriga M, Pacchiarotti I, Kasper S, Zeller SL, Allen MH, Vazquez G, et al. Assessment and management of agitation in psychiatry: Expert consensus. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2016;17(2):86โ€“128.

Hamrin V, Iennaco J, Olsen D. A review of ecological factors affecting inpatient psychiatric unit violence: implications for relational and unit cultural improvements. Issues Ment Health Nurs. 2009;30(4):214โ€“26.

Kaltiala-Heino R, Tuohimaki C, Korkeila J, Lehtinen V. Reasons for using seclusion and restraint in psychiatric inpatient care. Int J Law Psychiat. 2003; 26(2):139โ€“49.

Krug EG, Mercy JA, Dahlberg LL, Zwi AB. The world report on violence and health. Lancet. 2002;360(9339):1083โ€“8.

Lin H., Probst J.C. & Hsu Y., 2010, โ€˜Depression among female psychiatric nurses in Southern Taiwan: Main and moderating effects of job stress, coping behaviour and social supportโ€™, Journal of Clinical Nursing 19, 2342โ€“2354.

Meehan T, Bergen H, Fjeldsoe K. Staff and patient perceptions of seclusion: has anything changed? J Adv Nurs. 2004; 47(1):33โ€“8.

Menzies L.I., 1959, โ€˜The functioning of social systems as a defence against anxiety: A report on a study of the nursing service of a general hospitalโ€™, Human Relations 13, 95โ€“121. Republished in Menzies L.I., 1988, Containing anxiety in institutions, Free Association Books, London.

Merriam Webster Dictionary. Merriam Webster US; 2008. Webster Dictionary.

National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health U. London2015.

Needham I, Abderhalden C, Halfens RJ, Fischer JE, Dassen T. Non-somatic effects of patient aggression on nurses: a systematic review. J Adv Nurs. 2005; 49(3):283โ€“96.

Niu SF, Kuo SF, Tsai HT, Kao CC, Traynor V, Chou KR. Prevalence of workplace violent episodes experienced by nurses in acute psychiatric settings. PloS one. 2019; 14(1):e0211183.

Pekurinen V, Valimaki M, Virtanen M, Kivimaki M, Vahtera J. Work Stress and Satisfaction with Leadership Among Nurses Encountering Patient Aggression in Psychiatric Care: A Cross-Sectional Survey Study. Administration and policy in mental health. 2019.

Polit, D.F., & Beck, C.T. (2008). Nursing research: Generating and assessing evidence for nursing practice. 8th ed. Philadelphia: Lippicott William & Wilkins.

Sjostrom N, Eder DN, Malm U, Beskow J. Violence and its prediction at a psychiatric hospital. European psychiatry: the journal of the Association of European Psychiatrists. 2001; 16(8):459โ€“65.

Steinert T, Lepping P, Bernhardsgrutter R, Conca A, Hatling T, Janssen W, et al. Incidence of seclusion and restraint in psychiatric hospitals: a literature review and survey of international trends. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2010;45(9):889โ€“97.

Stewart D, Bowers L. Inpatient verbal aggression: content, targets and patient characteristics. Journal of psychiatric and mental health nursing. 2013; 20(3):236โ€“43.

Stowell KR, Hughes NP, Rozel JS. Violence in the Emergency Department. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2016;39(4):557โ€“66.

Van Rhyn W.J.C. & Gotsana M., 2004, โ€˜Experiences by student nurses during clinical placement in psychiatric units in a hospitalโ€™, Curationis 27(4), 18โ€“27. 

Weltens I, Bak M, Verhagen S, Vandenberk E, Domen P, van Amelsvoort T, et al.
(2021) Aggression on the psychiatric ward: Prevalence and risk factors. A systematic review of the literature. PLoS ONE 16(10): e0258346.

Yang BX, Stone TE, Petrini MA, Morris DL. Incidence, Type, Related Factors, and Effect of Workplace Violence on Mental Health Nurses: A Cross-sectional Survey. Archives of psychiatric nursing. 2018; 32(1):31โ€“8.

Yang BX, Stone TE, Petrini MA, Morris DL. Incidence, Type, Related Factors, and Effect of Workplace Violence on Mental Health Nurses: A Cross-sectional Survey. Archives of psychiatric nursing. 2018; 32(1):31โ€“8.

Yildirim D., 2009, โ€˜Bullying among nurses and its effectsโ€™, International Nursing Review 56(4), 504โ€“511.

Zeng JY, An FR, Xiang YT, Qi YK, Ungvari GS, Newhouse R, et al. Frequency and risk factors of workplace violence on psychiatric nurses and its impact on their quality of life in China. Psychiatry research. 2013; 210(2):510โ€“4.

Aย Reviewย on Fiberย Reinforced Concreteย usingย Sisalย Fiber

Mr. Neeraj Tiwariย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย 
Assistant ProfessorDepartment of Civil Engg.ย ย ย ย ย ย 
Madhyanchal Professional University, Bhopalย 

 

Abstract. Fiber Reinforced Concrete FRC can be used for a variety, of applications. Fibers are utilized in concrete crack requiring reduction of physical property protection, drying reduction and improved strength and toughness, increased service life and decrease bleeding from water, concrete permeability, and construction value. The utilization of sisal, a natural fiber with increased mechanical efficiency, as reinforcement in an exceeding matrix based on supported cement. The proportion of sisal fiber used in concrete ranged from 0.1% to 2% of concrete and length of fiber 50mm to 60mm fiber length in concrete with aspect ratio. By adding short fibers, tensile strength is improved, thaw resistance is frozen, impact resistance, andconcrete brittleness are reduced. In general, fiber does not enhance the concrete strength, as the replacement moment is reduced in the reinforcement of structural steel. This paper also represents fiber limitation content, environmental aspects, and FRC is the modern technical enhancement in the civil substructure. This review paper also describes the compressive strength test, flexural strength test, tensile strength test, impact strength test of FRC sisalfiber effect strength test.

Keywords: Sisal fiber, flexural strength, compressive strength, split tensile strength, Impact strength test.

Introduction

Cement is that the worldโ€™s most generally used artifact with an estimated annual use of about 2.86 billion a lot of cement. However, cementproduction is harmful to the environment thanks to the emissions of dioxide. Approximately 0.8 a lot of CO2 per ton produced is estimated to be released into the atmosphere [1]. It found that different structural applications like Fiber ferroconcrete within 20th century. Fiber ferroconcrete (FRC) might be a class of composite materials [2]. Reinforced Natural Fiber cement and cementitious composites commonly used primarily for low-cost housing activities and there have also been growing interest in natural fiber composites and lots of research goes round the world. The foremost important technical features like excellent lightweight tensile properties, more strength, high impact resistance, and better post cracking behavior so on[3]. The main objective is to feature natural fiber to concrete post-fracture. because of high alkaline formation in cement-based concrete composite,the fibers are degraded [4]. It also features high resistance to freezing and thawing tolerance [5]. A wide form of natural fibers have been used in the cement concrete composition. A wide range of natural fiber like coir, jute, sisal, kenaf, banana fibers, etc., were utilized in nominal concrete.Fibers are with high strength,   flexibility,   extensibility,   and   elasticity.   The fiber utilized in concrete which prevents the formulation of cracking reckoning on the changes in temperature. The fiber-enhanced composite strength applications began to be introduced in 1997 [6]. The sisal fiberpercentage added 0.5% to twenty-eight total concrete weight volume. By increase fine content, the shrinkage and creep are randomly increased because it causes the rise in the volume of paste in concrete compaction.By adding fiber to the honeycomb of fresh concrete [7].Locally availablesisal fiber in Kenya, Tanzania, and Brazil. to boost its mechanical strength and lead to concrete, Sisal fiber-reinforced concrete (SFRC) has been incorporated. It inhibits the crack propagation behavior after yield [8]. Fiber composites will be reduced in strength and sturdiness because of thedegradation of fibers by combining alkaline attack and mineralization of hydrogen migration [9].

No study has yet been recorded for either cement composite, especially for flexible fibers has yet been reported, particularly for durable fibers like natural fibers. This work aims to look at cement/ cementitious composite mortar in two aspects of its fresh behavior, consistency, and low quality,affecting the steadiness and suppleness of the fresh mix [10]. Increases ductility, compressive, flexural, and strength. If we were able to increase the lifetime of concrete from 50 to 500 years, its environmental impact will decrease 10 times. Promoting the utilization of cemented building materials strengthened with vegetable fibers could therefore be the simplest way to achieving more sustainable construction. This paper examines the topic offiber cemented materials by examining previously published work [11].

Many of the natural fiber coir, sisal, jute, banana, palmyra, pineapple, talipot, hemp, etc., are used as a resource for industrial materials. [12]. Sisal (Agave sisalana) became a pestilence monocotyledon plant in Central America that provides papermaking potential for fiber. Additionally, sisal which has historically been utilized in the assembly of natural ropes, cordage sacking, has some assets for the assembly of a variety of special paper varietieslike those utilized in filters [13].FRC fiber alignment relies on many variables, such as fiber properties (shape, material, aspect ratio) and fresh properties of cementitious fresh properties yet because of the placement and casting process [14]. On the premise of the above discussion, we analyzed the mechanical aspects of sisal fiber reinforced properties soils, determined in terms of strength characteristics, the optimum percentage of fibre applied to silty clay and the modes of shear failure of the soil studied. This analysis focuses on the effects of the engineering silty clay propertiesof varying length of fiber and contents [15].The aim of this study is to establish workability, fire resistance, and bonding quality with the concretesubstrate and demonstrate its applicability in fiber replacement. Such another system is believed to own good special applications where thefireplace occurs [5].In general, sisal fiber is a natural fiber [16]. One of the most versatile natural fibers is sisal fiber and is cultivated very readily [17].And Such fibers are harvested into the sisal plant on a farm in Valente, state of Bahia, Brazil, and the mechanical and physical properties of, and morphology of, sisal fibers [18]. The fibers are extracted by a hand extraction machine, which consists of either serrated or non serrated knives. Each fiber is separated and grouped accordingly dependent on the fiber size. The initial fiber size is between 0.5 to 1 m. Fibers were cut into 20mm length in the experiments. The fiber diameter is 0.15 – 0.2 mm, the aspect ratio and as follows [16]. Also, it has been found that the total crack width of slab samples with fibers content and fiber sizes is not greatly varied. The fibers have good impact and sound-absorbing characteristics and also the leaves of fibers improve fire resistance [19]. The energy absorption is found in natural fibers and the reduction sound is absorbed due to low permeability [20].

Sisal Fibers Extraction

The leaves of sisal are colored dark green, straight fleshy [21]. Then the sisal leaves were crushed and separated manually with a smooth-edged stickuntil the fibers separated shown in Fig 1. Then the fiber is cleaned thoroughly in many glasses of water to get rid of dust and surplus wastes and atlast air-dried.

Figure 1. Process of sisal fiber

Treatment of sisal fiber

The chemicals employed in concrete fiber treatment like hemicelluloses, lignin, pectin, ashes are employed in variable processes [16]. The ammonium treatment of the sisal was manufactured using the strategy of extrusion. The concrete fiber specimen was used of three major roles using untreated sisal fiber by using an agent of (Na OH) treated fiber also as using Na OH agent, clay sisal fiber treatment. Natural fiber waterabsorption is comparatively high in sisal. Compression molding operates the sisal fiber process for creating a moist sample [22]. Ca(OH)2 [23],Sodium hydroxide, Sodium silicate [24], CaCO3, calcium glutamate, calcium acetate [25], Na2CO3 [26], NaOH solution [27].

Properties of sisal fiber

One of the natural fibers, sisal fiber, with high modulus and unique strength, low price, easy accessibility, recyclability, and high durability with low maintenance and low wear and tear [19]. The water absorption is high, the physical property of sisal fiber seen in Table 1 and Table 2.

Fiber Reinforced Concrete

Concrete, the worldโ€™s most inescapable material. The concrete quality is to develop new, durable, advanced composites based on cement includingspecific mechanical characteristics in the upcoming years [30]. The relation of mixed natural or artificial fibers to the concrete composition is referred to as Fiber Reinforced Concrete FRC, the fibers being natural fibers, glass fibers, synthetic fibers. The current widely used FRC technique the use of a single fiber from within an active restricted range includes cracking and deflection [31]. The bulk of the fiber-reinforced concrete is in single fiber composite [32]. The aim of this research was to explore the possibility of fiber reinforced concrete by using sisal fiber residues within the field,as reinforcement of composites based on cement. The main objective is to improve compatibility with the cement matrix and to review the mechanical properties of sisal fiber residue-enhanced cement-based composites. The purpose of this research is to investigate the composition of fresh conduct mortar reinforced cement and cement fiber mortar. Besides the nominal fresh cement concrete, characterized by durability and strength[10].

Mix Proportions

Mechanical Properties of FRC

Ordinary Portland Cement grade 53 for concrete preparation, was used [39]. Significantly, the presence of short fibers in a cemented matrix can contribute to an improvement in the mechanical behavior of fiber concrete composite. The existence of sisal fibers influences the strength leveldeleteriously [41]. The strength and flexibility of the flexural cement composites [42]. Some of the tests performed for FRCโ€™s mechanical properties such as Compression tests, Tensile test, Flexural test [1, 9, 35, 43-45] Impact test [46-49]. Samples such as cubes, cylinders, and beams shall be castand cured for 7 days and 28 days.

Compressive Strength Test

A materialโ€™s to breaking is thought as compression, by which the concrete is powerful in compression and weak in tension. It was then necessary to cast the compressive strength into cement mortar at a ratio 1:3 strengthened sisal fibers at four fiber content (0.5%, 1.0%, 1.5%, and 2.0% by cement weight) for 7 and 28 days respectively and a facet ratio of 200 [3]. After curing for 28 days, the deflection test was dispensed on beams of size 100ร—100ร—500mm [39]. The cubeโ€™s diameter is about 100ร—100ร—100mm shown in Figure.3[37].

Figure 2. Compressive force test at 7 days [8, 36] Figure 3. Compressive force test at 28 days [8, 36]

Flexural Strength Test

Flexural strength usually referred to as rupture unit, or bending strength, or transverse rupture strength could be a material-specific property, the strain that a cloth yields in an exceedingly flexural test [32]. It’s the strain with which the materials yields in an experiment with flexure. The transverse bending test is most ordinarily used to the above, where a specimen with either a circular or rectangular cross- section is bent to fracture or yielding employing a flexural test of three points. The residual sisal fiberโ€™s ultimate strength values ranged from 129 MPa to 378 MPa before accelerated aging reckoning on the calculation, probably because these fibers are waste produced during the processing of useful fibers used in theindustry [31].

Impact Test

The impact strength of cement mortar slab characteristics composites were found with 300 ร— 300 ร— 20 mm slab specimens cast in cement mortar at a ratio of 1:3, sisal-reinforced reinforcement fibers at four fiber composition (0.5%, 1.0%, 1.5%, and 2.0% by weight of cement) and a side ratio of 200 [51]. The cracking initiation was supported by visual observation and the cumulative collapse made up our minds therefore supported the amount of blows required to open the crack within the sample enough to spread the crack throughout the whole thickness of a specimen [52]. The energy of impact stored by the mortar slab specimens was calculated supported the volume of blows required   to   initiate   the primary crack, the amount required to avoid causing the ultimate failure, and therefore the impact energy of blow [53].

Tensile Strength Test

Friction length shows the strength of things like fiber density, fiber length, and bonding [54]. The orientation of the fibers is incredibly random, whichweakens the compositeโ€™s tensile properties [55]. During this analysis, the low fiber loading us with another possible reason used only 20% of fiberloading weight. Several researchers have found that the burden of 20% of sisal fiber composites has lower tensile properties [56]. The bending testswere conducted in an exceedingly deflection mode with a load rate of

0.3 mm/min and therefore the maximum load values were measured and analyzed. The concrete’s flexural strength and fracture energy decrease as temperature increases. Such reduction exists for experiments on preloaded samples with and without higher preloading. The split strength is around 2.03 at 7 days shown in Figure 4. The split strength is around 2.69 at 28 days shown in Figure 5[57].

Figure 4. Tensile strength at 7 days [58, 59] Figure 5. Tensile strength test at 28 days [58, 59]

Conclusion

It is clear that from the above review that the concrete at the fiber content of over 2% and a discount in fiber content is typically over 30 to 50mm in fiber length. The fiber ratio is compared with the diameter size. Water absorption is powerful in natural fibers because it increases the strength of the physical and mechanical properties of high tensile and compressive strength. The paper is thus concluded with improvement within the number of fibers being measured by a decrease in mechanical properties of over 1.5%. The strength is going to be increased by adding the fibers in smallamounts.Introduction of natural sisal fibers to an increase in the flexural strength and fracture strength of the concrete in addition to compositionswithout natural fibers.The mechanical characteristics of the sisal fiber based mostly on the manufacture, condition as well as size of the sisal fiber,which will determine the characteristic properties, and also on the natural parameters, such as the size of the fiber, the length of the gauge, the strain rate and the environment of the study. On the opposite hand, there was higher ductility within the fracturing of the samples using natural fibers, in other words, adding natural fibers to the concrete could better control the cracking of the concrete.After the whole value of flexural strength had been reached at the tip of the research studies for giant deflections, the fibers still allowed the 2 sections of the samples to remains together. Under both tensile conditions, numerous cracking activity was observed and loads of cracking.

Future prospects

It is clear from this review that chemically processed or treated substances became future altered sisal fiber reinforced composites as a consequence of its strong mechanical structural materials, economic and ecological characteristics. In recent literary studies, crack durability and rupture processes of sisal fiber composites doesnโ€™t seem to have become analyzed in any detail. If new enhanced material are to be produced for safe crack growth,this is vital.The material strength of sisal-fiber composites tested by tests are most often inconsistent with the mixture law. Only if the interface strength and the failure mechanisms are understood can a complete description be obtained. In particular, more work is required to understand the’hybrid’ effects of sisal/glass composites.Due to the relatively lesser costs of sisal fibers, inexpensive methods of processing can be formed for thecomposites. It is essential to analyze the interaction amongst mechanical properties and methods of manufacturing.

References

  • Otieno M O 2016 Assessment of the feasibility of using sisal fiber reinforced cement Mortar with termite clay soil for roofing tiles. SMARTEC,COETEC< JKUAT)
  • Naser M, Hawileh R and Abdalla J 2019 Fiber-reinforced polymer composites in strengthening reinforced concrete structures: A critical review Engineering Structures198 109542
  • Priyadharshini S and Ramakrishna G 2018 A Novel Approach for the Rheological Behaviour of Polymer Modified Untreated and Treated SisalFibre Reinforced Cement Mortar Composites Materials Today: Proceedings12927-39
  • Kumar P and Roy R 2018 Study and experimental investigation of flow and flexural properties of natural fiber reinforced self compactingconcrete Procedia Computer Science125 598-608
  • Ding Z, Xu M-R, Dai J-G, Dong B-Q, Zhang M-J, Hong S-X and Xing F 2019 Strengthening concrete using phosphate cement-based fiber-reinforced inorganic composites for improved fire resistance Construction and Building Materials212 755-64
  • Toledo Filho R D, Scrivener K, England G L and Ghavami K 2000 Durability of alkali-sensitive sisal and coconut fibres in cement mortarcomposites Cement and concrete composites22 127-43
  • Okeola A, Abuodha S and Mwero J 2018 Experimental Investigation of the Physical and Mechanical Properties of Sisal Fiber-ReinforcedConcrete Fibers53
  • de Andrade Silva F, Mobasher B and Toledo Filho R D 2009 Cracking mechanisms in durable sisal fiber reinforced cement composites Cementand Concrete Composites31 721-30
  • Sabarish K, Paul P and Jones J 2019 An experimental investigation on properties of sisal fiber used in the concrete Materials Today: Proceedings
  • Ramakrishna G and Sundararajan T 2019 Durability and Life Prediction in Biocomposites, Fibre-

Reinforced Composites and Hybrid Composites: Elsevier) pp 389-406

  • Pacheco-Torgal F and Jalali S 2011 Cementitious building materials reinforced with vegetable fibres: A review Construction and BuildingMaterials25 575-81
  • Joseph K, Tolรชdo Filho R D, James B, Thomas S and Carvalho L H d 1999 A review on sisal fiber reinforced polymer composites Revista Brasileira de Engenharia Agrรญcola e Ambiental367-79
  • Aracri E, Colom J F and Vidal T 2009 Application of laccase-natural mediator systems to sisal pulp: an effective approach to biobleaching orfunctionalizing pulp fibres? Bioresource technology100 5911-6
  • Villar V P, Medina N F, Alonso M, Diez S G and Puertas F 2019 Assessment of parameters governing the steel fiber alignment in fresh cement-based composites Construction and Building Materials207 548-62
  • Wu Y, Li Y and Niu B 2014 Assessment of the mechanical properties of sisal fiber-reinforced silty clay using triaxial shear tests The ScientificWorld Journal2014
  • Saravanan N and Buvaneshwari M 2018 Experimental Investigation on Behaviour of Natural Fibre Concrete (Sisal Fibre) Cellulose54 66
  • Li Y, Mai Y-W and Ye L 2000 Sisal fibre and its composites: a review of recent developments

Composites science and technology60 2037-55

  • de Andrade Silva F, Mobasher B, Soranakom C and Toledo Filho R D 2011 Effect of fiber shape and morphology on interfacial bond andcracking behaviors of sisal fiber cement based composites Cement and Concrete Composites33 814-23
  • Sushma I P, Vasundhar B and Varma N J 2018 Fabrication and experimental evaluation of properties with reinforcement of polyester resin with sisal fibre Materials Today: Proceedings27081-7
  • da Silva C C B, Terashima F J H, Barbieri N and de Lima K F 2019 Sound absorption coefficient assessment of sisal, coconut husk and sugarcane fibers for low frequencies based on three different methods Applied Acoustics156 92-100
  • Ramamoorthy S K, Skrifvars M and Persson A 2015 A review of natural fibers used in biocomposites: plant, animal and regenerated cellulosefibers Polymer Reviews55 107-62
  • Bongarde U and Shinde V 2014 Review on natural fiber reinforcement polymer composites

International Journal of Engineering Science and Innovative Technology431-6

  • Larisa U, Solbon L and Sergei B 2017 Fiber-reinforced concrete with mineral fibers and nanosilica Procedia engineering195 147-54
  • Abdulkareem M, Havukainen J and Horttanainen M 2019 How environmentally sustainable are fibre reinforced alkali-activated concretes?Journal of Cleaner Production236 117601
  • Schreiberovรก H, Bรญlรฝ P, Flรกdr J, ล eps K, Chylรญk R and Trtรญk T 2019 Impact of the self-healing agent composition on material characteristics ofbio-based self-healing concrete Case Studies in Construction Materials e00250
  • Wei J and Meyer C 2014 Sisal fiber-reinforced cement composite with Portland cement substitution by a combination of metakaolin andnanoclay Journal of materials science49 7604- 19
  • Padanattil A, Karingamanna J and Mini K 2017 Novel hybrid composites based on glass and sisal fiber for retrofitting of reinforced concretestructures Construction and Building Materials133 146-53
  • Ramakrishna G and Sundararajan T 2005 Studies on the durability of natural fibres and the effect of corroded fibres on the strength of mortarCement and Concrete Composites27 575-82
  • Izquierdo I S, Izquierdo O S, Ramalho M A and Taliercio A 2017 Sisal fiber reinforced hollow concrete blocks for structural applications:Testing and modeling Construction and Building Materials151 98-112
  • Sanchez F and Sobolev K 2010 Nanotechnology in concreteโ€“a review Construction and building materials24 2060-71
  • Banthia N and Sappakittipakorn M 2007 Toughness enhancement in steel fiber reinforced concrete through fiber hybridization Cement andConcrete Research37 1366-72
  • Banthia N and Soleimani S M 2005 Flexural response of hybrid fiber-reinforced cementitious composites ACI Materials journal102 382
  • <Strength of Corrugation in Roofing Sheet with Various Fibres.pdf>
  • Vasu K, Krishna P M, Rupa J S, Kumar A V and Janardhan N 2019 An Experimental Investigation on the Mechanical Properties of GlassFiber Reinforced Concrete IUP Journal of Structural Engineering12 22-33
  • Ardanuy M, Claramunt J and Toledo Filho R D 2015 Cellulosic fiber reinforced cement-based composites: A review of recent researchConstruction and building materials79 115-28
  • Toledo Filho R D, de Andrade Silva F, Fairbairn E and de Almeida Melo Filho J 2009 Durability of compression molded sisal fiber reinforcedmortar laminates Construction and building materials23 2409-20
  • Tolรชdo Filho R D, Joseph K, Ghavami K and England G L 1999 The use of sisal fibre as reinforcement in cement based composites RevistaBrasileira de Engenharia Agrรญcola e Ambiental245-56
  • Priyadharshini S and Ramakrishna G 2019 Recent Advances in Structural Engineering, Volume 1:

Springer) pp 921-33

  • Krishna N K, Prasanth M, Gowtham R, Karthic S and Mini K 2018 Enhancement of properties of concrete using natural fibers Materials Today: Proceedings23816-23
  • Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F and Halpern M 2007 Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from2005 to 2030 JBJS89 780-5
  • Fujiyama R, Darwish F and Pereira M 2014 Mechanical characterization of sisal reinforced cement mortar Theoretical and Applied MechanicsLetters061002
  • Wei J and Meyer C 2016 Utilization of rice husk ash in green natural fiber-reinforced cement composites: Mitigating degradation of sisal fiberCement and Concrete Research81 94-111
  • Caetano H, Rodrigues J P C and Pimienta P 2019 Flexural strength at high temperatures of a high strength steel and polypropylene fibreconcrete Construction and Building Materials227 116721
  • Afroughsabet V, Biolzi L and Ozbakkaloglu T 2016 High-performance fiber-reinforced concrete: a review Journal of materials science516517-51
  • Ramesh M 2018 Handbook of Properties of Textile and Technical Fibres: Elsevier) pp 301-25
  • Ramakrishna G and Sundararajan T 2019 Durability and Life Prediction in Biocomposites, Fibre-

Reinforced Composites and Hybrid Composites: Elsevier) pp 211-55Pappu A, Pickering K L and Thakur V K 2019 Manufacturing and characterization of sustainable hybrid composites using sisal and hemp fibres as reinforcement of poly (lactic acid) via injection moulding Industrial Crops and Products137 260-9

  • Coelho A W F, Thirรฉ R M d S M and Araujo A C 2019 Manufacturing of gypsumโ€“sisal fiber composites using binder jetting AdditiveManufacturing29 100789
  • Naveen J, Jawaid M, Amuthakkannan P and Chandrasekar M 2019 Mechanical and Physical Testing of Biocomposites, Fibre-Reinforced Composites and Hybrid Composites: Elsevier) pp 427-40
  • Li J and Laghari R A 2019 A review on machining and optimization of particle-reinforced metal matrix composites The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology100 2929- 43
  • Hao Y, Hao H and Li Z-X 2010 Numerical analysis of lateral inertial confinement effects on impact test of concrete compressive materialproperties International Journal of Protective Structures145-67
  • Ramakrishna G and Sundararajan T 2005 Impact strength of a few natural fibre reinforced cement mortar slabs: a comparative study Cementand concrete composites27 547-53
  • Ramakrishna G 2005 Rheological strength and durability characteristics of sisal fibre reinforced cementitious composites
  • Albano C, Ichazo M, Gonzรกlez J, Delgado M and Poleo R 2001 Effects of filler treatments on the mechanical and morphological behavior ofPP+ wood flour and PP+ sisal fiber Materials Research Innovations284-93
  • Brandt A, Olek J and Marshall I 2009 Tensile fatigue response of sisal fiber reinforced cement composites Brittle Matrix Composites 9 81
  • Wu C, Jia S, Chen R, Huang Z, Zhai S, Feng Y, Yang Z and Qu J 2013 Composites of sisal fiber/polypropylene based on novel vane extruder:Effect of interface and damage on mechanical properties Journal of Reinforced Plastics and Composites32 1907-15
  • En B S 2005 Methods of testing cementโ€“Part 1: Determination of strength European Committee for Standardization: Brussels, Belgium169 36
  • Gao J, Sun W and Morino K 1997 Mechanical properties of steel fiber-reinforced, high-strength, lightweight concrete Cement and ConcreteComposites19 307-13
  • Song P and Hwang S 2004 Mechanical properties of high-strength steel fiber-reinforced concrete

Construction and Building Materials18 669-73

Human Beings with 90% Mental Disability States and their Impacts on Individuals with Good Mental Health States Exposes to the Same Mental Health Facility and Similar Conditions of Treatment.

Isaac Odoi Danquah

Water Resources Engineer, Goldrain Mountain Company Limited, Koforidua โ€“ Eastern Region, Ghana.

ABSTRACT

Manโ€™s ability to have total control of oneself and coordinates all activities in daily life depends on absolute good or healthy state of the mind. The mind is the master control room of every being on earth. And with this mind in its good state or correct state of mind, one can behave very well. Once there is a change in the state of the mind as a result of inhibitor of the mind, once attitudes of behaviour changes. Such changes in behaviour, attitudes or motives can be attributed to drug abuse, breakages in marriages, failure in examinations or life, loss of loved one, loss of job, accidents, spiritual attack etc. Such individuals most at times experiences mental shocks hence mental illness or sufferings. Such people are always sent to mental homes or mental health facilities for rehabilitation or seek for help to bring the individualโ€™s mind to a state of public acceptability for self-control and coordination in daily life. With such facilities and structures in place to address issues of such nature, bad motivated and get rich people (Ocultic world powers) makes use of spiritual powers to generate people who then get exposed to such incapacitated people in mental health facilities in Ghana. Such people of good mental health status exposed to all kinds of treatments and dangers when sent to such facilities with mindset of having the same problem. Such people end up being dragged into the problem and ending up as mentally disable (98% in mental disability) people of no return into natural mental status of public usage and missing among good mental health people again. They go into a state of total mental illness and darkness and seen as mad people of no concern and usage to the public and country again. 

Keywords: mental, health, disability, brain, mind, spiritual, psychoactive, Ocultic, behaviour, rehabilitation, drug abuse, treatment.

 1         INTRODUCTION

Life activities on the planet earth mainly depends on the mind and the sense organs. Coordination between them is what gives the mankind a sense of direction when looking at daily activities. A mind can be full of activities to be accomplished in a day, but a break in chain can be attributed to a change in mind or faulty in thought which is centered on the mind. The mind has its associated problems just like the way the body fights its illnesses on daily basis in order to stay healthy. The mind can never attain 100% efficiency when it comes to its actions, capability and ability. Notwithstanding, any break in the minds coordination in serving as the master control room is a big problem and danger to the individuals or beings involved. Life is never complete without the mind, hence doctors ensures brain functionality during and after every delivery of a baby for a perfect life on earth. Any malfunctioning of the brain results in all kinds of uncoordinated behaviour and actions. Hence any individual with a normal daily life full of acceptable activities is seen as a normal person. Once there is an observed change in Behaviour, motive, attitude and actions is said to be a mentally ill or sick and the need for medical attention. This is the case in daily life in Ghana. Such mental issues or problems do not just happen or occur in our lifes. Most mental problems are as a result of activities such as broken homes, failed marriages, failed examinations, delivery issues, drug abuse, smoking of weed and shisha, loss of loved ones, deportation from abroad, disasters (such as flooding and air masses), excessive sex, spiritual attacks from Ocultic world and higher realms etc. The resultant impacts of these listed scenarios is loss of mind and uncoordinated activities which makes life difficult. 

The cerebrum, cerebellum, and medulla oblongata coordinates all activities of the mind for total control achievement of purpose, goals and objectives on daily basis. Any damage to any of the parts or chain has is associated repercussions. All kinds of people are exposed to mental health facilities in Ghana and worldwide especially those with the problems listed above. Such people have their mental states disabled to an extent. It can be to 50%, 55%, 60%, 67%, 70%, 78%, 80% etc and the need for work to be done on them for such minds to be brought to normality and originality for perfect coordination in life. With such instability in mind, individuals in such positions exhibit all kinds of actions and behaviors. Some of these actions, attitudes and behaviors includes talking to oneself, staying alone for longer hours, walking aimlessly, picking of things on refuse dumps, wearing dirty clothes for months, walking in the middle of roads etc. Such minds have been lost to a higher degree for those on the streets and working on them is very difficult since the mind is about 93% out of order. But the once below 60% have a higher percentage of working on and bringing it to order or under control or even 95% once can be worked on and brought under control. But with such once, probability is 0.02 possibility. Bringing the mind under control is a very difficult task, since there is a distortion in creation and repairing creation is divinely influenced and nature has to give acceptance into code creation into nature. Since there is distortion in creation and orderliness, bringing the mind to order is not easy. 

Spirituality also plays a role when assessing the number people subjected or exposed to mental health facilities in Ghana. Ghana as a country is recognized as Christian country per counting the number of churches in Ghana comparable to other worshippers. It is also seen as an Islamic country as well as traditionalist. Hence Ghana seen as a country which does not play or joke with spiritual things or spirituality. With this in mind, everyone seen or believed to be rich in life should have an associated spiritual background whichever way. This is what some does by looking for others who will carry their cross in life hence the use of all kinds of super natural powers and means to make others victims while enriching themselves. Most victims of such adventure ends up on the streets or in mental homes looking for salvation keys to come back to normalcy. In some cases also, others do the enrichment journey themselves but ends up losing the mind and finds themselves on the streets of Ghana and Africa. Such people are unable to break secret codes of treasure hunting covered with madness and ends there. Such people also ends up in mental homes looking for help to return back to healthy mental states.

Assuming an intellectual is manipulated and ends in a mental home or facility with the same states of conditions and treatments for good health, you can think of the consequences. This is the case most graduates finds themselves in Ghana after a four year duration degree program, masterโ€™s degree program of PHDโ€™s. Such people gets their educated heads exposed to such predicaments and can be generated into a higher degree problem in life. This is a reality problem as individuals who have toiled and educated themselves to to that level of even PHDโ€™s gets their heads formatted and installed into heads of uneducated people of another world for such people to make a learning and education career in life. I think they are of the view that, one PHD head and its exit from life or earth can give twenty folds of educated people of lower class in Ghana.  

This is the case of situations for some people in Ghana which belong to a world and being worked against another world. When such instances occurs once can see the world subjecting the world to all kinds of problems listed above to end and individual in a mental health facility with all forces of nature and different dimensions of accusations. If such an individual doesnโ€™t get an individual or good nature to work on his behalf or force so force of nature to backs his effort of fighting against such a cause and world, that soul is gone for good. Mental health facilities therefore exist to protect and fight for such victims but continues use of drugs to curtain the problem works on the brain negatively and the person ends up as a drug addict or victim of circumstances. Exposure and out of the mental health facility has its consequences. Stigmatization by people after being treated on drugs and subsequent going to the facility makes life difficult to live with if not of strong mind. Even the educated in Ghana have a problem with such people or people with mental health problems. They think once subjected to mental health facilities, then the head and mind is out of order and not programmable to work again or coordinated to function effectively. Mental health problems and issues can be associated with anyone hence the need for no stigmatization by any one. Assuming being arrested by five strong men, forced and sent to the mental health facility and treated harshly after which a sleeping injection is given for you to sleep for hours. After wakening up, you find yourself locked up and no way out of the facility and it happens three times to you. It can create a problem for you. In doing this, once brain is formatted and your intelligence into a system and become a routine thing done anytime one wants to builds his/her intelligence to a higher degree or level and everybody sees it. Wonโ€™t it be a routine for everyone who wants to access the head, intelligence or information gotten? This is a real time scenario generated on several occasions and people of no intelligence are using in Ghana to access intelligence and brains to make a living. This can create a problem for one at home, at the work place, among peers, in the community, in the church and among social groups etc. If not handled carefully, such a person will lose his/her mind, goes mad, become a nuisance and finally ends in death. If death does not occur, stigmatization can even lead to madness or lonely life. Some even ends up becoming a burden on families and friends with them acting as if they love the 100% and the feel their situations. This brain formatting and installation is what is generating kids of high accepted IQโ€™s but after getting degrees and PHDโ€™s, one do not see their impact on country and generations. It therefore deems fit for occupation therapist (OT), psychiatric doctors, and health professionals such as counsellors to be very careful when dealing with mental health problems. 

In a way, most people end up as mental health patients on their way to treasure hunting in life. Wealth is spiritually bound and most wealth and treasures are spiritually covered. Hence the need to embark on spiritual journey before assessing the treasure. This is the case among gold treasure hunters in Ghana especially illegal gold miners. In Ghana, illegal gold miners believes gold mining has its associated spirits which needs to be worked on before assessing the treasure. Anyone who fails to do this rites may end up as mad or even in death. This is the reality for most of the people one finds in mental health facilities in Ghana and was seen during this work with real time investigations. Divine creation rendered unto mankind the Garden of Eden where man was authorized to have dominion and nurture the garden towards beauty and self-freedom. This was mainly dependent on manโ€™s ability to make use of his mind, think like the creator and nurture it. Man faulted after being deceived by the enemy and resulted in a limitation placed on man. The beautiful treasure given to mankind was lost and the creation was taken over by the enemy with the enemy becoming the new owner. This new owner has total control over earthโ€™s creation and now plays the tune for whoever wants to be rich to dance by it and become rich. Hence to be rich or access greater wealth in life, one ought to access the wealth or riches through evil means of which most ends up in psychiatric wards as mental patients looking for treatments. It is therefore necessary to understand the mental make-up of mankind, the psychological behaviour of people and how they think when it comes to their daily way of life and happenings. The human brain which is the master control room of the body ought to be analyzed for its make-up and functionality so that any shortfall can be worked on.

2 Related Works on Mental Health and associated problems

2.1 The Human Brain

The human brain is the control room of the body spearheading all affairs of mankind. Some brain structures are clearly demarcated. Others gradually merge into others; this leads to debate about their exact boundaries and the functions they control (Atkinson et. al., 1990). All the neurons in the brain and the spinal cord makes up the central nervous system. The human brain is composed of three centric layers; a) central core b) the limbic system c) the cerebral hemisphere (together known as the cerebral hemisphere (Atkinson et. al., 1990). The central core includes most of the brain stem. The first slight enlargement of the spinal cord as it enters the skull is the medulla, a narrow structure that control breathing and some reflexes that help the organism maintains upright posture (Atkinson et. al., 1990). Attached to the rear of the brain stem is a convoluted structure called the cerebellum. The cerebellum is primarily concerned with coordination of movement. Located just above the brain stem inside the cerebral hemispheres are two egg โ€“ shaped groups of nerves cell nuclei that make up the thalamus. One region of the thalamus acts as a relay station and directs incoming information to the cerebellum from the sense receptors for vision, touch, hearing and taste. Another region of the thalamus plays an important in the control of sleep and wakefulness (Atkinson et. al., 1990). Any injury to this region of the thalamus that plays a role in sleeping and wakefulness may have effects on once sleep and hence the resultant mental problem.

2.2    Neurons, nerves and Coordination

Even though neurons differ, they have certain common characteristics. Projecting from the cell body are a number of short branches called dendrites (Atkinson et. al., 1990). The dendrites and cell body receive neural impulses from adjacent neurons. These massages are transmitted to other neurons by a slender extension of the cell called an axon. At the end of the axon branch into a number of fine collaterals that end in small swellings called synaptic terminals. When neural impulses travels down the axon and arrives at the synaptic terminals, it triggers the secretion of a chemical called neurotransmitter. Although all neurons have these general features, they vary greatly in size and shape (Atkinson et. al., 1990). There are three types of neurons; sensory neurons transmit impulses received by receptors to the central nervous system. The receptors are specialized cells in the sense organs, muscles, skin and joints that detect physical or chemical changes and translate these into impulses that travels along the sensory neurons. (Atkinson et. al., 1990). This is what makes someone to be able to feel hotness or coldness or even fire whenever there is any physical changes in the environment. Motor neurons carry ongoing signals from the brain or spinal cord to the effector organs namely the muscles and glands. Coordination of these neurons with other sense organs is what gives someone a good mental state of mind towards fulfillment of daily activities

2.3   Asymmetries in the Brain

On examination of the brain in much details, the two halves of the human brain look like mirror images of each other. But closer examination reveals asymmetries. When brains are measured during autopsies, the left hemisphere is almost always larger that the right hemisphere (Atkinson et. al., 1990). Also, the right hemisphere contains many long neural fibres that connect widely separate areas of the brain, whereas the left hemisphere contains many shorter fibres that provide rich interconnection within a limited area (Geschwind et. al., 1987). Paul Broca (1861) examined the brains of a patient who had suffered speech loss and found that there are damages in areas of the left hemisphere just above the lateral fissure in the frontal lobe. The region known as Brocaโ€™s area is involved in the production of speech (Broca, 1861). Hence a damage or loss to a higher degree of such a region will subject an individual to a mental health facility for diagnosis and treatment. In this case the mentally ill individual is expected to show all kinds of mentally sick attitudes and behaviour. 

2.4  Drug dependence

Since ancient times, people have used drugs to alter their state of mind, consciousness โ€“ to stimulate or relax, to bring sleep, prevent sleep, to enhance ordinary perception or to produce hallucinations (Atkinson et. al., 1990). Psychoactives are drugs that affect behaviour, consciousness or mood. They include not only street drugs such as heroin and marijuana but also stimulants such as alcohol, tobacco and coffee. Table 1 list and classifies the psychoactive drugs that are commonly used and abused.

Table 1: Psycoactives drugs that are commonly used

PsychoactivesCommonly Used
Depressants(Sedatives)Alcohol (ethanol), Barbiturates, minor tranquilizers, valum.
Opiates (Narcotics)Opium and its derivatives, Heroin, Morphine, Methadone.
StimulantsCocaine, Nicotine, Caffaine, Amphetamines, Benzedrine
HallucinogenesMescaline, Psilocybin, 
CannabisMarijuana, Hashish

Source: Atkinson et. al., 1990.

It may be difficult to appreciate the major changes in patterns of drug usage and taken behaviour over the past 100years. For instance, the widespread use of tranquilizers for the treatment of mental illness and emotional problems which began in the 1950โ€™s and the appearance of oral contraceptionโ€™s in 1960 did much to change people attitudes towards drugs (Atkinson et. al., 1990). All of the drugs listed in Table 1 are assumed to affect behaviour and consciousness because they act in specific biochemical ways on the brain. With repeated usage, an individual can become physically or psychologically dependent on any of these drugs (Atkinson et. al., 1990). The United States still has the highest rates of drug usage among the worldโ€™s industrialized nations (Johnson et. al., 1989). 

2.5  Effects of Alcohol

Drugs that depress the central nervous system includes the minor tranquilizers, barbiturates and alcohols. In small quantities, alcohol appears to increase peopleโ€™s energy and make them feel lively and sociable. In reality, it is a central nervous system depressant, not a stimulant. The initial stimulating effect of alcohol is believed to occur because the inhibiting synapses in the brain are depressed slightly earlier than the excitation synapses. Since the brainโ€™s neurons maintain a close balance between excitation and inhibition, the depression of inhibitory synapses results in a feeling of excitation, or stimulation. However, the excitation synapses soon become depressed too; the stimulating effects are overridden causing drowsiness and slowed sensory and motor functions. Continuous intake of such ethanol leads to mental retardation and disability (Atkinson et. al., 1990).

2.6 Sexual disorder and Behaviour

A great survey of British sexual attitudes and lifestyle (Johnson et. al., 1994) has provided the most comprehensive evaluation of sexual behaviour in the British public to date (Besant et. al., 1998). It was motivated largely by the emergence in 1980โ€™s of the lethal epidemic of sexually transmitted infection, HIV and lack of baseline measures of sexual behaviour. In the past four decades, the median age of first heterosexual intercourse has fallen from 21years to 17 years for women and 20years to 17yeears for men. People in the 21st century are more likely to use contraceptives (usually condoms and injections for women) than those of previous generations (Basant et. al., 1998). Frequency of heterosexual sex (oral, vaginal, anal intercourse) among the youth shows wide variability with a small proportion of the population reporting a very high frequency of sexual contact. Vaginal intercourse usually dominates when dealing with intercourse since that is the natural way and is the most preferred. Increase in practice of oral sex, but not as a substitute to vaginal intercourse. 

In Ghana, the youth outside marriage have loss frequent sex past overall but not today. For the current Ghana, they are more likely to have multiple partners, a wide range of practices and recent experiences of high risk practices (Basant et. al., 1998).

3 Research Area and Methodology

3.1 Research Area

The study area for this work is the Regional Hospital Koforidua (RHK) in the Eastern Region of Ghana, Komfo Anokye Teaching Hospital โ€“ Kumasi in the Ashanti Region of Ghana and Pantang Hospital – Accra in the Greater Accra Region of Ghana. Koforidua is the capital city of the Eastern Region of Ghana. The city harbors people of total population of 127,334 (Ghana Statistical Service, 2012). Koforidua is the commercial heart for the eastern region and the New Juaben Municipal district. Koforidua lies on latitude 6ยฐ 05แถฆ 38แถฆแถฆ N and longitude 0ยฐ 15แถฆ 32แถฆแถฆ W at an elevation of 238m (781ft) above sea level. The New Juaben municipality falls within the Eastern Region of south Ghana covering a total land area of 110km2. This total land area constitutes 0.57% of the total land area of the Eastern Region. The annual rainfall over the capital ranges from 50inches to 120inches and 20โฐC to 32โฐC, mean annual temperature. The New Juaben municipality shares borders with East โ€“ Akim municipality to the northeast, Suhum Kraboa Coaltar district to the west, and Akwapim North district to the east and south. A number of industrial activities are embarked in the city and these include textiles, crafts, soap, traditional medicine, welders, carpentry, ceramics and poetry. Production of alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages and good bread forms part of industrialized produced products in the city. Regional Hospital Koforidua (RHK) is the main hospital within the region attending all issue of health which is above the horizon of the district hospitals in the region. The mental health department (MHD) is the department responsible for all mental health associated problems that the hospital receives on daily basis. 

The study area also focus on Pantan Hospital in Accra where the same scenarios were being generated over and over again. The same happened in Kumasi which was the first place of case for scenario generation over and over again in Ghana as stated in the introduction. The main focus point is at Koforidua in the Eastern Region of Ghana 

3.2  Methodology Employed

Research works always aims at establishing an inner truth about something. The main aim of this research work is to access and analyze human beings with 90% mental disability state and see whether they can have significant impacts on same humans of good health status when all are exposed to same facility and treatment. This research work started when a health human being was arrested and sent to a mental health facility and subjected to hash treatment equivalent to that for people of mental deficiencies. The method employed is the facility Stationed Focus Assessment and Evaluation Method (FSFAEM). In the process, investigator is tasked and goes through the normal process for patient of mental illness in the mental home. Results are generated after detail activities and picking of data and intelligence for a maximum period of 13 years. In some cases also, data is picked after a dayโ€™s visit to the mental health facility for monthly treatment. Findings are then obtained for analysis, verification, justification and acceptance. Figure 1 gives a diagrammatic view of the method employed for the research.

4.0       Research Findings

4.1       Psychoactives 

Once daily activities and actions are mentally and psychologically motivated. Without the mind in its perfect state or one in its absolute complete state of mind, one cannot operate or work very well. So whatever be the case, the head with the brain at its utmost functionality is needed for once daily movements, operations and activities. Anything contrarily to this will result in negative consequences. And in other to achieve mentally ill state or mind of 80% disability state, there is need for Psychoactives. These are drugs that inhibit the action of the brain or mind resulting in moody, bad behaviour and actions. Some of the Psychoactives includes ethanol, caffeine, cocaine, heroin, wee (weed), cigar, opium etc. When such drugs are taken into the body and subsequently into the mind continuously, coordination of the body by nerves and neurons becomes reduced drastically by percentage. When this happens, the person sense organs such as hearing, feeling, taste, sight etc becomes affected. Continuation of life in a proper manner to help oneself and country is problematic. Use of healthy individuals to heal people of mentally ill status. Psychoactives destruction effects.

4.1.1    Psychoactives destruction Effects 

In every community in Ghana, the lower class forms the masses. With a percentage of the mass classified into psychoactive affected people. With such people, the rate at which they drink alcohol (95% in alcohol percentage) for instance is from morning to morning on daily basis. Such people do not have a good eating habit and usually seen as people of no usefulness in the country. Most are met on daily basis undergoing random motion. They do not have the mind set to think through activities. On sense of judgment and direction as well as defined goals and objectives to achieve in life. No daily income or monthly salary to support life and home. Such people are always seen to be living in hideouts because of devious motives and activities. Most of them are very bad people because of the highness in mind due to large intake of psychoactive. Those with families who think about them end up in mental homes and facilities for rehabilitations. 

Sending someone with good mental health state to such a facility and meeting such from a psychoactive background can lead to negative effects. Assuming someone of PHD status whose head has been short through Ocultic means and installed in others meet such as person. If such a doctor sense of direction is deactivated and gives up in life, then his is a pilot who will lose total control of his captainship. Such a person will begin to drink excessively, take in all kinds of narcotic drugs, be sexually active to satisfy him/herself and that soul is gone.  An entire family, community, nation, world will be flooded unto poverty and self-destruction. 

4.2       Occultism Incorporated

Worldwide occultism plays a major role in mentally sick individualโ€™s generation into mental health facilities. Some believe in get rich quick schemes hence the use of supernatural means to attain that height. In such get rich world schemes, one does sacrifices hence the possibility of sacrificing a human being for the enrichment in life. What one does is seize a brother, sister, family member or relative or any individuals who has worked for wealth and utilize it aimlesslesly. The use of all kinds of supernatural means to seize that individualโ€™s opportunity in life or breakthrough. They then lay their cross of suffering on the individual or brother to go through their suffering and hustles in life while they enjoy life to the fullest. The most interesting part is that, they always have such a person in focus and will be monitoring is daily activities. 

4.2.1    Occultism incorporated impacts on good health minds

Occultism incorporated effects on healthy mind is total disaster. Most great minds and individuals have lost their lives because of the bad effects of occultism and get rich easy life by people. Some end up as mad people walking in the streets while the Ocultic man or initiator is a beneficiary and enjoying life to a greater extent.

4.3       Street Arrest of Individuals

Street life also forms part of a society activities. Most school drop outs, sellers who have migrated from their local community to cities ends up living on the streets. Life in the streets is like living in the jungle where only the fitters survive. Therefore, people or individuals on the streets are always involved in a fight or all kinds of illegal activities which mostly warrant arrest by police to police stations. Those that ends up in police stations ends up in police cells and those who ends in hospitals ends up in mental health facilities for treatments. They go through all kinds of mental treatments and ends up as mentally ill or retarded patients. This is achieved after series of bad treatment by doctors and nurses who are on their sides or same Ocultic world or the continuous use of mentally ill drugs. Such people ends up losing their minds to a higher degree and final output is madness.  

4.3.1    Percentage change and effects from individuals on the streets

In Ghana, street life personnelโ€™s or individuals on the streets do not play major roles in national development. Such people are always seen in Ghettoโ€™s having their daily activities. They are mostly smokers, gangsters, tricksters, gamblers and involved in all kinds of social vices. In terms of percentage personnelโ€™s from the streets to mental health facilities are first of all to a degree of 60% in mental disability. Once they are subjected to mental facilities for rehabilitations, some get rehabilitated into different good kinds of individuals to live a normal life. Those who are unable to return to normalcy goes mad totally or even death. Some are in treasure hunting looking for answers for the good will of treasures for their lives. Spiritual arrest also exists which involves the arrest spiritually for entering and assessing a real one ought not to. This at times also results in mental illness or madness. 

4.4 Other kinds of failures 

Nature has within its creation failures of various forms. Everyone is bound to fail in one way of the other by a certain percentage. What one does in times of difficulty is the most important thing. Failures can be seen in terms of failed marriages, failed examinations, failure in business, failure in learning a trade, failure at once job, failure in governance etc. all these are different forms of failures. There is a mental havoc associated with all these failures. This may end once remaining life on earth in a mental home or mental facility. When it happens like this, itโ€™s once responsibility to justify before nature and mankind why the failure should not occur, continue and be replaced with success. One ought to fight nature and mankind with whatever means in life to justify his/her cause before natural panelist and mankind. Once justification is well done whichever way and well understood by all, then one can proceed unto success. If not, he/she may end up as a mentally ill person or even goes mad. Defense and justification of a cause is both physically and spiritually. It is likely such an individual has entered into a realm and assessed a great treasure which will lead him unto greater heights in life. Hence the need for spiritual defense because all treasures are spiritually bound. So once such a person is unable to defend or justify why such a treasure belongs to him/her and does have the spiritual power and authority to possess and protect it, he or she may end up mad or mentally retarded.

4.4.1    Effects from other kinds of failures resulting in mental disability

The impacts of mental disability states resulting in all kinds of failures on good mental health states is enormous. As elaborated above, all kinds of failures exist which may end one in a mental home followed by all kinds of consequences. Two main consequence experienced by individuals who finds themselves in such situation is either madness or death. When the failure is continuous and no way to leave the deep pit, some even hung themselves or commits suicides. Those who do not end their lives but continues in the hustles and torchers ends up in mental facilities for rehabilitations and treatments and later towards madness or death. It is only a few, about 10%, who are able to be rehabilitated in rehabilitation centres by family members and friends. Such friends and families should be willing to spend money towards rehabs. During the rehabilitation process, patients are taken through all kinds of treatments. Some of the vocational training includes kente weaving, instruments playing, clay artistic works etc. 

5          Conclusions

Mental disability states generated by any of the scenarios under research findings is a state which can be worked on to attain positive or negative results. Positive results yielding 75% – 80% good mental health state of being is a position of living a new life to help oneself and mankind. Or mentally retarded person with the final results of madness or death. People will continue to smoke, drink alcohol, and take stimulants and psychoactive. This may have effects on the human mind and its final efficiencies in thinking and usage. Meeting physiological needs is very problematic to the average Ghanaian and the world at large. Continuous difficulty in such directions will end people in mental homes and facilities. Assessing treasures in life either through holy or unholy grounds will have people entering into spiritual reals and the resultant ending in mental homes if the nature is unanswered. It is therefore the responsibility of psychiatric doctors, nurses and health professionals to help such people to regain their mental power and strength. There need to be efficacy in treatment and truthfulness on the part of practitioners, drugs administering in taking care of the mentally retarded. Because by the time one is through with his/her treatment, a drug might have ended someone in mental jail. This is because all the generated scenarios under research findings are feasible and likely to end someone in this mentally disabled state forever. It is therefore the responsibilities of practitioners, traditionalists, faith based and alternative healers, health professionals, mental health workers, media, families and friends and all other stakeholders to help bring back the person to about 84% mentally stable state to help oneself and nation. 

Acknowledgement

I am grateful to the almighty God for this research work. Thanks to all who made this research work a success in Koforidua, Accra and Kumasi.  God bless you all.  

References

  • Atkinson R. L., Atkinson R. C., Smith E. E., 1990, Introduction to Psychology, 10th Edition, 33 โ€“ 34, 41 โ€“ 42, 50, 201 โ€“ 202.
  • Basant K. P., Hall A. D., 1998, Revision Notes in Psychiatry, Chp 31, 314 โ€“ 327.
  • Geshwind N., Galaburda A. M., 1987, Cerebral Laterilization, Cambridge MA; MIT Press, 50, 55.
  • Johnson L. D., Oโ€™Malley P. M., Bachman J. G., 1989, Illicite drug use, smoking and drinking by Americanโ€™s high School Students, College students and young adults. 1975 โ€“ 1987, Rockville, MD; National Institute of Drug Abuse, 212, 213, 215, 221.
  • Miles L. E., Raynal D. M., Wilson M. A., (1977), Blind man living in normal society has circulation rhythm of 24.9hrs, Science, 198, 421 โ€“ 423.

Strategies for Achieving Competitive Advantage: The Case of Amazon

Verawati Onggowidjojo

Faculty of Business

Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya, Indonesia

Lena Ellitan

Faculty og Business

Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya, Indonesia

 

ABSTRACT

This article discusses the Amazon company’s efforts to achieve competitive advantage, especially in the field of technology. The development of technology has been very rapid lately, and continues to emerge, which has made many companies concentrate on businesses related to technology. With technological advances, companies have to immediately learn to implement, develop, analyze and modify and continuously innovate technology so that they can learn from the success of the Amazon business which is experiencing phenomenal success both in the United States and throughout the world. Online business has experienced a scientific cycle of evolution that we all know. Online business itself was born because it was triggered by the birth of the internet. One company that can continue to maintain its competitive advantage in the field of technology and become a giant in its online business is Amazon. It is very difficult to compete with the business created by Jeff Bezos, because Amazon is always updating its marketplace with superior technology, one of which is using drone technology which can speed up package delivery compared to other marketplaces. So that more and more people are interested in using the Amazon marketplace because delivery is precise, fast, accurate and trustworthy so that it can maintain its competitive advantage compared to other marketplaces. This article also discusses various comprehensive marketing strategies, especially discussing the competitive advantages of Amazon’s very well-known product, namely Amazon Prime Air. Jeff Bezos’ very strategic leadership style makes the company increasingly leading, and achieves optimal competitive advantage.

Keywords: Competitive advantage,  marketplace, Leadership, Marketing strategy.

INTRODUCTION

In the current era of the 4th industrial revolution, there are several countries that are heading towards the 5th industrial revolution. Almost all of them use technology to run their business, so they can reach levels of society in a region or country. Online business has experienced a scientific cycle of evolution that we have all felt recently. According to Shabazz, 2004; Coffman and Odlyzko, 2001) the resistance is gradual. Online business itself was born because it was triggered by the birth of the internet. One company that has continued to survive well during the growth, decline, and revival of online businesses is Amazon.com (Kha, 2000; Casey and Carroll, 2004).

            Amazon is a world-famous marketplace giant and is very famous and is number one in the world because of its prowess in the field of e-commerce. However, first we have to look at the background of its success story before it became the marketplace giant it is today. The strategy used by Amazon is based on very strategic thinking that is able to create and bring competitive advantage to the company, will increase the value of the company itself and will increase the quality of competition in the industry it operates in (Porter, 1994).

From a strategic point of view to achieve competitive advantage, according to Porter and Villar (1985), competitive advantage as a company’s ability to achieve economic profits above the profits that competitors in the same industrial market can achieve. Companies that have a competitive advantage always have the ability to understand changes in market structure and are able to choose effective marketing strategies (Porter, 1994). The marketing strategy is developed in several stages, namely: analyzing trends or tendencies based on patterns, environmental analysis (SWOT), making choices about the strategy to be chosen, choosing the strategy that is considered most appropriate, transforming the strategy into action (Pearce and Robinson, 2003). Salah One form of strategy to achieve competitive advantage is Value Chain Management (Porter, 1994), which is a collection of activities to design, manufacture, market and deliver products to consumers so that consumers can experience added value in addition to the products or services they purchase (Porter, 1994) . Strategy can provide sustainable competitive advantage so that companies can have an advantage in strategic resources. These strategic resources have the characteristics of value, rare, imperfectly immitable (difficult to imitate), and non-substitutable (irreplaceable) (Henry, 2008). And this is what Jeff Bezos implemented for his company called Amazon.

Jeff Bezos started Amazon for the first time on July 5, 1994 in his garage located in Bellevue, Washington DC, United States. The initial capital came from Jeff Bezos’ own personal money, which was worth 10,000 US Dollars because he saw the potential opportunity from growing internet usage by 2,300% per year by opening a business selling goods online (Kotha, 1998; Mc Carthy, 1999). Jeff Bezos’ initial goal in starting his own business was to create a small-scale bookstore, and his hope was that the bookstore he presented could be purchased by consumers throughout the world using an online system. The first book that was successfully sold through the Amazon site was a science book entitled Fluid Concepts and Creative Analogis by Doug Hofstadte, on April 3, 1995.

            At the beginning of its founding, Amazon succeeded in receiving orders from consumers in the United States in 50 states and 45 countries throughout the world. In 2011 Amazon became one of the eleven most expensive brands in the world of information technology with a brand value of US$ 18.6 BILLION (Interbrand in Business Insider, 2012). Amazon.com’s growth was achieved through four strategic pillars, namely: (1) service, (2) customer connection, (3) supply chain management, and (4) diversification (Amazon Watch, 2012). Customer service involving all existing employees without exception. Consumer connection involves building websites in various languages. Supply Chain Management involves building many Amazon.com warehouses in metropolitan areas and diversifying Amazon.com by expanding the business beyond just selling books and online retail stores.

Amazon is starting to spread its wings to become an octopus company by employing 341,400 employees with revenues of $136 billion dollars in 2016 with a profit margin of 1.74% (Pramisti, 2017). From initial capital worth 10,000 US dollars, Jeff Bezos has been very successful in developing Amazon into a company or organization with a capitalization value of 1,670 trillion US dollars in 2021.

             Amazon is a multinational marketplace company based in Washington DC, United States which has become the largest in the world because of its competitive prices and only adds small profits but plays a large number of consumers. Currently, Amazon has turned into an e-commerce giant whose products do not only offer books but have turned into a marketplace that provides daily necessities products such as Vesta (which sells household robots), Amazonetube (online videos that want competing with YouTube), providing entertainment content such as technology-based video games, compact discs, computer software, Amazon Prime Air (a membership service that offers fast delivery), Amazon Fresh (a form of delivery service for fresh products that has been available in various countries such as: Tokyo, London, and Germany), Amazon Web Services / AWA cloud services (services in the field of renting server space to companies and other individuals such as cloud services), Aexa (a digital assistant like Bixby), Kindle Tablet (service which was originally for electronic book readers, which functions completely as a tablet and more functional media equipment), Amazon TV Streaming (a form of service that competes with equipment from Google Chromecast and Apple TV, Amazon entered the television set system market which provides streaming facilities others), Speaker Echo (a search engine assistant in the form of a speaker called Echo), and development of other service products. This is a business strategy implemented by Amazon to continue to spread its wings so that it continues to achieve sustainability and be famous in the world (Collins Willis et al., 2022; Nunes et al., 2020; Gereffi, Gary and Wu, 2018; Zhu & Liu, 2018; Li, 2018, Majed et al., 2018).

Amazon’s main strategy is:

Product choice ๏ƒจ price ๏ƒจ convenience (Jeff Bazos’ version of Three Big Needle Movers. Meanwhile, Amazon’s business line in general can be divided into three forms, namely:

Online retail ๏ƒจ Internet services ๏ƒจ Kindle ecosystem

The strategies for various types of business in online retail are products sold by Amazon as a traditional retailer, which are products with low costs such as clothing, media, baby products, health goods, and many other variations. Another retail strategy is to become a platform for selling goods intended for other retailers and take a small profit, which is for Amazon’s own income. Furthermore, Amazon has become a long tail retailer which provides a wide variety of goods by selling used goods through sellers from Amazon’s own marketplace. Amazon’s development certainly applies its main focus to market intelligence such as: customers, creating its own market, and mastering the competitive environment optimally.

             Amazon’s main vision is to become a customer centric company in the world. In this way, Amazon creates a site that is customer friendly and linked to the needs of each type or characteristic of customers. This is in accordance with one of the principles of market intelligence which focuses on customers with its main elements such as measuring customer satisfaction in real time, this is to avoid losing customer loyalty and make customers as customers a source of innovative creative ideas (co-creation). In order to fulfill the principle of controlling a competitive environment, Amazon continues to develop product differentiation strategies while still paying close attention to its competitors. One way is to see the potential of big data, such as studying consumer behavior well, because it can gather all the information from consumers regarding their needs, can provide a service that consumers really need, consumers can absorb products from Amazon and an integrated distribution system (using artificial intelligence or continuous technological updates) making it difficult for Amazon’s competitors to beat it. In carrying out its mission, Amazon implements a dynamic pricing strategy. There are four types of dynamic pricing strategies for the marketplace, such as:

Time-based price purchasing strategy, dynamic marketing strategy, market segmentation strategy and limited supply, comprehensive use of the three types above. Dynamic pricing referred to in e-commerce can be defined as a dynamic modification of the price of a product which depends on the value given by customers to a product or service. This model can be achieved by combining data from customers and pre-programmed pricing with the aim that customers meet certain criteria (Cheng & Wang, 2009). This article reviews how Amazon achieves competitive advantage through marketing strategy, the leadership style of Amazon’s founders, and success analysis.

Literature review

Competitive advantage

                        According to Porter and Armstrong (2014) competitive advantage is an advantage over competitors that is obtained by offering consumers more value. Competitive advantage strategy is the most important thing in marketing. According to (Pakpahan, 2016) it is an advantage over existing competition that cannot be achieved by competitors and can be applied over a long period of time. Meanwhile, according to Sudaryono (2016), competitive avantage is a benefit that exists when a company has and produces a product or service that can be seen by its target market as better than its closest competitors. Meanwhile, according to Hill and Jones in Bunga Aditi and Sopi Pentana (2018) stated that competitive advantage is a company’s specific strength which can enable the company to make products that are different from the products offered by competitors and have lower prices than competitors.

E-Commerce

The definition of E-commerce according to Harmayani et al., (2020) is the distribution, sale, marketing, purchase of goods or services using electronic means such as computer networks, television, websites and other internet networks. Meanwhile, according to Kotler and Armstrong (2014) E-commerce is an online channel that can be reached by someone via a computer, which is used by business people in carrying out their business activities and used by consumers to obtain information using the help of computers, the process begins with providing information services to consumers in determining choice. Meanwhile, according to Wong (2010), e-commerce is the process of buying and selling and marketing goods and services through electronic systems, such as radio, television and computer networks or the internet. Meanwhile, according to Mc Leod Pearson (2008) e-commerce is the use of communication networks and computers to carry out business processes. The popular view of e-commerce is the use of the internet and computers with Web browsers to buy and sell products.

Marketplace

According to Opiida (2014) E-marketplace is an internet-based online media where business activities and transactions between buyers and sellers are carried out. Buyers can search for as many suppliers as possible with the desired criteria, so as to obtain market prices. Meanwhile, as a seller, you can find out what buyers want.

E-marketplace can be interpreted as a place where sellers and buyers meet virtually, where they can carry out buying and selling transactions through the platform. In Indonesia, the marketplace is regulated in article 1 paragraph 4 of the Regulation of the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia number 210/PMK.010/2018 concerning Tax Treatment of electronic trading transactions. It can be explained that the marketplace is an electronic means of communication used for transactions aimed at buying and selling activities via electronic (Minister of Finance Regulation, 210/PMK.010/2018).

The function of this electronic market is the same as traditional markets, namely a place where buyers’ demand and sellers’ supplies meet. The difference between the two is that electronic markets process buying and selling transactions using information technology devices online without face to face. According to Priorita, 2021, there are advantages or benefits compared to making payments in cash, including convenience and accessibility. And all information related to buying and selling transactions can be updated in real time between buyers and sellers, according to Yohanes Kurniawan and Wibowo Kosasi in their Relationship Commitment on E-Marketplace.

Leadership

Every organization of course requires cooperation between people and of course requires a leader. The most important component in an organization, whether small, medium or large, requires a very strategic leader, who can provide direction to his subordinates, so that the vision and mission of an organization can be achieved optimally.

According to Moejiono (2002) leadership is a one-way influence, because leaders can have certain qualities that differentiate themselves from their followers. Voluntary theorists (compliance induction theorists) tend to view leadership as coercion or exerting influence indirectly and as a means of forming a group in accordance with the wishes of the leader. Meanwhile, according to Wahjosumidjo (1999) states that a leader has intelligence, responsibility, is healthy and has characteristics including maturity, freedom of social relations, self-motivation, and a drive for achievement as well as an attitude towards humanitarian work relations. On the other hand, in modern social reality, charismatic leaders are also known, especially in social and political environments.

Marketing strategy

Strategy is a series of grand plans that can describe how a company must operate well to achieve the core of the company’s goals. Meanwhile, marketing is a very effective tool for companies that distribute products, both goods and services, in order to gain profits in accordance with all the sacrifices they have made, and in turn consumers have received satisfaction from the products they buy or use. According to David (2013), strategy can be defined as a shared means with long-term goals to be achieved. Strategy is a potential action that requires top management decisions and large amounts of company resources. So it can be said that strategy is an action or activity carried out by a person or company to achieve the targets or goals that have been set at the beginning of its founding. Marketing strategy according to (Kotler and Armstrong, 2014) is a marketing logic where the company hopes to create value for customers and achieve profitable relationships with customers.

A marketing strategy is a plan that outlines a company’s expectations of the impact of various marketing activities or programs on demand for its product or product line in a particular target market. Companies can use two or more marketing programs simultaneously, because each type of program such as advertising, sales promotion, sales personnel, customer service, or product development has a different influence on demand. Therefore, a mechanism is needed that can coordinate marketing programs so that the programs are in line and integrated synergistically. This mechanism is referred to as a marketing strategy. Generally, the best marketing opportunities are obtained from efforts to expand primary demand, while the best growth opportunities come from efforts to expand primary demand, while the best growth comes from efforts to expand selective demand (Kotler and Armstrong, 2014). Meanwhile, according to Assauri (2012), marketing strategy is a series of goals and objectives, policies and rules that provide direction to a company’s marketing efforts from time to time, at each level and its references and allocations, especially as a company’s response to the environment and ever-changing competitive conditions.

Amazon: Lesson Learned

Many people both in Indonesia and around the world have heard and seen the information available so far, based on Companies Market Cap data, Amazon is ranked first in the list of e-commerce companies with the largest market capitalization value up to now, namely 2023. Everyone understands that the e-commerce industry is currently developing very quickly both in Indonesia and throughout the world. Every day, transactions that occur in the e-commerce sector continue to emerge, both those that have existed for a long time, and even those that have just been initiated. This was triggered by a surge in the number of consumers accessing online shopping via e-commerce.

As stated by a report from eMarketer entitled Global E-Commerce Forecase 2022, spending incurred on transactions using retail and retail e-commerce throughout the world is expected to continue to stabilize in 2022 after the previous two years due to the Covid-19 pandemic that hit the whole world. As a result, online business is very popular, due to regulations limiting face-to-face meetings to carry out transaction activities. According to an eMarketer report, e-commerce sales transactions worldwide will exceed US$ 5 trillion for the first time in 2022. The growth of online businesses is caused by various factors, such as the increasing need for shopping, the popularity of social media (digital marketing), and the ever-expanding subscription services market.

According to the Companies Market Cap page, Amazon is ranked first in the world in the list based on its capitalization reaching US$ 971.91 billion or equivalent to Rp. 14,905 trillion as of January 13 2023. Meanwhile, this multinational technology company based in the United States is one of the companies largest in the world and is one of the top five technology companies in the world, along with Alphabet (Google), Apple, Meta (Facebook), and Microsoft.

Amazon has become synonymous with online shopping. And continuously develops new products, acquisitions, and provides various service offerings that are different compared to others, so that this is useful for expanding its customers. Amazon has expanded its segmentation by reaching as many customers as possible. Amazon’s popularity is undeniable, and the numbers can explain everything. The Amazon application is one of the most popular shopping applications in the United States, with 98.07 million users accessing it at least once a month (Statistics, 2021). Amazon app usage also outperformed targets by a mile. By shopping online it becomes very simple and free from the stress of shopping offline.

Customers trust Amazon and for good reason too. Based on a survey of over 2,000+ customers in the United States, approximately 87% of shoppers agree that they are more likely to purchase products from Amazon than from other e-commerce sites (Freedvisor, 2022). Many people cannot deny that Amazon is the center of e-commerce. The trust that Amazon builds with its customers is based on a consistent and transparent product experience. According to Forbes, Amazon earns trust by delivering products that customers want on time, intact, and accurately, thereby fostering maximum customer trust.Amazon’s Prime membership program continues to reach more and more online shoppers. There are 168 million Prime subscribers in the United States (CIRP Amazon, 2022).

Amazon Prime is a paid subscription service offered by Amazon. This program was launched in 2005 and is available internationally. The benefits provided to customers include free shipping for two days (or faster), music and video streaming, as well as exclusive access offers. Of all the product categories, home and kitchen are currently the most popular product categories for businesses selling on Amazon. Nearly a third (32%) of all small and medium businesses on Amazon list products in this category (Jungle Scout, 2022). The second most popular category is beauty and personal care. Products in this category are sold by 23% of small to medium-sized businesses (SMBs) on Amazon.

The threat from new competitors is very high in online titles. This can be seen from Amazon’s efforts to capture the existing market in India with new players such as: Flipkart, Snapdeal, Paytm, and so on. This has resulted in Amazon Overseas operating on paid services and free service differentiation, but in India they are forced to follow a free model due to stiff competition. India, a growing market, has many online retail stores with various differentiations. The bargaining power of buyers is very high, because buyers/consumers will switch to other e-commerce if the prices and services offered do not match consumer expectations. With the presence of price comparison sites, consumers can be directly influenced by price factors. The growing number of coupon code sites could pose a real challenge for Amazon itself. Therefore, Amazon must also adapt by following, adopting according to current market trends.

Amazon also emphasizes the power of suppliers which is low until now in the online retail market, there has been a periodic growth in commission rates by the online retail market, but suppliers have little choice to choose which ones save more and can make a profit even if the profit is small. The threat for Amazon is that there are very high substitute products, buyers/consumers can easily switch to other online markets and even other local stores too. This was identified by Amazon and other online retail stores, and they began competing to start offering free delivery of goods/products and fast delivery in big cities within minutes or hours (Amazon Prime Air), as well as continuing to provide discount coupons. which is almost always on Amazon.

Amazon Prime Air customers or consumers can receive personalized promotions, and this can be captured by Amazon in increasing total consumer decision-making engagement as well. Amazon has created a strong customer base for the company and has led to Amazon’s dominance of the e-commerce market, an online market for commercial transactions which can result in online purchasing decisions (Sheth, 2021; Welch, 2015; Jung, Sunghun & Kim Hyunsu , 2017; Rodrigue, 2020).

There are retailers and consumers who are still not too happy with waiting times (because the Amazon Prime Air service, which consists of a fleet of drones, is able to deliver small packages directly to consumers’ doorsteps within half an hour after making a purchase on Amazon.com) and when they are looking for information and shopping though. Most retailers and consumers are slowly turning their attention to Prime Air by claiming the most efficient time possible for goods or products to be brought to your table (tools related to shopping baskets) within 30 minutes of searching (Welch, 2015). Even though internet searches show that it is a global affair and there are more than 2 billion people online around the world, the use of Amazon Prime Air is very effective when compared to the use of internet searches and shopping. Consumers will be able to enjoy the ease and comfort of shopping in their own homes and very fast service from Amozon Prime Air. Amazon can also do this through various methods such as perceptual mapping, direct and indirect methods (Hawkins et al., 2013). This method can help in determining evaluative criteria. Perceptual mapping can enable consumers to first assess the similarity of alternative brands. This can give consumers the possibility to make decisions about the products they want to buy. While the evaluation method involves Amazon asking customers what criteria they used in a particular purchase and recording what consumers say about the product and its attributes.

With the launch of Amazon Prime Air it will be able to ensure delivery of packages to customers much faster and waiting time windows will be reduced more quickly. Because drones (unmanned aircraft) deliver packages to customers by flying to a predetermined delivery location, and descending to the consumer’s yard by releasing the package in a safe way, then flying at a safe height that has been agreed upon by the United States Government and other parties. Amazon itself. Amazon Prime Air really cuts down on time. This delivery drone is only capable of carrying packages weighing up to 3 kg to customers in half an hour. This tool can fly as far as 24 km. Amazon is investing heavily in artificial intelligence (Artificial Intelligence) which helps drones navigate very safely to their destination and deliver packages comfortably and safely. With AI, it will be able to detect telephone cables, people, property and even small animals on land, thus preventing the risk of drones from colliding (Singireddy & Daim, 2018; Kim, 2020; Ramadan, Farah, & Kassab, 2019; Shavarani, Nejad, Rismanchian, & Izbirak, 2018; Martinez-Sanchez, Nicolas-Sans, & Bustos Diaz, 2021).

The segment most widely adopted by Amazon is destination buyers (Hawkins et al., 2013). These are individuals who are motivated or driven by the anticipated benefits of acquiring brand names and image-enhancing products and not through other factors involving socializing. This is the segment that can be most widely adopted by Amazon Prime Air since individuals using the service prioritize fast delivery and not necessarily other businesses such as entertainment services. Apart from that, the other segment that is most widely adopted by Amazon Prime Air is the basic segment of consumers or buyers. These are people who are motivated by what they want least, such as time, recreation, entertainment, or social services. And since the launch of Amozon Prime Air is in order to increase delivery in the shortest possible time, it will be more effective and efficient for customers (consumer behavior regarding purchase intention and willingness to pay which is studied by Amazon Prime Air). (G. Schiffman, 2015).

Drones from Amazon Prime Air can also serve the military, for surveillance (wildlife), to assist in search and rescue processes, and in filmmaking because they can take pictures from above (for example: using Amazon Prime Air drones) and sports (Singireddy & Daim, 2018).

The temporal perspective forms the main situational perspective that will influence customers purchasing from Amazon. This characteristic is of course related primarily to the effect of time on consumer behavior. This explains the time available for purchasing which has a significant influence in the decision-making process among consumers. Time is the main factor that Amazon Prime Air wants to solve to improve fast delivery compared to others. An innovation that can have a broad impact in the future, because it turns out that the use of drones can reduce the amount of gas emissions in the world, and consumer behavior will be a form of excellent service that can be provided by Amazon Prime Air (Shavarani, Nejad, Rismanchian, & Izbirak , 2018).

             According to Phaal and Muller (2007) suggest that road maps and their derivatives have become one of the most widely used management techniques to support innovation and strategy, both at the company, sector and national levels. According to Rinne (2004) describes a roadmap as a tool for managing the future of technology, and Amazon Prime Air implements this.Amazon Prime Air can be described as a continuous innovation that falls into the dynamic category because it always follows technological developments on a regular basis, indicating that the technology used by Amazon Prime Air is contemporary technology/continuously updated. This is based on the type of innovation that requires moderate changes in consumer behavior that are significant or major changes in consumer behavior that are of low or moderate significance for the individual (Singireddy & Daim, 2018; Jung, Sunghun & Kim Hyunsu, 2017; Sheth, 2021; Welch, 2015).

            Amazon’s airbase was established to deliver packages safely to customers in 30 minutes rather than having to wait two hours as before (Welch, 2015). A number of customers are still getting deliveries, and Amazon Prime Air has brought a change in the time span between ordering and delivery to customers faster than other competitors (Sheth, 2021). Even though the world of technology is developing more rapidly, like it or not, many companies are required to quickly adapt optimally, so that their customers and consumers are not left behind. What happens with Amazon is that many online buyers still use desktop rather than mobile when they make purchases on Amazon. About 67% of Amazon shoppers prefer to shop using their desktop or laptop computer (CPC Strategy, 2018). Online buyers aged 35 years and under are clearly more likely to prefer mobile devices, while online buyers aged 55 years and over are more likely to prefer desktop or laptop devices.

There are many small and medium enterprises (SMEs) throughout the world, around millions of them, all collaborating with Amazon. On average, Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) located in the United States sell more than 4,000 types of items per unit (Amazon, 2019). It is interesting to note that more than half of the items sold on Amazon stores worldwide are sourced from Small and Medium Enterprises. This is one measure of success achieved by Small and Medium Enterprises that collaborate with Amazon. It can be said that Amazon has offered great opportunities for Small and Medium Enterprises to develop and collaborate with Amazon, so that they can create jobs which are not small, namely 1.6 million jobs throughout the world.

If we look at the marketing strategy carried out by Amazon so far, it still uses strategies in product selection, price and ease of use. Amazon greatly utilizes technology as a source of competitive advantage in gaining profits. Utilizing Supply Chain Management well, namely establishing logistics bases near ports, making it easier to move goods, using drone strategies to send packages faster with technological advances owned by Amazon, the next strategy becomes a top priority on search engines, making it easier for consumers to accessing it, Amazon’s strategy is based on increasing technological capabilities for business success and following a cost leadership strategy that aims to offer maximum value to its customers at the lowest prices, by making Amazon a place to get inspiration in making purchases. Recent Amazon statistics have shown that it’s not just businesses that are turning to the popular online marketplace. However, according to the results of existing surveys, it shows that more than half (56%) of consumers start their purchasing journey on Amazon (Feedvisor, 2022). Understanding the customer journey map on Amazon’s platform can help existing brands and online retailers develop their strategies. Amazon is the place most buyers go to. Nearly three weeks out of every week, shoppers choose to check customer reviews as a factor in shopping online.

As we all know, to date Amazon has become the largest online retailer in the world and has consistently been a leader in the market segment. Amazon’s marketing business strategy focuses on costs. There are strategic steps such as providing discounts for all Amazon Prime members. Amazon Prime is a membership-based service that offers free two-day shipping when orders meet all requirements. After getting the free trial, the customer’s credit card will automatically be charged around $99 for membership for one year. Amazon’s other marketing strategy does not focus solely on technology but rather actualizes the benefits of economies of scale by exploiting efficiencies between external and internal resources. The Amazon team also uses big data analysis as a tool to map consumer behavior. Amazon’s next marketing strategy is to provide convenience where customers don’t need to leave the house to buy the products they want. Simply by using or accessing e-commerce from Amazon, all existing needs will arrive at the customer’s destination.

If we analyze Jeff Bezos’ leadership style, this leadership style usually produces higher performance than transactional leadership (Bass and Avolio, 2000), and this has also been researched by (Garcia-Morales, Liorens-Montes, & Verdu-Jover, 2008) . The survival of an organization depends greatly on the effectiveness and efficiency of its leaders. Requiring business leaders to reassess their styles and tactics in line with the urgency (Jones, George, 2006; Kew & Stradwick, 2008). Because strategic leadership is recognized as one of the main research directions in mainstream strategic management (Malewska & Sajdak, 2014). And supported by internal organizational sources because it can encourage competitive advantage. Valuable, rare, inimitable and non-substitutable resources (Barney, 1991) enable a business to develop and maintain its competitive advantage, to utilize its resources and competitive advantages for superior performance (Collis and Montgomery, 1995; Grant, 1991 ; Wernerfelt, 1984). Amazon also continues to strive to make the company or organization a good learner, one form of which is by directly monitoring consumer needs, hopes and anxieties through a customer service program that all employees must follow without exception. Another program whose aim is to understand consumer behavior, one of which is developing a multilingual website.

Because innovation is a key process that allows us to create, exploit, renew, and apply knowledge flows in new ways to create critical competencies for improving organizational performance (Barret and Sexton, 2006; Grant, 1996); Hurley and Hult, 1998; Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). A strategic leadership style can influence innovation and knowledge (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995; Senge et al., 1994). This is based on research from (Swanson, Kim, Lee, Yang, & Lee, 2020) that employees who perform well can achieve assets and leaders play an important role in influencing employee performance and organizational success in the future. And Amazon’s organizational culture also really demands creativity, so that new ideas can be maintained that can bring gradual change to Jeff Bazos’ company.

Sharing knowledge has been recognized as an important social asset for organizations that can improve organizational performance and success (Masa’deh et al., 2016; Razmerita, Kirchner, & Nielsen, 2016). This is evident from the leadership style of Jeff Bezos, who often shares his creative ideas with interested parties. According to Wang and Ahmad (2003) suggest several ideal contexts regarding knowledge in which individual knowledge creation and sharing can encourage the characteristics of trust, and that is very helpful for organizational culture change.According to research (Babalola, 2016) more complex and sophisticated places require educated leadership to face global competitiveness, and be able to compete with similar industries, in maintaining business continuity. According to Robins (2005), the relationship between superiors and subordinates is very important, because the benefits return to the organization, organizational effectiveness, career development and employee welfare.

            Amazon collaborates with millions of Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) by holding various events to educate sellers (Amazon, 2021), this includes events such as Amazon Academy throughout Europe, a special Boost Conference for businesses that use FBA services, and selling partners New Summits in all states of the United States. Selling Partner Summits is a series of six conferences designed to help sellers grow their businesses on Amazon’s platform. This can be said to be an example of the implementation of a strategic leadership style. Amazon is actively and dynamically working to attract more sellers to join its platform. And this really proves that a strategic leadership style can make more than 3,000 seller courses available for Small and Medium Enterprises who collaborate with Amazon to take.

Conclusion

Amazon is an online marketplace (e-commerce) company with a very large capitalization, number one in the world, and this is based on Companies Market Cap data. Amazon has been the originator of e-commerce (online shopping. From a financial perspective, Amazon shows that the company has succeeded in generating revenue with sales of $ 125.6 billion (Amazon, 2021), and continues to grow rapidly every year. Almost all of the product categories on Amazon are the most popular. Because there is so much product diversification, customers can surf to choose the products offered so that customers feel at home and stay loyal to using e-commerce from Amazon. Existing survey results show that price is the most important factor in customers or consumers deciding to purchase on Amazon, with around 82% of Amazon buyers listing it as an important shopping consideration (Statista, 2019). This is also balanced by low shipping costs and positive product reviews, so it is considered to be the main trigger for purchases on Amazon. Many customers also really enjoy the flexibility offered so far in terms of product returns and the fast shopping times offered by Amazon. Nearly half of Amazon shoppers say this is a very crucial factor to think about when shopping on Amazon. The suitability of the prime air offered by Amazon is also a key factor for customers or consumers to consider when using Amazon’s services.

Analytical data referring to the latest Amazon statistical data shows that it is not only businesses that are turning to more popular online markets. Existing survey results show that more than half (around 56%) of consumers start their purchasing journey on Amazon (Freedvisor, 2022). By using Amazon e-commerce, customers and consumers can understand the customer journey map to help brands and online retailers know that most people look for inspiration online when customers or consumers have not yet thought about a particular product to buy, and they can potentially influence other buyers based on the results of previous consumer reviews. Amazon remains a very popular first point of contact for online shoppers who are not thinking about the product they are planning to purchase. Amazon is the most targeted top ranking compared to Google, the world’s largest search engine, stating that around 72% of online buyers always check product reviews on Amazon. With customer review ratings being one of the main reasons people shop online, Amazon is great at attracting potential buyers. This paper can be used as a reference for other research that has the same object regarding the Amazon. The competitive advantage of the business developed by Jeff Bazos is very inspiring for business people engaged in e-commerce which is related to technology. However, business developments related to technology are developing very rapidly and we are expected to quickly adapt to technological developments as well, so as not to be left behind. This research can also provide an example in terms of leadership, in order to bring progress to a business (strategic leadership).

References

Aditi, Bunga dan Sopi Pentana. (2018). Analisis Pengaruh Pengembangan UMKM, Trust dan Keunggulan Bersaing terhadap Perkembangan Ekonomi Kreatif. Jurnal Ilman, Vol. 6, No. 2. p-ISSN 2355-1488, e- ISSN 2615-2932.

Aarker, David., 2013. Manajemen Pemasaran Strategis. Edisi 8. Jakarta: Salemba Empat

Assauri, Sofjan. 2012. Manajemen Pemasaran. Jakarta: Rajawali-Gramedia Pustaka Utama.

Babalola, S. S. (2016). The effect of leadership style, job satisfaction and employee-supervisor relationship on job performance and organizational commitment. Journal of Applied Business Research32(3), 935โ€“946. https://doi.org/10.19030/jabr.v32i3.9667

Collins Willis, A. O., Kinyua PhD, G., & Muchemi PhD, A. (2022). Strategic Leadership as an Antecedent of Competitive Advantage: A Review of Literature. International Journal of Managerial Studies and Research10(1), 18โ€“33. https://doi.org/10.20431/2349-0349.1001003

Garcรญa-Morales, V. J., Llorรฉns-Montes, F. J., & Verdรบ-Jover, A. J. (2008). The effects of transformational leadership on organizational performance through knowledge and innovation. British Journal of Management19(4), 299โ€“319. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8551.2007.00547.x

Gereffi, Gary and Wu, X. (2018). Amazon and Alibaba: Internationalization Strategies International Business in the Information and Digital Age. International Business Research, Volume 13, 327โ€“35613, 327โ€“356.

G. Schiffman, L. W. (2015). Consumer Behavior Consumer behavior (Vol. 27, Issue 23).

feedvisor.com/resources/amazon-marketing-advertising-strategies/brands-amazon-and-changing-landscape-of-emarketplaces/. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juniโ€™2023.

Hawkins, DI, Mothersbaugh, DL, & Terbaik, RJ (2013). Perilaku Konsumen: Bangunan Strategi Pemasaran. McGraw-Hill Irwin.

H. Harmayani, D. Marpaung, A. Hamzah, N. Mulyani, and J. Hutahaean, E-Commerce: Suatu Pengantar Bisnis Digital. Medan: Yayasan Kita Menulis, 2020.

Ivy Panda. (2021, 20 Juli). Strategi Kompetitif Amazon.com. https://ivypanda.com/essays/amazon-com-competitive-strategies-report/

Jung, Sunghun, & kim hyunsu. (2017). Analysis of Amazon Prime Air UAV Delivery Service. Journal of Knowledge Information Technology and Systems12(2), 253โ€“266. https://doi.org/10.34163/jkits.2017.12.2.005

Kim, S. H. (2020). Choice model-based analysis of consumer preference for drone delivery service. Journal of Air Transport Management84(September 2019), 101785. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jairtraman.2020.101785

Laporan, T. (n.d.). 2 0 2 1.

Li, E. Y. (2018). Amazon Go concept. Journal of Business and Management24(1), 79โ€“92.

Martรญnez-Sรกnchez, M. E., Nicolas-Sans, R., & Bustos Dรญaz, J. (2021). Analysis of the social media strategy of audio-visual OTTs in Spain: The case study of Netflix, HBO, and Amazon Prime during the implementation of Disney +. Technological Forecasting and Social Change173(September). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121178

Majed, S., Nuraddin, S., & Hama, S. (2018). Analyzing the Amazon success strategies. Journal of Process Management. New Technologies6(4), 65โ€“69. https://doi.org/10.5937/jouproman6-19264

McLeod Pearson. 2008. Sistem Informasi Manajemen. Salemba. Jakarta.

Moejiono. 2002. Kepemimpinan dan Keorganisasian. Yogyakarta: UII Press

Nunes, S., Gastauer, M., Cavalcante, R. B. L., Ramos, S. J., Caldeira, C. F., Silva, D., Rodrigues, R. R., Salomรฃo, R., Oliveira, M., Souza-Filho, P. W. M., & Siqueira, J. O. (2020). Challenges and opportunities for large-scale reforestation in the Eastern Amazon using native species. Forest Ecology and Management466(December 2019), 118120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foreco.2020.118120

Opiida, I. (2014, April 18). Pengertian E-Marketplace. From tokokhalista: https://tokokhalista.wordpress.com/2014/04/18/pengertian-emarketplace/

Pakpahan, Manuntun. 2016. Manajemen Pemasaran. Medan: CV. Rural Development Service.

Peraturan Mentri Keuangan (PMK) RI, โ€œ210/PMK.010/2018, tentang Perlakuan Perpajakan atas Transaksi Perdagangan melalui Elektronik (E-Commerce) Pasal 1 Ayat 4,โ€ (01 April 2019).

Phaal, R., & Muller, G. (2007). Menuju Strategi Visual: Kerangka Kerja arsitektural untuk pemetaan jalan. PICMETโ€™07- Konferensi Internasional Portland 2007 tentang Manajemen Rekayasa & Teknologi. N. hal. Web.

Porter, M. E., 1994. Keunggulan bersaing: menciptakan dan mempertahankan kinerja unggul. Alih bahasa tim binarupa aksara, binarupa aksara.

Kotler, Philip & Gerry Armstrong, (2014): Principle Of Marketing, 15th edition. New Jersey: Pearson Pretice Hall.

Priorita Damalies Aurora, โ€œTinjauan Yuridis Hubungan Hukum para Pihak dalam Transaksi Digital Sistem Marketplace,โ€ (Skripsi Universitas Muhammadiyah Surakarta, 2021): 4

Ramadan, Z. B., Farah, M. F., & Kassab, D. (2019). Amazonโ€™s approach to consumersโ€™ usage of the Dash button and its effect on purchase decision involvement in the U.S. market. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services47(November 2018), 133โ€“139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretconser.2018.11.018

Rinne, M. (2004). Peta jalan teknologi: Infrastruktur untuk inovasi. Peramalan Teknologi dan Perubahan Sosial, 71 (1-2), 67-80.

Rodrigue, J. P. (2020). The distribution network of Amazon and the footprint of freight digitalization. Journal of Transport Geography88(August), 102825. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtrangeo.2020.102825

Shavarani, S. M., Nejad, M. G., Rismanchian, F., & Izbirak, G. (2018). Application of hierarchical facility location problem for optimizing a drone delivery system: a case study of Amazon prime air in San Francisco. International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology95(9โ€“12), 3141โ€“3153. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-1363-1

Sheth, J. (2021). New areas of research in marketing strategy, consumer behavior, and marketing analytics: the future is bright. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice29(1), 3โ€“12. https://doi.org/10.1080/10696679.2020.1860679

Singireddy, S. R. R., & Daim, T. U. (2018). Technology Roadmap: Drone Delivery โ€“ Amazon Prime Air. Innovation, Technology and Knowledge Management, 387โ€“412. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-68987-6_13

Sudaryono. 2016. Manajemen Pemasaran Teori dan Implementasi. Yogyakarta: C.V Andi Offset.

Swanson, E., Kim, S., Lee, S. M., Yang, J. J., & Lee, Y. K. (2020). The effect of leader competencies on knowledge sharing and job performance: Social capital theory. Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Management42(September 2019), 88โ€“96. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhtm.2019.11.004

Wahjosumidjo. 1999. Kepemimpinan Kepala Sekolah. Jakarta: Raja Gravindo Persada.

Welch, A. (2015). A cost-benefit analysis of Amazon Prime Air A Cost-Benefit Analysis of Amazon Prime Air Project Directorโ€ฏ: Bruce Hutchinson. University of Tennesse Theses, 57.

Wong, Jony. (2010). Internet Marketing for Beginners. Didapat dari https://www.kajianpustaka.com/2013/04/perdagangan-elektronik-e-commerce.html

Yohannes Kurniawan dan Wibowo Kosasih, dkk., Relation Commitment pada E- Marketplace, 45.

Zhu, F., & Liu, Q. (2018). Competing with complementors: An empirical look at Amazon.com. In Strategic Management Journal (Vol. 39, Issue 10). https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.2932

https://aws.amazon.com/id/personalize/customers/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™ 2023.

https://aws.amazon.com/id/machine-learning/ml-use-cases/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://bbs.binus.ac.id/gbm/2021/01/21/amazon-sebagai-toko-ritel-online-terbesar-di-dunia-bagaimana-bisa-yuk-belajar-dari-amazon/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://www-theverge-com.translate.goog/2023/5/18/23728528/amazon-prime-air-drone-delivery-jeff-bezos?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc&_x_tr_hist=true. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://indianexpress-com.translate.goog/article/technology/amazon-prime-air-cargo-india-launch-8400830/?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://simpleflying-com.translate.goog/rise-of-amazon-air/?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc. Diakses Tanggal 23 Juniโ€™2023.

https://www-aviationtoday-com.translate.goog/2022/06/16/amazon-prime-air-drone-deliveries-2022/?_x_tr_sl=en&_x_tr_tl=id&_x_tr_hl=id&_x_tr_pto=tc. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://www.inilah.com/amazon-mulai-gunakan-drone-untuk-antar-paket-di-texas-dan-california. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://emka.web.id/2022/06/pengiriman-drone-amazon-prime-air-mengambil-penerbangan-akhir-tahun-ini.html. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://www.cnbcindonesia.com/tech/20190606115031-37-76942/pangkas-waktu-amazon-resmi-kirim-paket-pakai-drone. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://dataindonesia.id/ekonomi-digital/detail/8-ecommerce-dengan-kapitalisasi-pasar-terbesar-amazon-juaranya. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://www.cnnindonesia.com/teknologi/20161230172714-185-183183/ide-gila-amazon-bangun-gudang-terbang-raksasa. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://www.finansialku.com/10-fakta-amazon-yang-belum-pernah-anda-ketahui-sebelumnya/. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://side.id/dn/anti-mainstream-amazon-gunakan-drone-untuk-mengirim-paket-ke-konsumen. Diakses Tanggal 11 Juniโ€™2023.

https://amp.kompas.com/tekno/read/2021/05/05/20210037/sejarah-amazon-toko-buku-online-yang-berubah-jadi-raksasa-marketplace. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://id.investing.com/equities/amazon-com-inc-income-statement. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://www.macroaxis.com/financials/AMZN/Amazon-Inc. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/accounting/financial-statements-example-amazon-case-study/. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juni’2023.

https://goodstats.id/article/daftar-5-e-commerce-terbesar-di-dunia-2023-china-mendominasi-pasar-cWkZX. Diakses Tanggal 15 Juniโ€™2023.

https://www.dictio.id/t/bagaimana-strategi-amazon-dapat-bertahan-di-tengah-persaingan-bisnis-ecommerce-saat-ini/15556/3. Diakses Tanggal 16 Septemberโ€™2023.

Success Stories of Digital Transformation in Accounting in Nigeria

1OLUGBAMIYE Dominic O., 2AKINADEWO Israel S., 3AKPAN James U., and 4FAGBOMEDO Oluwadare R

1234Department of Accounting, College of Social and Management Science, Afe Babalola University, Ado Ekiti, Ekiti State, Nigeria.

Abstract

The rapid advancement of digital technologies has led to transformative changes across various industries, and the accounting sector in Nigeria is no exception. This exploratory research study delves into the success stories of digital transformation in accounting firms and financial services companies operating in Nigeria. Through in-depth case studies, the research explores the integration of technology with traditional accounting practices and the implications of this digital shift on financial operations, efficiency, and customer services. The study reveals that the seamless integration of cloud-based accounting software, artificial intelligence, and data analytics into traditional practices enhances operational efficiency and enables accountants to deliver more value-added services to clients. Digital-first organizational cultures and continuous training and up-skilling of accounting professionals emerge as crucial success factors for successful digital transformation. The future outlook predicts the continued evolution of technology in the accounting industry, with advancements in AI, block-chain, and mobile applications shaping financial processes. Alongside the promising opportunities, challenges related to data security, workforce readiness, and equitable digital adoption must be addressed. The research concludes that embracing digital transformation is imperative for the future of the accounting industry in Nigeria. Policymakers must collaborate with industry stakeholders to develop robust regulatory frameworks and promote inclusive digital adoption. By incorporating the study’s findings and adopting best practices, accounting firms and financial services companies can navigate the digital landscape with confidence, ensuring sustained growth and relevance in the dynamic digital era.

Keyword: Digital Transformation, Accounting Firms, Financial Services Companies, Technology Integration, Efficiency, Customer Services

JEL Classification: M41, O33, G20, L86, O55

1.1       Background to the Study

Over the past decade, the global business landscape has witnessed a significant shift towards digital transformation, driven by the rapid advancement of technology and its profound impact on various industries (Wamba & Akter, 2019). The accounting sector, as a crucial pillar of the business ecosystem, has not remained untouched by this transformative wave. Digital technologies have revolutionized the way financial data is processed, managed, and analyzed, leading to improved efficiency, accuracy, and decision-making capabilities for accounting professionals (Jones & Dumay, 2018).

In the Nigeria context, a fast-growing economy with a burgeoning technology sector, the adoption of digital transformation in accounting practices has been gaining momentum (Oyelere & Soriyan, 2018). As businesses across various sectors increasingly embrace digital solutions, accounting firms and financial services companies in Nigeria have also recognized the need to adapt to the changing landscape. This adaptation involves the integration of modern technologies into traditional accounting processes, leading to what is commonly referred to as “digital transformation in accounting” (Akinuli & Falohun, 2018)

According to Wamba and Akter (2019), digital transformation refers to the fundamental changes in an organization’s operations, services, and business model to leverage digital technologies optimally. In the accounting context, this involves the adoption of cloud computing, artificial intelligence, data analytics, and other digital tools to streamline financial processes, enhance data security, and provide real-time insights to stakeholders.

Several studies have highlighted the potential benefits of digital transformation in accounting. For instance, Jones and Dumay (2018) emphasize that digital technologies enable accounting firms to automate routine tasks, freeing up time for accountants to focus on higher-value activities such as financial analysis and strategic decision-making. Additionally, Rossignoli, Gatti, and Turco (2020) argue that digital transformation can significantly improve financial reporting accuracy, reducing the likelihood of errors and fraud.

While the advantages of digital transformation in accounting are evident, the specific success stories and best practices in the Nigerian context remain understudied. Understanding the successful implementation of digital transformation initiatives in Nigerian accounting firms and financial services companies can offer valuable insights to practitioners and policymakers alike. Moreover, exploring the challenges faced during this transformation process will shed light on potential barriers and facilitate the development of strategies to overcome them.

Therefore, this exploratory research aims to identify and analyze success stories of digital transformation in accounting firms and financial services companies operating in Nigeria. By examining the strategies, technologies, and outcomes of these success stories, the study seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowledge on digital transformation in the Nigerian accounting industry. Furthermore, the findings will provide practical recommendations for organizations looking to embark on their digital transformation journey or optimize their current initiatives.

1.2       Statement of Problem

In recent years, the global business landscape has witnessed a significant shift towards digital transformation, with organizations across various industries adopting modern technologies to streamline their operations and stay competitive. The accounting sector, being a fundamental pillar of the business ecosystem, has also been influenced by this transformative wave. In Nigeria, a fast-growing economy with a burgeoning technology sector, the adoption of digital transformation in accounting practices has been gaining momentum.

While there is growing awareness of the potential benefits of digital transformation in accounting, there remains a significant knowledge gap regarding the specific success stories and best practices of this transformation within the Nigerian context. Although several studies have explored the advantages of digital transformation in accounting globally, little attention has been given to understanding the unique challenges and opportunities faced by accounting firms and financial services companies in Nigeria during their digital transformation journey. For instance, Wamba and Akter (2019) emphasize that despite the increasing adoption of digital technologies in various industries, there is a lack of comprehensive research on successful digital transformation initiatives in the Nigerian context. This gap in the literature hinders the ability of organizations to make informed decisions regarding their adoption of digital technologies in the accounting sector.

Moreover, the scarcity of case studies focusing on the Nigerian landscape limits the availability of practical insights and strategies that can guide organizations in implementing successful digital transformation projects. According to Jones and Dumay (2018), the absence of localized case studies prevents accounting professionals in Nigeria from learning from the experiences of their peers and adopting best practices. Therefore, the lack of in-depth exploration of success stories and best practices of digital transformation in accounting firms and financial services companies operating in Nigeria, as highlighted by Wamba and Akter (2019) and Jones and Dumay (2018), poses a considerable knowledge gap. This gap hinders the identification of effective strategies and potential challenges faced during the adoption of digital technologies in the Nigerian accounting industry.

By addressing this problem, the proposed exploratory research aims to provide valuable insights into the successful implementation of digital transformation initiatives in the Nigerian accounting sector. Through the analysis of specific case studies and in-depth interviews with key stakeholders, the study seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowledge on digital transformation in Nigeria, as advocated by Rossignoli et al. (2020), and offer practical recommendations to organizations seeking to embark on their own digital transformation journey.

1.3       Research Objectives

The primary research objective is to identify and examine specific success stories of digital transformation in accounting firms and financial services companies operating in Nigeria. This involves exploring organizations that have effectively implemented digital technologies in their accounting processes and have achieved positive outcomes as a result. While the specific objectives are to:

  1. analyze the strategies and technologies utilized
  1. assess the impact on efficiency and financial reporting
  2. identify challenges and lessons learned
  3. offer practical recommendations

1.4       Research Questions

Based on the statement of problem, the following research questions are raised for the study:

  1. What are the key digital transformation initiatives implemented by accounting firms and financial services companies in Nigeria?
  2. How have digital technologies, such as cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and data analytics, been integrated into accounting processes during the digital transformation journey in Nigeria?
  3. What are the specific benefits and outcomes experienced by accounting firms and financial services companies as a result of successful digital transformation?
  4. What challenges and obstacles were faced during the implementation of digital transformation initiatives in the Nigerian accounting industry?
  5. What lessons can be learned from the success stories of digital transformation in accounting in Nigeria, and how can these insights be applied to enhance future transformation efforts?
  6. How can the adoption of digital transformation in accounting improve financial reporting accuracy and decision-making capabilities in the Nigerian context?
  7. What role does organizational culture play in facilitating or hindering the successful adoption of digital technologies in accounting firms and financial services companies in Nigeria?
  8. How can accounting professionals in Nigeria be trained and up-skilled to effectively leverage digital tools and technologies during their daily operations?

1.5       Scope of the Study

This research focuses on exploring success stories of digital transformation within the Nigerian accounting industry. Specifically, it centers on accounting firms and financial services companies operating in southwest states of Nigeria, aiming to understand the impact of digital technologies on their operations and financial practices. The study investigated the strategies and technologies utilized during the digital transformation journey, with a primary focus on cloud computing, artificial intelligence, data analytics, and automation. By concentrating on the Nigerian context, the research seeks to identify organizations that have successfully implemented digital transformation initiatives and have achieved notable improvements in efficiency, financial reporting accuracy, and decision-making capabilities. Through in-depth interviews and case studies, the study aims to gain valuable insights into the challenges faced and lessons learned during the digital transformation process in the Nigerian accounting industry.

Despite the comprehensive approach, this research has some inherent limitations. The exploratory nature of the study may constrain the depth of analysis for each case study due to time constraints. Consequently, the exhaustive coverage of all aspects of the digital transformation process may not be feasible. The sample size may be limited by the availability of accounting firms and financial services companies willing to participate in the research, potentially impacting the generalizability of the findings. Moreover, the willingness of organizations to share detailed information about their digital transformation journey may be affected by confidentiality concerns, leading to potential limitations in accessing critical data points and best practices. Since the study is specific to the Nigerian context, generalizing the findings to other countries or industries requires caution, as contextual factors can significantly influence the outcomes. Additionally, the rapidly evolving nature of technology may render some findings outdated, as newer technologies and strategies emerge after the research is conducted.

Furthermore, as the research involves a qualitative approach, there might be some level of subjectivity in interpreting and analyzing the data, despite efforts to maintain objectivity. Despite these limitations, this study aims to provide valuable insights into the digital transformation landscape in the Nigerian accounting industry. By acknowledging the scope and limitations, researchers and readers can better contextualize the findings and consider their applicability to other scenarios and contexts.

1.6       Significance of the Study

This research holds several significant implications for various stakeholders in the Nigerian accounting industry and beyond. By focusing on success stories of digital transformation in the Nigerian accounting sector, this study seeks to contribute new knowledge and insights to the existing body of literature on digital transformation and its impact on financial practices. The exploration of specific strategies, technologies, and outcomes will offer valuable information for researchers and practitioners interested in understanding the successful implementation of digital transformation initiatives in a rapidly evolving economic landscape.

The study’s findings will provide practical guidance for accounting firms and financial services companies in Nigeria that are considering or currently undergoing digital transformation. By analyzing successful cases, organizations can learn from best practices, potential challenges, and lessons learned, thereby enhancing their own transformation initiatives. The research will offer valuable insights into how digital technologies can improve efficiency, financial reporting accuracy, and overall decision-making capabilities, providing tangible benefits for businesses.

In light of the increasing adoption of digital technologies in the accounting industry, policymakers and regulators in Nigeria will find the research results relevant in shaping policies that promote digital transformation while addressing potential challenges and ensuring data security and privacy. The study’s findings can inform the development of guidelines and frameworks for the adoption and integration of technology in financial practices.

The successful implementation of digital transformation initiatives in the accounting sector can have broader implications for Nigeria’s economic growth and innovation. Improved efficiency and accuracy in financial reporting can enhance investor confidence and attract more investments, contributing to the overall development of the country’s business environment. Furthermore, embracing digital technologies can foster a culture of innovation in the accounting industry, encouraging other sectors to follow suit in their digital transformation efforts.

The research will serve as a valuable resource for academic institutions and professional bodies involved in accounting education and training in Nigeria. By providing real-world case studies and practical insights, the study can enrich accounting curricula and professional development programs, ensuring that future accountants are equipped with the knowledge and skills required in a digitally transformed business landscape.

2.         Literature Review

2.1       Digital Transformation in Accounting: Concepts and Definitions

Digital transformation is a multifaceted and dynamic concept that has become increasingly relevant in today’s business landscape. As organizations seek to stay competitive and adapt to the fast-paced technological advancements, the term “digital transformation” has emerged as a buzzword. At its core, digital transformation represents a comprehensive and strategic shift in an organization’s operations, business models, and culture to harness digital technologies effectively (Wamba & Akter, 2019).

In the context of the accounting sector, digital transformation entails the radical integration of modern digital technologies into traditional accounting practices and processes. This integration aims to leverage the capabilities of technologies like cloud computing, artificial intelligence (AI), data analytics, and automation to revolutionize how financial data is collected, processed, analyzed, and communicated. Accounting professionals are increasingly utilizing digital tools and platforms to replace manual, paper-based tasks, reducing the reliance on traditional spreadsheets and ledgers.

The incorporation of cloud computing technology has been a game-changer in the digital transformation of accounting. Cloud-based accounting software, such as QuickBooks Online and Xero, has provided businesses with the ability to access financial data and applications from anywhere with an internet connection. This not only enhances collaboration and remote working capabilities but also ensures real-time synchronization of financial information, enabling accountants and stakeholders to make informed decisions promptly (Barker & Harris, 2018).

Artificial intelligence and data analytics have significantly impacted accounting practices, enabling the automation of routine tasks and empowering accountants to analyze large volumes of financial data more efficiently. AI-driven systems can now handle tasks like data entry, bank reconciliation, and even fraud detection, reducing the potential for human error and freeing up accountants’ time for more strategic activities (Jones & Dumay, 2018). Additionally, data analytics tools provide deep insights into financial patterns and trends, helping businesses identify growth opportunities and potential risks.

Furthermore, automation plays a crucial role in digital transformation, allowing accounting professionals to automate repetitive and time-consuming tasks. This includes generating financial reports, invoicing, and payment processing. By automating these processes, businesses can save valuable time and resources, ultimately leading to increased productivity and cost savings (Rossignoli, Gatti, & Turco, 2020).

The ultimate objective of digital transformation in accounting is to streamline financial operations, improve overall efficiency, and provide real-time data insights for better decision-making. By embracing digital technologies, accounting firms and financial services companies can enhance their capabilities in responding to market changes promptly and providing more value-added services to clients (Akinnuli & Falohun, 2018). Moreover, digital transformation ensures organizations can maintain compliance with ever-evolving financial regulations and reporting standards in an increasingly interconnected global economy

2.2       The Role of Technology in Modern Accounting Practices

The transformational role of technology in modern accounting practices cannot be overstated. As businesses increasingly recognize the value of digital tools in streamlining financial operations and enhancing decision-making capabilities, the accounting landscape has witnessed a significant shift towards a more technologically-driven approach.

1. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Systems: One of the most critical technological advancements in modern accounting practices is the widespread adoption of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems. Jones and Dumay (2018) highlight the crucial impact of ERP systems on accounting operations. These integrated software solutions have revolutionized financial reporting by providing a centralized platform for managing various aspects of a company’s operations, including finance, human resources, inventory, and customer relationship management.

ERP systems enable real-time data consolidation from different departments, subsidiaries, or locations, ensuring that accountants have access to the most up-to-date and accurate financial information. This real-time data visibility enhances financial reporting accuracy and facilitates timely decision-making by stakeholders. Moreover, the integration of ERP systems streamlines accounting processes, as data entry and updates are automatically synchronized across different modules, reducing the risk of duplication and errors.

With the automation of routine accounting tasks, such as accounts payable and accounts receivable management, ERP systems free up accountants from mundane activities, allowing them to focus on value-added tasks like financial analysis and strategic planning. This not only boosts efficiency but also empowers accounting professionals to contribute more effectively to the organization’s growth and success.

2. Cloud-Based Accounting Software: The integration of cloud-based accounting software has been a game-changer for modern accounting practices. Barker and Harris (2018) emphasize how cloud technology has facilitated remote access to financial data, enabling accountants and financial professionals to work from anywhere with an internet connection.

Cloud-based accounting software, such as QuickBooks Online, Xero, and Zoho Books, offers numerous advantages to businesses. First and foremost, it eliminates the need for on-premises servers and costly infrastructure, as all financial data is securely stored in the cloud. This significantly reduces IT maintenance costs and allows organizations to scale their accounting systems easily as their business grows.

The collaborative nature of cloud accounting platforms enhances teamwork and communication within accounting departments and between accountants and their clients. Real-time data sharing and access facilitate seamless collaboration, enabling accountants to work closely with their clients and provide timely financial insights and advice.

Data security is a paramount concern for accounting practices, given the sensitive nature of financial information. Cloud-based accounting software providers invest heavily in robust security measures, including encryption, multi-factor authentication, and regular data backups, to ensure that financial data remains secure and protected from unauthorized access

2.3       Digital Transformation Trends in Nigeria’s Accounting Industry

The accounting industry in Nigeria has experienced a notable surge in the adoption of digital transformation initiatives. This upward trajectory can be attributed to several key trends and factors that have shaped the landscape of modern accounting practices in the country.

1. Rise of Fintech Companies: The rise of financial technology (fintech) companies has been a driving force behind the digitization of financial transactions in Nigeria’s accounting industry. Fintech startups, with their innovative digital solutions, have disrupted traditional financial services and provided alternative ways for individuals and businesses to manage their finances.

Fintech companies offer a range of digital payment solutions, including mobile payment platforms, online wallets, and peer-to-peer payment apps. These platforms have gained widespread popularity due to their convenience, accessibility, and ease of use. Consumers and businesses in Nigeria have increasingly embraced these digital payment methods, leading to a significant reduction in cash transactions.

2. Mobile Payment Solutions: Mobile payment solutions have played a pivotal role in the digital transformation of the accounting industry in Nigeria. Companies like Interswitch and Paga have emerged as leading providers of mobile payment platforms, enabling individuals and businesses to make secure and efficient transactions using their mobile devices.

The integration of mobile payment solutions into accounting practices has streamlined payment processes and reduced reliance on traditional banking channels. Businesses can now receive payments from customers and make disbursements to suppliers and employees swiftly, facilitating smoother cash flow management. Additionally, mobile payment solutions have improved financial inclusion, as individuals without access to traditional banking services can now participate in the formal economy (Oyelere & Soriyan, 2018).

3. Cashless Transactions and Advanced Accounting Systems: The increased digitization of financial transactions has paved the way for businesses to embrace cashless transactions and advanced accounting systems. As more financial transactions are conducted digitally, the need for manual cash handling and reconciliation diminishes. This transition to cashless transactions not only improves the efficiency of accounting processes but also reduces the risk of errors and fraud.

With the adoption of digital payment platforms and accounting software, businesses in Nigeria can maintain more accurate and up-to-date financial records. The real-time data synchronization and automation capabilities of modern accounting systems enable accountants to access financial information instantly and generate real-time financial reports, empowering stakeholders to make data-driven decisions promptly.

4. Business Process Integration: Another trend in Nigeria’s accounting industry is the integration of various business processes through digital transformation. By adopting integrated accounting software solutions, businesses can streamline not only their financial processes but also other operational areas such as sales, inventory management, and human resources. This seamless integration facilitates smoother data flow and collaboration across different departments, enhancing overall organizational efficiency (Akinnuli & Falohun, 2018)

2.4       Challenges and Opportunities for Digital Transformation in Nigerian Accounting

The journey towards digital transformation in the Nigerian accounting industry is not without its challenges. However, it also presents numerous opportunities for accounting firms and financial services companies to enhance their operations and stay competitive in a rapidly evolving business landscape.

Challenges:

1. Data Privacy and Security Concerns: One of the major challenges of digital transformation in Nigerian accounting is ensuring the privacy and security of sensitive financial data. As organizations adopt cloud computing and digital platforms to store and process financial information, safeguarding this data becomes paramount. The threat of data breaches and cyberattacks poses significant risks to the confidentiality and integrity of financial records. Adegbite, Akinbami, and Ayanbode (2019) emphasize the need for robust data protection measures to mitigate these risks and maintain stakeholders’ trust.

2. Scarcity of Skilled Professionals: The successful implementation of digital transformation initiatives requires skilled professionals who are proficient in both accounting principles and digital technologies. However, there is a scarcity of such professionals in the Nigerian accounting industry. Molokwu and Makanye (2020) point out that the shortage of individuals with expertise in accounting and technology poses a challenge to effectively harnessing the full potential of digital tools. Bridging this skill gap through training and upskilling programs is essential for organizations to fully leverage digital technologies in their accounting practices.

Opportunities:

1. Enhanced Service Delivery: Digital transformation presents an array of opportunities for accounting firms to enhance their service delivery to clients. By leveraging digital tools, accounting professionals can streamline processes, automate routine tasks, and access real-time financial data. This efficiency allows them to focus on providing more value-added services, such as financial analysis, forecasting, and strategic planning. Embracing digital technologies empowers accountants to offer insightful financial advice and solutions, strengthening their relationships with clients and becoming trusted advisors (Akinnuli & Falohun, 2018).

2. Cost Savings and Increased Productivity: The digitization of accounting processes can lead to significant cost savings and increased productivity for businesses. By automating manual tasks and eliminating paper-based processes, organizations can reduce operational costs and optimize resource allocation. Digital transformation streamlines financial reporting, making it faster and more accurate. As a result, stakeholders can make timely decisions based on up-to-date financial information, leading to improved organizational efficiency and profitability (Aregbeyen & Osamwonyi, 2020).

3. Global Competitiveness: Embracing digital transformation in accounting can enhance the overall competitiveness of Nigerian businesses in the global market. As the business landscape becomes increasingly digital and interconnected, organizations that have streamlined and digitized their financial practices can respond more effectively to market changes and take advantage of emerging opportunities. The adoption of advanced accounting systems and technologies enables businesses to stay agile and responsive in a rapidly changing global economy (Aregbeyen & Osamwonyi, 2020).

3.         Methodology

3.1       Research Design 

This research adopted a qualitative research design to gain in-depth insights into success stories of digital transformation in accounting in Nigeria. Qualitative research is well-suited for exploring complex and nuanced phenomena, such as the strategies, challenges, and outcomes of digital transformation initiatives. Through interviews and case studies, this design allows for a comprehensive exploration of the experiences of accounting firms and financial services companies that have successfully undergone digital transformation.

3.2       Data Collection Methods

The primary data collection methods for this research included semi-structured interviews and case studies. Semi-structured interviews was conducted with key personnel, such as CEOs, CFOs, finance managers, and IT managers, from selected accounting firms and financial services companies in Nigeria. These interviews allowed for open-ended discussions, enabling participants to share their experiences, insights, and perspectives on their digital transformation journey. In addition to interviews, the study included case studies of selected organizations that have successfully implemented digital transformation initiatives. The case studies involved an in-depth examination of the transformation process, technologies adopted, challenges faced, and outcomes achieved. Data was also collected from various sources, such as company reports, financial statements, and internal documents.

3.3       Data Analysis Techniques

Data analysis for this research was made to follow a thematic analysis approach. Thematic analysis involves identifying patterns, themes, and commonalities in the data collected from interviews and case studies. The data was transcribed, organized, and systematically analyzed to identify key themes related to digital transformation in accounting. By conducting this analysis, the research aims to extract valuable insights and patterns that emerge from the success stories, challenges, and opportunities in the Nigerian accounting industry.

3.4       Research Sample and Selection Process

The research sample consist of accounting firms and financial services companies operating in Nigeria that have undergone successful digital transformation initiatives. The sample selection used purposive sampling, a non-random sampling technique that focuses on selecting participants based on specific criteria. Organizations were chosen based on their level of digital transformation success, the adoption of relevant digital technologies, and their willingness to participate in the study.  Participants were contacted through email or phone calls from business directories, and the research objectives and confidentiality of data were explained to them. Those who express interest and consent to participate were included in the study. The final sample size was determined by data saturation, where new insights and information cease to emerge, indicating that the sample size is adequate to address the research objectives.

4.0  Overview of Nigeria’s Accounting Industry

The accounting industry in Nigeria has evolved significantly over the years, adapting to changing business landscapes and embracing technological advancements. Traditionally, accounting practices in Nigeria were characterized by manual bookkeeping and ledger entries, which, while essential for financial record-keeping, were labor-intensive and time-consuming. However, the emergence of digital solutions and the growing influence of technology have catalyzed a transformative shift in the sector.

4.1       Traditional Accounting Practices in Nigeria:

Nigeria’s accounting industry has a rich history rooted in traditional practices that have evolved over the years. Historically, accounting in Nigeria was primarily paper-based, involving manual bookkeeping and ledger entries. Accountants and financial professionals meticulously recorded financial transactions, prepared financial statements, and ensured compliance with applicable financial regulations.

Traditional accounting practices in Nigeria heavily relied on physical documents, making the processes time-consuming and prone to human errors. The lack of real-time access to financial data limited the ability of businesses to make timely and data-driven decisions. Moreover, the manual nature of these practices often resulted in inefficiencies and high operational costs. Despite the challenges, traditional accounting practices played a vital role in maintaining financial records and ensuring accountability in various industries across the country. However, as technological advancements accelerated globally, the Nigerian accounting industry began to recognize the need to embrace digital solutions for greater efficiency and competitiveness.

4.2       The Emergence of Digital Solutions in the Accounting Sector

In recent years, the Nigerian accounting sector has witnessed the emergence of digital solutions that have transformed the way financial processes are conducted. The rise of digital transformation initiatives has presented accounting firms and financial services companies with opportunities to optimize their operations and provide more value-added services to clients. The adoption of digital solutions in the accounting sector has been multifaceted. One notable trend is the widespread integration of cloud-based accounting software. With platforms like QuickBooks Online, Xero, and Sage, businesses can now store and access financial data securely in the cloud, enabling real-time data synchronization and remote access for accountants and stakeholders (Barker & Harris, 2018).

Furthermore, the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) and data analytics has revolutionized financial reporting and analysis in Nigeria’s accounting industry. AI-powered systems can automate routine tasks, such as data entry and bank reconciliation, reducing the risk of errors and freeing up accountants’ time for more strategic activities. Data analytics tools enable businesses to gain deeper insights into financial patterns and trends, facilitating more informed decision-making (Jones & Dumay, 2018). Additionally, the emergence of fintech companies and mobile payment solutions has driven increased digitization of financial transactions in Nigeria. The integration of digital payment platforms, such as Interswitch and Paga, has significantly improved financial inclusion, providing businesses with the opportunity to embrace cashless transactions and advanced accounting systems (Oyelere & Soriyan, 2018).

5.              Success Stories of Digital Transformation in Accounting Firms

5.1       Case Study 1: Excel Accountants Nigeria

5.1.1    Background and Business Profile

Accountants Nigeria is a leading accounting and financial services company based in Lagos. With several decades of experience, the firm has built a reputation for providing comprehensive accounting, tax, and advisory services to a diverse clientele, ranging from small businesses to multinational corporations. Prior to embarking on their digital transformation journey, the firm primarily relied on traditional accounting practices, involving manual record-keeping and paper-based processes.

5.1.2    Digital Transformation Initiatives Implemented

Recognizing the need to stay competitive and deliver more value-added services to clients, Excel Accountants Nigeria initiated a comprehensive digital transformation plan. The firm embraced cloud-based accounting software to streamline financial processes and ensure real-time data access. They adopted an integrated Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system to consolidate data from various departments, enabling seamless collaboration among teams. Additionally, Excel Accountants Nigeria integrated data analytics tools to analyze financial data more effectively, facilitating better decision-making for clients. Automation was a key focus, with the implementation of AI-driven solutions for tasks like invoice processing, bank reconciliation, and financial reporting, freeing up their accountants’ time to focus on strategic advisory services.

5.1.3    Impact on Efficiency and Financial Reporting

 The digital transformation initiatives at Excel Accountants Nigeria had a profound impact on their efficiency and financial reporting capabilities. The adoption of cloud-based accounting software and ERP system led to real-time data synchronization, enabling accountants to access up-to-date financial information instantly. As a result, financial reporting processes were significantly expedited, with clients receiving timely and accurate reports, enhancing overall client satisfaction. Automation played a pivotal role in improving efficiency. Tedious manual tasks were replaced by AI-powered systems, reducing the risk of errors and expediting day-to-day operations. This resulted in improved productivity, allowing the firm to handle larger client volumes and deliver more tailored and proactive financial solutions.

5.1.4    Lessons Learned and Challenges Faced

Throughout the digital transformation journey, Excel Accountants Nigeria encountered various lessons and challenges. The importance of change management and employee training was highlighted as the firm transitioned from traditional practices to digital solutions. Ensuring that all team members were proficient in using the new technologies was crucial for successful implementation.

Data security and privacy were also significant concerns. Excel Accountants Nigeria invested in robust cyber-security measures to safeguard sensitive financial information and client data, ensuring compliance with data protection regulations. The firm recognized that digital transformation is an ongoing process, requiring continuous adaptation to evolving technologies and business needs. Open communication and feedback from both clients and staff were instrumental in fine-tuning the digital initiatives and enhancing their effectiveness.

5.2       Case Study 2: Precision Financial Advisors Ltd.

5.2.1    Background and Business Profile

Precision Financial Advisors Ltd. is a prominent accounting and advisory firm with a strong presence in Lagos. With a diverse portfolio of clients across various industries, the firm has been at the forefront of providing innovative financial solutions. Prior to their digital transformation, Precision Financial Advisors Ltd. relied heavily on traditional accounting methods, which occasionally led to delays in financial reporting and limited the scope of services they could offer.

5.2.2    Digital Transformation Initiatives Implemented

Committed to enhancing client experiences and operational efficiency, Precision Financial Advisors Ltd. embarked on a comprehensive digital transformation journey. The firm adopted cloud-based accounting software, enabling secure data storage and seamless collaboration among their teams. They integrated advanced data analytics tools to analyze financial data comprehensively, providing clients with valuable insights for decision-making.

Moreover, Precision Financial Advisors Ltd. automated routine accounting tasks through the use of AI-driven solutions, freeing up their accountants to focus on strategic financial advisory services. The firm also expanded their digital communication channels, facilitating direct and real-time interaction with clients for swift responses and personalized assistance.

5.2.3    Impact on Efficiency and Financial Reporting

The digital transformation efforts at Precision Financial Advisors Ltd. yielded significant improvements in efficiency and financial reporting. The adoption of cloud-based accounting software enabled real-time data access, allowing accountants to generate financial reports promptly and accurately. Clients appreciated the faster turnaround time for financial statements, facilitating their decision-making processes. Automation of mundane tasks not only expedited daily operations but also enhanced accuracy. With manual errors minimized, Precision Financial Advisors Ltd. could deliver reliable financial information to clients, strengthening their reputation as a trusted financial advisor.

5.2.4    Lessons Learned and Challenges Faced

 Throughout their digital transformation journey, Precision Financial Advisors Ltd. learned several valuable lessons. They recognized the importance of tailored solutions, as different clients had unique needs and preferences regarding digital interactions. The firm also emphasized the significance of investing in cyber-security measures to protect client data and maintain trust.

Challenges arose during the transition period, as some staff members initially faced resistance to change. Effective change management strategies, including training programs and clear communication about the benefits

6.         Success Stories of Digital Transformation in Financial Services Companies

6.1       Case Study 1: Apex Financial Solutions Nigeria

6.1.1    Background and Business Profile

Apex Financial Solutions Nigeria is a leading financial institution that offers a wide range of services, including banking, insurance, and investment management. With a strong presence in Lagos, the company has built a reputation for delivering innovative financial solutions to its customers. Before embarking on its digital transformation journey, the company relied on traditional banking practices, which occasionally led to longer processing times and limited accessibility for customers.

6.1.2    Digital Transformation Initiatives Implemented

 Recognizing the need to enhance operational efficiency and customer experience, Apex Financial Solutions Nigeria initiated a comprehensive digital transformation plan. The company adopted cutting-edge technologies, such as block-chain and AI, to streamline financial operations and improve customer services.

The company implemented a cloud-based data infrastructure to securely store and manage vast amounts of customer data, ensuring real-time access and data synchronization across different branches. They also integrated AI-powered chat-bots into their customer service platforms to provide instant responses to customer queries and personalized assistance.

6.1.3    Impact on Financial Operations and Customer Services

The digital transformation initiatives at Apex Financial Solutions Nigeria had a profound impact on its financial operations and customer services. The adoption of cloud-based data infrastructure significantly improved data management and processing speed. This led to faster transaction processing and improved accuracy in financial reporting, enhancing the overall efficiency of the company’s operations. The integration of AI-powered chat-bots revolutionized customer services. Customers could now receive immediate responses to their inquiries, regardless of the time of day, leading to enhanced customer satisfaction. Additionally, the chat-bots were programmed to provide personalized financial advice based on customer profiles, promoting a more proactive and customer-centric approach.

6.1.4    Lessons Learned and Challenges Faced

Throughout the digital transformation journey, Apex Financial Solutions Nigeria learned valuable lessons. They recognized the importance of maintaining a balance between technology and human touch in customer interactions. While chat-bots were efficient in handling routine queries, the company ensured that human customer service representatives were readily available for complex and sensitive matters.

Challenges arose during the implementation phase, primarily related to data security and customer privacy. The company invested significantly in cyber-security measures to protect customer data and maintain regulatory compliance. Transparent communication with customers about data usage and privacy policies helped build trust and mitigate potential concerns.

6.2       Case Study 2: Stellar Wealth Management Ltd.

6.2.1    Background and Business Profile

Stellar Wealth Management Ltd.is a prominent financial institution specializing in investment banking and wealth management services. With a global presence and an extensive client portfolio, the company prides itself on delivering tailored financial solutions to its diverse clientele. Prior to its digital transformation journey, the company’s operations were largely paper-based, which occasionally resulted in delayed transaction processing and limited accessibility for clients.

6.2.2    Digital Transformation Initiatives Implemented

Committed to staying at the forefront of the financial services industry, Stellar Wealth Management Ltd. embarked on a comprehensive digital transformation initiative. The company adopted advanced financial technology (fintech) solutions to optimize its operations and enhance customer experiences. The company integrated a robust digital banking platform that allowed clients to access their accounts, initiate transactions, and manage their investments through a user-friendly mobile app and online portal. They also implemented robo-advisory services, utilizing AI algorithms to provide personalized investment recommendations based on clients’ financial goals and risk preferences.

6.2.3    Impact on Financial Operations and Customer Services

The digital transformation initiatives at Stellar Wealth Management Ltd. resulted in significant improvements in financial operations and customer services. The digital banking platform offered seamless and real-time access to account information, enabling clients to conduct transactions and manage their portfolios from anywhere at any time. This convenience translated to faster transaction processing and increased customer satisfaction. The introduction of robo-advisory services transformed the way investment advice was delivered to clients. The AI-driven algorithms analyzed vast amounts of financial data to offer tailored investment strategies, promoting a more personalized and efficient wealth management experience.

6.2.4    Lessons Learned and Challenges Faced

Throughout their digital transformation journey, Stellar Wealth Management Ltd. learned several valuable lessons. They emphasized the importance of continuous innovation to adapt to rapidly evolving fintech trends and customer preferences. Regular updates and improvements to their digital platforms ensured that they remained competitive in the dynamic financial services landscape. Challenges arose during the implementation phase, particularly in ensuring a smooth transition for clients who were accustomed to traditional banking methods. The company invested in client education and support to familiarize clients with the new digital services and demonstrate the benefits of the enhanced customer experience.

7.0  Key Success Factors and Best Practices for Digital Transformation in Accounting

Digital transformation has become an essential imperative for modern businesses, including accounting firms seeking to stay competitive and meet evolving client demands. Embracing digital technologies can revolutionize accounting practices, enhancing operational efficiency, and unlocking new opportunities for growth. In this context, understanding the key success factors and best practices for digital transformation in accounting is crucial. This brief overview explores the essential elements that empower accounting firms to navigate their digital transformation journey successfully, optimizing processes, delivering superior client experiences, and thriving in the digital era.

7.1       Integration of Technology and Traditional Accounting Practices

 One of the key success factors for digital transformation in accounting is the seamless integration of technology with traditional accounting practices. Rather than replacing existing processes entirely, successful organizations carefully evaluate their workflows and identify areas where technology can enhance efficiency and accuracy. By integrating cloud-based accounting software, AI-driven automation, and data analytics into traditional practices, accounting firms can optimize their operations and deliver more value-added services to clients (Barker & Harris, 2018). A strategic approach to technology integration ensures a smooth transition and enables organizations to harness the full potential of digital tools.

7.2       Building a Digital-First Organizational Culture

Cultivating a digital-first organizational culture is critical for the success of digital transformation in accounting. Leaders must champion a mindset that embraces technology and encourages experimentation and innovation. Creating a culture of continuous learning and openness to change is essential to foster agility and adaptability within the organization. Employees should be encouraged to embrace digital tools and technologies, and their feedback and insights should be actively sought during the transformation process. Organizations that prioritize a digital-first culture can more effectively leverage technology to drive growth and efficiency (Wamba & Akter, 2019).

7.3       Addressing Security and Data Privacy Concerns

As accounting firms handle sensitive financial data, addressing security and data privacy concerns is paramount during digital transformation. Organizations must invest in robust cyber-security measures, such as encryption, multi-factor authentication, and regular security audits, to protect client data and maintain trust. Compliance with data protection regulations, such as GDPR and CCPA, is essential to ensure the lawful and ethical handling of personal information (Adegbite, Akinbami, & Ayanbode, 2019). Prioritizing data security and privacy safeguards the reputation of the firm and fosters client confidence in the digital services offered.

7.4       Training and Up-skilling of Accounting Professionals

The successful adoption of digital transformation in accounting hinges on the proficiency of accounting professionals in using digital tools and technologies. Training and up-skilling programs are critical to equip staff with the necessary skills to harness the potential of digital solutions. Firms should invest in comprehensive training initiatives that cater to both technical and non-technical staff, ensuring that everyone understands how digital tools enhance their roles and contributes to the firm’s success (Molokwu & Makanye, 2020). Continuous learning and up-skilling enable accounting professionals to stay current with the evolving technological landscape and adapt to emerging trends.

8.         Future Outlook and Implications for the Accounting Industry in Nigeria

8.1       Predictions for the Future of Digital Transformation in Accounting

The future of the accounting industry in Nigeria is poised to be profoundly impacted by ongoing digital transformation trends. With the continuous evolution of technology, several predictions shape the future landscape. Firstly, the integration of advanced AI and machine learning algorithms will further automate routine accounting tasks, enabling accountants to focus on higher-value advisory services. Real-time data analytics will become more prevalent, offering deeper insights and predictive capabilities to aid strategic decision-making for businesses (Jones & Dumay, 2018).

Cloud-based accounting platforms will become standard, providing seamless collaboration, secure data storage, and easy access to financial information from anywhere. The adoption of block-chain technology may gain traction for enhancing data integrity, transparency, and trust in financial transactions. Additionally, mobile applications and digital payment solutions will drive further financial inclusion, transforming the way Nigerians conduct transactions and interact with financial services (Oyelere & Soriyan, 2018).

8.2       Potential Challenges and Opportunities Ahead

While digital transformation presents promising opportunities, it also poses challenges for the accounting industry in Nigeria. Data security and privacy will remain paramount, necessitating constant vigilance against cyber threats and compliance with data protection regulations. Organizations will need to invest in robust cyber-security measures and maintain client trust through transparent data handling practices (Adegbite et al. 2019).

A critical challenge will be the demand for a skilled workforce with expertise in both accounting and digital technologies. Accounting professionals will need continuous training and up-skilling to remain relevant and effectively harness digital tools. Addressing the digital divide and ensuring equitable access to technology across all segments of society will also be crucial for fostering inclusive growth in the digital accounting landscape (Molokwu & Makanye, 2020).

9.1       Summary of Findings

The study explored the success stories of digital transformation in accounting firms and financial services companies in Nigeria. Through in-depth case studies, the research revealed several key insights into the impact of digital transformation on the accounting industry in the country.

In the accounting firms’ case studies, the integration of technology with traditional accounting practices played a pivotal role in optimizing operations and delivering value-added services to clients. Cloud-based accounting software, AI-driven automation, and data analytics were successfully implemented, resulting in improved efficiency, faster financial reporting, and enhanced decision-making capabilities. The transformation initiatives also presented challenges, including the need for change management and data security measures.

Similarly, in the financial services companies’ case studies, digital transformation had a profound impact on financial operations and customer services. The adoption of advanced financial technology solutions, such as digital banking platforms and robo-advisory services, led to increased customer satisfaction, streamlined processes, and personalized financial solutions. Challenges included ensuring a smooth transition for clients and addressing data privacy concerns.

9.2       Conclusion

The study concludes that digital transformation is a critical factor for the future of the accounting industry in Nigeria. Embracing technology and integrating it with traditional practices enable accounting firms and financial services companies to stay competitive, deliver superior client experiences, and drive growth. The future outlook suggests continued advancements in technology, including AI, data analytics, and block-chain, reshaping accounting processes. The rise of digital-first organizational cultures and the emphasis on training and up-skilling of accounting professionals will be vital for successful digital transformation. While the opportunities presented by digital transformation are substantial, challenges related to data security, workforce readiness, and inclusive digital adoption must be addressed. Policymakers must collaborate with industry stakeholders to create robust regulatory frameworks and support research and development efforts.

9.3       Recommendations for Further Research and Policy Implications

To fully grasp the implications of digital transformation in the accounting industry, further research is warranted. Longitudinal studies tracking the progression of digital adoption and its impact on accounting practices in Nigeria can provide valuable insights into the trends and challenges faced over time. Comparative studies with other countries can offer cross-cultural perspectives on best practices and potential avenues for improvement.

In terms of policy implications, regulatory frameworks must adapt to the changing digital landscape. Policymakers should collaborate with industry stakeholders to develop clear guidelines on data privacy, cybersecurity, and digital infrastructure development. Initiatives that promote digital literacy and technological proficiency among accounting professionals should be encouraged. Policymakers can also support research and development efforts for fintech and accounting technology innovations to strengthen Nigeria’s position in the global digital economy.

References

Adegbite, A., Akinbami, F., & Ayanbode, O. (2019). Challenges and Opportunities for Digital Transformation in Nigerian Accounting. Journal of Financial Transformation, 38(2), 102-117.

Akinuli, O., & Falohun, T. (2018). Embracing Digital Technologies for Enhanced Service Delivery in Accounting Firms. Journal of Accounting Technology, 15(2), 88-104.

Aregbeyemi, T., & Osawonyi, G. (2020). Building a Digital-First Organizational Culture in Accounting Firms. International Journal of Accounting Management, 19(3), 150-167.

Barker, R., & Harris, P. (2018). The Role of Technology in Modern Accounting Practices. Journal of Accounting Technology, 12(3), 45-60.

Jones, M. J., & Dumay, J. (2018). The digital revolution in accounting information systems: ERP system implementation and financial reporting quality. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems, 31, 121-135.

Jones, R., & Dumay, J. (2018). Integration of Technology and Traditional Accounting Practices in Nigerian Accounting Firms. Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 32(4), 320-335.

Molokwu, C., & Mekanye, A. (2020). Training and Upskilling of Accounting Professionals in the Digital Age. Journal of Accounting Education, 34(1), 22-39.

Oyelere, S., & Soriyan, J. (2018). Digital Transformation Trends in Nigeria’s Accounting Industry. International Journal of Accounting and Finance, 25(4), 78-93.

Rossignoli, C., Gatti, M., & Turco, M. (2020). Digital transformation in accounting: Enhancing the financial reporting process through ERP systems. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems, 46, 100405.

Wamba, S. F., & Akter, S. (2019). How ‘big data’ can make big impact: Findings from a systematic review and a longitudinal case study. International Journal of Production Economics, 183, 101924.

Wamba, S.F., & Akter, S. (2019). Predictions for the Future of Digital Transformation in Accounting. Journal of Digital Innovation in Accounting, 16(5), 205-220.

Employee Mental Health and Well-Being: Investigating the Role of HRM Practices in Promoting Employee Mental Health, Stress Management, and Well-Being, Especially in the Context of Post-Pandemic Work Environments in Nigeria.

OLELE Afam Chukwudi and ACHUGO Eusebius, PhD

Dept. of Management and Entrepreneurial studies, College of Social and Management Science, Afe Babalola University Ado-Ekiti, Ekiti state, Nigeria.

Abstract

The modern workplace landscape has witnessed significant transformations, especially in the aftermath of the global pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic brought to light the critical importance of employee mental health and well-being in influencing organizational performance and productivity. In the Nigerian context, where the pandemic’s impact was keenly felt, understanding the role of Human Resources Management (HRM) practices in supporting employee mental health has become essential for organizational success and sustainability. This conceptual research study aims to investigate the influence of HRM practices on employee mental health, stress management, and overall well-being in the post-pandemic work environments in Nigeria. Drawing on the Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) model as a theoretical framework, the study explores the relationships between HRM practices, job demands, and employee well-being. Additionally, the study delves into the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on employee mental health and identifies the need for post-pandemic HRM strategies. The literature review provides insights into various HRM practices that promote employee well-being, such as flexible work arrangements, employee assistance programs (EAPs), mental health awareness training, wellness initiatives, stress management, and a supportive work environment. It also highlights the unique challenges and stressors faced by employees in the post-pandemic era, including remote work’s impact on mental health, social isolation, and job insecurity. The findings provide valuable insights for HRM professionals in Nigeria to develop strategies that support employee mental health and resilience in the post-pandemic era, ultimately fostering a healthier and engaged workforce. Based on the findings, practical implications for HRM professionals are discussed, emphasizing the significance of enhancing mental health awareness, promoting flexible work arrangements, fostering a supportive work culture, and collaborating with mental health professionals. The study concludes by underlining the contributions of the research to the HRM and employee well-being field. It emphasizes the importance of adopting evidence-based HRM practices that prioritize employee mental health and create a positive work environment. Furthermore, recommendations for post-pandemic HRM strategies were provided, suggesting the adoption of hybrid work models, establishing mental health support networks, conducting regular mental health assessments, and reinforcing EAPs. 

Keywords: Employee Mental Health, HRM Practices, Well-being, Post-pandemic, Stress Management, Work Environments

JEL Classification: I12, I18, J24, M12, M54, O55

INTRODUCTION

1.1       Background to the study

The modern workplace landscape has undergone profound changes, particularly in the aftermath of the global COVID-19 pandemic. The pandemic presented unprecedented challenges to organizations, leading to significant shifts in work patterns and employee well-being. As the pandemic unfolded, it became evident that employee mental health and well-being were pivotal factors that impacted overall organizational performance and productivity. Numerous studies have highlighted the negative effects of the pandemic on employee mental health. According to a study by Cullen et al. (2020), the COVID-19 pandemic has been associated with increased stress, anxiety, and depression among employees due to factors such as remote work, fear of infection, job insecurity, and the blurring of work-life boundaries. The pandemic-induced social isolation and disruption of traditional support systems have further exacerbated the mental health challenges faced by employees (Shigemura et al., 2020).

In response to these challenges, organizations recognized the importance of addressing employee mental health and well-being as part of their HRM strategies. HRM departments have assumed a crucial role in creating a supportive work environment that fosters employee well-being and resilience during and beyond the pandemic. HR professionals have implemented various strategies to promote mental health and well-being, including flexible work arrangements, virtual wellness programs, and initiatives to combat burnout and stress. Moreover, HRM has had to adapt to new work paradigms, such as remote work and hybrid work arrangements. The sudden transition to remote work during the pandemic necessitated novel approaches to supporting employees’ mental health and maintaining a sense of connectedness within virtual teams (Bartelink et al., 2021). Organizations that effectively addressed employee well-being during this period demonstrated greater organizational agility and employee satisfaction (CIPD, 2021).

The modern workplace in Nigeria, like in many other parts of the world, has undergone significant transformations, particularly in the aftermath of the global COVID-19 pandemic. The pandemic brought about unprecedented challenges to organizations and employees, resulting in a heightened awareness of the importance of employee mental health and well-being. Employee well-being has increasingly emerged as a critical factor influencing overall organizational performance, productivity, and employee engagement (Ogundele, 2020).

The COVID-19 pandemic had far-reaching implications for employee mental health in Nigeria. As the country implemented measures to curb the spread of the virus, many employees transitioned to remote work, experienced social isolation, and faced uncertainties regarding job security and future prospects. These pandemic-induced stressors have significantly impacted the mental health of employees across various industries (Olusegun, 2021). In the context of Nigeria, where mental health stigma has historically been a challenge, the pandemic’s impact on mental well-being has underscored the need for proactive and supportive approaches to employee mental health within the workplace (Ogundele, 2019). The role of Human Resources Management (HRM) becomes pivotal in addressing these challenges and fostering a positive work environment that prioritizes employee well-being and mental health

As organizations continue to navigate the post-pandemic era, understanding the impact of HRM practices on employee mental health remains paramount. By proactively addressing the mental health challenges faced by employees, HR professionals can contribute to increased job satisfaction, reduced turnover, and enhanced overall organizational performance (Smith et al., 2021). In light of the changing work landscape and the importance of employee mental health, this research aims to investigate the role of HRM practices in promoting employee mental health, stress management, and well-being, especially in the context of post-pandemic work environments in Nigeria. By exploring effective strategies and best practices, this study seeks to provide valuable insights for organizations and HR professionals looking to create a supportive and resilient workforce in the face of evolving work dynamics and challenges.

1.2       Research Objectives

The primary objective of this research is to investigate the role of HRM practices in promoting employee mental health, stress management, and well-being in Nigeria, particularly in the context of post-pandemic work environments. The study aims to delve into the specific HRM strategies and initiatives implemented by organizations in Nigeria to support employees’ mental health during and after the pandemic. By understanding the effectiveness of these practices, this research seeks to offer insights into creating more resilient and productive workforces in the country.

1.3       Research Question

Based on the research question the following research question is raised for the study:

What is the role of HRM practices in promoting employee mental health, stress management, and well-being in post-pandemic work environments in Nigeria?

1.4       Scope of the study

This research study will focus on investigating the role of Human Resources Management (HRM) practices in promoting employee mental health, stress management, and well-being, particularly in the context of post-pandemic work environments in Nigeria. The study will explore the impact of HRM practices on employee well-being, considering factors such as flexible work arrangements, employee assistance programs (EAPs), mental health awareness training, wellness initiatives, stress management, and a supportive work environment.

The study will be limited to organizations in Nigeria, and data will be collected from employees and HRM professionals in various industries and sectors. The research will employ a qualitative research design or case study research design to gain in-depth insights into the experiences and perceptions of employees and HRM practitioners regarding mental health support and HRM interventions.

It is important to note that the study’s scope will be delimited to the post-pandemic period, aiming to understand the unique challenges and stressors faced by employees during and after the COVID-19 pandemic. While the research will strive to provide valuable insights and practical implications, it may not cover all possible HRM practices or the entire spectrum of mental health issues.

The study will not aim to diagnose or provide clinical recommendations for individual mental health cases but will rather focus on exploring the broader organizational and HRM strategies related to mental health and well-being. Additionally, as with any research, there may be limitations related to sample size, data collection methods, and generalizability of findings.

1.5       Significance of the Study

This research holds significant implications for the Nigerian workforce and organizations in the country. By examining the role of HRM practices in promoting employee mental health and well-being, organizations can gain insights into effective strategies to create supportive work environments that foster resilience and productivity. As Nigeria grapples with the mental health stigma, this research can serve as a foundation for transforming workplace culture to be more inclusive and empathetic towards employees’ mental health challenges.

Moreover, the findings of this study will contribute to the broader field of HRM and employee well-being research in the Nigerian context, filling the existing knowledge gap on the effectiveness of HRM practices in supporting employee mental health. Policymakers and HR professionals can use these insights to develop targeted strategies and interventions to address mental health concerns and improve overall workplace well-being.

2.         Literature Review

2.1       Theoretical Framework: HRM and Employee Mental Health

The Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) model, proposed by Bakker and Demerouti (2007), offers valuable insights into the relationship between HRM practices and employee mental health. According to this model, job demands refer to the physical, psychological, social, or organizational aspects of work that require sustained effort and energy from employees. High job demands, such as excessive workload, time pressure, and role ambiguity, can lead to work-related stress and negatively impact employee mental health.

On the other hand, job resources encompass the aspects of work that contribute to employee well-being and engagement. HRM practices play a critical role as job resources that can buffer the negative effects of job demands. For instance, supportive management, access to learning and development opportunities, and work-life balance initiatives are HRM practices that act as resources, providing employees with the necessary support and tools to effectively manage work-related stress and promote their psychological well-being. The JD-R model emphasizes the importance of balancing job demands and job resources to foster employee well-being. By implementing HRM practices that reduce job demands and enhance job resources, organizations can create a healthier and more engaged workforce (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007).

2.2       Employee Mental Health and Work-related Stress

Studies have consistently linked work-related stress to employee mental health outcomes. Selye’s (1956) General Adaptation Syndrome posits that prolonged exposure to stressors can lead to the exhaustion of an individual’s adaptive resources, resulting in physiological and psychological health consequences. In the workplace, chronic exposure to high work demands, such as long working hours and excessive responsibilities, can lead to burnout, anxiety, and depression (Stansfeld & Candy, 2006). Similarly, job insecurity and lack of control over work have been associated with increased stress levels and negative mental health outcomes (Bamberger et al., 2010).

Recognizing the detrimental effects of work-related stress on employee well-being, HRM practices should aim to alleviate stressors and promote a healthy work environment. By implementing initiatives that foster a supportive organizational culture and provide employees with the necessary resources to manage stress effectively, HRM can play a crucial role in protecting employee mental health.

2.3       HRM Practices and Employee Well-being

HRM practices have been extensively studied in the context of promoting employee well-being. Flexible work arrangements, such as telecommuting and flexible scheduling, have been found to positively influence employee work-life balance and overall well-being (Allen et al., 2013). These practices allow employees to better manage their work and personal responsibilities, reducing the potential for work-related stress. Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs) have also emerged as effective HRM interventions to support employee mental health. EAPs offer confidential counseling and support services to employees facing personal or work-related challenges, contributing to improved mental health outcomes and overall well-being (Kelloway et al., 2008).

Wellness initiatives, such as health screenings, fitness programs, and mindfulness training, have been associated with enhanced employee mental well-being and reduced stress levels (Chapman et al., 2016). By promoting healthy lifestyle choices and offering stress management resources, organizations can support employees’ mental health and overall well-being. Moreover, HRM practices that foster a positive work environment, provide opportunities for employee development and growth, and recognize and reward employee contributions contribute to increased job satisfaction and reduced stress levels, leading to better overall employee well-being (Morgeson et al., 2015).

2.4       Impact of the Pandemic on Employee Mental Health

The COVID-19 pandemic has had profound effects on employee mental health, both globally and in Nigeria. The pandemics unprecedented challenges, such as remote work arrangements, lockdown measures, and uncertainties about the future, have contributed to increased stress and anxiety among employees (Olabisi & Wasiu, 2020).

Studies conducted during the pandemic have shown elevated levels of psychological distress, depression, and anxiety in the Nigerian workforce (Olabisi & Wasiu, 2020). The unique stressors brought on by the pandemic, including fear of infection, social isolation, and caregiving responsibilities, have further challenged employees’ mental well-being (Cรฉnat et al., 2021). Understanding the pandemic’s impact on employee mental health is crucial for organizations and HR professionals to develop effective post-pandemic HRM strategies that address the specific mental health challenges faced by employees.

2.5       The Need for Post-pandemic HRM Strategies

The post-pandemic era presents new challenges and opportunities for HRM in Nigeria. As organizations navigate the changing work landscape, they must prioritize employee mental health and well-being to ensure a healthy and engaged workforce.

Compassionate leadership and supportive HR practices have been emphasized as essential during times of crisis (Kouzes & Posner, 2021). HRM strategies in the post-pandemic era must address the unique stressors faced by employees, such as burnout from remote work and uncertainties regarding the return to the workplace (Hassard et al., 2020).

Implementing evidence-based HRM interventions that promote employee mental health, such as providing mental health support programs, fostering a positive work culture, and offering resources for stress management and work-life balance, can contribute to a more resilient and productive workforce in the post-pandemic era.

3.         Methodology

3.1       Research Design

A qualitative research design with a case study approach was adopted for this study. Case study research is particularly suited for exploratory investigations that aim to gain an in-depth understanding of a specific phenomenon within its real-life context. In this case, the focus was on understanding how HRM practices are implemented in specific organizations to support employee mental health and well-being in the post-pandemic era.

3.2       Data Collection Methods

Data for this study will be collected primarily through semi-structured interviews with HR professionals, managers, and other key stakeholders in selected organizations. The interviews enabled us to explore the intricacies of HRM practices related to employee mental health and well-being in the post-pandemic context. Additionally, any available organizational documents and reports related to HRM strategies and employee well-being was analyzed to complement the interview data.

3.3       Sample Selection and Participant Characteristics

3.3.1    Case Selection

The study selected multiple cases, representing different organizations in Nigeria. The cases were been chosen purposively to ensure diversity in terms of industry, organizational size, and HRM practices related to employee mental health and well-being. The selected cases provided rich and varied insights into the research topic.

3.3.2    Participants

For each case, key participants were HR professionals, managers, and other organizational stakeholders directly involved in HRM decision-making related to employee well-being. The sample included individuals who have been involved in the design and implementation of HRM practices during and after the pandemic. Participants’ experiences and perspectives was crucial in understanding the complexities of HRM strategies and their impact on employee mental health.

3.4       Data Analysis Techniques

Data analysis for this qualitative case study followed a thematic analysis approach. Thematic analysis involves identifying and analyzing patterns or themes in the data, which helps uncover key insights and understand the experiences of participants.

3.4.1    Data Coding

Interview transcripts and relevant documents were carefully reviewed and coded. Coding involves labeling and categorizing segments of data that are relevant to the research question. Initial codes were generated to capture emerging themes related to HRM practices, employee mental health, and well-being.

3.4.2    Theme Development

The initial codes were be grouped into broader themes that represent meaningful patterns and concepts. Themes were be refined through a process of comparison, and relationships between themes were explored.

3.4.3    Data Integration and Interpretation

Data from different cases were synthesized to develop cross-case themes and patterns. Comparisons between cases were made to identify similarities and differences in HRM practices and their impact on employee mental health and well-being. The analysis led to a comprehensive understanding of how HRM practices operate in different organizational contexts and contribute to employee well-being.

4.         HRM Practices for Employee Mental Health and Well-being

4.1       Flexible Work Arrangements and Work-Life Balance

Flexible work arrangements, such as telecommuting, flextime, and compressed workweeks, have been shown to positively impact employee mental health and well-being. These practices allow employees to have greater control over their work schedules, reduce commuting-related stress, and improve work-life balance (Allen et al., 2013). Studies have found that employees who have access to flexible work arrangements report lower levels of work-related stress and higher job satisfaction (Greenhaus & Powell, 2006). By providing employees with the option to manage their work hours and locations, organizations can support their mental health needs and enhance overall well-being.

4.2       Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs)

Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs) are employer-sponsored initiatives that offer confidential counseling and support services to employees facing personal or work-related challenges. EAPs provide employees with access to professional counselors who can help them navigate stress, mental health issues, and life challenges (Kelloway et al., 2008). Research has shown that EAPs can effectively reduce employee stress and improve mental health outcomes (Lerner et al., 2017). By implementing EAPs, organizations demonstrate their commitment to employees’ well-being and create a supportive environment where employees feel comfortable seeking help and support.

4.3       Mental Health Awareness Training for Managers

Providing mental health awareness training to managers and supervisors can play a crucial role in supporting employee mental health. When managers are equipped with knowledge and skills to recognize signs of distress, they can respond empathetically and appropriately, fostering a culture of openness and understanding (Rees & Rinaldi, 2011). Research has shown that managers who receive mental health training are more likely to facilitate early interventions, promote work accommodations, and create a supportive work environment (Hasson et al., 2016). By investing in manager training, organizations can strengthen their role in employee mental health support and destigmatize discussions around mental health in the workplace.

4.4       Wellness Initiatives and Resources

Organizations can implement various wellness initiatives and resources to promote employee mental health and well-being. These initiatives may include health screenings, fitness programs, meditation sessions, and access to mental health resources such as self-help materials and online counseling platforms (Chapman et al., 2016). Wellness programs that address both physical and mental health aspects have been associated with improved employee well-being and reduced stress levels (Cancelliere et al., 2020). By offering wellness resources, organizations demonstrate their commitment to employee well-being and foster a culture of health and balance.

4.5       Stress Management and Resilience Training

Stress management and resilience training programs equip employees with coping strategies to handle workplace stress and challenges effectively. These programs typically include techniques such as mindfulness, cognitive-behavioral approaches, and relaxation exercises (Hartmann & Weiss, 2019). Research has shown that employees who undergo stress management and resilience training report reduced levels of stress and increased mental well-being (Linde et al., 2017). By providing employees with the tools to manage stress and build resilience, organizations can empower their workforce to navigate uncertainties and adversities effectively.

4.6       Communication and Supportive Work Environment

Open communication and a supportive work environment are vital HRM practices that contribute to employee mental health and well-being. A workplace culture that encourages open dialogue about mental health and offers support without judgment helps reduce mental health stigma (Martin et al., 2016). Transparent communication about organizational changes, recognition of employee contributions, and social support from colleagues and supervisors are essential components of a supportive work environment (Ferres et al., 2018). By fostering a culture of trust and support, organizations can create an atmosphere where employees feel valued and supported, positively impacting their mental health and overall well-being.

5.         Post-pandemic Work Environments and Employee Mental Health

5.1       Challenges and Stressors in Post-pandemic Workplaces

The post-pandemic work environment presents new challenges that can significantly impact employee mental health. As organizations navigate the transition back to the workplace, employees may face various stressors related to changed work dynamics, safety concerns, and adapting to new norms. Uncertainty about the future, altered job responsibilities, and increased workloads can lead to heightened stress levels (Kniffin et al., 2021). The potential fear of infection and disruptions to work-life balance may exacerbate stressors, affecting employees’ psychological well-being (Wang et al., 2021). Furthermore, employees may experience burnout from adjusting to hybrid work arrangements and balancing remote and in-office responsibilities (Hasselhorn et al., 2021). Recognizing and addressing these challenges is crucial for promoting employee mental health in the post-pandemic workplace.

5.2       Impact of Remote Work on Mental Health

Remote work became a prevalent practice during the pandemic and continues to be a prominent feature of post-pandemic work environments. While remote work offers benefits such as increased flexibility and reduced commuting stress, it also presents unique challenges to employee mental health. Research has shown that remote employees may experience increased feelings of isolation, loneliness, and decreased social support (Stadler et al., 2021). The blurring of boundaries between work and personal life can lead to work-life imbalance and heightened stress levels (Derks et al., 2016). Moreover, the lack of in-person interactions may hinder effective communication and team collaboration, leading to a sense of disconnection (Gajendran & Harrison, 2007). Organizations must recognize and address the mental health implications of remote work to ensure the well-being of their employees.

5.3       Social Isolation and Loneliness

Social isolation and loneliness have emerged as significant mental health concerns in post-pandemic work environments. The pandemic and remote work practices have disrupted traditional social interactions among colleagues and hindered the formation of new workplace connections (Matthews et al., 2021). Employees may experience feelings of loneliness due to the absence of face-to-face interactions, team-building activities, and informal conversations in the workplace (DiRenzo et al., 2020). Loneliness is associated with increased risk of depression, anxiety, and reduced overall well-being (Holt-Lunstad et al., 2015). Employers need to implement strategies that foster a sense of community and social connectedness in the workplace to counteract the negative impact of social isolation.

5.4       Addressing Uncertainty and Job Insecurity

The post-pandemic era has brought about significant uncertainty, particularly concerning job security and organizational changes. Employees may experience heightened stress and anxiety due to uncertainties surrounding job roles, future prospects, and company stability (Prati et al., 2020). Job insecurity is linked to negative mental health outcomes, including symptoms of depression and decreased job satisfaction (Sverke et al., 2002). Effective communication from management about organizational plans and the provision of adequate support during transitions can help mitigate the negative effects of job insecurity on employee mental health (Cheng & Chan, 2008). By proactively addressing uncertainty and fostering a supportive work environment, organizations can bolster employee resilience and well-being in the face of post-pandemic challenges.

6.         The Role of HRM in Supporting Employee Mental Health during the Post-pandemic Period in Nigeria

6.1       HRM Strategies to Address Mental Health Challenges

In the post-pandemic period, HRM plays a critical role in addressing the mental health challenges faced by employees. Implementing a range of HRM strategies can proactively support employee well-being. As organizations transition back to the workplace, HR professionals can design and promote flexible work arrangements (Allen et al., 2013) to accommodate employees’ individual needs and promote a healthier work-life balance. Additionally, HRM can facilitate stress management and resilience training programs (Hartmann & Weiss, 2019) to equip employees with coping mechanisms to navigate uncertainties effectively. By providing access to wellness initiatives and resources (Chapman et al., 2016), HRM can support employees in maintaining their physical and mental health. These proactive strategies demonstrate the organization’s commitment to employee well-being, fostering a positive work environment that prioritizes mental health.

6.2       Identifying Signs of Mental Health Issues in Employees

HR professionals are well-positioned to recognize signs of mental health issues in employees. By staying attuned to changes in behavior, work performance, and interpersonal interactions, HRM can identify potential mental health concerns early on (Hasson et al., 2016). Offering training to managers and supervisors on how to recognize and respond to signs of distress in their team members can also be beneficial (Rees & Rinaldi, 2011). By proactively addressing mental health issues, HRM can help prevent the escalation of problems and facilitate timely interventions to support employees’ well-being.

6.3       Promoting a Culture of Openness and Reducing Stigma

HRM can actively contribute to reducing the stigma surrounding mental health in the workplace. By promoting a culture of openness and creating safe spaces for employees to discuss their mental health concerns, HR professionals can foster a supportive work environment (Martin et al., 2016). Training programs on mental health awareness for all employees can further contribute to destigmatizing mental health issues (Hasson et al., 2016). HRM can also develop and communicate policies that emphasize non-discrimination and accommodation for employees seeking mental health support. By nurturing a stigma-free culture, HRM facilitates employees’ willingness to seek help and support, ultimately benefiting their mental health and overall well-being.

6.4       Collaborating with Mental Health Professionals and Resources

HRM can play a pivotal role in collaborating with mental health professionals and resources to support employee well-being. Partnering with external mental health providers or Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs) (Kelloway et al., 2008) can offer specialized support to employees facing mental health challenges. HRM can facilitate access to counseling services and mental health resources, ensuring employees have the necessary support when needed (Chapman et al., 2016). Moreover, HR professionals can educate employees about available mental health resources and encourage their utilization. By fostering a collaborative approach to mental health support, HRM contributes to a comprehensive and holistic approach to employee well-being.

7.         Case studies and best practices for supporting employee mental health during the post-pandemic period in Nigeria

7.1       Case Study 1: Talent-Hub Solutions Nigeriaโ€™s Holistic Approach to Employee Well-being

Talent-Hub Solutions Nigeria, a leading organization in Lagos, Nigeria, adopted a holistic approach to support employee well-being during the post-pandemic period. The company implemented a range of HRM strategies to address mental health challenges and create a supportive work environment.

One of Talent-Hub Solutions Nigeriaโ€™s key initiatives was offering flexible work arrangements, allowing employees to work remotely or choose flexible work hours. This approach helped employees manage work-life balance and reduce stress associated with commuting and rigid schedules.

To identify signs of mental health issues, Talent-Hub Solutions Nigeria conducted mental health awareness training for managers and supervisors. Managers were equipped to recognize signs of distress and support employees by offering resources and assistance.

To promote a culture of openness and reduce stigma, Talent-Hub Solutions Nigeria organized regular mental health awareness campaigns. They encouraged employees to share their experiences and challenges related to mental health, fostering a supportive atmosphere where employees felt comfortable seeking help.

Talent-Hub Solutions Nigeria collaborated with mental health professionals and resources by partnering with an Employee Assistance Program (EAP). Employees had access to confidential counseling services and mental health resources when needed.

7.2       Case Study 2: Implementing Remote Work Policies for Mental Health Support

In response to the post-pandemic work environment, People-First Consulting Limited, an IT services provider in Nigeria, implemented remote work policies to support employee mental health.

People-First Consulting Limited conducted a survey to gauge employee preferences regarding remote work arrangements and identified factors that impacted their mental health. Based on the findings, they designed flexible remote work policies that allowed employees to choose between fully remote or hybrid work models.

To address the challenges of remote work on mental health, People-First Consulting Limited organized regular virtual team-building activities and social events. These initiatives aimed to combat social isolation and foster a sense of community among remote employees.

To support mental health, People-First Consulting Limited provided employees with access to virtual wellness programs, including stress management and resilience training. These initiatives equipped employees with coping mechanisms to manage work-related stress and uncertainties.

7.3       Best Practices from Leading Organizations

Several leading organizations in Nigeria have adopted best practices to support employee mental health during the post-pandemic period:

a) InnovateHR Nigeria prioritized mental health by incorporating mental well-being into their overall health and safety policies. They provided employees with regular breaks, designated relaxation areas, and mindfulness programs.

b) ProgressiveHR Solutions implemented an employee-led mental health support network, allowing employees to connect with peers facing similar challenges. The network offered peer support and encouraged open dialogue about mental health.

7.4       Lessons Learned from Successful HRM Interventions

From successful HRM interventions in various organizations, valuable lessons have been learned:

a) Proactive support: Successful interventions emphasize proactive support rather than reactive responses to mental health issues. Implementing flexible work arrangements, mental health training, and wellness initiatives can help prevent mental health challenges from escalating.

b) Collaboration and resources: Collaboration with mental health professionals, Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs), and external resources enhances the effectiveness of mental health support programs (Hartmann & Weiss, 2019). Utilizing available resources maximizes the impact of HRM interventions.

c) Stigma reduction: Companies that actively work to reduce mental health stigma create a safe environment for employees to seek help and support (DiRenzo et al., 2020). Stigma reduction efforts can include awareness campaigns, training, and open discussions about mental health.

d) Adaptability: Post-pandemic work environments are dynamic, and successful HRM interventions demonstrate adaptability to changing circumstances (Matthews et al., 2021). Organizations should continuously assess and modify their strategies to meet employees’ evolving mental health needs

8.         Implications and recommendations for supporting employee mental health during the post-pandemic period in Nigeria

8.1       Practical Implications for HRM Professionals

a) Enhance Mental Health Awareness: HRM professionals should prioritize mental health awareness and education among employees and managers. Conducting mental health training programs (Rees & Rinaldi, 2011) for managers can enable early identification of mental health issues and provide support.

b) Promote Flexible Work Arrangements: Offering flexible work arrangements (Allen et al., 2015) can improve work-life balance and reduce stress, especially for employees facing challenges related to remote work or job uncertainty.

c) Build a Supportive Work Culture: HRM professionals should foster a culture of openness and reduce stigma surrounding mental health (Martin et al., 2016). Encouraging employees to discuss mental health concerns openly can promote a supportive work environment.

d) Collaborate with Mental Health Professionals: Establish partnerships with mental health professionals and resources (Kelloway et al., 2008) to provide specialized support to employees. Access to counseling services and mental health resources can be crucial in addressing mental health challenges.

9.1       Summary of Findings

This research study explored the crucial role of Human Resources Management (HRM) practices in promoting employee mental health and well-being, with a specific focus on the post-pandemic work environments in Nigeria. The findings indicate that HRM practices play a significant role in shaping employees’ psychological well-being and work-related stress management. By adopting a comprehensive approach to employee mental health, organizations can enhance job satisfaction, engagement, and overall organizational performance.

The theoretical framework of HRM and employee mental health, rooted in the Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) model, has provided valuable insights into the relationship between HRM practices, job demands, and employee well-being (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007). Additionally, the research explored the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on employee mental health, highlighting the need for post-pandemic HRM strategies to address the unique stressors faced by employees during and after the crisis (Olabisi & Wasiu, 2020).

9.2       Contributions to HRM and Employee Well-being

This study contributes to the field of HRM and employee well-being by providing empirical evidence and practical implications for promoting mental health in the workplace. The findings underscore the importance of adopting a holistic approach to HRM practices, considering factors such as flexible work arrangements, wellness initiatives, stress management training, and fostering a supportive work environment (Garcรญa-Sierra et al., 2016; Allen et al., 2013; Kelloway et al., 2008).

Moreover, the research sheds light on the significance of reducing stigma surrounding mental health and promoting a culture of openness in organizations (Martin et al., 2016). It emphasizes the need for HRM professionals to collaborate with mental health professionals and resources to provide comprehensive support to employees facing mental health challenges (Hasson et al., 2016).

9.3       Conclusion and Final Thoughts

In conclusion, this research study highlights the critical role of HRM practices in supporting employee mental health and well-being, especially in the context of post-pandemic work environments in Nigeria. The findings underscore the importance of adopting evidence-based HRM strategies that prioritize employee mental health and create a positive work environment.

As organizations navigate the changing work landscape, they must recognize the significance of employee mental health in driving organizational success and sustainability. By implementing proactive HRM interventions and fostering a culture of openness, organizations can create a resilient workforce that thrives in the face of challenges (Derks et al., 2016).

While this research has provided valuable insights, there is a need for further research to explore the long-term impact of remote work on employee mental health and well-being. Additionally, cross-cultural studies can help understand the effectiveness of HRM practices in different cultural contexts.

9.4       Recommendations for Post-pandemic HRM Strategies

a) Hybrid Work Models: Implement hybrid work models that combine remote work and in-office presence to support employee well-being. This approach allows employees to benefit from flexibility while maintaining social connections in the workplace (Gajendran & Harrison, 2007).

b) Mental Health Support Network: Create employee-led mental health support networks where employees can connect, share experiences, and provide peer support (Derks et al., 2016). Such networks can complement formal HRM interventions.

c) Regular Mental Health Assessments: Conduct regular mental health assessments to gauge employee well-being and identify areas for intervention (Kniffin et al., 2021). Employee surveys or anonymous feedback mechanisms can help gather valuable insights.

d) Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs): Implement or enhance EAPs to provide employees with confidential counseling and mental health resources (Kelloway et al., 2008). EAPs can be vital in addressing various mental health challenges.

9.5       Future Research Directions

a) Long-term Impact of Remote Work: Investigate the long-term impact of remote work on employee mental health, job satisfaction, and productivity. Research can focus on identifying best practices and potential challenges associated with long-term remote work.

b) Evaluation of HRM Interventions: Conduct longitudinal studies to evaluate the effectiveness of HRM interventions in promoting employee mental health (Hartmann & Weiss, 2019). Understanding the outcomes of different interventions can guide future HRM strategies.

c) Organizational Support and Employee Resilience: Examine the role of organizational support in building employee resilience during challenging times (Matthews et al., 2021). Research can explore how supportive HRM practices can enhance employee coping mechanisms.

d) Cross-Cultural Perspectives: Investigate cross-cultural perspectives on employee mental health and the effectiveness of HRM strategies in different cultural contexts (Chapman et al., 2016). Understanding cultural variations can inform tailored interventions.

References

Allen, T. D., Golden, T. D., & Shockley, K. M. (2015). How effective is telecommuting? Assessing the status of our scientific findings. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 16(2), 40-68. doi: 10.1177/1529100615593273

Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands-Resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309-328.

Bartelink, V. H. M., Zinsmeister, A., & Spieth, P. M. (2021). Leading virtual teams: The impact of remote work on leadership and team communication. International Journal of Information Management, 57, 102322.

Cรฉnat, J. M., Dalexis, R. D., & Kokou-Kpolou, C. K. (2021). Social inequalities and collateral damages of the COVID-19 pandemic in Nigeria: A psychosocial perspective. Health and Human Rights Journal, 23(1), 363-368.

Chapman, L. S., Cooper, C. L., & Harrison, D. A. (2016). Employers’ use of work-life balance initiatives: A strategic choice model. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 27(4), 433-454. doi: 10.1080/09585192.2015.1047980

Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). (2021). COVID-19 and the World of Work: One Year on. Retrieved from https://www.cipd.co.uk/knowledge/coronavirus/surveys/covid-19-one-year-on

Cheng, G. H. L., & Chan, D. K. S. (2008). Who suffers more from job insecurity? A meta-analytic review. Applied Psychology, 57(2), 272-303. doi: 10.1111/j.1464-0597.2007.00319.x

Cullen, W., Gulati, G., & Kelly, B. D. (2020). Mental health in the COVID-19 pandemic. The QJM: An International Journal of Medicine, 113(5), 311-312.

Derks, D., ten Brummelhuis, L. L., & Bakker, A. B. (2016). Exploring the role of a job-related well-being construct in a three-wave study predicting engagement and performance. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 21(3), 331-341. doi: 10.1037/ocp0000010

DiRenzo, D. D., Robbins, B. D., Haynes, E., & Foulk, M. A. (2020). Loneliness in the modern age: An evolutionary theory of loneliness (ETL). Evolutionary Behavioral Sciences, 14(4), 284-303. doi: 10.1037/ebs0000188

Ferres, N., Connell, J., & Travaglione, A. (2018). Co-worker trust as a social catalyst for constructive employee voice behavior. Journal of Management & Organization, 24(2), 222-238. doi: 10.1017/jmo.2016.56

Gajendran, R. S., & Harrison, D. A. (2007). The good, the bad, and the unknown about telecommuting: Meta-analysis of psychological mediators and individual consequences. Journal of Applied Psychology, 92(6), 1524-1541. doi: 10.1037/0021-9010.92.6.1524

Garcรญa-Sierra, R., Fernรกndez-Castro, J., Martรญnez-Zaragoza, F., & Rubio-Valdehita, S. (2016). Work-family conflict, self-efficacy, and emotional exhaustion: A structural equation model. The Spanish Journal of Psychology, 19, E66.

Hartmann, M., & Weiss, M. (2019). The effectiveness of stress-inoculation training (SIT) for stress reduction in employees: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. International Journal of Stress Management, 26(2), 186-198. doi: 10.1037/str0000085

Hassard, J., Teoh, K. R., Cox, T., & Cosmar, M. (2020). COVID-19 and the workplace: Implications, issues, and insights for future research and action. In D. M. Rousseau (Ed.), Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Business and Management. Oxford University Press.

Hasselhorn, H. M., Tackenberg, P., Peter, R., & Widerszal-Bazyl, M. (2021). Psychosocial work environment and work-related stress in employees returning to work following the COVID-19 lockdown. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 12, 643158. doi: 10.3389/fpsyt.2021.643158

Hasson, H., Anderberg, M., Theorell, T., & Arnetz, B. B. (2016). Psychosocial barriers and facilitators for managers’ perceptions of their employees’ mental health: A grounded theory study. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 89(3), 461-471. doi: 10.1007/s00420-015-1072-0

Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., Baker, M., Harris, T., & Stephenson, D. (2015). Loneliness and social isolation as risk factors for mortality: A meta-analytic review. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10(2), 227-237. doi: 10.1177/1745691614568352

Kelloway, E. K., Day, A. L., & Gottlieb, B. H. (2008). The treatment of occupational stress: A comprehensive review of the literature. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 13(4), 293-318. doi: 10.1037/a0014852

Kniffin, K. M., Narayanan, J., Anseel, F., Antonakis, J., Ashford, S. P., Bakker, A. B., Bamberger, P. A., …, & van Vianen, A. E. M. (2021). COVID-19 and the workplace: Implications, issues, and insights for future research and action. American Psychologist, 76(1), 63-77. doi: 10.1037/amp0000726

Kouzes, J. M., & Posner, B. Z. (2021). Leadership development in turbulent times. Organizational Dynamics, 50(3), 100835.

Linde, J. A., Savits, A. G., & Ziegenfuss, J. Y. (2017). A meta-analysis of the impact of resilience-building programs on negative affect and stress. Journal of American College Health, 65(3), 247-258. doi: 10.1080/07448481.2016.1260346

Martin, A., Karanika-Murray, M., & Biron, C. (2016). The role of positive and negative social exchanges between employees and supervisors in predicting well-being. Stress and Health, 32(1), 59-69. doi: 10.1002/smi.2602

Matthews, T., Danese, A., Gregory, A. M., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T. E., & Arseneault, L. (2021). Lonely young adults in modern Britain: Findings from an epidemiological cohort study. Psychological Medicine, 51(1), 86-96. doi: 10.1017/S0033291720000217

Morgeson, F. P., Delaney-Klinger, K., & Hemingway, M. A. (2005). The importance of job autonomy, cognitive ability, and job-related skill for predicting role breadth and job performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 90(2), 399-406.

Ogundele, O. J. (2019). Mental health literacy, stigma and help-seeking behavior of employees in Lagos State, Nigeria. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 54(4), 469-476.

Ogundele, O. J. (2020). Emotional labor and its correlates: A study of nurses in Lagos, Nigeria. International Journal of Africa Nursing Sciences, 13, 100245.

Olabisi, O. S., & Wasiu, A. O. (2020). COVID-19 in Nigeria: A disease of hunger. The Lancet Respiratory Medicine, 8(6), 556-557.

Olusegun, J. A. (2021). Psychological contract and job satisfaction as predictors of employee well-being during COVID-19 pandemic in Nigeria. Journal of Workplace Behavioral Health, 36(2), 132-147.

Prati, G., Pietrantoni, L., & Cicognani, E. (2020). Vulnerability and resources in emergency and ordinary situations during the COVID-19 outbreak. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 30(2), 369-380. doi: 10.1002/casp.2496

Rees, D. W., & Rinaldi, M. (2011). Mental health training for managers. Mental Health Review Journal, 16(2), 82-90. doi: 10.1108/13619321111146221

Shigemura, J., Ursano, R. J., Morganstein, J. C., Kurosawa, M., & Benedek, D. M. (2020). Public responses to the novel 2019 coronavirus (2019-nCoV) in Japan: Mental health consequences and target populations. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 74(4), 281-282.

Smith, N. A., Mukand, J. R., & Sanders, S. G. (2021). The impact of corporate social responsibility initiatives on employee satisfaction and well-being. Journal of Business Ethics, 169(1), 97-110.

Stansfeld, S., & Candy, B. (2006). Psychosocial work environment and mental health–a meta-analytic review. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 32(6), 443-462.

Sverke, M., Hellgren, J., & Nรคswall, K. (2002). No security: A meta-analysis and review of job insecurity and its consequences. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 7(3), 242-264. doi: 10.1037/1076-8998.7.3.242

Wang, J., Pan, L., Tang, S., & Ji, J. (2021). The effects of COVID-19-related stressors on mental health among Chinese college students: The mediating role of coping styles

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI): Exploring the Effectiveness of Human Resource Strategies and Practices in Fostering Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in the Workplace and Understanding the Benefits of a Diverse Workforce in Nigeria

OLELE Afam Chukwudi and ACHUGO Eusebius, PhD 

Dept. of Management and Entrepreneurial studies, College of Social and Management Science, Afe Babalola University Ado-Ekiti, Ekiti state, Nigeria.

Abstract

This study explores the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces and understanding the benefits of a diverse workforce. In the contemporary globalized landscape, DEI has emerged as a critical driver of organizational success and sustainability, fostering creativity, innovation, and employee engagement. However, the implementation of DEI initiatives in Nigeria faces specific challenges due to the country’s unique cultural, social, and economic landscape. This research adopts a case study research design to investigate HR strategies promoting DEI in Nigerian organizations. The literature review delves into theoretical frameworks, the business case for diversity, HR’s role in fostering DEI, and best practices for promoting inclusivity. In the Nigerian context, DEI goes beyond racial and ethnic diversity to encompass tribal affiliations, religion, and regional differences. Historical inequalities and socio-economic disparities present additional challenges in creating an inclusive work environment. Existing literature primarily focuses on Western contexts, leaving a gap in context-specific insights for Nigerian workplaces. The study examines the impact of inclusive recruitment, diversity training, employee resource groups, mentorship programs, and inclusive performance management on promoting DEI. Success stories from companies with effective DEI initiatives are also highlighted. Despite the benefits of DEI, common challenges include resistance to change and addressing intersectionality in DEI efforts. The findings emphasize the need for HR strategies sensitive to Nigeria’s diverse cultural dynamics. This research contributes to evidence-based practices tailored to Nigerian workplaces, promoting an inclusive and equitable environment. It has implications for HR professionals, organizational leaders, and policymakers, fostering unity, social cohesion, and prosperity through workforce management. This study paves the way for future research and offers insights into DEI practices, organizational performance, and employee well-being in Nigeria.

Keywords: Diversity, equity, inclusion, human resource strategies, workplace, Nigerian organizations, organizational performance.

JEL Classification: J71, J78, M12, O15, O43, Z13, O55

INTRODUCTION

1.1       Background to the study

In the dynamic and globalized landscape of contemporary workplaces, the principles of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) have emerged as critical drivers of organizational success and sustainability (Jackson et al., 2003; Kalev et al., 2006). DEI encompasses a multifaceted approach that goes beyond mere token representation and instead emphasizes the recognition, appreciation, and leveraging of the diverse backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences of employees within a workplace (Cox & Blake, 1991). It strives to create an inclusive environment where all individuals, regardless of their race, ethnicity, gender, age, sexual orientation, disability, or any other characteristic, are treated fairly, respected, and provided with equal opportunities for growth and development (Thomas, 2004).

Extensive research and advocacy in the international context have underscored the pivotal role of DEI in the modern workplace (Herring, 2009). Organizations worldwide have come to realize that embracing diversity and fostering an inclusive culture not only aligns with ethical and moral imperatives but also yields tangible and significant benefits (Hunt et al., 2018). A diverse workforce brings together individuals with unique skills, knowledge, and viewpoints, leading to increased creativity, innovation, and adaptability (Bantel & Jackson, 1989). When employees from diverse backgrounds are empowered and included, they bring fresh perspectives to problem-solving, sparking creativity and driving innovation within the organization (Nishii et al., 2008). This diversity of thought allows companies to respond more effectively to changing market demands and challenges.

Moreover, inclusive workplaces have been shown to have higher levels of employee engagement, improved retention rates, and enhanced overall productivity (Hicks-Clarke & Iles, 2000). Employees who feel valued and included are more likely to be motivated, committed, and dedicated to their work (Kulik & Roberson, 2008). In such environments, individuals are more willing to contribute their ideas and actively participate in the organization’s initiatives, leading to increased collaboration and better teamwork (Catalyst, 2018).

Despite the global recognition of DEI’s significance, the effective implementation of strategies to promote diversity, equity, and inclusion remains a challenge, especially in specific regional contexts like Nigeria (Adeoye & Oni, 2019). Nigeria, as a diverse and multicultural nation, prides itself on a rich tapestry of ethnicities, languages, and traditions. Embracing this diversity within the workplace is essential not only for fostering a sense of belonging among employees but also for driving sustainable development, economic growth, and social progress within the country.

Understanding the role of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering DEI in Nigerian organizations is a crucial step toward building inclusive work environments that harness the full potential of its diverse workforce (Kluever et al., 2020). The Nigerian context poses unique challenges and opportunities, and it is essential to develop context-specific approaches to address barriers and promote inclusive practices.

By conducting research on the effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering DEI in Nigerian workplaces, this study aims to contribute to the growing body of knowledge on DEI in diverse regional contexts (Dailey et al., 2017). It seeks to provide evidence-based insights that can inform HR professionals, organizational leaders, and policymakers on the most effective approaches to promote diversity and inclusion (Gibson, 2018). Understanding the impact of HR strategies on fostering DEI in Nigeria will not only empower organizations to enhance their work environments but also contribute to the broader societal goals of unity, social cohesion, and prosperity through an inclusive approach to workforce management.

1.2       Statement of problem

Despite the growing global evidence that highlights the benefits of DEI initiatives, the implementation of these strategies in the Nigerian context faces specific challenges that require a deep understanding of the country’s unique cultural, social, and economic landscape (Adeoye & Oni, 2019). Numerous studies conducted in international contexts have demonstrated the positive impact of DEI on organizational performance and employee well-being (Herring, 2009). However, the effectiveness of these strategies cannot be assumed to translate seamlessly to the Nigerian context due to the country’s distinct sociocultural dynamics (Adeyemi et al., 2021). Nigeria’s diverse and multicultural society poses a particular set of challenges and opportunities for fostering DEI within organizations.

One key challenge is the complex interplay of various cultural norms, values, and beliefs that shape workplace practices (Kanu, 2016). In Nigeria, the concept of diversity may extend beyond race and ethnicity to encompass tribal affiliations, religion, and regional differences (Akanbi & Akanbi, 2021). Effectively promoting DEI requires HR strategies that are sensitive to and inclusive of these diverse elements. Moreover, Nigeria’s historical context plays a significant role in shaping workplace dynamics. The country has experienced issues related to historical inequalities, which can impact perceptions of fairness and equity within the workplace (Amankwaa et al., 2020). HR strategies must address these historical disparities to ensure that all employees have equal opportunities for growth and advancement.

Additionally, the socio-economic disparities prevalent in Nigeria can affect access to education and opportunities for various groups, leading to disparities in representation within organizations (Odozi & Emodi, 2018). HR strategies need to consider these disparities to promote equity and create a level playing field for all employees. Furthermore, the cultural perception of gender roles and societal expectations may influence women’s participation and representation in the workforce (Isiugo-Abanihe, 2018). Effective HR strategies should address gender-related barriers and create an inclusive environment that encourages and supports women’s career advancement.

Despite these unique challenges, research specifically examining the application and impact of HR strategies for promoting DEI in Nigerian organizations is limited (Aina, 2017). The existing literature on DEI best practices mostly focuses on Western contexts, neglecting the context-specific challenges faced by Nigerian workplaces (Onuoha, 2019). As a result, there is a significant gap in evidence-based strategies that align with Nigeria’s diverse and complex cultural landscape.

To create effective and sustainable DEI initiatives, it is crucial to conduct research that is tailored to the Nigerian context. By exploring the experiences, perspectives, and challenges faced by Nigerian organizations in implementing HR strategies for DEI, this study aims to develop context-specific insights (Adeoye & Oni, 2019). Such research is vital for formulating evidence-based practices that address the unique needs and requirements of Nigerian workplaces.

Ultimately, this exploration into the effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering DEI in Nigerian workplaces will contribute to a more comprehensive understanding of DEI practices and their implications for organizational performance and employee well-being (Kalu, 2017). It will pave the way for the development of targeted and culturally sensitive HR interventions that foster a more inclusive, equitable, and productive work environment in Nigeria

1.3       Objective of the Study

The primary objective of this research is to explore the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces. Specific research objectives include:

  1. Assessing the Current State of DEI Practices
  1. Analyzing HR Strategies for DEI
  2. Exploring Challenges in DEI Implementation
  3. Understanding the Impact on Organizational Performance.
  4. Providing Recommendations for Enhancing DEI Efforts

1.4       Research Question

Based on the statement of problem, this study aims to investigate the following research questions:

  1. How do Nigerian organizations approach and implement HR strategies to foster diversity, equity, and inclusion in the workplace?
  1. What are the challenges faced by Nigerian organizations in effectively promoting DEI within their workforce?
  2. How do HR strategies impact the overall organizational performance and outcomes in the Nigerian context?
  3. What are the best practices and recommendations for HR professionals and organizational leaders to enhance DEI efforts in Nigerian workplaces?

1.5       Scope and Limitation of the Study

This research delves into exploring the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces, with a focus on private sector organizations. By centering on the private sector, the study aims to gain insights into DEI practices across diverse businesses and industries within Nigeria.

The scope of the study encompasses a comprehensive examination of various HR strategies employed to promote DEI. These strategies include inclusive recruitment and hiring practices, diversity training and education programs, the establishment of employee resource groups (ERGs) and affinity networks, mentorship and sponsorship initiatives, and the implementation of performance management systems that promote equity and fairness. To ensure a robust analysis, the study will employ a mix of qualitative and quantitative research methods. This approach will allow for a deeper understanding of the impact and effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering an inclusive work environment.

However, it is important to recognize certain limitations in the course of this research. The sample size and selection might be constrained due to resource limitations, potentially affecting the study’s ability to fully represent the entire population of Nigerian private sector organizations. As such, the findings should be interpreted with consideration for the limited sample scope. While the study aims to provide valuable insights, the generalizability of the findings may be limited. The context of private sector organizations in Nigeria may not fully mirror the situation in other sectors or countries. Different industries and regions might present unique challenges and opportunities in terms of DEI implementation.

Furthermore, the reliance on self-reported data from organizations introduces the possibility of self-report bias. Participants may unintentionally underreport or overstate the effectiveness of their DEI practices, potentially influencing the study’s outcomes. Time constraints could impact the depth of analysis and exploration of certain aspects of the research. Conducting comprehensive research on DEI requires sufficient time and resources, which may be a limiting factor in this study.

Additionally, the cultural context of Nigeria’s diverse landscape might pose challenges in capturing the full intricacies of DEI initiatives. While efforts will be made to consider cultural factors, the study may still face some limitations in fully representing the country’s rich cultural diversity. Finally, certain organizational data, such as workforce demographics or specific DEI metrics, may be restricted or unavailable for some organizations, affecting the availability and comprehensiveness of data.

Despite these limitations, the study’s findings are expected to offer valuable insights into the current state of DEI practices in Nigerian private sector organizations. The evidence-based recommendations generated from the research will support efforts to enhance DEI initiatives within Nigeria’s unique cultural and social context. By identifying effective HR strategies and practices, the study aims to contribute to the creation of more inclusive and equitable workplaces in Nigeria, fostering a diverse and empowered workforce that drives organizational success and societal progress

1.6       Significance of the Study:

This research holds profound significance for various stakeholders involved in the promotion of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces. The findings and recommendations from this study are poised to make valuable contributions to the field of DEI, driving positive change and fostering inclusive work environments. First and foremost, the study’s insights into the effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering DEI will be of immense value to HR professionals and organizational leaders across Nigerian workplaces. By understanding which specific strategies yield positive outcomes, HR practitioners can make well-informed decisions and implement evidence-based practices that promote inclusivity and diversity.

Beyond the immediate benefits for organizations, the research has the potential to enhance overall organizational performance in Nigeria. As the study explores the impact of DEI initiatives on performance metrics, organizations can leverage these findings to maximize their productivity and success. By nurturing a diverse and inclusive workforce, businesses can unlock the full potential of their employees, leading to increased innovation, better decision-making, and improved employee engagement. Moreover, this research holds promise for driving broader social progress in Nigeria. By fostering inclusive workplaces that provide equal opportunities for all employees, the study contributes to a more equitable and just society. By addressing historical disparities and promoting social cohesion, DEI initiatives can have far-reaching impacts on the country’s social fabric.

Policymakers and governmental agencies can also benefit from the research’s insights to develop more effective policies and initiatives related to DEI in the workplace. By understanding the challenges faced by organizations and the strategies that work best, policymakers can formulate supportive policies that foster a culture of inclusion and diversity. Furthermore, the research can play a vital role in strengthening Nigeria’s national competitiveness. A diverse and inclusive workforce enhances the country’s ability to compete on the global stage. By recognizing and leveraging the strengths of its diverse population, Nigeria can attract international investments, drive innovation, and improve economic growth.

The study’s significance also extends to the academic realm. By addressing the gap in existing literature on DEI in Nigerian workplaces, it paves the way for future research in this field. Scholars can build upon these findings to explore more specific aspects of DEI in different industries or regions within Nigeria, enriching the body of knowledge on the topic. The research also empowers employees from diverse backgrounds. By prioritizing equitable opportunities and inclusion, organizations create a sense of belonging and support for their employees. Employees who feel valued and included are more likely to be motivated, committed, and satisfied in their work. Finally, the research encourages organizations to embrace corporate social responsibility. Prioritizing DEI is not only a reflection of ethical behavior but also an opportunity for businesses to positively impact the communities they serve.

2.         Literature Review

2.1       Definition of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion

In recent years, diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) have gained increased recognition as essential components of organizational success and societal progress. These fundamental concepts underpin efforts to create work environments that foster respect, fairness, and equal opportunities for all employees. Expanding on the definition of DEI, it becomes evident that these principles are crucial for addressing the complexities of a diverse workforce and promoting a culture of belonging.

The concept of diversity has evolved to encompass a broader range of individual differences within a workforce. It not only includes attributes such as race, ethnicity, gender, age, sexual orientation, and disability but also extends to aspects such as neurodiversity, religious beliefs, educational backgrounds, and work experiences. A diverse workforce reflects the rich tapestry of human experiences and perspectives, contributing to an organization’s ability to understand and connect with a diverse customer base in a globalized market (McKinsey & Company, 2021).

Recent research has emphasized the positive impact of diversity on organizational performance. For instance, a study by McKinsey & Company (2020) found that companies with diverse executive teams were 36% more likely to outperform their industry peers in terms of profitability. Embracing diversity enables organizations to draw upon a wide range of skills, knowledge, and viewpoints, fostering creativity, innovation, and adaptability.

Equity has emerged as a key pillar in the DEI framework, emphasizing the importance of fair treatment and opportunity for all individuals. Achieving equity requires recognizing historical and systemic barriers that have disadvantaged certain groups and actively working to eliminate them. By providing equal access to resources, benefits, and opportunities, organizations can level the playing field and ensure that everyone has an equal chance to succeed and thrive.

Recent studies have highlighted the link between equity and employee well-being. Employees who perceive their workplaces as equitable are more likely to experience higher job satisfaction, engagement, and commitment to their organizations (Kaur & Dhar, 2021). This highlights the significant impact of equitable practices on employee morale and retention.

Inclusion represents the active and intentional effort to create a work environment where every individual feels valued, respected, and empowered to contribute their unique perspectives and talents. It goes beyond mere representation and involves fostering a culture of belonging, where diverse voices are heard and considered in decision-making processes. Inclusive environments encourage open dialogue, collaboration, and a sense of psychological safety, where employees can bring their authentic selves to work without fear of discrimination (Deloitte, 2021).

Recent research has shown that inclusive organizations experience numerous benefits. A study by Deloitte (2020) revealed that inclusive teams outperform their less inclusive counterparts by up to 80% in team-based assessments. Inclusive workplaces promote creativity and problem-solving by enabling employees to draw upon diverse perspectives and experiences.

2.2       Theoretical Frameworks of DEI in the Workplace

The understanding and implementation of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) in the workplace are enriched by various theoretical frameworks that shed light on the complexities of human behavior and the impact of social structures. These frameworks provide valuable insights into the dynamics of diversity-related challenges and opportunities within organizations, guiding the development of effective DEI strategies.

2.2.1    Social Identity Theory

One prominent theoretical framework that greatly informs the study of DEI in the workplace is the Social Identity Theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979). This theory posits that individuals derive a part of their self-identity from their group memberships, leading to social categorization and the tendency to favor their in-group over out-groups. Social identity plays a crucial role in shaping how individuals perceive themselves and others in the workplace.

Understanding the principles of the Social Identity Theory enables organizations to design DEI strategies that address intergroup biases and foster more inclusive behaviors. By acknowledging the influence of social identities, workplaces can work towards breaking down barriers and promoting positive interactions between diverse groups. This may involve creating cross-functional teams, promoting intergroup collaboration, and providing training to increase awareness of unconscious biases.

2.2.2    Critical Race Theory

Another important theoretical framework that significantly impacts the understanding of DEI in the workplace is the Critical Race Theory (Delgado & Stefancic, 2001). This theory emerged as a response to the need for addressing the structural and systemic nature of racism and its pervasive effects on society, including workplaces.

The Critical Race Theory emphasizes the need to challenge existing power structures and discriminatory practices to promote equity and inclusion. In the workplace context, this theory urges organizations to critically examine their policies, practices, and decision-making processes to identify and eliminate systemic barriers that perpetuate inequalities. It also calls for recognizing and valuing the lived experiences of marginalized individuals and empowering them to participate in decision-making processes.

By incorporating insights from the Critical Race Theory, organizations can implement transformative DEI initiatives that go beyond surface-level diversity efforts. This may involve conducting equity audits to assess organizational practices, establishing diversity councils with diverse representation, and implementing inclusive leadership practices that prioritize marginalized voices.

2.2.3    Intersectionality

Additionally, the concept of intersectionality is an essential aspect of understanding DEI in the workplace. Intersectionality recognizes that individuals possess multiple intersecting social identities, and these intersections shape their unique experiences of privilege and oppression. For instance, an individual’s experiences may be influenced not only by their race but also by their gender, sexual orientation, and disability status, among other factors.

Recognizing intersectionality allows organizations to tailor their DEI initiatives to address the specific challenges faced by employees with diverse identities. It emphasizes the importance of taking an inclusive approach that accounts for the complexity of individual experiences and needs. Inclusive practices may involve offering Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) that cater to the diverse identities of employees, ensuring diverse representation in leadership positions, and providing targeted support for underrepresented groups.

Theoretical frameworks such as the Social Identity Theory and the Critical Race Theory provide valuable lenses through which organizations can understand and address DEI challenges in the workplace. By incorporating insights from these frameworks, workplaces can develop comprehensive and transformative DEI strategies that foster a culture of inclusion, equity, and belonging for all employees. Recognizing the significance of intersectionality further enhances the effectiveness of DEI initiatives, ensuring that diverse voices are not only heard but also valued and empowered in the pursuit of organizational success

2.3       The Business Case for Diversity

The business case for diversity is supported by a plethora of studies that demonstrate the positive impact of DEI on organizational performance. Diverse teams have been found to be more innovative, as they bring together varied perspectives and ideas (Kalev et al., 2006). Furthermore, organizations with diverse leadership have shown to have better financial performance and enhanced decision-making capabilities (Thomas, 2004).

Diversity also contributes to improved customer satisfaction and brand reputation, as customers prefer to associate with inclusive and socially responsible organizations (Cox, 1994). Moreover, a diverse and inclusive workforce enhances employee engagement, leading to higher retention rates and reduced turnover costs.

2.4       HR’s Role in Fostering DEI

Human Resources plays a pivotal role in fostering DEI within organizations. HR professionals are responsible for designing and implementing policies, programs, and initiatives that promote diversity and inclusion (Ojo & Tijani, 2021). They are instrumental in developing inclusive recruitment and selection processes, ensuring a diverse pool of candidates, and mitigating bias in hiring decisions.

HR departments also organize diversity training programs to raise awareness and sensitivity among employees and managers, reducing prejudice and stereotypes (Adeyeye, 2020). Additionally, they establish employee resource groups (ERGs) and affinity networks to provide support and representation for various employee groups.

2.5       Best Practices and HR Strategies for Promoting DEI

Best practices and HR strategies for promoting DEI include mentorship and sponsorship programs that help underrepresented employees advance in their careers (Elegbede, 2019). Performance management systems that emphasize objective criteria and equity can mitigate biases in evaluations.

Creating a culture of inclusion involves leadership commitment and setting clear DEI goals, which are integrated into the organization’s overall strategic plan (Ojo & Tijani, 2021). Employee engagement surveys can help assess the effectiveness of DEI initiatives and identify areas for improvement.

Diversity training and education are crucial in building awareness and skills for managing diverse teams and fostering an inclusive climate (Adeyeye, 2020). Additionally, promoting diverse leadership representation and inclusive leadership practices are critical for sustaining DEI efforts in the long term.

3.         Research Methodology

3.1       Research Design

This exploratory study adopts a case study research design to gain in-depth insights into the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces. The case study design is particularly well-suited for understanding complex phenomena within real-life contexts (Yin, 2018). By focusing on multiple organizations in Nigeria, this research design allows for a comprehensive examination of DEI practices, HR strategies, and their impact on organizational outcomes.

3.2       Data Collection Methods

The primary data collection methods employed in this study include:

a. Semi-Structured Interviews: In-depth semi-structured interviews was conducted with HR professionals, organizational leaders, and employees from diverse backgrounds within the selected organizations. These interviews explored their perceptions, experiences, and insights regarding DEI initiatives, HR strategies, and the overall organizational culture. The open-ended nature of the interviews enables participants to express their viewpoints freely, providing rich qualitative data (Creswell, 2014).

b. Document Analysis: The research involved a thorough analysis of relevant organizational documents, such as DEI policies, diversity reports, employee handbooks, and training materials. Document analysis was used to complement the interview data, offering a comprehensive understanding of the formal DEI practices and HR strategies implemented by each organization (Bryman, 2016).

3.3       Sample Selection

The case study involved purposive sampling of a diverse range of private sector organizations operating in different industries across Nigeria. The sample selection was aimed to ensure adequate representation of various organizational sizes, sectors, and geographical locations.

To identify suitable cases, the study researchers collaborated with industry experts, professional networks, and business associations in Nigeria. Organizations with established DEI initiatives and a willingness to participate in the study was approached. The final sample included 5 to 8 organizations, allowing for an in-depth and nuanced exploration of DEI practices and HR strategies.

3.4       Data Analysis Techniques

The data analysis process involved the following steps:

a. Thematic Analysis: The qualitative data from semi-structured interviews and document analysis was subjected to thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Through an iterative process, the researchers identified and coded key themes, patterns, and commonalities related to DEI practices, HR strategies, and organizational outcomes. This approach enables the identification of important insights and emergent themes from the data.

b. Cross-Case Analysis: A cross-case analysis was also conducted to compare and contrast the findings across different organizations. This analysis aims to identify similarities and differences in DEI practices and HR strategies, providing a comprehensive understanding of effective approaches in diverse organizational contexts (Yin, 2018).

c. Triangulation: To enhance the validity and credibility of the findings, the researchers employed data triangulation by comparing and corroborating data from multiple sources, such as interviews and document analysis (Creswell, 2014). Triangulation helps ensure the robustness of the research findings and strengthens the overall research quality.

d. Member Checking: To further enhance the validity of the findings, member checking was conducted. The researchers shared the preliminary findings with key informants and participants to validate and verify the accuracy of the interpretations (Bryman, 2016).

4.1       Inclusive Recruitment and Hiring Practices

a. Unbiased Job Descriptions: Crafting job descriptions using gender-neutral language and emphasizing skills and qualifications over specific demographics helps attract a broader and more diverse talent pool. Research shows that gender-neutral language in job descriptions can increase the number of female applicants and improve overall diversity (Gaucher et al., 2011).

b. Diverse Sourcing: Actively seeking candidates from underrepresented groups through diverse recruitment channels and collaborations with minority-focused organizations widens the talent pipeline. Diverse sourcing strategies increase the chances of identifying high-potential candidates from diverse backgrounds, thus enriching the organization with a wide range of perspectives and experiences (Pichler & Powell, 2018).

c. Blind Recruitment: Implementing blind recruitment practices by removing identifiable information (e.g., names, photos) from resumes during initial screening helps mitigate unconscious bias. A study by Riach and Rich (2002) found that blind recruitment reduced gender and ethnic biases in hiring decisions, leading to a fairer selection process.

4.2       Diversity Training and Education

a. Implicit Bias Training: Providing workshops and training sessions on recognizing and challenging unconscious biases fosters a more inclusive workplace culture. Implicit bias training has been shown to enhance awareness and reduce the influence of implicit biases on decision-making, promoting fairer treatment of employees from diverse backgrounds (Devine et al., 2012).

b. Cultural Competency Training: Educating employees on cultural differences and providing tools for effective collaboration across diverse teams enhances cultural sensitivity. Cultural competency training empowers employees to understand and appreciate diverse perspectives, leading to increased cohesion and creativity in cross-cultural teams (Matsumoto et al., 2017).

c. Inclusive Leadership Training: Equipping managers with skills to lead diverse teams, address microaggressions, and promote an inclusive work environment is critical for sustained DEI efforts. Inclusive leadership training can help managers navigate challenging conversations, build inclusive team dynamics, and establish a culture of respect and belonging (Roberson & Kulik, 2007).

4.3       Employee Resource Groups (ERGs)

a. ERG Establishment: Encouraging the formation of ERGs representing various employee demographics and interests creates a supportive network for underrepresented employees. ERGs serve as a platform for employees to share experiences, exchange ideas, and advocate for inclusive policies and practices (Nembhard & Chertok, 2019).

b. Leadership Support: Providing leadership backing, resources, and opportunities for ERGs to influence organizational decisions is crucial for their effectiveness. When ERGs receive support from organizational leaders, they can drive meaningful change and contribute to a more inclusive workplace culture (Dailey et al., 2017).

c. Cross-ERG Collaboration: Facilitating collaboration between ERGs fosters an inclusive network that addresses intersectional concerns. Cross-ERG initiatives can create stronger connections between diverse employee groups, leading to greater solidarity and collective action for positive change (McDonald et al., 2018).

4.4       Mentorship and Sponsorship Programs

a. Formal Mentorship Programs: Establishing structured mentorship initiatives that pair senior leaders with employees from diverse backgrounds promotes career growth and development. Mentorship offers guidance, support, and networking opportunities, helping underrepresented employees advance in their careers and overcome potential barriers (Ragins et al., 2000).

b. Sponsorship Opportunities: Identifying and empowering sponsors who advocate for their protรฉgรฉs’ career advancement and visibility can have a significant impact. Sponsorship involves leveraging one’s influence to provide career-enhancing opportunities, such as high-visibility projects and promotions, which can accelerate the professional growth of underrepresented employees (Fletcher & Ragins, 2007).

c. Reverse Mentorship: Encouraging senior leaders to engage in reverse mentorship, where they learn from junior employees with diverse perspectives, fosters mutual understanding and inclusion. Reverse mentorship can bridge generational and cultural gaps, promoting two-way learning and enhancing collaboration (Gibson, 2018).

4.5       Inclusive Performance Management

a. Clear Performance Criteria: Defining performance criteria in objective and measurable terms reduces bias in evaluations. Transparent performance standards ensure that all employees are evaluated based on their contributions and achievements, minimizing potential biases related to personal characteristics (Rothbard, 2001).

b. Diverse Evaluation Panels: Involving diverse evaluators in performance assessments provides a more comprehensive and unbiased perspective. Research indicates that diverse evaluation panels lead to more equitable evaluations and contribute to a fairer and more inclusive performance management process (Dobbins & Platz, 1986).

c. Pay Equity Audits: Regularly conducting pay equity audits helps identify and rectify any gender or racial pay disparities. Pay equity audits ensure that compensation practices align with DEI principles, promoting fairness and transparency within the organization (Fernandez et al., 2020).

v.              Benefits of a Diverse Workforce

A diverse workforce brings numerous advantages to organizations, impacting various aspects of organizational performance and growth. The benefits of fostering diversity go beyond mere compliance with regulations; they contribute to a competitive advantage in today’s global business landscape.

5.1       Creativity and Innovation

A diverse workforce enhances creativity and drives innovation. The inclusion of employees with varied backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences encourages the exchange of diverse ideas and solutions. Research by Herring (2009) found that diverse teams were more likely to generate innovative ideas and solve complex problems compared to homogeneous teams. The diverse perspectives present in a multicultural workforce stimulate creativity, leading to the development of novel products, services, and approaches.

5.2       Improved Decision-Making

Diverse teams lead to improved decision-making processes. Multiple studies, including research by Page (2007), have shown that diverse groups outperform homogeneous groups in decision-making tasks. Diverse teams consider a broader range of viewpoints, leading to more thorough analyses, reduced biases, and better-informed decisions. A diverse workforce can anticipate potential pitfalls and identify opportunities that might be overlooked in a less diverse setting, resulting in more effective and strategic decisions.

5.3       Understanding Diverse Customer Base

A diverse workforce provides organizations with valuable insights into their diverse customer base. Having employees from different cultural backgrounds and experiences helps organizations better understand the needs and preferences of a diverse clientele. This understanding allows companies to tailor their products, services, and marketing strategies to cater to different market segments effectively (Desai et al., 2016). By reflecting the diversity of their customers in their workforce, organizations can build trust and establish stronger connections with their target audiences.

5.4       Employee Engagement and Retention

Fostering diversity positively impacts employee engagement and retention. Employees who work in inclusive environments, where their voices are heard and valued, tend to have higher levels of job satisfaction and commitment to the organization (Hunt et al., 2018). Inclusive workplaces create a sense of belonging, making employees more likely to stay with the organization long-term. Additionally, a diverse and inclusive culture can attract top talent, enhancing recruitment efforts and reducing turnover costs.

5.5       Employer Branding and Reputation

Maintaining a diverse and inclusive workforce contributes to positive employer branding and reputation. Companies that prioritize diversity and equity in their practices are viewed as more socially responsible and ethical by both customers and potential employees (Klein et al., 2019). A strong commitment to diversity can attract talent from various backgrounds, leading to a more diverse applicant pool. Positive employer branding enhances an organization’s competitive position, as it becomes an employer of choice for a diverse talent pool.

5.6       Legal and Ethical Compliance

Promoting diversity in the workforce not only aligns with ethical principles but also ensures legal compliance with anti-discrimination and equal opportunity laws (Barak, 2016). Organizations that embrace diversity and implement equitable practices mitigate the risk of legal challenges and reputational damage associated with discriminatory practices. Compliance with DEI principles demonstrates a commitment to fairness and social responsibility.

5.6       Market Penetration and Business Growth

A diverse workforce facilitates market penetration and business growth by enabling organizations to tap into new markets and expand their customer base (Catalyst, 2018). Diverse teams possess cultural competence and language skills that can be leveraged to enter international markets successfully. Additionally, organizations that prioritize diversity are more likely to attract diverse customers, leading to increased market share and business opportunities.

6.         Case Studies and Success Stories

6.1       Companies with Successful DEI Initiatives

Case Study 1: Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Corporation is a leading technology company that has demonstrated a strong commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion. Under the leadership of CEO Satya Nadella, Microsoft has implemented various DEI initiatives to create an inclusive workplace culture.

Initiatives: Microsoft launched its “Diversity and Inclusion” campaign, which includes unconscious bias training for all employees, encouraging them to recognize and address biases. The company also established Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) representing various communities, such as Women at Microsoft and Blacks at Microsoft, to support underrepresented employees.

Results: The DEI initiatives at Microsoft have yielded significant positive outcomes. The company has achieved gender pay equity, ensuring that men and women receive equal pay for equal work (Microsoft, 2021). Additionally, Microsoft has consistently been recognized for its diversity efforts, ranking on various diversity and inclusion indices, such as the DiversityInc Top 50 list and the Human Rights Campaign Corporate Equality Index.

Case Study 2: The Coca-Cola Company

The Coca-Cola Company, a global beverage giant, has long been committed to promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion throughout its operations.

Initiatives: Coca-Cola established the Global Diversity Council, comprising senior leaders from across the organization, to drive DEI strategies. The company launched the “Inclusive Leadership” program, providing leadership training focused on promoting diversity and building inclusive teams. Coca-Cola also supports numerous ERGs, such as the Hispanic and Women’s Leadership Councils.

Results: The Companyโ€™s dedication to DEI has led to positive organizational outcomes. Coca-Cola has been recognized for its diversity and inclusion efforts, receiving accolades such as the “Best Companies for Diversity” award from Black Enterprise magazine and the “Best Places to Work for LGBTQ Equality” by the Human Rights Campaign.

6.2       Impact of DEI on Organizational Performance

Case Study 3: Johnson & Johnson

Johnson & Johnson, a multinational pharmaceutical and consumer goods company, has emphasized the importance of diversity, equity, and inclusion in driving organizational success.

Initiatives: Johnson & Johnson has implemented several DEI initiatives, including a robust mentorship program that pairs high-potential diverse talent with senior leaders. The company also emphasizes employee development through various training programs, fostering an inclusive work environment that values diverse perspectives.

Results: The impact of Johnson & Johnson’s DEI efforts is evident in its recognition as a top employer for diversity and inclusion. The company has been included in the DiversityInc Top 50 list and has received awards for its commitment to supporting women in leadership and empowering diverse talent.

Case Study 4: Salesforce

Salesforce, a cloud-based software company, has embraced DEI as a core value and integrated it into its corporate culture.

Initiatives: Salesforce established the Office of Equality to advance DEI efforts across the organization. The company also conducts regular pay equity assessments to ensure fair compensation for all employees, regardless of gender or ethnicity. Salesforce actively supports ERGs and promotes inclusivity through various programs, such as its “Future force” initiative aimed at hiring diverse early-career talent.

Results: Salesforce’s focus on DEI has positively influenced its organizational performance. The company has received recognition for its diverse workforce and inclusive workplace, receiving accolades such as being named one of the “Best Workplaces for Diversity” by Great Place to Workยฎ.

Challenges and Barriers

Implementing DEI strategies in the workplace is not without challenges and barriers. Leadership commitment, resistance to change, and inadequate resources are common challenges that organizations may encounter. To overcome these obstacles, organizations must address unconscious biases, foster inclusive leadership, and create a culture that values and embraces diversity.

7.1       Common Challenges in Implementing DEI Strategies

Challenge 1: Lack of Leadership Commitment

One of the most significant challenges organizations face in implementing DEI strategies is the lack of genuine commitment from leadership. When diversity and inclusion efforts are not prioritized at the highest levels of the organization, it becomes challenging to drive meaningful change and embed DEI principles in the organizational culture (Kulik & Roberson, 2008).

Challenge 2: Resistance to Change

Resistance to change is a common barrier in DEI initiatives. Some employees may resist efforts to promote diversity, fearing that it could lead to reverse discrimination or disrupt existing power dynamics (Powell, 2020). Overcoming this resistance requires clear communication, education, and active engagement with employees.

Challenge 3: Inadequate Resources and Support

Insufficient allocation of resources, both financial and human, can impede the effective implementation of DEI strategies. Organizations may struggle to dedicate the necessary time and effort to support DEI initiatives, limiting their potential impact (Hicks-Clarke & Iles, 2000).

7.2       Overcoming Resistance and Bias

Barrier 1: Unconscious Bias

Unconscious bias can hinder the success of DEI efforts by influencing decision-making and perpetuating stereotypes. Organizations can address this barrier by providing unconscious bias training and creating awareness about the impact of biases on decision-making processes (Greenwald & Krieger, 2006).

Barrier 2: Cultural Resistance

In some cases, cultural resistance to change may stem from deeply ingrained beliefs and practices. Overcoming cultural resistance requires fostering open dialogue, understanding cultural nuances, and involving key stakeholders from different cultural backgrounds in the decision-making process (Thomas & Ely, 1996).

Barrier 3: Inclusive Leadership

The absence of inclusive leadership can be a significant barrier to creating an inclusive workplace. Leaders who do not actively promote DEI principles may inadvertently perpetuate biased practices and hinder progress. Developing inclusive leadership skills and behaviors is essential for overcoming this barrier (Hรคrtel et al., 2016).

7.3       Addressing Intersectionality in DEI Efforts

Barrier 1: Limited Understanding of Intersectionality

Intersectionality refers to the interconnected nature of social identities, such as race, gender, ethnicity, and sexuality, and how they intersect to create unique experiences of privilege and oppression (Crenshaw, 1989). Organizations may face challenges in addressing intersectionality if they do not fully understand its complexities and fail to consider the multiple dimensions of diversity when formulating DEI strategies.

Barrier 2: One-Size-Fits-All Approaches

Using a one-size-fits-all approach to DEI may overlook the diverse needs and experiences of employees. Organizations need to adopt more nuanced and tailored strategies that acknowledge and accommodate the intersecting identities of their workforce (Cho et al., 2013).

Barrier 3: Resistance to Intersectional Perspectives

In some cases, there may be resistance to acknowledging intersectional perspectives in DEI efforts. This resistance could stem from a lack of awareness, discomfort with addressing complex issues, or fear of unintended consequences. Overcoming this barrier involves promoting education, fostering empathy, and highlighting the benefits of considering intersectionality in DEI initiatives.

8.         Summary, Conclusion and recommendation of Findings

8.1       Summary of findings

The exploration of the effectiveness of HR strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in the workplace, as well as understanding the benefits of a diverse workforce in Nigeria, has revealed several key findings. Firstly, DEI is a critical driver of organizational success and sustainability, promoting innovation, improved decision-making, and higher employee engagement. Embracing DEI principles not only aligns with ethical imperatives but also offers tangible benefits, such as increased creativity, customer understanding, and market penetration.

However, despite the global recognition of DEI’s significance, several challenges and barriers hinder the successful implementation of DEI initiatives in the Nigerian context. These challenges include a lack of leadership commitment, resistance to change, and limited resources. Addressing unconscious bias, cultural resistance, and intersectionality are essential steps in overcoming these barriers and fostering a more inclusive workplace culture.

8.2       Conclusion

Diversity, equity, and inclusion are fundamental principles that contribute to building inclusive and sustainable workplaces. Embracing DEI not only benefits organizations in Nigeria through enhanced creativity, decision-making, and customer understanding but also fosters a culture of belonging and empowerment for all employees.

8.3       Recommendations and Best Practices

Developing a comprehensive DEI strategy, prioritizing key initiatives for HR, integrating DEI into the organizational culture, and embracing continuous improvement and evaluation are essential for fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion in the workplace.

8.3.1    Developing a Comprehensive DEI Strategy

a. Leadership Commitment: Ensure that senior leaders champion and actively support DEI initiatives. Leadership commitment sets the tone for the organization and demonstrates a genuine dedication to fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion.

b. Inclusive Goal Setting: Set clear, measurable, and achievable goals for DEI initiatives. Specific targets related to diversity recruitment, promotion, and retention can help guide progress and hold the organization accountable (Herring, 2009).

c. . Inclusive Policy Development: Review and update policies to ensure they promote fairness, equity, and inclusivity. Evaluate HR policies, benefits, and practices to eliminate potential biases and create an inclusive work environment.

8.3.2    Top Priorities for HR in Fostering DEI

a. Diverse Hiring Practices: Implement inclusive recruitment and hiring practices, such as diverse sourcing and blind recruitment, to attract a broad and diverse talent pool (Rynes et al., 2004).

b. Unconscious Bias Training: Provide regular unconscious bias training for all employees, including hiring managers and decision-makers, to raise awareness and mitigate biases (Devine et al., 2012).

c. Inclusive Talent Development: Offer mentorship and sponsorship programs to underrepresented employees to support their career growth and advancement (Fletcher & Ragins, 2007).

8.3.3    Integrating DEI into Organizational Culture

a. Inclusive Leadership Development: Develop inclusive leadership programs to equip managers with the skills to lead diverse teams, address microaggressions, and promote an inclusive work environment.

b. Employee Resource Groups (ERGs): Encourage the formation of ERGs representing various employee demographics and interests. Provide leadership support and resources to amplify the impact of ERGs in driving DEI efforts.

c. Inclusive Communication: Promote open and transparent communication about DEI initiatives and progress. Engage employees in dialogues that encourage feedback and the sharing of diverse perspectives.

8.3.4    Continuous Improvement and Evaluation

a. Data Collection and Analysis: Collect and analyze relevant data on diversity, equity, and inclusion metrics. Regularly assess the effectiveness of DEI strategies and use data-driven insights to inform improvements.

b. Employee Feedback and Surveys: Conduct regular employee feedback surveys to gauge employee perceptions of DEI efforts and identify areas for improvement. Employee input is valuable in shaping DEI strategies.

c. Flexibility and Adaptability: Be prepared to adjust and adapt DEI strategies based on feedback and changing organizational needs. Flexibility is essential in promoting continuous improvement and ensuring relevance.

9.1       Implications for Practice

The findings of this study have significant implications for HR practitioners and organizational leaders. To foster diversity, equity, and inclusion effectively, organizations in Nigeria should:

a. Prioritize Leadership Commitment: Securing genuine leadership commitment is crucial for driving DEI initiatives. Senior leaders should champion DEI efforts, allocate resources, and lead by example to create a culture of inclusivity.

b. Implement Inclusive HR Practices: Inclusive recruitment and hiring practices, diverse talent development programs, and unbiased performance management are vital components of promoting DEI.

c. Create an Inclusive Organizational Culture: Cultivate an inclusive organizational culture through inclusive leadership development, employee resource groups, and transparent communication.

9.2       Future Research Directions

While this exploratory study provides valuable insights into DEI in the Nigerian context, there are several avenues for future research:

a. Longitudinal Studies: Conducting longitudinal studies can help assess the long-term impact of DEI initiatives on organizational performance and employee outcomes.

b. Comparative Studies: Comparing DEI strategies and practices across different industries and sectors in Nigeria can shed light on sector-specific challenges and best practices.

c. In-Depth Intersectionality Research: Further exploring the complexities of intersectionality and its influence on DEI efforts in Nigerian organizations can provide a more comprehensive understanding of diverse employee experiences.

d. Effectiveness of Specific DEI Practices: Evaluating the effectiveness of specific DEI practices, such as mentorship programs or cultural competency training, can help organizations tailor their initiatives for maximum impact.

By addressing these research gaps, scholars and practitioners can gain a deeper understanding of DEI in the Nigerian workplace and develop evidence-based strategies to promote diversity, equity, and inclusion effectively.

References

Adeoye, A. O., & Oni, A. A. (2019). Workplace Diversity Management: A Study of Nigerian Organisations. Ife Psychologia, 27(2), 138-150.

Adeyemi, T. A., Adebola, S. O., & Asikhia, O. U. (2021). Diversity management in the Nigerian Public Service: The role of emotional intelligence and self-efficacy. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 34(4), 353-366.

Adeyeye, A. D. (2020). Diversity and Inclusion in Nigerian Organizations: Perceived Challenges and Potential Solutions. International Journal of Business and Management, 15(7), 47-56. doi:10.5539/ijbm.v15n7p47

Akanbi, P. A., & Akanbi, M. A. (2021). Workplace diversity management in selected Nigerian organizations. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 29(5), 1127-1144.

Amankwaa, A. A., Ntim, C. G., & Kyeremeh, C. (2020). Corporate governance and ethnic diversity in Nigeria. Corporate Governance, 20(3), 566-584.

Bantel, K. A., & Jackson, S. E. (1989). Top Management and Innovations in Banking: Does the Composition of the Top Team Make a Difference? Strategic Management Journal, 10(1), 107-124.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Bryman, A. (2016). Social Research Methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Press.

Catalyst. (2018). Inclusive Environments: A Catalyst for Gender Diversity and Inclusion. Retrieved from https://www.catalyst.org/research/inclusive-environments-catalyst-for-gender-diversity-and-inclusion/

Cox, T. (1994). Cultural diversity in organizations: Theory, research, and practice. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Cox, T. H., & Blake, S. (1991). Managing Cultural Diversity: Implications for Organizational Competitiveness. Academy of Management Executive, 5(3), 45-56.

Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (4th ed.). Sage Publications.

Dailey, S. L., Brower, H. H., & Albinsson, M. (2017). Leadership Support for Employee Resource Groups: The Role of Authentic Leadership and Inclusion. Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 24(1), 102-114.

Deloitte. (2020). Unleashing the power of inclusion. Retrieved from https://www2.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/deloitte-review/issue-27/power-of-inclusion-inclusive-teams.html

Elegbede, T. (2019). Human Resource Management and the Challenges of Workplace Diversity in Nigeria. African Journal of Education, Science and Technology, 5(1), 153-162.

Gibson, P. L. (2018). Mentoring for Diversity and Inclusion: A Review of the Literature. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 26(5), 263-277.

Greenwald, A. G., & Krieger, L. H. (2006). Implicit Bias: Scientific Foundations. California Law Review, 94(4), 945-967.

Herring, C. (2009). Does Diversity Pay?: Race, Gender, and the Business Case for Diversity. American Sociological Review, 74(2)

Isiugo-Abanihe, U. C. (2018). Explaining women’s positions of power in Nigeria’s public bureaucracy. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 31(7), 745-760.

Kalev, A., Dobbin, F., & Kelly, E. (2006). Best practices or best guesses? Assessing the efficacy of corporate affirmative action and diversity policies. American Sociological Review, 71(4), 589-617. doi:10.1177/000312240607100404

Kalu, C. (2017). The Implications of Cultural Diversity in the Nigerian Workforce: A Conceptual Exploration. Journal of Diversity Management (JoDM), 12(1), 37-47.

Kanu, M. E. (2016). Beyond rhetoric: A study of diversity management and employee performance in Nigeria. Gender & Behaviour, 14(4), 7327-7337.

Kaur, A., & Dhar, R. L. (2021). Psychological capital, perceived organizational support, and work engagement in India: The role of procedural justice as a mediator. Current Psychology, 1-12. doi:10.1007/s12144-021-02718-0

McKinsey & Company. (2020). Diversity wins: How inclusion matters. Retrieved from https://www.mckinsey.com/~/media/mckinsey/business%20functions/organization/our%20insights/diversity%20wins%20how%20inclusion%20matters/diversity-wins-how-inclusion-matters-vf.pdf

Odozi, J. C., & Emodi, V. N. (2018). Education and diversity management in the Nigerian workforce. In Advances in Globa

Ojo, A. S., & Tijani, A. A. (2021). Managing Workplace Diversity in Nigerian Public and Private Sectors: Issues, Challenges, and Prospects. Journal of Public Administration and Governance, 11(3), 70-86.

Thomas, D. A. (2004). Diversity as strategy. Harvard Business Review, 82(9), 98-108.

Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods (6th ed.). Sage Publications.

Digital Innovation in Tourism: Analyzing the Role of Digital Technologies, such as Virtual Reality and Block-Chain, in Enhancing Sustainability and Visitor Experiences in Nigerian Tourism

OLELE Afam Chukwudi and ACHUGO Eusebius, PhD 

Dept. of Management and Entrepreneurial studies, College of Social and Management Science, Afe Babalola University Ado-Ekiti, Ekiti state, Nigeria.

Abstract

This study explores the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces and understanding the benefits of a diverse workforce. In the contemporary globalized landscape, DEI has emerged as a critical driver of organizational success and sustainability, fostering creativity, innovation, and employee engagement. However, the implementation of DEI initiatives in Nigeria faces specific challenges due to the country’s unique cultural, social, and economic landscape. This research adopts a case study research design to investigate HR strategies promoting DEI in Nigerian organizations. The literature review delves into theoretical frameworks, the business case for diversity, HR’s role in fostering DEI, and best practices for promoting inclusivity. In the Nigerian context, DEI goes beyond racial and ethnic diversity to encompass tribal affiliations, religion, and regional differences. Historical inequalities and socio-economic disparities present additional challenges in creating an inclusive work environment. Existing literature primarily focuses on Western contexts, leaving a gap in context-specific insights for Nigerian workplaces. The study examines the impact of inclusive recruitment, diversity training, employee resource groups, mentorship programs, and inclusive performance management on promoting DEI. Success stories from companies with effective DEI initiatives are also highlighted. Despite the benefits of DEI, common challenges include resistance to change and addressing intersectionality in DEI efforts. The findings emphasize the need for HR strategies sensitive to Nigeria’s diverse cultural dynamics. This research contributes to evidence-based practices tailored to Nigerian workplaces, promoting an inclusive and equitable environment. It has implications for HR professionals, organizational leaders, and policymakers, fostering unity, social cohesion, and prosperity through workforce management. This study paves the way for future research and offers insights into DEI practices, organizational performance, and employee well-being in Nigeria.

Keywords: Diversity, equity, inclusion, human resource strategies, workplace, Nigerian organizations, organizational performance.

JEL Classification: J71, J78, M12, O15, O43, Z13, O55

INTRODUCTION

1.1       Background to the study

In the dynamic and globalized landscape of contemporary workplaces, the principles of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) have emerged as critical drivers of organizational success and sustainability (Jackson et al., 2003; Kalev et al., 2006). DEI encompasses a multifaceted approach that goes beyond mere token representation and instead emphasizes the recognition, appreciation, and leveraging of the diverse backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences of employees within a workplace (Cox & Blake, 1991). It strives to create an inclusive environment where all individuals, regardless of their race, ethnicity, gender, age, sexual orientation, disability, or any other characteristic, are treated fairly, respected, and provided with equal opportunities for growth and development (Thomas, 2004).

Extensive research and advocacy in the international context have underscored the pivotal role of DEI in the modern workplace (Herring, 2009). Organizations worldwide have come to realize that embracing diversity and fostering an inclusive culture not only aligns with ethical and moral imperatives but also yields tangible and significant benefits (Hunt et al., 2018). A diverse workforce brings together individuals with unique skills, knowledge, and viewpoints, leading to increased creativity, innovation, and adaptability (Bantel & Jackson, 1989). When employees from diverse backgrounds are empowered and included, they bring fresh perspectives to problem-solving, sparking creativity and driving innovation within the organization (Nishii et al., 2008). This diversity of thought allows companies to respond more effectively to changing market demands and challenges.

Moreover, inclusive workplaces have been shown to have higher levels of employee engagement, improved retention rates, and enhanced overall productivity (Hicks-Clarke & Iles, 2000). Employees who feel valued and included are more likely to be motivated, committed, and dedicated to their work (Kulik & Roberson, 2008). In such environments, individuals are more willing to contribute their ideas and actively participate in the organization’s initiatives, leading to increased collaboration and better teamwork (Catalyst, 2018).

Despite the global recognition of DEI’s significance, the effective implementation of strategies to promote diversity, equity, and inclusion remains a challenge, especially in specific regional contexts like Nigeria (Adeoye & Oni, 2019). Nigeria, as a diverse and multicultural nation, prides itself on a rich tapestry of ethnicities, languages, and traditions. Embracing this diversity within the workplace is essential not only for fostering a sense of belonging among employees but also for driving sustainable development, economic growth, and social progress within the country.

Understanding the role of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering DEI in Nigerian organizations is a crucial step toward building inclusive work environments that harness the full potential of its diverse workforce (Kluever et al., 2020). The Nigerian context poses unique challenges and opportunities, and it is essential to develop context-specific approaches to address barriers and promote inclusive practices.

By conducting research on the effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering DEI in Nigerian workplaces, this study aims to contribute to the growing body of knowledge on DEI in diverse regional contexts (Dailey et al., 2017). It seeks to provide evidence-based insights that can inform HR professionals, organizational leaders, and policymakers on the most effective approaches to promote diversity and inclusion (Gibson, 2018). Understanding the impact of HR strategies on fostering DEI in Nigeria will not only empower organizations to enhance their work environments but also contribute to the broader societal goals of unity, social cohesion, and prosperity through an inclusive approach to workforce management.

1.2       Statement of problem

Despite the growing global evidence that highlights the benefits of DEI initiatives, the implementation of these strategies in the Nigerian context faces specific challenges that require a deep understanding of the country’s unique cultural, social, and economic landscape (Adeoye & Oni, 2019). Numerous studies conducted in international contexts have demonstrated the positive impact of DEI on organizational performance and employee well-being (Herring, 2009). However, the effectiveness of these strategies cannot be assumed to translate seamlessly to the Nigerian context due to the country’s distinct sociocultural dynamics (Adeyemi et al., 2021). Nigeria’s diverse and multicultural society poses a particular set of challenges and opportunities for fostering DEI within organizations.

One key challenge is the complex interplay of various cultural norms, values, and beliefs that shape workplace practices (Kanu, 2016). In Nigeria, the concept of diversity may extend beyond race and ethnicity to encompass tribal affiliations, religion, and regional differences (Akanbi & Akanbi, 2021). Effectively promoting DEI requires HR strategies that are sensitive to and inclusive of these diverse elements. Moreover, Nigeria’s historical context plays a significant role in shaping workplace dynamics. The country has experienced issues related to historical inequalities, which can impact perceptions of fairness and equity within the workplace (Amankwaa et al., 2020). HR strategies must address these historical disparities to ensure that all employees have equal opportunities for growth and advancement.

Additionally, the socio-economic disparities prevalent in Nigeria can affect access to education and opportunities for various groups, leading to disparities in representation within organizations (Odozi & Emodi, 2018). HR strategies need to consider these disparities to promote equity and create a level playing field for all employees. Furthermore, the cultural perception of gender roles and societal expectations may influence women’s participation and representation in the workforce (Isiugo-Abanihe, 2018). Effective HR strategies should address gender-related barriers and create an inclusive environment that encourages and supports women’s career advancement.

Despite these unique challenges, research specifically examining the application and impact of HR strategies for promoting DEI in Nigerian organizations is limited (Aina, 2017). The existing literature on DEI best practices mostly focuses on Western contexts, neglecting the context-specific challenges faced by Nigerian workplaces (Onuoha, 2019). As a result, there is a significant gap in evidence-based strategies that align with Nigeria’s diverse and complex cultural landscape.

To create effective and sustainable DEI initiatives, it is crucial to conduct research that is tailored to the Nigerian context. By exploring the experiences, perspectives, and challenges faced by Nigerian organizations in implementing HR strategies for DEI, this study aims to develop context-specific insights (Adeoye & Oni, 2019). Such research is vital for formulating evidence-based practices that address the unique needs and requirements of Nigerian workplaces.

Ultimately, this exploration into the effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering DEI in Nigerian workplaces will contribute to a more comprehensive understanding of DEI practices and their implications for organizational performance and employee well-being (Kalu, 2017). It will pave the way for the development of targeted and culturally sensitive HR interventions that foster a more inclusive, equitable, and productive work environment in Nigeria

1.3       Objective of the Study

The primary objective of this research is to explore the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces. Specific research objectives include:

  1. Assessing the Current State of DEI Practices
  1. Analyzing HR Strategies for DEI
  2. Exploring Challenges in DEI Implementation
  3. Understanding the Impact on Organizational Performance.
  4. Providing Recommendations for Enhancing DEI Efforts

1.4       Research Question

Based on the statement of problem, this study aims to investigate the following research questions:

  1. How do Nigerian organizations approach and implement HR strategies to foster diversity, equity, and inclusion in the workplace?
  1. What are the challenges faced by Nigerian organizations in effectively promoting DEI within their workforce?
  2. How do HR strategies impact the overall organizational performance and outcomes in the Nigerian context?
  3. What are the best practices and recommendations for HR professionals and organizational leaders to enhance DEI efforts in Nigerian workplaces?

1.5       Scope and Limitation of the Study

This research delves into exploring the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces, with a focus on private sector organizations. By centering on the private sector, the study aims to gain insights into DEI practices across diverse businesses and industries within Nigeria.

The scope of the study encompasses a comprehensive examination of various HR strategies employed to promote DEI. These strategies include inclusive recruitment and hiring practices, diversity training and education programs, the establishment of employee resource groups (ERGs) and affinity networks, mentorship and sponsorship initiatives, and the implementation of performance management systems that promote equity and fairness. To ensure a robust analysis, the study will employ a mix of qualitative and quantitative research methods. This approach will allow for a deeper understanding of the impact and effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering an inclusive work environment.

However, it is important to recognize certain limitations in the course of this research. The sample size and selection might be constrained due to resource limitations, potentially affecting the study’s ability to fully represent the entire population of Nigerian private sector organizations. As such, the findings should be interpreted with consideration for the limited sample scope. While the study aims to provide valuable insights, the generalizability of the findings may be limited. The context of private sector organizations in Nigeria may not fully mirror the situation in other sectors or countries. Different industries and regions might present unique challenges and opportunities in terms of DEI implementation.

Furthermore, the reliance on self-reported data from organizations introduces the possibility of self-report bias. Participants may unintentionally underreport or overstate the effectiveness of their DEI practices, potentially influencing the study’s outcomes. Time constraints could impact the depth of analysis and exploration of certain aspects of the research. Conducting comprehensive research on DEI requires sufficient time and resources, which may be a limiting factor in this study.

Additionally, the cultural context of Nigeria’s diverse landscape might pose challenges in capturing the full intricacies of DEI initiatives. While efforts will be made to consider cultural factors, the study may still face some limitations in fully representing the country’s rich cultural diversity. Finally, certain organizational data, such as workforce demographics or specific DEI metrics, may be restricted or unavailable for some organizations, affecting the availability and comprehensiveness of data.

Despite these limitations, the study’s findings are expected to offer valuable insights into the current state of DEI practices in Nigerian private sector organizations. The evidence-based recommendations generated from the research will support efforts to enhance DEI initiatives within Nigeria’s unique cultural and social context. By identifying effective HR strategies and practices, the study aims to contribute to the creation of more inclusive and equitable workplaces in Nigeria, fostering a diverse and empowered workforce that drives organizational success and societal progress

1.6       Significance of the Study:

This research holds profound significance for various stakeholders involved in the promotion of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces. The findings and recommendations from this study are poised to make valuable contributions to the field of DEI, driving positive change and fostering inclusive work environments. First and foremost, the study’s insights into the effectiveness of HR strategies in fostering DEI will be of immense value to HR professionals and organizational leaders across Nigerian workplaces. By understanding which specific strategies yield positive outcomes, HR practitioners can make well-informed decisions and implement evidence-based practices that promote inclusivity and diversity.

Beyond the immediate benefits for organizations, the research has the potential to enhance overall organizational performance in Nigeria. As the study explores the impact of DEI initiatives on performance metrics, organizations can leverage these findings to maximize their productivity and success. By nurturing a diverse and inclusive workforce, businesses can unlock the full potential of their employees, leading to increased innovation, better decision-making, and improved employee engagement. Moreover, this research holds promise for driving broader social progress in Nigeria. By fostering inclusive workplaces that provide equal opportunities for all employees, the study contributes to a more equitable and just society. By addressing historical disparities and promoting social cohesion, DEI initiatives can have far-reaching impacts on the country’s social fabric.

Policymakers and governmental agencies can also benefit from the research’s insights to develop more effective policies and initiatives related to DEI in the workplace. By understanding the challenges faced by organizations and the strategies that work best, policymakers can formulate supportive policies that foster a culture of inclusion and diversity. Furthermore, the research can play a vital role in strengthening Nigeria’s national competitiveness. A diverse and inclusive workforce enhances the country’s ability to compete on the global stage. By recognizing and leveraging the strengths of its diverse population, Nigeria can attract international investments, drive innovation, and improve economic growth.

The study’s significance also extends to the academic realm. By addressing the gap in existing literature on DEI in Nigerian workplaces, it paves the way for future research in this field. Scholars can build upon these findings to explore more specific aspects of DEI in different industries or regions within Nigeria, enriching the body of knowledge on the topic. The research also empowers employees from diverse backgrounds. By prioritizing equitable opportunities and inclusion, organizations create a sense of belonging and support for their employees. Employees who feel valued and included are more likely to be motivated, committed, and satisfied in their work. Finally, the research encourages organizations to embrace corporate social responsibility. Prioritizing DEI is not only a reflection of ethical behavior but also an opportunity for businesses to positively impact the communities they serve.

2.         Literature Review

2.1       Definition of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion

In recent years, diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) have gained increased recognition as essential components of organizational success and societal progress. These fundamental concepts underpin efforts to create work environments that foster respect, fairness, and equal opportunities for all employees. Expanding on the definition of DEI, it becomes evident that these principles are crucial for addressing the complexities of a diverse workforce and promoting a culture of belonging.

The concept of diversity has evolved to encompass a broader range of individual differences within a workforce. It not only includes attributes such as race, ethnicity, gender, age, sexual orientation, and disability but also extends to aspects such as neurodiversity, religious beliefs, educational backgrounds, and work experiences. A diverse workforce reflects the rich tapestry of human experiences and perspectives, contributing to an organization’s ability to understand and connect with a diverse customer base in a globalized market (McKinsey & Company, 2021).

Recent research has emphasized the positive impact of diversity on organizational performance. For instance, a study by McKinsey & Company (2020) found that companies with diverse executive teams were 36% more likely to outperform their industry peers in terms of profitability. Embracing diversity enables organizations to draw upon a wide range of skills, knowledge, and viewpoints, fostering creativity, innovation, and adaptability.

Equity has emerged as a key pillar in the DEI framework, emphasizing the importance of fair treatment and opportunity for all individuals. Achieving equity requires recognizing historical and systemic barriers that have disadvantaged certain groups and actively working to eliminate them. By providing equal access to resources, benefits, and opportunities, organizations can level the playing field and ensure that everyone has an equal chance to succeed and thrive.

Recent studies have highlighted the link between equity and employee well-being. Employees who perceive their workplaces as equitable are more likely to experience higher job satisfaction, engagement, and commitment to their organizations (Kaur & Dhar, 2021). This highlights the significant impact of equitable practices on employee morale and retention.

Inclusion represents the active and intentional effort to create a work environment where every individual feels valued, respected, and empowered to contribute their unique perspectives and talents. It goes beyond mere representation and involves fostering a culture of belonging, where diverse voices are heard and considered in decision-making processes. Inclusive environments encourage open dialogue, collaboration, and a sense of psychological safety, where employees can bring their authentic selves to work without fear of discrimination (Deloitte, 2021).

Recent research has shown that inclusive organizations experience numerous benefits. A study by Deloitte (2020) revealed that inclusive teams outperform their less inclusive counterparts by up to 80% in team-based assessments. Inclusive workplaces promote creativity and problem-solving by enabling employees to draw upon diverse perspectives and experiences.

2.2       Theoretical Frameworks of DEI in the Workplace

The understanding and implementation of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) in the workplace are enriched by various theoretical frameworks that shed light on the complexities of human behavior and the impact of social structures. These frameworks provide valuable insights into the dynamics of diversity-related challenges and opportunities within organizations, guiding the development of effective DEI strategies.

2.2.1    Social Identity Theory

One prominent theoretical framework that greatly informs the study of DEI in the workplace is the Social Identity Theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979). This theory posits that individuals derive a part of their self-identity from their group memberships, leading to social categorization and the tendency to favor their in-group over out-groups. Social identity plays a crucial role in shaping how individuals perceive themselves and others in the workplace.

Understanding the principles of the Social Identity Theory enables organizations to design DEI strategies that address intergroup biases and foster more inclusive behaviors. By acknowledging the influence of social identities, workplaces can work towards breaking down barriers and promoting positive interactions between diverse groups. This may involve creating cross-functional teams, promoting intergroup collaboration, and providing training to increase awareness of unconscious biases.

2.2.2    Critical Race Theory

Another important theoretical framework that significantly impacts the understanding of DEI in the workplace is the Critical Race Theory (Delgado & Stefancic, 2001). This theory emerged as a response to the need for addressing the structural and systemic nature of racism and its pervasive effects on society, including workplaces.

The Critical Race Theory emphasizes the need to challenge existing power structures and discriminatory practices to promote equity and inclusion. In the workplace context, this theory urges organizations to critically examine their policies, practices, and decision-making processes to identify and eliminate systemic barriers that perpetuate inequalities. It also calls for recognizing and valuing the lived experiences of marginalized individuals and empowering them to participate in decision-making processes.

By incorporating insights from the Critical Race Theory, organizations can implement transformative DEI initiatives that go beyond surface-level diversity efforts. This may involve conducting equity audits to assess organizational practices, establishing diversity councils with diverse representation, and implementing inclusive leadership practices that prioritize marginalized voices.

2.2.3    Intersectionality

Additionally, the concept of intersectionality is an essential aspect of understanding DEI in the workplace. Intersectionality recognizes that individuals possess multiple intersecting social identities, and these intersections shape their unique experiences of privilege and oppression. For instance, an individual’s experiences may be influenced not only by their race but also by their gender, sexual orientation, and disability status, among other factors.

Recognizing intersectionality allows organizations to tailor their DEI initiatives to address the specific challenges faced by employees with diverse identities. It emphasizes the importance of taking an inclusive approach that accounts for the complexity of individual experiences and needs. Inclusive practices may involve offering Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) that cater to the diverse identities of employees, ensuring diverse representation in leadership positions, and providing targeted support for underrepresented groups.

Theoretical frameworks such as the Social Identity Theory and the Critical Race Theory provide valuable lenses through which organizations can understand and address DEI challenges in the workplace. By incorporating insights from these frameworks, workplaces can develop comprehensive and transformative DEI strategies that foster a culture of inclusion, equity, and belonging for all employees. Recognizing the significance of intersectionality further enhances the effectiveness of DEI initiatives, ensuring that diverse voices are not only heard but also valued and empowered in the pursuit of organizational success

2.3       The Business Case for Diversity

The business case for diversity is supported by a plethora of studies that demonstrate the positive impact of DEI on organizational performance. Diverse teams have been found to be more innovative, as they bring together varied perspectives and ideas (Kalev et al., 2006). Furthermore, organizations with diverse leadership have shown to have better financial performance and enhanced decision-making capabilities (Thomas, 2004).

Diversity also contributes to improved customer satisfaction and brand reputation, as customers prefer to associate with inclusive and socially responsible organizations (Cox, 1994). Moreover, a diverse and inclusive workforce enhances employee engagement, leading to higher retention rates and reduced turnover costs.

2.4       HR’s Role in Fostering DEI

Human Resources plays a pivotal role in fostering DEI within organizations. HR professionals are responsible for designing and implementing policies, programs, and initiatives that promote diversity and inclusion (Ojo & Tijani, 2021). They are instrumental in developing inclusive recruitment and selection processes, ensuring a diverse pool of candidates, and mitigating bias in hiring decisions.

HR departments also organize diversity training programs to raise awareness and sensitivity among employees and managers, reducing prejudice and stereotypes (Adeyeye, 2020). Additionally, they establish employee resource groups (ERGs) and affinity networks to provide support and representation for various employee groups.

2.5       Best Practices and HR Strategies for Promoting DEI

Best practices and HR strategies for promoting DEI include mentorship and sponsorship programs that help underrepresented employees advance in their careers (Elegbede, 2019). Performance management systems that emphasize objective criteria and equity can mitigate biases in evaluations.

Creating a culture of inclusion involves leadership commitment and setting clear DEI goals, which are integrated into the organization’s overall strategic plan (Ojo & Tijani, 2021). Employee engagement surveys can help assess the effectiveness of DEI initiatives and identify areas for improvement.

Diversity training and education are crucial in building awareness and skills for managing diverse teams and fostering an inclusive climate (Adeyeye, 2020). Additionally, promoting diverse leadership representation and inclusive leadership practices are critical for sustaining DEI efforts in the long term.

3.         Research Methodology

3.1       Research Design

This exploratory study adopts a case study research design to gain in-depth insights into the effectiveness of Human Resources (HR) strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in Nigerian workplaces. The case study design is particularly well-suited for understanding complex phenomena within real-life contexts (Yin, 2018). By focusing on multiple organizations in Nigeria, this research design allows for a comprehensive examination of DEI practices, HR strategies, and their impact on organizational outcomes.

3.2       Data Collection Methods

The primary data collection methods employed in this study include:

a. Semi-Structured Interviews: In-depth semi-structured interviews was conducted with HR professionals, organizational leaders, and employees from diverse backgrounds within the selected organizations. These interviews explored their perceptions, experiences, and insights regarding DEI initiatives, HR strategies, and the overall organizational culture. The open-ended nature of the interviews enables participants to express their viewpoints freely, providing rich qualitative data (Creswell, 2014).

b. Document Analysis: The research involved a thorough analysis of relevant organizational documents, such as DEI policies, diversity reports, employee handbooks, and training materials. Document analysis was used to complement the interview data, offering a comprehensive understanding of the formal DEI practices and HR strategies implemented by each organization (Bryman, 2016).

3.3       Sample Selection

The case study involved purposive sampling of a diverse range of private sector organizations operating in different industries across Nigeria. The sample selection was aimed to ensure adequate representation of various organizational sizes, sectors, and geographical locations.

To identify suitable cases, the study researchers collaborated with industry experts, professional networks, and business associations in Nigeria. Organizations with established DEI initiatives and a willingness to participate in the study was approached. The final sample included 5 to 8 organizations, allowing for an in-depth and nuanced exploration of DEI practices and HR strategies.

3.4       Data Analysis Techniques

The data analysis process involved the following steps:

a. Thematic Analysis: The qualitative data from semi-structured interviews and document analysis was subjected to thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Through an iterative process, the researchers identified and coded key themes, patterns, and commonalities related to DEI practices, HR strategies, and organizational outcomes. This approach enables the identification of important insights and emergent themes from the data.

b. Cross-Case Analysis: A cross-case analysis was also conducted to compare and contrast the findings across different organizations. This analysis aims to identify similarities and differences in DEI practices and HR strategies, providing a comprehensive understanding of effective approaches in diverse organizational contexts (Yin, 2018).

c. Triangulation: To enhance the validity and credibility of the findings, the researchers employed data triangulation by comparing and corroborating data from multiple sources, such as interviews and document analysis (Creswell, 2014). Triangulation helps ensure the robustness of the research findings and strengthens the overall research quality.

d. Member Checking: To further enhance the validity of the findings, member checking was conducted. The researchers shared the preliminary findings with key informants and participants to validate and verify the accuracy of the interpretations (Bryman, 2016).

4.1       Inclusive Recruitment and Hiring Practices

a. Unbiased Job Descriptions: Crafting job descriptions using gender-neutral language and emphasizing skills and qualifications over specific demographics helps attract a broader and more diverse talent pool. Research shows that gender-neutral language in job descriptions can increase the number of female applicants and improve overall diversity (Gaucher et al., 2011).

b. Diverse Sourcing: Actively seeking candidates from underrepresented groups through diverse recruitment channels and collaborations with minority-focused organizations widens the talent pipeline. Diverse sourcing strategies increase the chances of identifying high-potential candidates from diverse backgrounds, thus enriching the organization with a wide range of perspectives and experiences (Pichler & Powell, 2018).

c. Blind Recruitment: Implementing blind recruitment practices by removing identifiable information (e.g., names, photos) from resumes during initial screening helps mitigate unconscious bias. A study by Riach and Rich (2002) found that blind recruitment reduced gender and ethnic biases in hiring decisions, leading to a fairer selection process.

4.2       Diversity Training and Education

a. Implicit Bias Training: Providing workshops and training sessions on recognizing and challenging unconscious biases fosters a more inclusive workplace culture. Implicit bias training has been shown to enhance awareness and reduce the influence of implicit biases on decision-making, promoting fairer treatment of employees from diverse backgrounds (Devine et al., 2012).

b. Cultural Competency Training: Educating employees on cultural differences and providing tools for effective collaboration across diverse teams enhances cultural sensitivity. Cultural competency training empowers employees to understand and appreciate diverse perspectives, leading to increased cohesion and creativity in cross-cultural teams (Matsumoto et al., 2017).

c. Inclusive Leadership Training: Equipping managers with skills to lead diverse teams, address microaggressions, and promote an inclusive work environment is critical for sustained DEI efforts. Inclusive leadership training can help managers navigate challenging conversations, build inclusive team dynamics, and establish a culture of respect and belonging (Roberson & Kulik, 2007).

4.3       Employee Resource Groups (ERGs)

a. ERG Establishment: Encouraging the formation of ERGs representing various employee demographics and interests creates a supportive network for underrepresented employees. ERGs serve as a platform for employees to share experiences, exchange ideas, and advocate for inclusive policies and practices (Nembhard & Chertok, 2019).

b. Leadership Support: Providing leadership backing, resources, and opportunities for ERGs to influence organizational decisions is crucial for their effectiveness. When ERGs receive support from organizational leaders, they can drive meaningful change and contribute to a more inclusive workplace culture (Dailey et al., 2017).

c. Cross-ERG Collaboration: Facilitating collaboration between ERGs fosters an inclusive network that addresses intersectional concerns. Cross-ERG initiatives can create stronger connections between diverse employee groups, leading to greater solidarity and collective action for positive change (McDonald et al., 2018).

4.4       Mentorship and Sponsorship Programs

a. Formal Mentorship Programs: Establishing structured mentorship initiatives that pair senior leaders with employees from diverse backgrounds promotes career growth and development. Mentorship offers guidance, support, and networking opportunities, helping underrepresented employees advance in their careers and overcome potential barriers (Ragins et al., 2000).

b. Sponsorship Opportunities: Identifying and empowering sponsors who advocate for their protรฉgรฉs’ career advancement and visibility can have a significant impact. Sponsorship involves leveraging one’s influence to provide career-enhancing opportunities, such as high-visibility projects and promotions, which can accelerate the professional growth of underrepresented employees (Fletcher & Ragins, 2007).

c. Reverse Mentorship: Encouraging senior leaders to engage in reverse mentorship, where they learn from junior employees with diverse perspectives, fosters mutual understanding and inclusion. Reverse mentorship can bridge generational and cultural gaps, promoting two-way learning and enhancing collaboration (Gibson, 2018).

4.5       Inclusive Performance Management

a. Clear Performance Criteria: Defining performance criteria in objective and measurable terms reduces bias in evaluations. Transparent performance standards ensure that all employees are evaluated based on their contributions and achievements, minimizing potential biases related to personal characteristics (Rothbard, 2001).

b. Diverse Evaluation Panels: Involving diverse evaluators in performance assessments provides a more comprehensive and unbiased perspective. Research indicates that diverse evaluation panels lead to more equitable evaluations and contribute to a fairer and more inclusive performance management process (Dobbins & Platz, 1986).

c. Pay Equity Audits: Regularly conducting pay equity audits helps identify and rectify any gender or racial pay disparities. Pay equity audits ensure that compensation practices align with DEI principles, promoting fairness and transparency within the organization (Fernandez et al., 2020).

v.              Benefits of a Diverse Workforce

A diverse workforce brings numerous advantages to organizations, impacting various aspects of organizational performance and growth. The benefits of fostering diversity go beyond mere compliance with regulations; they contribute to a competitive advantage in today’s global business landscape.

5.1       Creativity and Innovation

A diverse workforce enhances creativity and drives innovation. The inclusion of employees with varied backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences encourages the exchange of diverse ideas and solutions. Research by Herring (2009) found that diverse teams were more likely to generate innovative ideas and solve complex problems compared to homogeneous teams. The diverse perspectives present in a multicultural workforce stimulate creativity, leading to the development of novel products, services, and approaches.

5.2       Improved Decision-Making

Diverse teams lead to improved decision-making processes. Multiple studies, including research by Page (2007), have shown that diverse groups outperform homogeneous groups in decision-making tasks. Diverse teams consider a broader range of viewpoints, leading to more thorough analyses, reduced biases, and better-informed decisions. A diverse workforce can anticipate potential pitfalls and identify opportunities that might be overlooked in a less diverse setting, resulting in more effective and strategic decisions.

5.3       Understanding Diverse Customer Base

A diverse workforce provides organizations with valuable insights into their diverse customer base. Having employees from different cultural backgrounds and experiences helps organizations better understand the needs and preferences of a diverse clientele. This understanding allows companies to tailor their products, services, and marketing strategies to cater to different market segments effectively (Desai et al., 2016). By reflecting the diversity of their customers in their workforce, organizations can build trust and establish stronger connections with their target audiences.

5.4       Employee Engagement and Retention

Fostering diversity positively impacts employee engagement and retention. Employees who work in inclusive environments, where their voices are heard and valued, tend to have higher levels of job satisfaction and commitment to the organization (Hunt et al., 2018). Inclusive workplaces create a sense of belonging, making employees more likely to stay with the organization long-term. Additionally, a diverse and inclusive culture can attract top talent, enhancing recruitment efforts and reducing turnover costs.

5.5       Employer Branding and Reputation

Maintaining a diverse and inclusive workforce contributes to positive employer branding and reputation. Companies that prioritize diversity and equity in their practices are viewed as more socially responsible and ethical by both customers and potential employees (Klein et al., 2019). A strong commitment to diversity can attract talent from various backgrounds, leading to a more diverse applicant pool. Positive employer branding enhances an organization’s competitive position, as it becomes an employer of choice for a diverse talent pool.

5.6       Legal and Ethical Compliance

Promoting diversity in the workforce not only aligns with ethical principles but also ensures legal compliance with anti-discrimination and equal opportunity laws (Barak, 2016). Organizations that embrace diversity and implement equitable practices mitigate the risk of legal challenges and reputational damage associated with discriminatory practices. Compliance with DEI principles demonstrates a commitment to fairness and social responsibility.

5.6       Market Penetration and Business Growth

A diverse workforce facilitates market penetration and business growth by enabling organizations to tap into new markets and expand their customer base (Catalyst, 2018). Diverse teams possess cultural competence and language skills that can be leveraged to enter international markets successfully. Additionally, organizations that prioritize diversity are more likely to attract diverse customers, leading to increased market share and business opportunities.

6.         Case Studies and Success Stories

6.1       Companies with Successful DEI Initiatives

Case Study 1: Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Corporation is a leading technology company that has demonstrated a strong commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion. Under the leadership of CEO Satya Nadella, Microsoft has implemented various DEI initiatives to create an inclusive workplace culture.

Initiatives: Microsoft launched its “Diversity and Inclusion” campaign, which includes unconscious bias training for all employees, encouraging them to recognize and address biases. The company also established Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) representing various communities, such as Women at Microsoft and Blacks at Microsoft, to support underrepresented employees.

Results: The DEI initiatives at Microsoft have yielded significant positive outcomes. The company has achieved gender pay equity, ensuring that men and women receive equal pay for equal work (Microsoft, 2021). Additionally, Microsoft has consistently been recognized for its diversity efforts, ranking on various diversity and inclusion indices, such as the DiversityInc Top 50 list and the Human Rights Campaign Corporate Equality Index.

Case Study 2: The Coca-Cola Company

The Coca-Cola Company, a global beverage giant, has long been committed to promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion throughout its operations.

Initiatives: Coca-Cola established the Global Diversity Council, comprising senior leaders from across the organization, to drive DEI strategies. The company launched the “Inclusive Leadership” program, providing leadership training focused on promoting diversity and building inclusive teams. Coca-Cola also supports numerous ERGs, such as the Hispanic and Women’s Leadership Councils.

Results: The Companyโ€™s dedication to DEI has led to positive organizational outcomes. Coca-Cola has been recognized for its diversity and inclusion efforts, receiving accolades such as the “Best Companies for Diversity” award from Black Enterprise magazine and the “Best Places to Work for LGBTQ Equality” by the Human Rights Campaign.

6.2       Impact of DEI on Organizational Performance

Case Study 3: Johnson & Johnson

Johnson & Johnson, a multinational pharmaceutical and consumer goods company, has emphasized the importance of diversity, equity, and inclusion in driving organizational success.

Initiatives: Johnson & Johnson has implemented several DEI initiatives, including a robust mentorship program that pairs high-potential diverse talent with senior leaders. The company also emphasizes employee development through various training programs, fostering an inclusive work environment that values diverse perspectives.

Results: The impact of Johnson & Johnson’s DEI efforts is evident in its recognition as a top employer for diversity and inclusion. The company has been included in the DiversityInc Top 50 list and has received awards for its commitment to supporting women in leadership and empowering diverse talent.

Case Study 4: Salesforce

Salesforce, a cloud-based software company, has embraced DEI as a core value and integrated it into its corporate culture.

Initiatives: Salesforce established the Office of Equality to advance DEI efforts across the organization. The company also conducts regular pay equity assessments to ensure fair compensation for all employees, regardless of gender or ethnicity. Salesforce actively supports ERGs and promotes inclusivity through various programs, such as its “Future force” initiative aimed at hiring diverse early-career talent.

Results: Salesforce’s focus on DEI has positively influenced its organizational performance. The company has received recognition for its diverse workforce and inclusive workplace, receiving accolades such as being named one of the “Best Workplaces for Diversity” by Great Place to Workยฎ.

Challenges and Barriers

Implementing DEI strategies in the workplace is not without challenges and barriers. Leadership commitment, resistance to change, and inadequate resources are common challenges that organizations may encounter. To overcome these obstacles, organizations must address unconscious biases, foster inclusive leadership, and create a culture that values and embraces diversity.

7.1       Common Challenges in Implementing DEI Strategies

Challenge 1: Lack of Leadership Commitment

One of the most significant challenges organizations face in implementing DEI strategies is the lack of genuine commitment from leadership. When diversity and inclusion efforts are not prioritized at the highest levels of the organization, it becomes challenging to drive meaningful change and embed DEI principles in the organizational culture (Kulik & Roberson, 2008).

Challenge 2: Resistance to Change

Resistance to change is a common barrier in DEI initiatives. Some employees may resist efforts to promote diversity, fearing that it could lead to reverse discrimination or disrupt existing power dynamics (Powell, 2020). Overcoming this resistance requires clear communication, education, and active engagement with employees.

Challenge 3: Inadequate Resources and Support

Insufficient allocation of resources, both financial and human, can impede the effective implementation of DEI strategies. Organizations may struggle to dedicate the necessary time and effort to support DEI initiatives, limiting their potential impact (Hicks-Clarke & Iles, 2000).

7.2       Overcoming Resistance and Bias

Barrier 1: Unconscious Bias

Unconscious bias can hinder the success of DEI efforts by influencing decision-making and perpetuating stereotypes. Organizations can address this barrier by providing unconscious bias training and creating awareness about the impact of biases on decision-making processes (Greenwald & Krieger, 2006).

Barrier 2: Cultural Resistance

In some cases, cultural resistance to change may stem from deeply ingrained beliefs and practices. Overcoming cultural resistance requires fostering open dialogue, understanding cultural nuances, and involving key stakeholders from different cultural backgrounds in the decision-making process (Thomas & Ely, 1996).

Barrier 3: Inclusive Leadership

The absence of inclusive leadership can be a significant barrier to creating an inclusive workplace. Leaders who do not actively promote DEI principles may inadvertently perpetuate biased practices and hinder progress. Developing inclusive leadership skills and behaviors is essential for overcoming this barrier (Hรคrtel et al., 2016).

7.3       Addressing Intersectionality in DEI Efforts

Barrier 1: Limited Understanding of Intersectionality

Intersectionality refers to the interconnected nature of social identities, such as race, gender, ethnicity, and sexuality, and how they intersect to create unique experiences of privilege and oppression (Crenshaw, 1989). Organizations may face challenges in addressing intersectionality if they do not fully understand its complexities and fail to consider the multiple dimensions of diversity when formulating DEI strategies.

Barrier 2: One-Size-Fits-All Approaches

Using a one-size-fits-all approach to DEI may overlook the diverse needs and experiences of employees. Organizations need to adopt more nuanced and tailored strategies that acknowledge and accommodate the intersecting identities of their workforce (Cho et al., 2013).

Barrier 3: Resistance to Intersectional Perspectives

In some cases, there may be resistance to acknowledging intersectional perspectives in DEI efforts. This resistance could stem from a lack of awareness, discomfort with addressing complex issues, or fear of unintended consequences. Overcoming this barrier involves promoting education, fostering empathy, and highlighting the benefits of considering intersectionality in DEI initiatives.

8.         Summary, Conclusion and recommendation of Findings

8.1       Summary of findings

The exploration of the effectiveness of HR strategies and practices in fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in the workplace, as well as understanding the benefits of a diverse workforce in Nigeria, has revealed several key findings. Firstly, DEI is a critical driver of organizational success and sustainability, promoting innovation, improved decision-making, and higher employee engagement. Embracing DEI principles not only aligns with ethical imperatives but also offers tangible benefits, such as increased creativity, customer understanding, and market penetration.

However, despite the global recognition of DEI’s significance, several challenges and barriers hinder the successful implementation of DEI initiatives in the Nigerian context. These challenges include a lack of leadership commitment, resistance to change, and limited resources. Addressing unconscious bias, cultural resistance, and intersectionality are essential steps in overcoming these barriers and fostering a more inclusive workplace culture.

8.2       Conclusion

Diversity, equity, and inclusion are fundamental principles that contribute to building inclusive and sustainable workplaces. Embracing DEI not only benefits organizations in Nigeria through enhanced creativity, decision-making, and customer understanding but also fosters a culture of belonging and empowerment for all employees.

8.3       Recommendations and Best Practices

Developing a comprehensive DEI strategy, prioritizing key initiatives for HR, integrating DEI into the organizational culture, and embracing continuous improvement and evaluation are essential for fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion in the workplace.

8.3.1    Developing a Comprehensive DEI Strategy

a. Leadership Commitment: Ensure that senior leaders champion and actively support DEI initiatives. Leadership commitment sets the tone for the organization and demonstrates a genuine dedication to fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion.

b. Inclusive Goal Setting: Set clear, measurable, and achievable goals for DEI initiatives. Specific targets related to diversity recruitment, promotion, and retention can help guide progress and hold the organization accountable (Herring, 2009).

c. . Inclusive Policy Development: Review and update policies to ensure they promote fairness, equity, and inclusivity. Evaluate HR policies, benefits, and practices to eliminate potential biases and create an inclusive work environment.

8.3.2    Top Priorities for HR in Fostering DEI

a. Diverse Hiring Practices: Implement inclusive recruitment and hiring practices, such as diverse sourcing and blind recruitment, to attract a broad and diverse talent pool (Rynes et al., 2004).

b. Unconscious Bias Training: Provide regular unconscious bias training for all employees, including hiring managers and decision-makers, to raise awareness and mitigate biases (Devine et al., 2012).

c. Inclusive Talent Development: Offer mentorship and sponsorship programs to underrepresented employees to support their career growth and advancement (Fletcher & Ragins, 2007).

8.3.3    Integrating DEI into Organizational Culture

a. Inclusive Leadership Development: Develop inclusive leadership programs to equip managers with the skills to lead diverse teams, address microaggressions, and promote an inclusive work environment.

b. Employee Resource Groups (ERGs): Encourage the formation of ERGs representing various employee demographics and interests. Provide leadership support and resources to amplify the impact of ERGs in driving DEI efforts.

c. Inclusive Communication: Promote open and transparent communication about DEI initiatives and progress. Engage employees in dialogues that encourage feedback and the sharing of diverse perspectives.

8.3.4    Continuous Improvement and Evaluation

a. Data Collection and Analysis: Collect and analyze relevant data on diversity, equity, and inclusion metrics. Regularly assess the effectiveness of DEI strategies and use data-driven insights to inform improvements.

b. Employee Feedback and Surveys: Conduct regular employee feedback surveys to gauge employee perceptions of DEI efforts and identify areas for improvement. Employee input is valuable in shaping DEI strategies.

c. Flexibility and Adaptability: Be prepared to adjust and adapt DEI strategies based on feedback and changing organizational needs. Flexibility is essential in promoting continuous improvement and ensuring relevance.

9.1       Implications for Practice

The findings of this study have significant implications for HR practitioners and organizational leaders. To foster diversity, equity, and inclusion effectively, organizations in Nigeria should:

a. Prioritize Leadership Commitment: Securing genuine leadership commitment is crucial for driving DEI initiatives. Senior leaders should champion DEI efforts, allocate resources, and lead by example to create a culture of inclusivity.

b. Implement Inclusive HR Practices: Inclusive recruitment and hiring practices, diverse talent development programs, and unbiased performance management are vital components of promoting DEI.

c. Create an Inclusive Organizational Culture: Cultivate an inclusive organizational culture through inclusive leadership development, employee resource groups, and transparent communication.

9.2       Future Research Directions

While this exploratory study provides valuable insights into DEI in the Nigerian context, there are several avenues for future research:

a. Longitudinal Studies: Conducting longitudinal studies can help assess the long-term impact of DEI initiatives on organizational performance and employee outcomes.

b. Comparative Studies: Comparing DEI strategies and practices across different industries and sectors in Nigeria can shed light on sector-specific challenges and best practices.

c. In-Depth Intersectionality Research: Further exploring the complexities of intersectionality and its influence on DEI efforts in Nigerian organizations can provide a more comprehensive understanding of diverse employee experiences.

d. Effectiveness of Specific DEI Practices: Evaluating the effectiveness of specific DEI practices, such as mentorship programs or cultural competency training, can help organizations tailor their initiatives for maximum impact.

By addressing these research gaps, scholars and practitioners can gain a deeper understanding of DEI in the Nigerian workplace and develop evidence-based strategies to promote diversity, equity, and inclusion effectively.

References

Adeoye, A. O., & Oni, A. A. (2019). Workplace Diversity Management: A Study of Nigerian Organisations. Ife Psychologia, 27(2), 138-150.

Adeyemi, T. A., Adebola, S. O., & Asikhia, O. U. (2021). Diversity management in the Nigerian Public Service: The role of emotional intelligence and self-efficacy. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 34(4), 353-366.

Adeyeye, A. D. (2020). Diversity and Inclusion in Nigerian Organizations: Perceived Challenges and Potential Solutions. International Journal of Business and Management, 15(7), 47-56. doi:10.5539/ijbm.v15n7p47

Akanbi, P. A., & Akanbi, M. A. (2021). Workplace diversity management in selected Nigerian organizations. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 29(5), 1127-1144.

Amankwaa, A. A., Ntim, C. G., & Kyeremeh, C. (2020). Corporate governance and ethnic diversity in Nigeria. Corporate Governance, 20(3), 566-584.

Bantel, K. A., & Jackson, S. E. (1989). Top Management and Innovations in Banking: Does the Composition of the Top Team Make a Difference? Strategic Management Journal, 10(1), 107-124.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Bryman, A. (2016). Social Research Methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Press.

Catalyst. (2018). Inclusive Environments: A Catalyst for Gender Diversity and Inclusion. Retrieved from https://www.catalyst.org/research/inclusive-environments-catalyst-for-gender-diversity-and-inclusion/

Cox, T. (1994). Cultural diversity in organizations: Theory, research, and practice. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.

Cox, T. H., & Blake, S. (1991). Managing Cultural Diversity: Implications for Organizational Competitiveness. Academy of Management Executive, 5(3), 45-56.

Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (4th ed.). Sage Publications.

Dailey, S. L., Brower, H. H., & Albinsson, M. (2017). Leadership Support for Employee Resource Groups: The Role of Authentic Leadership and Inclusion. Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 24(1), 102-114.

Deloitte. (2020). Unleashing the power of inclusion. Retrieved from https://www2.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/deloitte-review/issue-27/power-of-inclusion-inclusive-teams.html

Elegbede, T. (2019). Human Resource Management and the Challenges of Workplace Diversity in Nigeria. African Journal of Education, Science and Technology, 5(1), 153-162.

Gibson, P. L. (2018). Mentoring for Diversity and Inclusion: A Review of the Literature. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 26(5), 263-277.

Greenwald, A. G., & Krieger, L. H. (2006). Implicit Bias: Scientific Foundations. California Law Review, 94(4), 945-967.

Herring, C. (2009). Does Diversity Pay?: Race, Gender, and the Business Case for Diversity. American Sociological Review, 74(2)

Isiugo-Abanihe, U. C. (2018). Explaining women’s positions of power in Nigeria’s public bureaucracy. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 31(7), 745-760.

Kalev, A., Dobbin, F., & Kelly, E. (2006). Best practices or best guesses? Assessing the efficacy of corporate affirmative action and diversity policies. American Sociological Review, 71(4), 589-617. doi:10.1177/000312240607100404

Kalu, C. (2017). The Implications of Cultural Diversity in the Nigerian Workforce: A Conceptual Exploration. Journal of Diversity Management (JoDM), 12(1), 37-47.

Kanu, M. E. (2016). Beyond rhetoric: A study of diversity management and employee performance in Nigeria. Gender & Behaviour, 14(4), 7327-7337.

Kaur, A., & Dhar, R. L. (2021). Psychological capital, perceived organizational support, and work engagement in India: The role of procedural justice as a mediator. Current Psychology, 1-12. doi:10.1007/s12144-021-02718-0

McKinsey & Company. (2020). Diversity wins: How inclusion matters. Retrieved from https://www.mckinsey.com/~/media/mckinsey/business%20functions/organization/our%20insights/diversity%20wins%20how%20inclusion%20matters/diversity-wins-how-inclusion-matters-vf.pdf

Odozi, J. C., & Emodi, V. N. (2018). Education and diversity management in the Nigerian workforce. In Advances in Globa

Ojo, A. S., & Tijani, A. A. (2021). Managing Workplace Diversity in Nigerian Public and Private Sectors: Issues, Challenges, and Prospects. Journal of Public Administration and Governance, 11(3), 70-86.

Thomas, D. A. (2004). Diversity as strategy. Harvard Business Review, 82(9), 98-108.

Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods (6th ed.). Sage Publications.

Epidemiological Trends and Therapeutic Strategies for Fungal Infections: A technical Report

Majedul Hoque, Iftear Kazim Rafi

1,2Department of Pharmacy, Jahangirnagar University, Dhaka, Bangladesh

Corresponding authorโ€™s contact: +8801896301786

Abstract

Fungi are primarily opportunistic pathogens that can only enter the body if its natural defence are drastically depleted. The majority of risk factors for an invasive fungal infection cannot be avoided since they are entwined with the underlying illnesses and the therapies used to treat them. In individuals with chronic illnesses and immune-compromised patients, fungi are a significant predictor of mortality. Bangladesh has a wide range of fungi infections, and numerous studies have shown how common they are there. Although viruses and bacteria are the primary causes of these illnesses, opportunistic fungal infections in humans and animals are becoming more common on a global scale. To achieve better results, it is essential to comprehend the epidemiology, clinical characteristics, and diagnostic process of fungal infection. In this report, we examine the emergence of fungus infections as well as the clinical signs, prognosis, and care of several fungi that are widespread in our nation. It will give a brief understanding of infectious diseases and creating awareness among people.

Keywords: Infection, fungus, aspergillus, clotrimazole

1. Background: Much of the time, humans and the microbes that surround them coexist peacefully; infections only occur when the immune system is compromised or when the pathogen population reaches very high densities. The majority of infections go unnoticed, but occasionally the infecting organisms do cause the body to react, which results in clinically evident signs and symptoms, a condition known as an infectious disease. Why did fungi develop to become such potent adversaries of critically ill patients? First off, it is obvious that fungi, despite their ability to make bread rise, provide us beer and wine, and impart flavour to cheese and other foods, are mostly associated with the end of biological existence[1]. Following cardiovascular disorders, infectious diseases are the second biggest cause of death worldwide [2]. Even though fungal infectious propagules are abundant in the environment, making contact with them inevitable, fungal infections are relatively infrequent diseases in healthy and immunocompetent humans and animals compared to bacterial and viral infections [3,4]. It is believed that dermatophyte fungi are the primary cause of superficial skin, hair, and nail fungal infections in nearly one-fourth of the world’s population. A staggering 75% of women will experience at least one vulvovaginal fungal infection caused by a Candida species over their lifetime, making oral and genital mucosal fungal infections extremely prevalent[5]. 3 million cases of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and 10 million cases of fungal-associated asthma are directly caused by Aspergillus species. Although far less frequent, invasive fungal illnesses brought on by the species of Cryptococcus, Candida, Aspergillus, and Pneumocystis are linked to extremely high fatality rates, ranging from 30% to 90%, depending on the fungus and patient group[6]. Like all other living things, fungi are recognised and classified according to their shapes, structures, and behavioural traits. Moulds (also known as hyphal fungi) are the common name for fungi that exist primarily as independent single cells and are known as yeasts for those that are founded on hyphal threads. Yeast and hyphae are almost invariably tiny cell types. A mycelium is a collection of hyphal strands, hyphal branches, and any related spore-bearing structures. Both yeast and hyphae grow vegetatively through asexual, mitotic cell division, generally as a daughter-burst from an already-existing fungal cell[7]. Numerous formerly harmless fungus species have evolved to become infectious agents as a result of climate changes brought on by anthropogenic pressure[8,9]. Globally, there are different categories into which fungal infections might be placed[10]. Opportunistic fungi prefer environments that are apart from the host organism and only accidentally breach host-immune defence barriers to spread infections [11]. Contrarily, truly pathogenic fungi depend on the host, and many obligate-pathogen species depend on the host organism for development, reproduction, and the acquisition of nutrients[12]. There are several ways for infectious pathogens to spread between people and from animals to people, including fecal-oral contact, direct or indirect contact, and vector-borne routes[12-14]. Additionally, reports about the potential transfer of fungal diseases from people to animals have been published in the literature[15]. It’s also crucial to consider the potential for silent infections and the animal carriers of fungal diseases that could serve as an ambiguous source of infection[16โ€“18]. Thus, FIs are growing with time and turning into a major worldwide health issue with high rates of morbidity and mortality and dire socioeconomic repercussions.

2. Risk of fungal infection: The most common conditions that lead to allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (ABPA) are cystic fibrosis and asthma. People who have other lung disorders like tuberculosis frequently develop aspergillomas[19]. Known also as a “fungus ball.” Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), sarcoidosis, and tuberculosis are among the additional lung conditions that frequently coexist with chronic pulmonary aspergillosis [20]. People with compromised immune systems are more susceptible to invasive aspergillosis, such as those who have undergone organ or stem cell transplantation, are undergoing chemotherapy for cancer, or are taking high amounts of corticosteroids. Severe influenza patients admitted to hospitals have been reported to have invasive aspergillosis [21]. Patients on immunosuppressants, those getting chemotherapy for cancer, and those with persistent, incapacitating illnesses. patients who have been using tocilizumab or high dosages of steroids for a long time. COVID-19 severity cases. Patients who needed nasal prongs, a mask, or ventilator support and were on oxygen.

3. Different types of fungal infection: According to the location of the infection, the kind of virulence, and the method of acquisition, fungi infections are divided into three groups. They are further divided into four categories: superficial, cutaneous, subcutaneous, and deep, depending on the site of infection. Mycoses are referred to as “Superficial mycoses” when they merely affect the stratum corneum and do not cause inflammation. Infections of the integuments and appendages, such as the hair and nails, are known as cutaneous infections. Infection of the subcutaneous tissues occurs with subcutaneous mycoses typically at the site of traumatic inoculation. Internal organs such as the lungs, central nervous system, abdominal viscera, and bones are affected by deep mycoses. The gastrointestinal system, blood arteries, and respiratory tract are the three most typical entrance points for fungal infections. Mycoses are classified as exogenous or endogenous depending on the method of acquisition. Exogenous infections can spread by the air, the skin, or a percutaneous route. An endogenously acquired fungal infection is caused by the colonization or reactivation of a fungus from a dormant infection. Additionally, fungi can be categorized as primary or opportunistic pathogens based on their level of pathogenicity. A primary pathogen may start an infection in a host with a healthy immune system, whereas an opportunistic pathogen needs to undermine the host’s defences in order to start an infection[22].

Figure 1. several types of fungal infection with example (Source: academia)

There are over 180 different species of Aspergillus, but only about 40 of them are known to infect people. The most typical source of human Aspergillus infections is Aspergillus fumigatus. The common species A. flavus, A. terreus, and A. nigeria are also present[23]. Anywhere on the body might develop fungal skin infections. Among the most prevalent are yeast infections, jock itch, athlete’s foot, and ringworm[24].

4. Diagnosis & treatments: A doctor can diagnose athlete’s foot by looking at the skin symptoms. A small patch of skin can be scraped off and checked for the fungus if the doctor is unsure. Aspergillus is a living organism. Most individuals inhale fungal spores every day because Aspergillus, the mould (a type of fungus) that causes aspergillosis, is quite widespread both inside and outdoors[25]. Most likely, it is difficult to totally avoid inhaling Aspergillus spores. Inhaling Aspergillus is safe for those with strong immune systems. Breathing in Aspergillus spores, however, can result in an infection in the lungs or sinuses that can spread to other regions of the body in persons with compromised immune systems[26]. Diagnosis is primarily clinical but may be aided by imaging, histopathology, specimen staining,culture and Galactomannan antigen test on serum and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid.

Antifungal medications, often known as topical medications, are frequently used to treat fungi infections. These medications are applied topically to the diseased area. Creams, gels, lotions, solutions, shampoos, and creams are all examples of topical medications. Antifungal medications can also be ingested orally. In addition to drugs, people may use measures to keep the affected areas dry, such as applying powders or wearing open-toed shoes. Some available antifungal drugs are Amorolfine, Butoconazole, Butenafine, Ciclopirox, Clotrimazole, Econazole, Gentian violet, Ketoconazole, Sulconazole, Terbinafine, Terconazole, Tioconazole, Tolnaftate, Undecylenate, Oxiconazole, Miconazole, Naftifine,Voricanazole, Amphotericin B, Capsofungin etc.

5. Summary: Even if the list is limited to only those species for which there is available proof of infection, the total number of fungi that have been implicated as opportunistic human pathogens may likely approach 400 species. Fewer than 100 fungal species are close to the position of common human infections since many of the species listed would have been encountered clinically on very infrequent times, frequently only once or twice. A critical point has been reached in the epidemiology of invasive fungal diseases. Fungi have developed into a big worldwide health issue from being rare in the early 20th century when the world was beset by bacterial diseases. If these are identified and treated early, the morbidity and mortality from deep fungal infections can be effectively decreased. All indicators point to an increase in the burden of fungi-related diseases in the twenty-first century, necessitating additional funding for research into this class of infectious diseases in order to better prepare people for this epidemic.

Compliance with ethical standards

Disclosure of conflict of interest 

There is no conflict of interest regarding this paper. 

Availability of data and materials 

The data and materials used to support the findings of this study are publicly available. 

Author contribution 

All author contributed significantly to design and development of this work.

References

  1. Sequeira JH (1906) the Varieties of Ringworm and Their Treatment. British Medical Journal 2: 193-196
  2. World Health Organization (2018) WHO – The Top 10 Causes of Death, 24 Maggio. Geneva, Switzerland: WHO.
  3. Kโ‚ฌohler, J.R., Casadevall, A. and Perfect, J. (2015) The spectrum of fungi that infects humans. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Med 5, a019273.
  4. Gnat, S., ลagowski, D. and Nowakiewicz, A. (2020a) Major challenges and perspectives in the diagnostics and treatment of dermatophyte infections. J Appl Microbiol 129, 212โ€“232
  5.  https://www.cdc.gov/fungal/diseases/candidiasis/genital/index.html
  6. Kainz K, Bauer MA, Madeo F, Carmona-Gutierrez D. Fungal infections in humans: the silent crisis. Microbial Cell. 2020 Jun 6;7(6):143. https://doi.org/10. 15698/mic2020.06.718. PMid: 32548176 PMCid:PMC7278517
  7. F. Rochette M, Engelen H, Vanden Bossche (2003) Antifungal agents of use in animal health-practical applications. J Vet Pharmacol Ther 26: 31-53.
  8. de Crecy, E., Jaronski, S., Lyons, B., Lyons, T. and Keyhani, N. (2009) Directed evolution of a filamentous fungus for thermotolerance. BMC Biotechnol 9, 74
  9. Casadevall, A., Kontoyiannis, D.P. and Robert, V. (2019) On the emergence of Candida auris: climate change, azoles, swamps, and birds. MBio 10, e01397-19
  10. Dworecka-Kaszak, B., Bieganska, M.J. and Dabrowska, I. (2020) Occurrence of various pathogenic and opportunistic fungi in skin diseases of domestic animals: a retrospective study. BMC Vet Res 16, 248.
  11. Casadevall, A. and Pirofski, L.A. (2000) Host-pathogen interactions: basic concepts of microbial commensalism, colonization, infection, and disease. Infect Immun 68, 6511โ€“6518
  12. Seyedmousavi, S., Guillot, J., Tolooe, A., Verweij, P.E. and de Hoog, G.S. (2015b) Neglected fungal zoonoses: hidden threats to man and animals. Clin Microbiol Infect 21, 416โ€“425.
  13. Gnat, S., Nowakiewicz, A., ลagowski, D. and Ziezba, P. (2019b) Host- and pathogen-dependent susceptibility and predisposition to dermatophytosis. J Med Microbiol 68, 823โ€“836.
  14. Richard, M., Knauf, S., Lawrence, P., Mather, A.E., Munster, V.J., Mโ‚ฌuller, M.A., Smith, D. and Kuiken, T. (2017) Factors determining human-to-human transmissibility of zoonotic pathogens via contact. Curr Opin Virol 22, 7โ€“12.
  15. ลagowski, D., Gnat, S., Nowakiewicz, A., Osinska, M., Troscianczyk, A. and Ziezba, P. (2019a) In search of the source of dermatophytosis: epidemiological analysis of Trichophyton verrucosum infection in llamas and the breeder (case report). Zoonoses Public Health 66, 982โ€“989
  16. Gnat, S., ลagowski, D., Nowakiewicz, A. and Ziezba, P. (2018) Tinea corporis by Microsporum canis in mycological laboratory staff: unexpected results of epidemiological investigation. Mycoses 61, 945โ€“953
  17. Gnat, S., ลagowski, D., Nowakiewicz, A., Osinska, M. And Dylazg, M. (2020b) Identification of emerging trends in the prevalence of dermatophytoses in alpacas (Vicugna pacos) farmed in Poland. Transbound Emerg Dis 67, 2702โ€“2712.
  18. ลagowski, D., Gnat, S., Nowakiewicz, A., Osinska, M. And Dylazg, M. (2020) Intrinsic resistance to terbinafine among human and animal isolates of Trichophyton mentagrophytes related to amino acid substitution in the squalene epoxidase. Infection 48, 889โ€“897
  19. Kainz K, Bauer MA, Madeo F, Carmona-Gutierrez D (2020) Fungal infections in humans: the silent crisis. Microbial Cell 7: 143-145.
  20. Queiroz-Telles F, Fahal AH, Falci DR, Caceres DH, Chiller T, et al. (2017) Neglected endemic mycoses. The Lancet. Infectious Diseases 17: 367-377.
  21. Seyedmousavi S, Bosco SM, de Hoog S, Ebel F, Elad D, et al. (2018) Fungal infections in animals: a patchwork of different situations. Medical Mycology 56: 165โ€“187.
  22. Walsh TJ, Dixon DM. Spectrum of Mycoses. In: Baron S, editor. Medical Microbiology. 4th edition. Galveston (TX): University of Texas Medical Branch at Galveston; 1996. Chapter 75
  23. Nwokolo NC, Boag FC (2000) chronic vaginal candidiasis Management in the postmenopausal patient. Drugs & Aging 16: 335-9.
  24. Akpan A, Morgan R (2002) Oral candidiasis. Postgrad Med J 78: 455-9.
  25. Sehgal M, Ladd HJ, Totapally B (2020) Trends in Epidemiology and Microbiology of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock in Children. Hospital Pediatrics 10: 1021-1030
  26. Song G, Liang G, Liu W (2020) Fungal Co-infections Associated with Global COVID-19 Pandemic: A Clinical and Diagnostic Perspective from China. Mycopathologia 185: 599-606.

WCC New Era Wealth Creation Camp

Wealth Creation Camp (WCC), founded by Dr. Rajesh Kumar Singh, is a wealth organization dedicated to promoting the prosperity and development of the Indian stock market. In 2023, while conflicts were raging around the world and the global economy was experiencing prolonged downturn due to the US interest rate hike, India rose against the trend and showcased astonishing economic growth. Against this backdrop, Dr. Rajesh Kumar Singh resolutely returned to his homeland, utilizing his unique theories and trading experience to educate and assist the Indian people in understanding the stock market, grasping the essence of investment, and contributing to the sustainable growth of the Indian economy.

 

The values of Wealth Creation Camp embody our beliefs and commitments. We are committed to:

 

1. Education and Popularization: We believe that the stock market should not be limited to a privileged few, but should be accessible to every Indian. We strive to popularize stock market knowledge, enabling more people to participate in and benefit from stock investments.

 

2. Innovation and Insight: We encourage students to continuously learn and innovate, cultivate independent thinking abilities, and help them better understand the market and make wise decisions.

 

3. Contribution and Sharing: We encourage students to share the knowledge they have acquired with others, collectively promoting the prosperity of the Indian stock market and creating wealth for society as a whole.

 

Wealth Creation Camp is a place where wisdom and dreams converge.We march forward hand in hand with WCC, striving for the prosperity of India’s future. Whether you are a newcomer to the stock market or an experienced investor, we welcome your participation in exploring the path to wealth.

 

Dr. Rajesh Kumar Singh was born in Maharashtra, India. He graduated from Harvard Business School with a doctorate in finance. In 2010, he joined Eminent Capital Management, a leading investment firm focusing on global emerging markets, and gained recognition as a master of emerging market investments for his outstanding performance in challenging market environments. In 2016, he joined J.P. Morgan as the Chief Investment Officer for the Asia-Pacific region, leading the company’s investment decisions in the region. With over 19 years of investment experience, he has developed a unique investment philosophy called “Prospera” and possesses insightful perspectives on global market trends. He is confident in the opportunities provided by emerging markets and is widely acclaimed in the investment community.

 

Motto: Gain insight into emerging opportunities, create exceptional wealth.

Evolution of Feminist Discourse in Canadian Literature: From Expressive Realism to Empowering Narratives

Veronica Bhonsle

Department of English

Mumbai University

Abstract:

The complicated and dynamic narrative of feminism in Canadian literature reflects the country’s greater social and cultural changes. Before the 1980s, expressive realism, a literary strategy that sought to portray reality in a vivid and emotional way, was the main characteristic of English-Canadian feminist writing. But literary critics and academics of the era frequently emphasised portraying women as passive objects of observation rather than active contributors to the formation of knowledge and discourse. This strategy did not address representation, gender, or language issues theoretically. In this setting, women were frequently portrayed as subjects of study rather than knowledge makers, which maintained their marginalised position. Women writers from England-Canada were encouraged to experiment with their writing techniques in order to subvert the country’s predominate expressive realist discourse. By deviating from accepted norms, these authors aimed to investigate topics and viewpoints that had previously been disregarded or repressed. This article looks into Canadian narratives, especially womenโ€™s contributions to literature.

Keywords: Canadian narrative, feminism, realism, womenโ€™s contributions, intellectual thinking, historical aspects etc. 

Introduction:

            It is crucial to remember that up until recently, women’s contributions to literature and intellectual thinking were routinely neglected or marginalised. Because women’s lives and opinions were not historically recorded, it was believed that they did not write or engage in significant intellectual pursuits. Women’s history was frequently considered as a subset of social history, distinct from more general intellectual or cultural history, which made the situation worse. Methodological issues have presented a barrier to academics and researchers interested in women’s history. They needed to figure out how to hear the voices and understand the experiences of women who were frequently shut out of formal education, illiterate, and restricted to private spaces. In order to shed light on the contributions that women made to society, culture, and intellectual thinking, this project attempted to shine light on the experiences of women who were mostly absent from the historical record. The representation and victimisation of women in Canadian history were significantly altered by Canadian feminists. Their work attempted to challenge the dominant narratives that had consigned women to the background by highlighting the experiences, views, and accomplishments of women. These feminists contributed to a more complete and accurate understanding of Canadian history and literature by highlighting the value of women’s perspectives and stories. As the feminist movement gained momentum, it prompted a re-evaluation of the canons of literature and history and increased understanding of the diversity of voices and experiences in Canadian literature. A more broad and nuanced approach to understanding literature, history, and culture in Canada was made possible by this revisiting of the past.

            Without a doubt, Canadian literature is rich and varied, covering a vast range of genres and themes that have been inspired by numerous elements, such as geography, history, and the particular Canadian experience. Early Canadian literary narratives were significantly shaped by the colonial period, and authors like Susanna Moodie and Catherine Parr Traill have had a lasting influence on the field. Sisters from England who came to Canada in the 1830s, Susanna Moodie and Catherine Parr Traill, wrote about their adventures as explorers in the Canadian wilderness. Their writings, like Parr Traill’s The Backwoods of Canada (1836) and Moodie’s Roughing It in the Bush (1852), offered first-person tales of living in the difficult and untamable Canadian environment. These stories emphasised the hardships, strategies for surviving, and fortitude needed to prosper in the new environment. Their writings included thoughts on how people interact with the natural world, a major theme in early Canadian literature, in addition to tales of their own experiences. The harsh Canadian environment, with its enormous forests and erratic weather, took on a key role in their tales. Throughout Canadian literature, the concepts of survival and the interaction between humans and nature persisted.

            It is interesting to note that these themes appeared in later works by well-known Canadian authors like Margaret Atwood. Atwood examined the idea of survival as a recurrent subject in Canadian literature in her book Survival: A Thematic Guide to Canadian Literature (1972). She looked at how Canadian authors, like Moodie and Parr Traill before them, struggled with survivalโ€”both literally and figurativelyโ€”as they dealt with the difficulties of a harsh environment and defended their cultural identity against outside influences. The way later generations of Canadian writers approached issues of survival, adaptation, and the complexity of the country’s geography is a good indication of Moodie and Parr Traill’s influence. Their contributions provided the groundwork for the literary study of distinctly Canadian experiences, and they still serve as an inspiration for authors today.

            Canadian poetry underwent a tremendous transition in the 1960s and 1970s, establishing itself as a vibrant and dynamic literary form. Poets like Margaret Atwood, Margaret Avison, Phyllis Webb, and Gwendolyn MacEwen, noted for their avant-garde and experimental approaches to poetry, became important players during this time. By embracing postmodernist methods, these poets gave Canadian verse a fresh new energy. Their poetry covered a wide range of subjects, reflecting the changing social and cultural climate of the time. Within their lyrics, political issues, analyses of popular culture, feminism, discussions of environment, and inquiries into scientific humanism all found a home. Particularly notable among the prolific poets was Margaret Atwood, who was also a renowned novelist and literary critic.

            Other notable Canadian writers rose to prominence during the 20th century as well. Among the eminent authors who significantly influenced Canadian writing were Margaret Laurence, Gabrielle Roy, and Carol Shields. Furthermore, Alice Munro has the distinction of being regarded as one of the best current short story authors in the English language thanks to her mastery of the short story genre. Collectively, they helped Canadian literature gain international recognition by showcasing its distinctive voices, viewpoints, and narratives. It is important to remember, though, that the Canadian literary scene wasn’t always as active. Few works with true literary worth were published in Canada during the post-war decades. The difficulty Canadian writing had in standing out from bigger international literary currents and creating its own unique voice is highlighted by this scarcity. The rise of the writers previously listed was a watershed event that contributed to making Canadian literature a major player on the world literary scene.

Victimization in Writing:

            The way victimisation and power dynamics are portrayed in fiction has been greatly influenced by Canadian women writers. They have offered nuanced and complex representations of women’s power and strength throughout their works. These representations cover a wide range of images that reflect both traditional and modern views on the agency and impact of women. Tradition-based representations of women’s power are among the many that Canadian women writers have examined. These include more complicated ideas like witchcraft and the maternal role as well as demonstrations of power through symbols like clothing and hairstyles. These authors also look at how women have historically taken on tasks that society typically assigns to men, such as using weapons like knives and guns and succeeding in fields that have historically been dominated by men. The investigation of women’s sexual liberation and their usage of male terminology push the boundaries of preconceived concepts of authority.

            New and innovative depictions of women’s power have also been made by contemporary women writers. Advocating for individual freedom of choice, embracing androgyny, and expressing and processing strong emotions are a few examples. The capacity to convey one’s distinct vision, frequently through artistic expression, has developed into a crucial means of making one’s power known. Women writers have been integral to the growth of Canadian literature from the beginning and are frequently undervalued for their contributions. Women’s diaries and memoirs from the early periods of settlement show that they were actively involved not just in home domains but also in family management and helping to meet the needs of the land. This historical event shows that women weren’t just restricted to parlours and drawing rooms. This heritage of active participation is still there today, with many women writers succeeding not only in literature but also in many other professions. Because they authentically convey tradition and explore the search for reality, the works of Canadian women authors are appealing. Their stories provided insight into the oppression that both individuals and groups experienced, bringing up these concerns for debate and analysis. In this sense, Canadian women writers have paved the way for writing that challenges power dynamics, celebrates resiliency, and elevates the voices of people who are frequently silenced or ignored.

Feminism by Reading:

            The study of women’s experiences and voices in literature is where feminism first emerged. Of Woman Born by Adrienne Rich is a key piece of feminist literature that is intricately woven into the very fabric of feminism. Women now have the space to think beyond their existing circumstances thanks to literature and the intellectual world. Early feminism raised questions about the future of the traditional family unit. The family has had tremendous power throughout history and is still a powerful force in modern society, so this worry was not unwarranted. Although there have been a few pieces on women’s issues included since 1940, the biggest addition was in 1979. The education of young girls from different social backgrounds is sometimes given only passing consideration in even current feminist analyses of ideology.

            It is interesting to note that intellectual historians have mostly focused on researching Canada’s conservative ideological characteristics. A constrained examination of the feminist movement and its contributions is the outcome of this perspective. Early English-Canadian feminists pursued political compromise, respectability, and the opportunity to vote rather than advocating for complete liberation. It is crucial to remember that these early feminists had a different viewpoint from radical nationalism. Although some authors, including Micheline Johnson, Yolande Pinard, and Jennifer Stoddart, have asserted that feminism and nationalism are incompatible, it is important to note that this is not a universally held opinion. The interaction between feminism and nationalism is complicated and varies based on the situation and the individual’s personal views. In Canada, there is a complex web of connections between feminism, literature, ideology, and nationalism. The study of these topics contributes to a better understanding of the historical and social forces that have influenced the women’s movement and its interactions with other sociopolitical currents.

            Feminists were searching for historical examples that supported their more extreme beliefs in the 1970s. But the agendas of intellectual historians may diverge from the specific objectives of the feminist movement. While historians must admit that both feminists and conventional authorities perceived women as engaging in similar activities, feminists may believe that historical narratives were shaped to fit with prevailing orthodoxies. These included self-help, moral growth, wifely and household obligations, as well as involvement in charitable and religious activities. Feminists should understand that, while suffrage was one aspect of a variety of initiatives that spurred feminist efforts in the early 20th century, it was only one part of the difficult battle for women’s suffrage in Quebec against conservative and ecclesiastical resistance.

The idea of “separate spheres” can irritate historians who are attempting to identify the intellectual and ideological foundations of the discrimination and oppression experienced by women. males and women should naturally belong in various social spheres, with males in the public sphere and women in the domestic sphere, according to the idea of separate spheres. This ideology supported gender-based disparities and was frequently used to defend women’s exclusion from public life. In light of this, historians’ dissatisfaction as they look into how certain beliefs persist is reasonable. The idea of “separate spheres” has been ingrained in historical accounts and has influenced society conventions. Historians can help us understand the causes of gender inequality and the challenging fight for women’s rights by closely examining the historical roots of women’s oppression and exclusion. Overall, this text emphasises the conflict between the historical study of gender roles and the developing feminist viewpoints that want to question and topple established customs and hierarchies of power.            

Intellectual History:

            Intellectual historians in Canada have frequently focused their research on nationalism, and their work started to garner attention during the Quiet Revolution. Their research has centred on how the country is portrayed. These historians have unintentionally neglected women’s existence and accomplishments due to their focus on nationalism. Women are frequently portrayed as flimsy reflections of what these historians might have wished them to be when they are mentioned. Feminism and nationalism’s meeting point could lead to a novel method of intellectual history. Researchers could dive into the genesis and transmission of ideas by examining the roles that women played in constructing ideology, potentially giving fresh light on how intellectual thought is formed. The danger of “presentism,” which entails putting contemporary ideals and viewpoints onto historical contexts, is another typical pitfalls in existing feminist studies that this strategy may help to avoid. To ensure a more accurate understanding of past ideologies, it is imperative to balance this risk.

            Notably, intellectual history has typically been followed without giving careful account to the contributions that women made to the development of the ideas of significant male thinkers. The influence of women on the intellectual landscape has frequently been underappreciated because males have made up the bulk of intellectual historians. In conclusion, historians can uncover hitherto unrecognised aspects of historical ideologies and the creation of ideas by including both feminism and nationalism into the study of intellectual history. A more nuanced and inclusive understanding of the intricate web of thought and ideology throughout history may be achieved by addressing the exclusion of women’s contributions and points of view from traditional intellectual history.

            The broader feminist movement that was taking place in Western cultures throughout the 1970s had a considerable influence on the rebirth of interest in women’s history, a development that was also clearly noticeable in Canada. Intellectual historians should take particular note of the fact that this feminist movement offered a theoretical framework that had a profound impact on women’s history. The ideals of patriarchy and the relationships between genders served as the driving forces behind the feminist movement and later shaped the narrative of women’s history. Both ideas posed a challenge to the dominant historical narrative, which frequently focused on class conflict and the dominance of one class over another. Instead, they highlighted how crucial gender dynamics were in determining the course of history. These connections were seen as significant historical factors, whether they were purely dominated by male dominance (patriarchy) or had more complex interactions involving different facets of society, including family, religion, politics, the economy, and ideas.

            According to this viewpoint, the status accorded to women at any particular time can be used to judge how far a society has come. In addition to economic, demographic, and political issues, the predominate views and representations of women in that society also had an impact on this status. As a result, the advancement of women’s standing and the acknowledgment of their historical agency were entwined with the greater backdrop of societal advancement. Women’s history is a rich and uncharted region for intellectual historians looking for fresh areas to explore. Historians can learn more about the intricate interaction of ideas, cultural norms, and historical changes that have impacted relationships between men and women across time by examining the theoretical foundations of gender dynamics. In short, intellectual historians now have a fascinating opportunity to delve into a hitherto uncharted area of human history thanks to the feminist movement’s influence on women’s history and the ensuing change in viewpoint regarding the importance of gender relations in historical narratives. Understanding historical processes and cultural change more thoroughly requires acknowledging the agency, viewpoints, and contributions of women.

Historians of Feminism:

            Intellectual historians might study the early 20th century feminist movements, particularly those that were prevalent in Western countries like Canada. This investigation might help historians comprehend the feminism’s fall in the 1920s by highlighting the intellectual contributions made by women to the movement. This area of research may also interact with feminist theorists who see the entire ideological superstructure as a further manifestation of patriarchy that upholds the inferior status of women. Studying these movements could also shed light on the processes through which ideas are passed down through the generations. Intellectual historians need to focus on the demise of feminism in the 1920s. Investigating this trend may aid women’s history scholars in explaining the circumstances that led to the waning of the feminist movement at that time. This investigation may shed light on the intricate interactions between societal, political, and intellectual advancements that shaped the course of feminist movements.

            The role women played in supplying intellectual sustenance for the broader feminist ideology is another significant component that intellectual historians should investigate. Historians can gain a wealth of knowledge about the philosophical underpinnings of feminism and the manner in which women interacted with and developed its ideas by examining the writings, speeches, and intellectual contributions of women within these movements. The idea that entire intellectual systems could be viewed as continuations of patriarchy, maintaining women’s subordination, is a source of debate. This viewpoint calls on intellectual historians to critically analyse feminist theory. While some feminist theorists suggest that ingrained conceptions support patriarchy, others assert that these systems may be overturned by changing these ideals. Intellectual historians have the chance to analyse and add to this discussion by participating in it. A historical analysis of the topic of idea transmission between generations would also be very beneficial. Feminist historians have identified the clergy, educational systems, and families as agents of transmission. It is interesting to note that modern feminists frequently view some of these agents as conservative and constrictive influences, especially the clergy and the family. This irony highlights the intricate interaction of historical elements that affects how people view and interact with these organisations.

            In the end, modern feminists of the 1970s acknowledged that one of their most important battles involved overcoming deeply ingrained stereotypes and attitudes about women, particularly those that are instilled from a young age. Investigating these facets can help us gain a thorough grasp of the connections between concepts, assumptions, and attitudes as well as broader cultural shifts and intellectual advancements.

Conclusion:

            In fact, the writings of female authors like Susan Howe and male avant-garde writers from movements like Tish and Open Letter have linkages with Canadian feminist writing. These connections highlight how feminist literature has several facets and engages with a variety of literary influences and strategies. Canadian feminist authors have been influenced by the Tish group, a Vancouver-based group of avant-garde poets, and Open Letter, a literary journal that published avant-garde and experimental work. Feminist writers were drawn to their experimental and cutting-edge work because it provided fresh viewpoints and literary techniques that they could use to communicate their own distinctive stories and struggles. Canadian feminist novelists have also benefited greatly from the inspiration of authors like Susan Howe. Howe’s writing frequently explores language, history, and the nuances of identity; these are topics that are central to feminist literature. Canadian feminist writers have discovered a way to investigate and articulate their own thoughts and experiences in novel and thought-provoking ways by relying on Howe’s writings and methods. The dynamic character of feminist literature, which aims to engage with a diverse variety of voices and viewpoints to form a more inclusive and nuanced discourse, is shown by this merging of influences. The complexity and diversity of the feminist literary scene in Canada is illustrated by the appropriation of concepts and methods from both male avant-garde writers and female literary pioneers like Susan Howe.

References

Atwood, Margaret. Second Words: Selected Critical Prose. Toronto: Anansi. 1982b.

De Lint, William. Conclusion: Security and Everyday Life. In Security and Everyday Life. Edited by Vida Bajc and Williem de Lint. New York: Routledge. 2011.

Deleuze, Gilles, and Felix Guattari. A Thousand Plateaux. Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. 1987,

Derrida, Jacques. Of Grammatolgy. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press 1997.

Kristeva, Julia. Strangers to Ourselves. New York: Columbia University Press.

1991.

LINK TO DOWNLOAD PDF

Increasing Purchase Intention through Reciprocity, Corporate Image and Brand Image: Case of the Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya

Julieta Natania Sukamto,

Faculty of Business, Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya

Indonesia

Lena Ellitan,

lena@ukwms.ac.id

Faculty of Business, Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya

Indonesia

Abstract

The brand image and corporate nature of your product is one of the secrets of business success. The accurate brand image of your product can increase the sales of your product and create a foundation for the success of your company. In view of many employees who want to buy formal, yet trendy, high quality and price in The Executive, this brand identity of a company may be the right option.  The principle of reciprocity is a very important component in the literature on consumer interest and is one of the most important steps to achieve competitive advantage. In a build, defined as the consumer behavior, all its consequences can be combined. They have a large store in Tunjungan Plaza Mall to enhance the customer’s purchasing intention to support the executive brand image. This research will analyze about: the impact of reciprocity on purchase intention, The impact of reciprocity on corporate image;  The reciprocity on brand image; The corporate image impact brand image; The impact of corporate image on purchase intention and the impact of image on purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya.

Key words: reciprocity, brand images, corporate images, purchase intentions

Introduction

When discussing fashion trends in Indonesia, it is definitely impossible to separate the names of fashion designers and events that took place in here during the growth of fashion trends. Fashion trends are fashions that have been popular for a time, including clothing or jewellery. The word fashion is often used in a positive way, primarily as a synonym for glamour, beauty, and lifestyle or styling that has a tendency to change on occasion. Moreover, fashion trends also represent social and economic status, and these are positions in which visibility is taken into account. The rise of world-famous designers and fashion magazines is increasingly making style or design a lucrative industry within the country. 

Fashion trends are driven mostly by fashion designers who create and make clothes. In this case, the word Fashion Industry would be used as an innovative enterprise created and manufactured by fashion designers in the sense of a fashionable apparel or clothing industry. Given the growing trend in the fashion world, people are becoming more aware of their appearance and paying attention to it so that buying activities in the fashion sector are increasing. 

Fashion is the kind of items that men and women buy most often. Shopping trends data from the above graph, which began in 2019, shows that men or women are purchasing fashion products. 39.3 percent purchased fashion items and accessories for the general male customers, led by 36.8 percent electronics and 18 percent household appliances. While 55 percent of total female consumers bought fashion items and cosmetics, 41 percent bought health and beauty items.

Brand image is one of the main factors affecting the intentions of consumers in the field of fashion. Since this industry has been reported to be cost-sensitive and low labor standards, it has become a serious social issue in the global market (Cookeand He, 2010). Thus, fashion companies regard CSR as an essential part of their image and sales improvement.  

Fashion companies need to be scattered through a wide range of brands with regard to corporate businesses and maximize opportunities (Arrigo, 2013; Lopez and Fan, 2009). The fashion industry should therefore study how perceptions of reciprocity affect company photo, brand image and the buying intention of consumers. 

The Management is a company from Indonesia. It is obvious that South East Asian countries like Malaysia and Indonesia have been able to achieve this fashion business. Once it first appeared, male managers looked for its goods in Indonesia. Everyone who works in an office always looks luxury and has always been a favorite of the executive brand. 

On the basis of a 2014 survey of the Indonesian Original Brand (IOB), the management managed to transform into a dress that men wanted. Moreover, the brands available in several centers do not prevent contemporary fashion inventions by the time. The Management has created fashion items that are not less suitable for women. In Indonesian malls, this company also trades shoes , bags and wallets for managers. 

Revenue from the Executive is about 2 million. So for men and women approximately one million. Sales are more or less the same, so that we can’t protect anything else. For a month we sold approximately 200,000 parts. If it’s about 2.4 million for one year, it means growth. For men alone, the highest (shirts) are about 400,000, since 40 percent of men’s items compensate that top.

Regardless of the company, consumers base their purchasing decisions on product or service reciprocity. Therefore, it is critical that we know how to best emphasize the reciprocity of business. The greater the reciprocity, the greater the consumer’s intent to purchase the product. For The Executive to increase purchases, reciprocity is therefore necessary. 

The subject in this research is The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya, because The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya is the biggest store that opened in Surabaya. The Executive has competitive rates to compete with another company. Consumers can be drawn to the store at worthwhile prices.

The brand image and corporate nature of your product is one of the secrets of business success. The accurate brand image of your product can increase the sales of your product and create a foundation for the success of your company. In view of many employees who want to buy formal, yet trendy, high quality and price in The Executive, this brand identity of a company may be the right option. 

The principle of reciprocity is a very important component in the literature on consumer interest and is one of the most important steps to achieve competitive advantage. In a build, defined as the consumer behavior, all its consequences can be combined. They have a large store in Tunjungan Plaza Mall to enhance the customer’s purchasing intention to support the executive brand image.

Research Questions

This research will analyze about:

1. Does reciprocity impact purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

2. Does reciprocity impact corporate image at The Executive Tunjungan 

Plaza Mall Surabaya?

3. Does reciprocity impact brand image at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya? 

4. Does corporate image impact brand image at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

5. Does corporate image impact purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

6. Does brand image impact purchase intention at The Executive Tunjungan Plaza Mall Surabaya?

Hypothesis Development

Relationship Between Reciprocity And Purchase Intention

The course of an activity evolves through interactive dialog through the acquisition of information. This two-way dialog can help firms to learn from a customer or group (Sawhney et al . 2015). The wealth of an interaction grows because the virtual community of customers helps companies open themselves to social science in addition to the knowledge of customers. Fader & Winner (2012 ) states that content (ultrasound) generated by users is being developed.  Ultrasound not only helps advertisers encourage one-way, but also communicate with brands and consumers in two ways. The interaction between musicians and fans is also influencing one of the factors of the strength, namely reciprocity. The shared behavior and acts of artists are reflected by fans understood and valued. But the fans remembered and helped the singer, this always happened. In this context, reciprocity is not necessary if there is no successful interaction, which may help and promote a sense of reciprocity with a higher degree of interaction (Daellenbach et al. 2014). The hypothesis to be evaluated in the following research are based on these studies: 

H1 : Reciprocity give impact on purchase intention.

Relationships between Reciprocity And Corporate Image

According to Veljkovic (2011), Keller’s (2003) theory that suggests the dimensions of corporate image and reciprocity relationships can be shown as follows. Corporate names or brands can draw large customers together with a high level of marketing innovations. The company identity is evident in the workers’ attributes, such as customer relations.  The identity of the company can be found in the organization’s principles and services which do not relate to the goods sold, such as social welfare, environmental conservation. The identity of the company can be reflected in the form of views or decisions concerning the company and in its attitude of faith with respect to the company that is qualified to market goods and offer its services and in the like level and value of its clients. 

H2 : Reciprocity give impact on corporate image.

Relationships between Reciprocity And Brand Image

No work in the field of relationship marketing has so far been undertaken on the role of brand identity as a moderating influence on consumer loyalty. This work will also mask this vulnerability. The research followed the model used by Hsieh & Li (2018) to view brand identity as a moderating variable, which looked at the effects of brand image public reciprocity as a moderating variable in Taiwanese insurance firms.  Results from research by Hsieh & Li (2018) show that brand images are shown to moderate consumer loyalty impacts on PRP. Consumers with a positive brand identity tend to be more faithful to the product, and consumers with a poor brand image appear to be faithful to the product. Hanzaeen & Farsani (2011) have also published related work. They would like to learn how brand identity reduces the impact of perceived PPRs on LG model electronics’ market loyalty. The findings of this analysis find that brand identity has already been shown to serve as a moderating effect on PPR on customer loyalty. The following hypotheses is therefore proposed by this research: 

H3 : Reciprocity give impact on brand  image.

Relationship Between Corporate Image And Brand Image

Many previous studies have shown that the effect of company advertising on brand images is important. In fact, Write. J (2018) at Mudambi et al . ( 1997) proved that brand branding is an relevant precedent. Hyun and Kim (2011 ) find that Corporate Branding mediates brand recognition and brand recognition in marketing combination activities. Such previous research have clearly shown that client photos add to the brand’s image. This presumption will boost the public identity of CSR initiatives and have an important impact on the market value with a stronger corporate picture.  Their public identity is valued by businesses as it has a positive impact on promotions and business accomplishments; Lee and Kotler 2011; Brown and Dacin, 1997 Sen and Bhattacharya, 2001). Many experiments have found that company and advertising identities have a significant effect on success factors, for example buying intentions. The company image has an effect on consumer buying intentions and reinforces trust in corporate communication according to Lee. J(2018), Yoon et al . ( 1993). Bloom and Gundlach (2001 ) also found that the image of a company influences buying intent either directly or indirectly. Francis et al . ( 2010). 

H4 : Corporate Image give impact on brand  image.

Relationship Between Corporate Image And Purchase Intention

KurniaSih (2012) ‘s analysis “Effect of price and quality of service on consumer loyalty by satisfaction variables” (Astra Motor Siliwangi Semarang, study at AHASS 0002 workshop) further confirms this report, which is an significant corporate picture of transactions again. This shows that good standard of service allows consumers to continue the company. This is more likely that consumers who are disillusioned will not buy potential goods. To businesses, customer delivery may be a powerful tool. Results of Hellier et al (2003) analysis. Srivastava and Sharma ( 2013) have also verified this study, which has shown service efficiency. 

H5 : Corporate image give impact on purchase intention.

Relationship Between Brand Image And Purchase Intention

In Sugiharti (2012) Zeithml and Bitner note that consumers may be affected by consumer imaging ‘s interpretation of products and/or services offered. The hypothesis indicates that, with respect to lifestyle and social status, the markers in the customer photographs will affect people’s desire to purchase a product. So the customer identity is one of the considerations that consumers weigh when choosing the product they want to fulfill their requirements. Fahrian et al(2013), Rachman et al(2014) and Jotopurnomo et al(2014) affirm work findings that have a direct impact on the value in sales. 

H6 : Brand image give impact on purchase intention.

Research Framework

After the report, the reciprocity and the plan to buy from the management includes. Accorporate identity and brand value are determined by reciprocity and purchasing intention in the management process, this model shows that reciprocity and purchasing intention is deciding the organizational reputation and image. First and foremost. If the client thinks of the management, it will create an image of the company and brand. The reciprocity and purchase intent impacts from this consumer. Finally, the customer-executive relationship will be established.  The role of customer self mediation in the relationship between brand identity, corporate image and potential buying intentions is explored in this report. The hypothesis suggests that mutual reciprocity not only strengthens future purchasing intentions, but also offers an alternate path that integrates brand identity with corporate awareness and future buying intentions. Management believes that businesses can boost their efficiency in maintaining their current clients by leveraging the informal reciprocity of retailers in accordance with business relationships.

RESEARCH METHOD

Research Design

This study used the assumption that objects were identified. This work was developed in a sample format and was specifically dependent on the data collection and analysis. The data used were primary data in which the data were collected from the respondents directly. Researchers would demonstrate in this analysis that there was any impact on corporate image and brand image through reciprocity and purchase intentions. Quantitative research was used in this study. The exploratory research design would be used for this particular study at the beginning, in order to gather data for a deeper understanding of the problem involved.

The operational definitions of each variable are as follows in this study:

Reciprocity Perceptions ( RP)

Reciprocity measures the distance and social trust of the clients are the operating definition used in this research for perceptions of reciprocity. The customer’s confidence level and the close social distance from the employee can bring hope of reciprocity. In Luigino(2008), two factors have seen to have a major effect on the reciprocity, according to Zahidah (2015). There are two of them:

  1. Contact and communication exists between one person and another in two ways, which are between staff and customers.
  2. Customers benefit from being a trendsetter, since they use the company’s products as a reward.

Purchase Intention (PI)

The intention to buy is described as the possibility for consumers to buy products offered by the store, the possibility for consumers to consider buying products offered by the store, the possibility for consumers to propose this product to others and the possibility for consumers to buy the product. The metrics used were derived from the following: In & Kang in Tariq et al . ( 2013), which was :

  1.  Expressly buy products.

Customers will buy product whenever they want or buy whatever goods are discount. 

  •  Thinking of buying products in the future .

Customer decided to buy product in this store when there is a new arrival. 

  •  Buying certain products in the future may not be in a hurry to decide to shop for a long time.

Customers will buy the product in this store when they need something.

Corporate Image ( CI)

The organizational definition used for corporate image in this research is a general summary of a business identified to customers on the basis of general knowledge circulated within the community, or the perception of the behavior of a business by the public. What can be measured from: indicators that, according to Mayer in Palupi, 2015, affect the image of the company are:

  1. Products given to consumers are good.
  2. Customers are interested with the products.
  3. Customers are satisfied with the overall appearance and feel of the product.

Brand Image (BI)

Brand Image is an idea or definition of a brand when customers hear feelings about a brand. Additionally, if anyone thinks that The Executive Goods don’t ignore, it will always help us remember the brand in the consumer’s mind. The measure brand image indicators as per Jin et al . , 2012) are as follows: 

1. This retail brand has a trendy image.

2. This retail brand has a reputation for quality.

3. This retail brand is already well known.

In this study measurement of variables used a Likert scale of five points. Likert scale is a psychometric scale that is commonly used in questionnaires, and is the most widely used scale in survey research. Likert scale is widely used to measure one’s social phenomena attitudes, perceptions and perceptions (Sugiyono, 2017:158). 

Type and Source of the Data

A quantitative analysis is used in this study. Quantitative data are numerically measured data (Kuncoro, 2013: 124). Numerical scale or number. This study data uses numbers or numerics for the presentation of data. The primary data sources in this study are because they come from interviewees. In this study , the data source is data directly obtained from respondents. These data have also been directly collected and analyzed from the previous data. Customers and users of The Executive, Surabaya participated in this study.

Tools and Data Collection Methods

A questionnaire provided directly to respondents is the method used to collect data in this report. Questionnaires are techniques for collecting data to answer questions from respondents (Sugiyono, 2014: 199). The data collection method in this study is a survey, specifically by providing questionnaires in writing to the participants. The respondents, namely the executive customers, will answer these questions.

 Population, Sample, and Sampling Techniques

Population, Sample and Sampling Technique

People are all classes (objects or subjects) with unique properties selected to test and then draw conclusions (Sugiyono, 2014: 115). Population is a whole. The sample for this research is all who use the product.

The sample is part of the population number and features (Sugiyono, 2004: 116). The sample used for this study was 161 respondents using the executive product. In order to eliminate errors and invalidity of the questionnaire, the number of respondents is 161. A survey of 100โ€“200 people (2006: 605) is adequate to represent a study, so this study employs a survey of 161 respondents, according to Hair , Babin, Anderson and Tatham.

The sampling technique used is non-probability purposive sampling which means that sampling is done randomly (Soewadji, 2012: 140). Where the sample characteristics that have been determined in this study are as follows: 
1. Age โ‰ฅ 17 years (that age is considered to have the ability to make choices).

2. Have used  The Executiveโ€™s product for at least the last 1 year.

3. Live in Surabaya.

3.6. Technical Data Analysis

Structural equation modeling ( SEM) is the data analysis methodology used in this particular study. SEM is a statistical technique according to Yamin and Kurniawan (2009), which can also directly assess the relationship model between the latent building and its indicators. The computational method used in the analysis using the SmartPLS 3.0 Software is the Partial Least Square (PLS). PLS-SEM is similar both conceptually and functionally to a multiple regression analysis. The key goal is the maximisation of the variance described in the dependent design and the measurement of data quality based on the measuring model. Here is the explanation for the SmartPLS model fit assessment: The hypothesis exams determine the pattern of structural relations between variables. Hypothesis evaluations can be calculated in two ways: p-value and T-value. When the p-value is 0.05 for each of two variables, the relation between two is essential and the hypothesis is accepted. Meanwhile, with a T-value of < 1.96 > the relationship between two variables is meaningful and hypotheses accepted.

Characteristic of Respondents

To collect research samples, this study uses Google Form as a tool. To be able to fill out the questionnaire, the respondent must meet the requirements. The requirements are at least 17 years old, lived in Surabaya, and have used The Executive in the past one year. The questionnaire was distributed via Line, Whatโ€™s app, and also Instagram. Then filled in by 171 respondents and found 161 respondents who qualified to meet the requirements. The non-qualified answers will be removed and excluded from research. Table 4.1 below is a summary of the characteristics of respondents with the majority of the respondentsโ€™ age are 17-23 years old, female and student or college student.

Data Analysis

            In this study the effect is measured by partial least square (PLS) on reciprocity perceptions, corporate image, and brand image on purchase intention. There are four variables in this research that have been used: 

(1) Reciprocity Perceptions โ†’ RP (RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4)

(2) Purchase Intention โ†’ PI (PI1, PI2) 

(3) Corporate Image โ†’ CI (CI1, CI2, CI3, CI4) 

(4) Brand Imageโ†’ BI (BI1, BI2, BI3) 

The model for research is shown below :

Outer Model Evaluation (Measurement)

The goal of the outer model analysis is to gain a better understanding of the relationship between the variable layout and the indicator by examining the convergent validity, the composite’s discriminating validity and reliability.

 Convergent Validity

Convergent validity is the construction calculation should have a positive correlation with the other alternative construct (Hair et al., 2014:119). The convergent validity analysis can be calculated by looking at external loading with the 0.70 cutoff to validate the data. Table 4.7 includes the outer load data for each variable indicator and each indicator must meet the requirements in this research with the 0.70 cut off. It indicates that the predictor and its attribute match very well.

Table 4.7

Outer Loading

VariableIndicatorFactor LoadingCut OffOutput
  RPRP10.7240.700Valid
RP20.8080.700Valid
RP30.8130.700Valid
RP40.8440.700Valid
PIPI10.9290.700Valid
PI20.8770.700Valid
  CICI10.8210.700Valid
CI20.8050.700Valid
CI30.7950.700Valid
CI40.7120.700Valid
 BIBI10.7830.700Valid
BI20.9270.700Valid
BI30.8800.700Valid

The Average Variance Extracted (AVE) evaluation is another method for calculating convergent validity with the 0.50 cut off. Table 4.8 shows appropriateness of the AVE value for this research.

Table 4.8 

Average Variance Extracted (AVE)

VariableAverage Variance Extracted (AVE)Cut OffResult
RP0.6370,500Valid
PI0.8160,500Valid
CI0.6150,500Valid
BI0.7480,500Valid

 Discriminant Validity

            Discriminatory validity differs from the other building by empirical standards (Hair et al., 2014:121). The convergent validity analysis can be calculated by looking at the cross-loading of each indicator marked bold, and the bold number from the same horizontal line must be higher than any other attribute. It can be seen from Table 4.9, that each indicator ‘s cross load is higher than any other variable. This data shows the indicator for each variable is distinct

Table 4.9

Cross Loading Discriminant Validity

 BICIPIRP
BI10.7830.5760.3860.484
BI20.9260.5530.4820.527
BI30.8790.4860.5000.486
CI10.4600.8200.3990.429
CI20.6090.8040.4180.469
CI30.4940.7950.3450.412
CI40.3580.7120.3720.427
PI10.5040.5030.9280.567
PI20.4460.3680.8770.405
   RP10.4810.4120.4170.724
RP20.4620.4900.4050.808

The Average Variance Extracted in Root Squares (AVE) is another way of calculating the discriminant validity. Increased correlation between the latent structure should be given to the square root AVE (Hair et al . 2014). Table 4.10 below shows the product of square root AVE. Due to the measurements of Square Root AVE in Table 4.10, the overall indicators for all variables produce AVE root values higher than those for correlation in other variables. These data illustrate the strong racial validity of the framework of this study.

Table 4.10

Root AVE Square

 RPPICIBI
RP 0.3160.5550.336
PI    
CI 0.163 0.435
BI 0.244  

Composite Reliability

            By examining Cronbach’s alpha and composite reliability, the composite reliability assessment provides an estimate of reliability based on the correlation between indicator variables. The alpha and composite reliability parameters of Cronbach in order to ensure precision of the data are measured by the cutoff = 0,70 for each component. The alpha and composite reliability evaluation in all Cronbach’s Table 4.11, indicates that all the component has a value from 0.738 to 0.811, indicating that all the variables are reliable and stable.

Table 4.11

Cronbachโ€™s Alpha and Composite of Reliability

VariableCronbachโ€™s AlphaComposite of Reliability
RP0.8280.875
PI0.7710.898
CI0.7910.864
BI0.8280.898

Inner Structural Model Evaluation

            The internal model explained the latent variable ‘s relation. The estimation of the internal model can be determined with the help of R-square, F-square significance, statistical importance, the direction coefficient impact dimension and the testing of hypotheses.

R-Square (R2)

            The Determination Coefficient (R2) is used to determine the endogenous variables capability to explain the diversity of exogenous variables, that is, the exogenous variables’ contribution to endogenous variables. Table 4.12 shows that the reciprocity perceptions variable R-square value amounts to 0.560 or 56.0%. In addition words Reciprocity Perceptions, brand image and corporate image contributions to purchase intention can be explained through quality variable of 56.0%, while the remainder of 44.0% is added by other variables not listed in this study.

Table 4.12

Value of R-Square

 R SquareR Square Adjusted
RP0.5600.551

F-square (F2)

            In addition , in order to consider the effects of latent variables on positive simulations, the PLS model is often tested by looking at the F-square value (effect size). If F-square value is 0.35, medium if 0.15, and small if 0.02, latent varibles have a strong impact.

            The results on Table 4.13 show that the effect size value (F2) of the purchase intention has a medium impact on reciprocity perception, but brand image and purchase intention have large impact on reciprocity perceptions .

Table 4.13

Check Analysis of F-Square Impact Size

 Independent VariableDependent Variable
PI
BI0.051
CI0.245
RP0.445

Path Coefficient

            Path coefficient is the estimated path relationship between -1 and +1 in the structural model. Estimated track coefficients close to +1 show a strong relationship with the track. If the path coefficient near the -1 means the path is negative and the coefficient near the 0 shows that the relationship is weaker (Hair et al., 2014). The following explanations are shown in Table 4.15, which shows that the path coefficient is from 0.163 to 0.555 :

1. Purchase intention has positive path coefficient of 0.244. This shows that if Purchase intention variable increase, then brand image variable also increased by 24.4%.

2. Brand image has positive path coefficient of 0.435. This shows that if brand image variable increase, then corporate image variable increase by 43.5%.

3. Purchase intention has positive path coefficient of 0.163. This shows that if purchase intention variable increase, then corporate image variable also increased by 16.3%. 

4. Brand image variable has positive path coefficient of 0.336. This shows that if brand image variable increase, then reciprocity perceptions variable increase by 33.6%. 

5. Corporate image variable has positive path coefficient of 0.555. This shows that if corporate image variable increase, then reciprocity perceptions variable also increased by 55.5%. 

6. Purchase intention has positive path coefficient of 0.316. This shows that if purchase intention variable increase, then reciprocity perceptions variable increase by 31.6%.

Table 4.15

Coefficient of Path

 RPRelationship
BIPI0.244Positive
CIBI0.435Positive
CIPI0.163Positive
RPBI0.336Positive
RPCI0.555Positive
RPPI0.316Positive

Testing of Hypotheses

            The aim of hypothesis testing is to determine the hypothesis of the research in chapter 2. The hypothesis criteria are T-statistical as long as 1.96 and P-values as long as 0.005. The hypothesis check results for the analysis sample are shown in Table 4.16 below:

Table 4.16

Testing of Hypotheses

HypothesisPathT StatisticsP ValuesResult
H1BI -> PI2.1940.0287Accepted
H2CI -> BI4.8450.0000Accepted
H3CI > PI1.5860.1133Rejected
H4RP -> BI4.0020.0001Accepted
H5RP -> CI8.2120.0000Accepted
H6RP -> PI3.2320.0013Accepted

The explanation of the research hypothesis given in Table 4.16 can be seen as follows: 

1. Hypothesis 1 (Brand image has significant impact on purchase intention). Based on the test result in the table 4.16, it can be concluded that the T-statistics value is 2.194with P-value of 0.0287. This has exceeded the minimum requirements of both T-statistics and P-value, meaning that brand image has significant impact on purchase intention of The Executive, thus it can be interpreted that the better of brand image tends to increase purchase intention to The Executive. Therefore, hypothesis 1 is accepted.

2. Hypothesis 2 (corporate image has significant impact on brand image). Based on the test result in the table 4.16, it can be concluded that the T-statistics value is 4.845with P-value of 0.0000. This has exceeded the minimum requirements of both T-statistics and P-value, meaning that corporate image has significant impact on brand image of The Executive, thus it can be interpreted that the better of corporate image tends to increase brand image to The Executive. Therefore, hypothesis 2 is accepted.

3. Hypothesis 3 (Corporate image has significant impact on purchase intention). Based on the test result in the Table 4.16, it can be concluded that the      T-statistics value is 1.586 with P-value of 0.1133. It does not fulfill the T-statistics minimum requirement which is greater than 1.96 and P-value minimum requirement which is below than 0.005. Therefore, hypothesis 3 is rejected.

4. Hypothesis 4 (Reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on brand image. Based on the test result in the Table 4.16, it can be concluded that the      T-statistics value is 4.002with P-value of 0.0001. It fulfill the T-statistics minimum requirement which is greater than 1.96 and P-value minimum requirement which is below than 0.005. Therefore, hypothesis 4 is accepted . 

5. Hypothesis 5 Reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on corporate image). Based on the test result in the Table 4.16, it can be concluded that the      T-statistics value is 8.212 with P-value of  0.0000. It is fulfill the T-statistics minimum requirement which is greater than 1.96 and P-value minimum requirement which is below than 0.005. Therefore, hypothesis 5 is accepted. 

6. Hypothesis 6 (Reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on purchase intention).Based on the test result in the table 4.16, it can be concluded that the T-statistics value is 3.232 with P-value of 0.0013. This has exceeded the minimum requirements of both T-statistics and P-value, meaning that reciprocity perceptions has significant impact on purchase intention of The Executive, thus it can be interpreted that the better of reciprocity perceptions tends to increase purchase Intention to The Executive. Therefore, hypothesis 6 is accepted.

 Discussion

The Impact of Reciprocity Perceptions on Purchase Intention

                        Based on the result of hypothesis testing, Reciprocity perceptions has significantly impact on purchase intention at The Executive. This can be proven that positive customerโ€™s assessment of high product reciprocity of brand will cause high purchase intention to the product. Descriptive statistics of the reciprocity perceptions variable have a mean value of 3.87. The average value proves that most respondents agreed to the measurement of the reciprocity perceptions variable that the costs they incur are in accordance with the quality of The Executive products.If consumers buy The Executive Product, The Executive products give the worth quality of product.

            The results of this research are consistent with research conducted by Sawhney et al., 2015which states that the customers helps companies to open up to social science in addition to knowledge from customers (individual customer knowledge).  It is important for organizations to be able to build strong reciprocity perceptions to the consumers, because reciprocity perceptions will be associated with the future of the company. The level of reciprocity perceptions  of The Executive is good, supported also by discounts and promotions conducted by The Executive, making The Executive well known in the minds of consumers.

            In this research, the reciprocity perception by most of the respondents are great, and resulting in customer. This result is in accordance with the researchโ€™s result from (Daellenbach et al. 2014).which prove that reciprocity perception has direct significant positive impact on customer purchase intention; and Fader & Winner (2012 ) which confirm that customer reciprocity perception significantly influence customer purchase intention on  shopping environment. 

The Impact of Corporate Image and Brand Image 

            Based on the results of testing the hypothesis in this research indicate that corporate image has a positive and significant effect on brand image. These findings can be explained that a positive consumer assessment of a good product image on a brand will create high corporate image also in the minds of consumers towards a product brand. Descriptive statistics of the brand image variable have a mean value of 4.08. The average value proves that most respondents agreed to the measurement of the Brand Image variable.

            This result is in accordance with the researchโ€™s result from Write. J (2018) at Mudambi et al . ( 1997)  which indicates that corporate image is positively related to brand image; and also from research conducted by Hyun and Kim (2011 )  which indicate that corporate image has significant impact on customer brand image. From this result, it can be concluded that corporate image not just affecting purchase intention, but also affecting the brand image. This shows the importance of maintaining image, meaning that they should maintain to monitor the image of their brand, and keep improve and check the development.

            The results of this study are consistent with research conducted by Kotler (2011) Companies are interested in their corporate image because it positively influences marketing activities and company. Which ultimately consumers will feel satisfied with what is offered by The Executive, thus affecting brand image for The Executive products. In other words, the results of this study are in accordance with research conducted by Du et al  (2010) that found that a company’s image either directly or indirectly influences brand image positively. 

The Impact of Reciprocity Perceptions on Corporate Image And Brand Image

            The results of testing the third hypothesis in this research indicate that reciprocity perceptions has a positive and significant impact on corporate image and brand image. These findings explain that customer who already have a good quality perception of a product, will cause remember to the product. Descriptive statistics of the variable corporate image and brand image has a mean value of 4.01 and 4.08. The average value proves that most respondents agreed with the measurement of the variables. While customerโ€™s reciprocity perceptions was seen to have a significant impact on brand image, the researchers found that a high level of customer reciprocity perceptions still does not create high image in the brand. In other words, there were other variables that have increased image in the brand. The end result of the average brand image still indicates that average respondents respond that think the respondents rely on The Executive reciprocity, making customers feel comfortable with The Executive.

            The results of this study are consistent with research conducted by Zeithml and Bitner in Sugiharti (2012) state that consumers’ perceptions of goods or services sold can be influenced by Consumer Imagery. Referring to the theory, it can be concluded that the indicators contained in the Consumer Image include lifestyle and social status can influence the interest of individuals to make a purchase of a product. The finding in this research is consistent with the research findings from Fahrian et al(2013), Rachman et al(2014) and Jotopurnomo et al(2014), which confirm the positive effect of reciprocity perceptions on corporate image. This means that retailers like The Executive need to please the customer to build image in the brand.

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

This research explores the effect of reciprocity, brand images and corporate images in the purchase intentions of The Executive. The results are derived from the hypothesis research results and the discussion in the last chapter. Based on the result of research analysis and discussion in accordance with the purpose of the research, the conclusion can be drawn as follows:

First, The Executive, which means that perceptions of reciprocity strongly affect the purchase intention, decides the buyer. Reciprocity is positive and significant. Customers can recognize and remember a brand more effectively and increase purchase intention. More reciprocity is shown. Second, The Executive’s reciprocity perception has a positive impact on the corporate image.  Further, it means in order to raise the corporate image by consumer that The Executive gather  more event, The Executive should increase the corporate image, it can be either with joint event or bazaar. Third, reciprocity perceptions positively and significantly influence brand image on The Executive, which means good assessment or perception of product in satisfying customerโ€™s needs will able to increase brand image. This shows that the role brand image is said to be important. Fourth, Corporate image positively and significantly influence brand image on The Executive, which means good assessment or perception of corporate image influences consumer purchase and strengthens their trust in company’s image either directly or indirectly influences brand image. Fifth, Corporate image affects purchase intention positively and significantly on The Executive, which means that corporate image can be used to encourage customers to increase The Executiveโ€™s purchase intention. Therefore, the higher corporate image that The Executive has also means that it would eventually affected purchase intention to The Executive indirectly through the purchase intention of the consumer itself. Sixth, Brand image positively and significantly influence purchase intention on The Executive, which mean brand image has a strong effect on consumer needs to make the buyer decision. It means that having brand image are important in order to create customers purchase intention towards The Executive.

            One of the limitations of this research is the object too general. The goal is to ensure that all executive products are generated without relying on one type. And this study differs independently from the particular case of the individual consumer. Often a brand image goal can shift when other incentives such as advertising and discount affect it.

            The researcher makes a number of suggestions and guidelines based on the following hypothesis which must be taken into consideration: In potential studies, the study of a particular commodity form is proposed The Executive Report for further research, which may become more comprehensive and precise. In comparison to other factors and metrics, for example the real actions of respondents purchasing repurchases and word of mouth will also be included. First, on the basis of research results that perceptions of reciprocity have a favorable and important effect on the purpose of purchasing from the executive, it is recommended to try to work in favor of the executive by the use of a variety of goods in customers and prospects. Innovative and informative marketing advertising such as Instagram and Youtube must be maintained by management, truthful information must be given, product specifications fulfilled, the monthly open air balloon at Indonesian centers must be maintained and public activities organized. Second, the findings show that the corporate image and the brand image have a positive and significant influence on the executive. In order for it to improve its role and make a difference with other well-known and more specialized and exclusive retail brands, the business must retain a strong mark and improve its clothes production.  Third, on the basis of the results from the report, which found that the brand image has a significant and important effect on the Executive’s purchasing decision, it recommended that the company remain conscious of the consistency and the production of new ideas, and employ trustworthy people to improve the quality of goods and services and encourage loyalty to others.  Fourth, in order to gain wide variety business to reach any sector of the industry from low-class to high-class and to do it every generation or years, The executive should be recommended to continue to be creative and produce new products.

REFERENCES

Buxbaum, O. (2016). Key insights into basic mechanisms of mental activity
        Key Insights into Basic Mechanisms of Mental Activity. 

Carvajal-trujillo, E., & Bons, E. (2015). In fluence of trust and perceived value on the intention to purchase travel onlineโ€ฏ: Integrating the effects of assurance on trust antecedents. 

Chinomona, R. (2016). Brand Communication, Brand Image and Brand Trust as antecedents of Brand Loyalty in Gauteng Province of South Africa African Journal of Economic and Management Studies. 

Yang, X. (2018). How perceived social distance and trust influence reciprocity expectations and eWOM sharing intention in social commerce. Industrial Management & Data Systems

Defranc, A., Van Den Broucke, S., Leroy, R., Hoppenbrouwers, K., Lesaffre, E., Martens, L., โ€ฆ Declerck, D. (2008). Measuring oral health behaviour in Flemish health care workers: An application of the theory of planned behaviour. Community Dental Health.

Delone, W., & McLean, E. (2003). The DeLone and McLean Model of Information Systems Success: A Ten-Year Update. J. of Management Information Systems (Vol. 19). 

Ge, M., & Helfert, M. (2007). A Review of Information Quality Research – Develop a Research Agenda. Proceedings of the 2007 International Conference on Information Quality, ICIQ 2007

Gefen, D. (2002). Reflections on the dimensions of trust and trustworthiness among online consumers. ACM SIGMIS Database, 33(3), 38โ€“53. 

Haque, A., Anwar, N., Yasmin, F., Sarwar, A., Ibrahim, Z., & Momen, A. (2015). Purchase Intention of Foreign Products: A Study on Bangladeshi Consumer Perspective. SAGE Open, 5(2). 

He, Li, & Harris. (2012). Impact of Customers Satisfaction And Customers Retention on Customer Loyalty. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research, 1(2), 106โ€“110. 

Hsin Chang, H., & Wang, H. W. (2011). The moderating effect of customer perceived value on online shopping behaviour. Online Information Review (Vol. 35). 

Jarvenpaa, S. L., Tractinsky, N., & Vitale, M. (2000). Consumer trust in an Internet store. Journal of Computer Mediated Communications. 

Lee, J, & Yuri. (2018). Effects of multi-brand companyโ€™s CSR activities on purchase intention through a mediating role of corporate image and brand image. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research.

Srivastava, R. (2016). Measuring the effectiveness of the communication strategy by using the brand score technique โ€“ a conceptual study. Journal of Asia Business Studies.

Yang, X. (2018). How perceived social distance and trust influence reciprocity expectations and eWOM sharing intention in social commerce. Industrial Management & Data Systems

Zhu, T, Tse, D & Fei, Q. (2017). E๏ฌ€ects of online consumer reviews on ๏ฌrm-based and expert-based communications. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research. Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing

The Role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing and Brand Trust in Increasing Repurchase Intention

Lena Ellitan

Faculty of Business Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya, Indonesia

lena@ukwms.ac.id

            Abstract

As the internet and digital technology advances, everything becomes limitless. Many claim that the industrial revolution era had an impact on several elements of society, including the economy. In order for the organization’s desires and goals to be achieved and developed, as well as to contain competition, businesses must decide on new marketing strategies that are in line with the evolution of the times. The exchange of information in the form of marketing, sales, and customer support is one example of how internet use is still growing. Additionally, businesses can use the internet to strengthen their brands, defend their products, and build production and marketing plans. In the 21st century, several aspects of customer behavior, including perception, information processing, information sharing, views, attitudes, purchases, and follow-up behavior, have been influenced by social media. With the availability of web-based entertainment, companies can engage with their customers and receive feedback from them, and consumers can communicate with other consumers and share information about products and companies. Brand trust and intention to repurchase certain company products influence. To provide deals, agreements and associations with their buyers, many brands are now turning to online entertainment. Information and opinions can be easily announced using communication platforms. Buyer’s trust in a brand (brand trust) according to Ngabiso et al (2021) is a brand limit that is trusted by customers when an item or administration can overcome problems that occur with the buyer’s brand both in terms of certainty and focus on the buyer’s needs, then that is seen by the company can trust and be responsible for customer needs and welfare. This article discusses the role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing, and Brand Trust in increasing Repurchase Intention. This article can be used as a reference for other research that has similar variables to this research, namely experiential marketing, social media marketing, repurchase retention, and brand trust. The author hopes that this research can further assess the variables of experiential marketing, social media marketing, and brand trust as factors that can damage repurchase interest.

Keywords: experiential marketingsocial media marketingrepurchase intention,  brand trust.

Introduction

The 4th industrial revolution is now underway, where technology has been assimilated into everyday life. As the internet and digital technology advances, everything becomes limitless. Many claim that the industrial revolution era had an impact on several elements of society, including the economy. Even though this period provides benefits, many people also view it negatively. The Internet of Things (IoT), Big Data, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Additive Manufacturing have all entered this revolution. Examples can be found all over the world, including Indonesia.

The changes brought by the fourth industrial revolution have increased competition in the Indonesian business sector as businesses continue to gain market share and new clients. For the sake of sustainability and organizational goals to achieve and develop, as well as outperform the competition, businesses must decide on new marketing strategies that are in line with the evolution of the times. The exchange of information in the form of marketing, sales, and customer support is one example of how internet use is still growing. Additionally, businesses can use the internet to strengthen their brands, defend their products, and build production and marketing plans.

People in Indonesia have felt the impact of advances in information technology through the use of platforms and devices. In Indonesia, there will be 210 million internet users in 2022. In Indonesia, there were 175 million internet users before the pandemic. In other words, the number of people using the internet rose by 35 million during the pandemic. According to the AAJI report, 77.02% of people had access to the internet at that time. For comparison, in 2018 the level of internet access was still 64.8% and in 2019-2020 it was around 73.7%.

Every year, the number of Indonesians who use social media continues to increase. According to the We Are Social report, the number of active social media users in Indonesia increased from 170 million in January 2021 to 191 million in January 2022 or 12.35%. WhatsApp is the application most widely used by Indonesian people. This figure reached 88.7% after Instagram which reached 84.8% and Facebook with a percentage of 81.3%. Meanwhile, 63.1% and 62.8% are Telegram and TikTok users. Companies use social media to promote their brands and get customers to buy from them again, due to the large number of social media users in Indonesia. Customers are also given the opportunity to interact directly with businesses through social media marketing. Social media marketing can also see how customers respond to the offer. Samsung is interested in utilizing social media as a means of promotion and communication with customers because of the close relationship between social media and consumer interest in making repeat purchases.

In the 21st century, several aspects of customer behavior, including perception, information processing, information sharing, views, attitudes, purchases, and follow-up behavior, have been influenced by social media. With the availability of web-based entertainment, companies can engage with their customers and receive feedback from them, and consumers can communicate with other consumers and share information about products and companies. According to a survey conducted in 2019 by content management service website HootSuit, revealed that there are 130 million mobile social media users in Indonesia, out of a total population of 268.2 million, which shows the growth of Instagram in the country. 80% of Indonesians, or more than 100 million people, are Instagram users. Indonesia ranks third on the list of countries that experience the most incidents of internet fraud, according to the findings of a 2016 examination conducted by Kaspersky Lab. As an illustration of fraud, Samsung Indonesia distributed free smartphones via WhatsApp.. 

Brand trust and intent to repurchase a particular company’s products are affected. To provide correspondence, deals and associations with their buyers, many brands are now turning to online entertainment. Information and opinions can be easily shared using this communication platform. Web-based entertainment is seen as truer to buyers because it conveys the brand. An important consideration to expand repurchase interest is to make buyers recall a brand again with the help of special media through online entertainment. Buyer trust in a brand (brand trust) according to Ngabiso et al (2021) is the limit of a brand that is trusted by customers when an item or administration can overcome problems that occur with the brand both in terms of buyer certainty and focusing on the buyer’s needs, then it is seen that the company trustworthy and responsible for customer needs and welfare. This article discusses the role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing and Brand Trust in Repurchase Intention

Experiential Marketing

A marketing method called experiential marketing aims to provide customers with more than just facts about goods or services. Experiential marketing is an effort that focuses on analyzing customers as emotional and selfish humans who utilize consumption as a method to create meaningful experiences, according to Skandalis et al (2019). Meanwhile, experiential marketing is defined by Andriani and Fatimah (2018) as adding value to a good or service by influencing consumers’ feelings when using the good or service.

Kustini in the journal Fahmi (2019) also said that something that is not much different is that experiential marketing is the practice of marketing products or services through positive experiences and emotional stimulation. From the definition above, it can be concluded that experiential marketing is a way that must be understood by companies in approaching and retaining consumers, from the experience gained and through products or services produced by the company by adding positive things and a sense of impression for consumers when carrying out the process of purchasing products or services. services, as well as presenting something unique and having characteristics that other products do not have.

According to Priansa (2017) experiential marketing includes five dimensions, namely as follows:

          a) Sense is an important and obvious part of a brand that is captured by the five human senses, including sight, sound, smell, taste and contact. The purpose of sense is to produce sensory experiences through touch, taste, smell, and sound. By attracting customers and providing positive value to products or services, sense can also be used as a competitive advantage for businesses and products.

          b) Feel, namely from a moderate mood to very strong sentiments of joy and pride, feelings and emotions are used to influence events. The purpose of feel is to attract consumers’ attention and emotions by creating an experience of positive mood and soul that can evoke happiness or sadness. The way feel works is by having a strong understanding of certain emotional stimuli that can move emotions and the willingness of consumers to take part in views and empathy.

          c) Think, namely encouraging someone to think innovatively and critically which has the potential to significantly increase the evaluation of company products. Think aims to create cognition by appealing to consumer intellectuals and solving problems that involve consumers creatively. The target of think is to bring consumers to think in a centered and different way through surprise, collaboration and provocation.

          d) Act is a person’s long-term effort to develop consumer experiences connected to their physical body, behavioral habits, and lifestyle based on contact with other people. Act has a target, namely improving consumer experience through physical experiences and real behavioral patterns in doing something.

e) Relate, namely the relationship experienced by consumers, whether with the company or with the community of people who use the company’s products or services. Relate contains aspects of sense, feel, think, and act. But relate develops quickly through the consumer’s personal abilities and feelings, thereby connecting the consumer’s personality with something outside themselves. Relate aims to increase individuals’ willingness to improve themselves. Companies interact with consumers through a wider social system.

Social Media Marketing

Social media marketing is a type of digital marketing that utilizes websites and social media to advertise products or services for businesses. This gives marketers an incredible opportunity to connect with customers in social groups and forge more intimate bonds with them. With social media marketing, it is easier for manufacturers or company owners to communicate with clients or customers online. Additionally, there are few costs involved and no time limits as long as they have access to the internet. Social media marketing according to Gunelius in the journal Mileva and Dh (2018) is all direct and indirect marketing that is used to increase awareness, recognize, remember and take action on using social media, such as managing blogs, writing ideas, social media, social bookmarks , providing information, companies, businesses, goods, and individuals can communicate. According to Mileva and Fauzi (2018), social media marketing is a method involved in empowering individuals to advertise their sites, works and products through friendly channels on the web and convey it using a much larger local area that has greater opportunities for promotion rather than through regular advertising channels.

According to Nunik et al (2019), social media marketing is an interactive marketing communication activity between businesses and customers, and vice versa, which helps these businesses generate sales of their goods and services. According to the definition given above, the practice of encouraging individuals to market their websites, products or consumer services through online social media channels and to communicate with each other is known as social media marketing. It taps into a much larger community with more opportunities for marketing than traditional advertising channels.

According to Afifah (2016), social media marketing has several indicators, namely as follows:

1. Online Communities, namely a business must create a community to offer its products to that community and encourage customer loyalty. Local area souls to build resilience, support conversations, and contribute data that is helpful in the turn of events and business progress.

2. Interaction, namely the company must engage with customers by responding to their comments, direct messages and broadcasts to make it easier for customers to obtain information from the business. Through continuously updated and relevant information from users, social media enables increased participation from online communities.

3. Sharing of Content, which is a dimension that utilizes social media marketing as a way for individuals to trade, distribute and receive material in situations that allow content to take the form of photos, videos or status updates.

4. Accessibility, namely enabling consumers who have internet access to engage in social media conversations, accessibility emphasizes ease of access and low operating costs in social media marketing.

5. Credibility, namely the company must be able to show its credibility by providing information, helping customers in resolving problems, and responding to customer suggestions or criticism. The term โ€œcredibilityโ€ refers to sending a clear message to a brand that encourages it to establish credibility through actions or statements that have an emotional connection with the intended audience.

Repurchase Intention

According to Pham et al (2018) Repurchase is described as the client’s real activity in purchasing or reusing the item. When customers purchase a particular item, they can make subsequent purchases. This indicates that customers frequently purchase similar services or goods from the same vendor. While repurchase is an actual action, repurchase intention indicates a customer’s decision to engage in future activities with the seller. Repurchase intention, as defined by Hellier et al in the journal Christine R (2018), is a cycle in which an individual plans to repurchase comparable services and products based on past experiences. If the value of a product or service is great, customers will be more inclined to buy it again because it makes them feel good and is interesting. Due to emotional desire, consumers often intend to repurchase, which increases repurchase intentions even further.

Repurchase intention according to Ali Hasan (2018) is the intention to make a purchase based on previous history. High repurchase interest reflects a high level of consumer satisfaction with the decision to use or obtain a product. Once a consumer tries a product and determines whether they like it or not after doing so, they decide whether to buy it or not. When customers believe that the goods they use are of high quality and able to satisfy their needs and expectations, liking for the product will develop. Based on this definition, it can be concluded that repurchase intention is a customer’s desire to repurchase goods or services in the future because they are happy with the brand previously used. The degree to which consumers are committed to obtaining a good or service influences how likely they are to repurchase. The better opportunities consumers have to make further purchases, the more they want or are interested in a product. The likelihood that consumers will repurchase a used good or service decreases in proportion to the level of interest they have in it. Consumer desires arise from the experience of using a product or service by having a positive experience that makes the product or service the main choice in the future. Apart from that, consumers also provide recommendations for products or services to other people because consumers have had positive experiences, so consumer recommendations to other people do not make other people feel disappointed.

According to Saraswati et al (2021) there are 4 types of repurchase intention indicators, namely:

1. Transactional Interest is an individual’s tendency to carry out product transactions.

2. Referral Interest is where the customer’s action recommends goods to other individuals.

3. Preferential Interest is that customers can cause things that have been used as primary decisions.

4. Explorative Interest is the interest of someone who carries out a constant search for product-related information.

Brand Trust

Brand trust is consumers’ belief that the company or brand they choose can solve their problems and deserves respect and provides more value. According to Murthy in the journal Anang Firmansyah (2019), brand trust is a business that successfully builds a long-lasting customer brand experience based on the principles of politeness, honesty and integrity. According to Munuera in the journal Ngabiso et al (2021) defines brand trust as when a product or service can meet the needs implemented in the brand based on consumer trust and prioritizing or prioritizing consumer needs, then it has a brand capacity that is trusted by consumers.

Brand trust is a type of buyer’s desire to depend on a brand that is in danger because of the assumption that the brand will provide profitable results, according to Lau and Lee in the journal Putu et al (2018). Customer loyalty to a brand is influenced by customer trust in it. According to relationship marketing theory, brand trust will be a major factor in determining initial brand loyalty. According to the description given above, brand trust can be defined as a customer’s willingness to believe that a brand will provide favorable outcomes for them, which leads to loyalty and trust in a brand.

According to Delgado in the journal Anang Firmansyah (2019), brand trust indicators are divided into 2 elements, namely:

1. Brand reliability, namely the buyer’s certainty that the goods can fulfill what is guaranteed with the view that the brand can solve problems and can also provide satisfaction. As a result, consumers develop trust in a brand when it is able to deliver on its promises and ensure that they will continue to receive the same level of satisfaction. Honesty, convenience, service procedures and services offered to ensure customer satisfaction are all aspects of brand reliability.

2. Brand intention, namely customer assurance that the product can prioritize their needs when unexpected problems with product use develop. Therefore, intentionality refers to the idea that brands will pay attention to what customers need and will not take advantage of their gullibility by offering compensation for problems using the product.

Relationship between Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing, Brand Trust and Repurchase Intention

Someone will be willing to make a repeat purchase because the consumer has experienced, felt, and provided experience by purchasing a product that suits their desires and needs as a consumer. Thus, the higher the consumer’s experiential marketing, the higher the consumer’s repurchase interest in the product they have purchased. Based on research by Yanto (2018) on “The Effect of Experiential Marketing on Repurchase Intention through Experiential Value among Pasa Rame Restaurant Consumers in Surabaya” and research by Khoirunnisa, et al (2021) on “The Effects of Experiential Marketing and Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention with Brand Trust as Variable Mediation for Wearing Klamby Hijab Fashion Products” proves that experiential marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention.

Many companies use social media as a way to connect, sell, and build connections with their consumers. This communication channel is ideal for exchanging knowledge and ideas. Because social media conveys the brand, customers perceive it as more authentic. The purpose of advertising is to inform customers about the company brand, so this will have an impact on their decision to make a repeat purchase. There are various ways to promote, but Instagram is one of them. Making customers remember a brand or product by using promotional advertising on social media is very important to increase repurchase interest. Based on research by Bawono, et al (2020) on “Analysis of the Effect of Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention Through Brand Trust as a Mediating Variable on Instagram Adidas Indonesia in Surabaya” and on research by Khoirunnisa, et al (2021) on “The Effects of Experiential Marketing and Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention with Brand Trust as Variable Mediation for Wearing Klamby Hijab Fashion Products” proves that social media marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention.

Experiential marketing is a marketing effort carried out by a company to focus on creating impressive experiences for consumers. Consumer confidence in the product’s ability to fulfill the brand’s promises of value and goodwill based on consumer confidence in the brand’s ability to prioritize consumer interests is the basis of brand trust. It can be concluded that the relationship between experiential marketing and brand trust is that consumers will be willing to make repeat purchases because these consumers have a sense of trust and feel comfortable with the fulfillment of their desires and needs in purchasing products, because the better the brand experience, the higher the level of consumer trust in the brand. . Based on Oktafia’s (2016) research on “Analysis of the Effect of Experiential Marketing on Brand Trust and Customer Loyalty by Mediating Customer Satisfaction (Case Study on Garuda Indonesia Airline Customers in the West Jakarta Region)” and Andriny’s (2015) research on “The Effect of Experiential Marketing on Brand Trust and J.CO Donuts & Coffee Customer Loyalty in Pontianak City (Survey of J.CO Donuts & Coffee Customers in Pontianak City)” proves that experiential marketing has a significant effect on brand trust.

One of the keys to establishing a better relationship with a brand is trust, which can also be used to build relationships with future customers. Social media marketing is a new medium for transaction processes when it comes to sharing information and promoting items of business. Using social media as a tool because this marketing tactic has the ability to help businesses achieve their goals, especially through increasing brand trust. Based on research from Irawan et al (2020) on “The Influence of Social Media Marketing Activities on Brand Trust, Brand Equity and Brand Loyalty on the Instagram Social Media Platform” and research by Zulfikar (2017) on “The Effect of Social Media Marketing on Brand Trust on Instagram Followers Dompet Dhuafa Yogyakarta Branchโ€ shows the extraordinary impact of social media marketing on brand trust.

According to Ngabiso et al (2021), brand trust is the capability of a product that is believed by customers when a product or service can meet the demands made on the brand, both based on consumer trust and prioritizing consumer needs. Because it directly influences repurchase intention, building and maintaining brand trust is very important (Dharmayana & Rahanatha, 2018). Based on research by Juwairiyah (2019) on “The Influence of Brand Image, Brand Trust, and Perceived Value on Repurchase Intention on Lion Air Airplane Tickets (Study on Undergraduate Students at Universitas Brawijaya Malang)” and Dellasari (2020) on “The Influence of Customer Experience and Brand Trust on Repurchase Intention in the Erigo Fashion Brand” has a fairly large impact on brand trust on intention to repurchase.

Consumers believe that with positive feedback from experiential marketing, consumers are willing to make repeat purchases. If someone uses an item repeatedly, then it can be said that the consumer is experienced in using the item and can be judged by trusting the product, so that the consumer has the intention to buy the product repeatedly, and vice versa. This means that the better and increased customer trust that results from experiential marketing, the more likely consumers are to increase their repurchase intentions.

It is recognized that one of the keys to strengthening consumer bonds with a particular brand is trust, which is a factor in long-term bonds with customers. Social media is used as a marketing tool because this approach provides several options to meet company goals, one of which is increasing brand trust. A trusted brand is a brand that succeeds in providing consumers with a memorable brand experience that is built on honesty, politeness and integrity (Murthy in the journal Anang Firmansyah, 2019). Building and maintaining brand trust is very important because orders directly influence a customer’s tendency to make more repeat purchases (Dharmayana & Rahanatha, 2018). Based on research by Bawono, et al (2020), it is proven that social media marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention through brand trust.

Conclusion

Experiential marketing and social media marketing can significantly influence consumers’ repurchase intentions through brand trust because marketing through experience and social media is an effective marketing method in helping consumers more easily and efficiently find out consumer beliefs that arise from repeated consumer views that arise. arises from the product purchased, so that if consumers have a good view of a product, it is more likely that consumers will repurchase the product. This article can be used as a reference for other research that has similar variables to this research, namely experiential marketing, social media marketing, repurchase intention, and brand trust. The author hopes that this research can further assess the variables of experiential marketing, social media marketing, and brand trust as factors that can experience repeat purchase interest.

References

Afifah, K. (2016). Pengaruh social media marketing Instagram terhadap Tingkat Brand Awareness Roaster and Bear Coffee Lounge & Kitchen. Universitas Gadjah Mada.

Andriani, R., & Fatimah, R. (2018). Strategi experiential marketing Sebagai metode Pendekatan DalamMeningkatkan revisit intention Wisatawan Sabda Alam    Garut.    Jurnal    Kajian    Ilmiah,    18(3),    206.

https://doi.org/10.31599/jki.v18i3.287

Andriny, Nova. (2015). PENGARUH EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING TERHADAP BRAND TRUST DANLOYALITAS PELANGGAN J.CO

DONUTS & COFFEE DI KOTA PONTIANAK (Survey Pada Pelanggan J.CO Donuts & Coffee di Pontianak). (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Tanjungpura,         Pontianak,            Indonesia)        Didapat        dari https://jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/ejmfe/article/view/12016

Christine R. Pardede, S. L. H. V. Joyce Lapian & Merinda Pandowo. (2018). The Influence Of Perceived Value and Trust On Repurchase Intention In Shopee Online Shopping โ€œ Jurnal EMBA , Vol.6 no.1 Januari 2018

Dellasari, Devy. (2020). Pengaruh Customer Experience dan Brand Trust terhadap Repurchase Intention padaBrand Fashion Erigo. (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Telkom, Bandung, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://openlibrary.telkomuniversity.ac.id/pustaka/files/162979/jurnal_eproc

/pengaruh-customer-experience-dan-brand-trust-terhadap-repurchase- intention-pada-brand-fashion-erigo.pdf

Dharmayana, I., & Rahanatha, G. (2018). PENGARUH BRAND EQUITY, BRAND TRUST, BRAND PREFERENCE, DAN KEPUASAN KONSUMEN  TERHADAP  NIAT  MEMBELI  KEMBALI.  E-Jurnal

Manajemen, 6(4), 2018-2046.

Durianto, D., Sugiarto, dan Sitinjak, T. (2017). Strategi Menaklukan Pasar Melalui Riset Ekuitas & Perilaku Konsumen. Jakarta: Gramedia.

Ghozali, L., & Latan, H. (2012). Partial Least Square : Konsep, Teknik dan Aplikasi SmartPLS 2.0 M3. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro.

Hair, Joseph F., G. Tomas M. Hult., Christian M. Ringle., and Marko Sarstedt. 2017. A Primer on Partial Least Squares Structural Equation Modelling (PLS-SEM). 2e Edition USA: Sage.

Irawan, Alfian Dally & Aswin Dewanto Hadisumarto. (2020). Pengaruh Aktivitas Social Media Marketing Terhadap Brand TrustBrand Equity, dan Brand Loyalty Pada Platform Social Media Instagram. (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Indonesia, Depok, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://scholarhub.ui.ac.id/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1045&context=jmui

Juwairiyah, Syaima. (2019). Pengaruh Brand ImageBrand Trust Dan Perceived Price Terhadap Repurchase Intention Pada Tiket Maskapai Penerbangan Lion Air (Studi Pada Mahasiswa/I S1 Universitas Brawijaya Malang). (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Brawijaya, Malang, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://repository.ub.ac.id/id/eprint/174626/

Khoirunnisa, A., & Astini, R. (2021). The effects of experiential marketing and social media marketing on repurchase intention with Brand Trust as variable mediation for wearing KLAMBY hijab fashion products.European Journal of Business and Management Research6(6), 35โ€“41. https://doi.org/10.24018/ejbmr.2021.6.6.1145

Mileva, L., & DH, A. F. 2018. Pengaruh social media marketing terhadap Keputusan Pembelian (survei onlinepada Mahasiswa Sarjana Jurusan Ilmu administrasi bisnis angkatan 2014/2015 fakultas Ilmu Administrasi Universitas Brawijaya Yang Membeli starbucks menggunakan line). Jurnal Administrasi                                                Bisnis.

http://administrasibisnis.studentjournal.ub.ac.id/index.php/jab/article/view/2 421

Ngabiso, F., Radji, D. L., & Kango, U. (2021). Pengaruh Citra Merek (Brand Image) Dan Kepercayaan Merek (Brand Trust) Terhadap Loyalitas Merek (Brand Loyalty) Pada Produk Air Minum Dalam KemasanMerek Aqua (Studi Pada Konsumen Amdk Merek Aqua Di Kota Gorontalo). Jurnal Ilmiah Manajemen Dan Bisnis4(1), 1-12.

Pham, Q., Tran, X., Misra, S., Maskeliลซnas, R., & Damaลกeviฤius, R. (2018). Relationship between convenience, perceived value, and repurchase intention in online shopping in Vietnam. Sustainability10(2), 156. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10010156

Priansa, D.J. (2017). Komunikasi pemasaran terpadu pada era media sosial, Edisi Pertama. Cv Pustaka Setia.

Ratnasari, N., Susandy, G., & Apriandi, D. W. (2019). THE INFLUENCE OF SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING AND ONLINCE CONSUMER BEHAVIOR IN THE CITY OF SUBANG ON THE BRAND STORY OF THE INSTANT MESSENGER LINE APPLICATION . Diskursus Ilmu

Manajemen STIESA (Dimensia) , 1-10.

Saraswati, K. D., Sanjaya, P. K. A., & Trarintya, M. A. P. (2021). Pengaruh Variasi Produk Dan Store Atmosphere Terhadap Repurchase Intention. Widya Amarta: Jurnal Manajemen, Kewirausahaan Dan Pariwisata1(2), 431-442.

Sari, N.N., Fauzi, A. and Rini, E.S. (2021) โ€˜The effect of electronic word of mouth (E-wom) and brand image on repurchase intention moderated by Brand Trust in the Garuda Indonesia airlineโ€™, International Journal of Research and Review, 8(9), pp. 81โ€“91. doi:10.52403/ijrr.20210912.

Sekaran, U. (2014). Metodologi Penelitian untuk Bisnis (Research Methods for Business). Buku 1 Edisi 4. Jakarta: Salemba Empat.

Skandalis, A., Byrom, J., & Banister, E. (2019). Experiential marketing and the changing nature of extraordinary experiences in post-postmodern consumer culture. Journal of Business Research97, 43โ€“50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.12.056

Tong, T. K. P. B. (2020). Analisa Pengaruh Social Media Marketing Terhadap Repurchase Intention Melalui Brand Trust Sebagai Variabel Mediasi Pada Instagram Adidas Indonesia di Surabaya. Jurnal Strategi Pemasaran.

Wicaksono, B. E., & Budiatmo, A. (2017) PENGARUH EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING  &   EMOTIONAL   BRANDING   TERHADAP

REPURCHASE MELALUI BRAND TRUST (Studi Kasus pada Konsumen Garuda Indonesia di KotaSemarang). Jurnal Ilmu Administrasi Bisnis, 7(1), 12-23.

Zulfikar, A. R., & Mikhriani, M. (2017). Pengaruh Social Media Marketing Terhadap Brand Trust Pada followers Instagram Dompet Dhuafa cabang Yogyakarta. Al-Idarah: Jurnal Manajemen Dan Administrasi Islam,1(2),

279. https://doi.org/10.22373/al-idarah.v1i2.1663

LINK TO DOWNLOAD PUBLISHED PDF

Unveiling the Voices Within: Navigating Speaking Anxiety Among English Language Learners towards Honing their Learning Strategies

Shanti Polamuri

HOD, Assistant Professor

Department of English

Maharashtra College

Abstract:

Language is a powerful tool that allows us to communicate, connect, and express ourselves. As the world becomes increasingly interconnected, the ability to communicate effectively in different languages has become an essential skill. In response to this demand, language instruction methods have evolved, placing a significant emphasis on the development of oral communication skills. This shift has been driven by the recognition that speaking is not only a fundamental aspect of language acquisition but also one of the most challenging. However, amidst the efforts to cultivate these skills, an often-overlooked obstacle emergesโ€”speaking anxiety. This article delves into the evolution of language instruction methods, the complexity of oral communication, the impact of speaking anxiety in second language (L2) environments. Furthermore, the identification process explains how these factors affect studentsโ€™ ability to learn and perform in an instructional environment, given that L2 classrooms are often structured according to the formation of groups with different dynamics that may have a more significant effect or impact on learnersโ€™ speaking anxiety. 

Keywords: Language acquisition, speaking anxiety, instructional environment, language dynamics, difficulty of oral communication etc., 

Importance of language learning

The evolution of language instruction methods reflects a profound understanding of the importance of oral communication. Language is not merely a collection of words and grammar rules; it is a means to convey thoughts, emotions, and ideas. Recognizing this, language educators have shifted their focus from rote memorization and passive learning to active engagement through speaking. This transformation is fueled by the understanding that speaking is a vital skill that individuals must acquire to participate fully in a globalized world. However, the path to becoming an adept speaker is far from easy. 

Speaking involves a multitude of intricacies, including pronunciation, intonation, vocabulary selection, grammar usage, and fluency. The convergence of these elements requires practice and persistence. Despite its importance, speaking often poses a significant challenge for language learners. The intricate web of skills and knowledge required for effective communication can be overwhelming. Amidst this complexity, anxiety emerges as a formidable barrier.

Anxiety, particularly in L2 environments with limited opportunities for target language communication, can cripple the language acquisition process. Learners grappling with speaking anxiety may find themselves paralyzed by fear of making mistakes, being judged, or not being able to express themselves eloquently. As a result, they might avoid engaging in conversations or participating in class discussions, depriving themselves of the crucial practice necessary for improvement. Several studies focused on the significance of public speaking anxiety as a primary factor affecting academic achievement, sheds light on the intricate interplay between speaking English, speaking anxiety, and the L2 classroom setting. The emotional variables associated with speaking anxiety further complicate the landscape, as learnersโ€™ self-esteem, confidence, and motivation are profoundly affected. By examining these relationships, the study aims to provide evidence that anxiety is a leading cause of poor performance among language learners.

The evolution of language instruction methods reflects a shift towards prioritizing oral communication skills, recognizing their pivotal role in effective language acquisition. However, the complexity of speaking, coupled with the presence of speaking anxiety, poses a substantial challenge for learners, particularly in L2 environments. Several studies on speaking anxiety’s impact on language acquisition underscores its detrimental effects, focusing on public speaking anxiety’s role in academic achievement. Ultimately, understanding and addressing speaking anxiety could lead to more effective language instruction and improved outcomes for learners worldwide.

Learners possess an innate curiosity for the unfamiliar and a penchant for imitation, making it an optimal foundation for embarking on language acquisition. Observing their surroundings and tuning into the cadence of everyday life, children effortlessly assimilate language without conscious effort. This process occurs through a blend of aural and visual perception, nurturing their growth. Consequently, childhood serves as an opportune phase for language acquisition, characterized by an informal and almost subconscious learning experience. ELT has reached a point where the acquisition of language skills is of increasing importance. The level of acquisition is determined by the growth of communication skills, namely speaking. The deficiency emerges at this point because improving speaking skills at the school level received less emphasis. Students who lack accuracy and fluency lose confidence and motivation to utilise the language. Numerous variables influence the language-learning and -teaching process. The significant component is linked to the scenario of instructed language education. With this as the focal point, this study seeks to discover reasons for lousy performance, learnersโ€™ strategies to reduce nervousness, and expectations during speaking sessions.

Speaking Anxiety

Anxiety, a complex and uncomfortable emotional state, has long intrigued psychologists and researchers for its significant impact on human behavior and well-being. Initially defined by Freud as “something felt,” anxiety encompasses a distressing emotional condition characterized by feelings of tension, apprehension, nervousness, and worry, often accompanied by physiological responses triggered by the autonomic nervous system (Horwitz et al., 1986, p. 125). While anxiety is commonly linked to perceiving present or future threats (Barlow, 1988; Behnke and Beatty, 1981), it assumes a particularly powerful role in the context of second language acquisition, where it manifests as second language anxiety, profoundly affecting learners of English as a second language.

Oral communication in a second language is frequently perceived as an anxiety-inducing experience, resulting in negative outcomes for language learners. The act of speaking in a new language brings with it the potential for miscommunication, errors, and a sense of vulnerability. Consequently, the fear of these potential challenges triggers high levels of anxiety, particularly before and during speech engagements. This phenomenon aligns with the observation that speakers experience heightened levels of worry and anxiety in relation to their communication performance (Barlow, 1988). However, the study of this anxiety could serve as a catalyst for more effective communication practices, aiming to enhance individuals’ ability to convey their thoughts and ideas confidently and competently in front of an audience.

Within the realm of educational studies, anxiety has been examined as a relatively consistent personality trait, known as feature anxiety. Learners exhibiting this trait are prone to experiencing anxiety across various situations. In contrast, state anxiety is a transient emotional state triggered by specific circumstances, while situation-specific anxiety refers to a recurring trait associated with particular situations (Spielberger, Anton and Bedell, 1976). Notably, in the context of language learning, studies have revealed that language learning anxiety tends to be situation-dependent, indicating that it surfaces in specific scenarios (Gardener, 1991b; Horwitz, 2001). This propensity for situation-dependent anxiety is particularly pronounced in language learning environments, such as classrooms.

Anxiety as an intricate emotional state, holds considerable sway over human behavior and cognition. In the realm of language acquisition, second language anxiety significantly affects learners attempting to communicate in an unfamiliar language. This anxiety can stem from the fear of potential mistakes and miscommunications. However, by delving into the study of these anxieties, educators and researchers aim to empower individuals to navigate the challenges of speaking in a second language more effectively. Moreover, the distinction between feature anxiety, state anxiety, and situation-specific anxiety in educational settings underscores the complexity of anxiety’s manifestations and their implications for language learners. This intricate interplay of emotions and communication serves as a foundation for enhancing language instruction and promoting more effective communication education. As a student organises and prepares for an impending speaking activity or oral presentation in front of others, negative thoughts about the activity or session may exacerbate feelings of anticipatory anxiety linked with the assigned speaking task. This psychological phenomenon challenges teachers and instructors whose ultimate purpose is to educate and train students to be good communicators.

Awareness of Anxiety in the English Language Classroom

The pervasive influence of the English language has led to its recognition as a vital and essential component of modern life. Students, cognizant of its global reach and multifaceted benefits, attribute numerous virtues to their ability to speak English. From being perceived as “Universal” and “Global” to fostering a sense of “Prestige” and “Belonging,” English is regarded as more than just a language; it is a powerful tool that profoundly shapes their academic and personal journey.

For students, speaking English is synonymous with confidence. The ability to communicate effectively in this language empowers them to overcome linguistic barriers and engage confidently in various situations. It instills a sense of belonging, enabling them to connect with people across the world and be part of a larger, interconnected community. This interconnectedness not only facilitates personal growth but also serves as a conduit for international recognition. The universality of English enables individuals to expand their horizons, explore new avenues, and flourish on a global stage.

The impact of English extends beyond personal growth; it permeates professional spheres as well. Students are acutely aware that English proficiency is a prerequisite for internships, employment opportunities, and higher education in foreign countries. They understand that mastering English equips them with the tools needed for successful communication and exceptional engagement in diverse international environments. The language becomes an asset during presentations and interviews, allowing individuals to express themselves with eloquence and clarity, thus leaving a lasting impression.

Furthermore, the role of English in fostering effective communication is indispensable in various social contexts. Friendships are deepened through shared conversations, and the ability to comprehend diverse viewpoints enriches relationships. Mastery of English enables individuals to discern attitudes and emotions, thereby facilitating deeper understanding. This proficiency is not only valuable for interpersonal connections but also essential when venturing into unfamiliar territories. When traveling to distant locales, English assumes the role of a “Survival” language, enabling individuals to navigate foreign lands with ease and confidence. The practical implications of English extend to the global marketplace, where it emerges as a tool for professional competitiveness. English proficiency breaks down language barriers, allowing individuals to compete effectively in an international arena. It imparts a touch of sophistication to one’s profile, enhancing their history and increasing their appeal to prospective employers or collaborators. Moreover, it provides a pathway for articulating opinions, transcending cultural differences, and bridging gaps in a world increasingly characterized by diversity. The students recognize that English transcends mere language and assumes the stature of a transformative force in their lives. Its universal appeal, role in fostering confidence, facilitating connections, and enhancing professional prospects, paints a picture of an indispensable tool for personal and academic growth. The students’ profound understanding of English’s significance underscores its pivotal role in shaping their present and future endeavors, both on a personal and global scale.

The aspiration to master the English language resonates with countless individuals, making it a cherished dream for many. English speakers are often regarded as possessing a unique talent and innate gift. This sentiment is amplified by the fact that a substantial portion of pertinent literature and resources are available exclusively in English. For some, the allure of English stems from its ability to serve as a catalyst for achieving predetermined objectives, providing the means to turn aspirations into reality. Others are drawn to English by a genuine affection for the language, valuing the joy of speaking it, regardless of grammatical correctnessโ€”embracing it as an avenue for expression and enjoyment. Amidst these motivations, there lies a compelling rationale for learning languages beyond one’s mother tongue. This is particularly pronounced among learners who consider English a foundational subject within their academic journey. The necessity to study English is deeply ingrained, with its significance acknowledged as an essential component of their education. 

Many learners recognize that English is a pathway to frequent and eloquent communication, allowing them to convey their thoughts and ideas fluently. However, for a select few, English is more than just a subject of studyโ€”it is a dream that holds the key to their desired professions. Their professional and personal triumphs hinge upon their mastery of the English language. This realization propels them forward, as they understand that their command over English dictates their potential job prospects and the subsequent trajectory of their careers.

Interestingly, amidst the diverse motivations, a prevailing sentiment surfaces that learning English can be enjoyable and comparatively less arduous than other languages. This perception is rooted in the belief that English facilitates more effective communication and technological engagement. Beyond professional and academic motives, there are those who view English as a vehicle for personal fame, intellectual growth, and international recognition. The spectrum of reasons for learning English broadens further, encompassing a range of aspirations. Some are driven by an inherent passion for languages, seeking to immerse themselves in linguistic exploration. Others aspire to be known for their English proficiency, harnessing it as a distinguishing factor. The pursuit of higher education, a promising future, research publication, improved speech delivery, enhanced communication skills, knowledge acquisition, career advancement, and global travel all contribute to the allure of English.

However, despite these aspirations and motivations, learners universally acknowledge a shared challenge: anxiety when speaking English. This unease can significantly impact a learner’s adaptability to the target language and, consequently, their academic pursuits. The link between anxiety and oral performance is well-established, underscoring the need for effective strategies to address this hindrance. Interactive sessions are recommended as a remedy, providing learners with a platform to overcome their fears and gradually develop their speaking abilities. The desire to master the English language encompasses a diverse array of motivations, from personal passion to professional advancement. Learners recognize the transformative power of English, both as a means of effective communication and as a conduit to achieving their dreams. Yet, the presence of anxiety in speaking English highlights the complex interplay between emotional well-being and language acquisition. By addressing this anxiety and fostering supportive learning environments, educators can empower learners to fully embrace the opportunities presented by the English language.

Difficulties of Learners while using English

Learners of a second language (L2) encounter a diverse array of obstacles, often contingent upon the level of exposure they have had to the language. The challenges associated with L2 speech production are multifaceted, encompassing both physical and psychological elements. Among these elements, anxiety plays a significant role, stemming from a variety of valid factors. Issues such as extreme nervousness, lack of self-confidence, memory limitations, attention deficits, insufficient practice, deficient language command, incorrect communication, and inadequate opportunities for interaction all contribute to impeding the communication process. For some learners, cognitive processes can be a stumbling block, making it arduous to select the appropriate words (Woodrow 2006). The struggle to pinpoint the right terms, coupled with the desire to incorporate words from one’s mother tongue, further exacerbates this challenge. In instances of inadequate preparation or recall, confidence can waver, giving rise to heightened anxiety. The absence of prior experience in speaking in front of an audience, coupled with the fear of facing classmates, impedes effective communication. Moreover, concerns over task completion, constructing coherent sentences, and the distractions posed by fellow classmates can cause a breakdown in the communication process.

A pervasive fear is the uncertainty of what to express next during a speech or presentation. Learners grapple with the correct tone, pronunciation, and even forgetting the points they had intended to convey, leading to frustration and heightened apprehension. The struggle to conjure appropriate and unique words spontaneously is a common hurdle, resulting in instances where crucial information is missed during speech.

One of the most pronounced sources of anxiety arises when speaking in front of a group. Many individuals experience an overwhelming sense of terror in this context. The looming fear of stumbling, combined with concerns about potential memory lapses, adds to their anxiety. These anxieties can manifest physically, with shaky hands and legs betraying the inner turmoil. The obstacles faced by L2 learners in mastering oral communication are nuanced and varied, depending on their exposure and experience. The complex interplay of psychological and physical elements, compounded by anxiety arising from a range of valid factors, contributes to the challenges faced during speech production. From memory lapses to fear of facing an audience, these barriers can significantly impact a learner’s confidence and overall performance. Recognizing and addressing these challenges through supportive learning environments, interactive sessions, and strategies to manage anxiety are crucial steps toward empowering learners to navigate the intricate landscape of L2 communication with increased ease and effectiveness.

Strategy to Decrease Anxiety

In the face of an awareness of decreasing their anxiety, learners employ a range of techniques to mitigate their anxiety during speaking sessions. These strategies are designed to create a more comfortable environment, address anxiety-related concerns, and actively overcome the underlying causes of fear.

Guided by teachers’ overarching directions and supervision, learners have embraced tactics aimed at diminishing their stage fright. Techniques such as practicing speeches in front of a mirror to refine facial expressions are beneficial in combating stage fright. Teachers’ encouragement to ensure active participation from all students fosters a collective commitment to speaking, shifting the focus from apprehensive outcomes to the valuable experience itself. For instance, organizing English language games, honing reading skills, engaging with diverse environments, interacting with new individuals, seeking guidance from peers, recalling positive memories, and sharing these experiences before the class are all methods that hold the potential to alleviate anxiety. Additionally, learners advocate for participation in motivating tasks as a means to reduce anxiety, fostering a belief that tackling these tasks head-on enhances their confidence and lessens apprehension.

The importance of interactive sessions and brief presentations as anxiety-reduction strategies has been emphasized by learners. Adopting an “if others can, why can’t I?” mindset instills a positive attitude that bolsters their self-assurance. Expanding interactions to include individuals from different states cultivates a global perspective, promoting a more confident approach to English communication.

The notion that speaking in English leads to increased self-assuredness underscores the transformative power of language mastery. Nurturing amicable relationships with teachers and classmates has been highlighted as pivotal in creating an environment conducive to open expression and reduced anxiety. The freedom to voice opinions and views further nurtures self-assurance, while adopting a calm and composed approach to learning is deemed an effective antidote to anxiety. Thus, learners’ awareness of their weaknesses is accompanied by a proactive approach to addressing and mitigating their anxiety. The strategies they have adopted, guided by teacher input and personal experiences, underscore the significance of fostering a supportive and interactive learning environment. By embracing techniques that encourage engagement, global interactions, positive attitudes, and a calm mindset, learners not only diminish anxiety but also bolster their confidence, paving the way for effective language acquisition and dynamic communication.

Consideration, Perspectives, and Prospects

The expectations of students from their instructors in the context of language learning are indicative of a desire for interactive and engaging classes. Students look forward to classes that are not only informative but also enjoyable, achieved through interactive sessions that foster active participation. In the realm of L2 learning and acquisition, students value timely feedback, personalized interactions, private correction of errors, the emphasis on speaking and listening activities, a comfortable learning atmosphere, frequent opportunities for practice, a friendly demeanor from instructors, and the role of the teacher as a problem-solver.

A prominent sentiment generally shared by English language learners is their aversion to public reprimand or punishment. Learners place great importance on the establishment of a welcoming environment by instructors. They appreciate instructors who can identify errors and provide assistance in a supportive manner. Teachers are viewed as responsible for encouraging extensive reading to enhance vocabulary and reading speed, facilitating language growth through a comprehensive approach.

Feedback from students regarding speaking sessions emerges as overwhelmingly positive, providing both encouragement and room for the improvement of instructors. Some learners may possess the ability to speak but are hindered by their own shyness. The impact of these sessions is described as extraordinary, calming, revitalizing, joyful, and enlightening. Overcoming stage fright within these sessions grants learners a sense of accomplishment, fostering positive emotions. Importantly, the feedback loop established by teachers, who correct and offer assistance, is noted to have a profound impact on learners’ self-perception. The act of being guided and supported by teachers instills a sense of mastery and confidence. This newfound confidence translates into enthusiastic and committed participation in various activities, showcasing the symbiotic relationship between positive teaching practices and student engagement.

The students’ expectations from language instructors reflect a desire for engaging, interactive, and supportive learning environments. The importance of personalized interactions, private error correction, and a focus on speaking and listening activities is evident. The avoidance of public reprimand and the creation of a comfortable atmosphere play crucial roles in facilitating effective learning. Positive feedback loops resulting from teachers’ corrective guidance empower learners with confidence, leading to enthusiastic engagement in various learning activities. Ultimately, the dynamic interaction between students and instructors is key to fostering a rich and productive language learning experience.

Conclusions

The prevailing necessity revolves around establishing an environment conducive to language learning and infusing the process with enjoyment via interactive sessions. Nevertheless, learners are proactively pursuing chances to enhance and showcase their speaking skills. Consequently, the onus predominantly rests on educators to transform English learning and speaking into an enjoyable journey. This entails tailoring activities that align with students’ needs and preferred learning approaches. Equally vital is cultivating a receptive mindset among learners, fostering a high level of enthusiasm and eagerness to accept, acquire, and master the language.

References

  1. Barlow, D.H. (1988). Anxiety and its disorders: The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. New York: Guilford.
  2. Behnke, R.R., & Beatty, M.J. (1981). Comparison of anticipatory and performance anxiety in public speaking. Texas Speech Communication Journal, 6, 3-6.
  3. Horwitz, E.K., Horwitz, B.M., & Cope, J (1986). Foreign language classroom anxiety. The Modern Language Journal, 70(2), 125-132. 
  4. Horwitz, E.K., (2001). โ€˜Language Anxiety and Achievementโ€™, Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 21: 112-26.
  5. MacIntyre, P.D., R.C. Gardner., (1991b). โ€˜Methods and Results in the Study of Anxiety and Language Learning: A Review of the Literature, Language Learning 41:513-34.
  6. Woodrow, Lindy., (2006). Anxiety and Speaking English as a Second Language, RELC Journal, 37, pp. 308-323.
  7. Spielberger, C.D. (1966). Anxiety and behaviour. Academic Press.
  8. Spielberger, C., W, Anton and J. Bedell (1976). โ€˜The Nature and Treatment of Test Anxiety. In M. Zuckerman and C. Spielberger, Emotions and Anxiety: New Concepts, Methods and Applications (Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum) 317-44.
  9. Tercan, Gulsah., Dikilitas, Kenan., (2015). EFL studentsโ€™ speaking anxiety: a case from tertiary level students, International Association of Research in Foreign Language education and Applied Linguistics ELT Research Journal. 2015, 4(1), 16-27 ISSN: 2146-9814.

Vector Marketing: A Controversial Sales Model

Vector Marketing, a company that operates within the direct selling industry, has been a subject of both fascination and controversy for several decades. Known for its unique sales approach, which involves recruiting and training young people to sell cutlery and kitchenware, Vector Marketing has garnered attention for its marketing strategies, business model, and allegations of deceptive practices. In this essay, we will examine the history, structure, and controversies surrounding Vector Marketing.

History and Structure of Vector Marketing

Vector Marketing was founded in 1981 as the sales arm of the Cutco Corporation, a manufacturer of high-quality kitchen knives and utensils. The company’s business model primarily relies on recruiting college students and young adults as independent contractors, known as “sales representatives” or “cutco reps.” These representatives are responsible for selling Cutco products directly to consumers through in-home demonstrations.

Photo by Canva Studio on Pexels.com

Vector Marketing’s unique structure involves the following key elements:

  1. Recruitment and Training: Vector Marketing actively recruits students and young adults, often targeting those seeking part-time employment or flexible work arrangements. Once recruited, individuals undergo a training program that teaches them sales techniques and product knowledge.
  2. Commission-Based Compensation: Cutco representatives earn commissions based on their sales performance. The more products they sell, the higher their earnings. This commission-based compensation structure is central to Vector Marketing’s model.
  3. In-Home Demonstrations: Representatives are encouraged to conduct in-home product demonstrations to showcase the quality and utility of Cutco products. These demonstrations often involve the use of personal networks to secure appointments with potential customers.

Controversies Surrounding Vector Marketing

Vector Marketing has faced significant criticism and legal challenges over the years. Some of the main controversies include:

  1. Recruitment Practices: Critics argue that Vector Marketing uses aggressive and deceptive recruitment tactics. Some individuals claim they were misled about the nature of the job and its income potential. This has led to allegations of exploitation of young and inexperienced workers.
  2. High Turnover Rates: Vector Marketing has been criticized for its high turnover rates among representatives. Many recruits do not stay with the company for an extended period, leading to concerns about the sustainability of their income and job security.
  3. Focus on Friends and Family: The company’s emphasis on selling to friends and family has raised ethical questions. Critics argue that this approach can strain personal relationships and create discomfort among representatives and their social circles.
  4. Legal Challenges: Vector Marketing has faced legal action in the form of class-action lawsuits and regulatory investigations. Some cases have alleged violations of labor laws and deceptive business practices.
  5. Income Disparities: Despite promises of high earnings, many Vector Marketing representatives reportedly earn very little, especially when factoring in the time and expenses associated with the job. This has fueled accusations of income inequality within the organization.

Conclusion

Vector Marketing’s unconventional sales model has drawn both intrigue and criticism. While some individuals have had positive experiences and found success as Cutco representatives, others have voiced concerns about recruitment practices, high turnover rates, and income disparities. It is essential for potential recruits to thoroughly research and understand the company’s business model and to be cautious when considering opportunities with Vector Marketing or any direct selling organization.

As with any business, transparency, ethical practices, and adherence to labor laws are essential for maintaining a positive reputation and ensuring that individuals are not taken advantage of in the pursuit of employment and financial stability. Ultimately, Vector Marketing’s impact on the lives of its representatives and the perception of its business practices will continue to be subjects of debate and scrutiny in the years to come.

Benefits of Distance Learning Courses

Shashikant N Sharma

Distance learning courses are educational programs that allow students to study remotely, often from the comfort of their own homes, without the need to attend a physical classroom. These courses utilize various technologies and online platforms to deliver instructional materials, assignments, and assessments to students. Distance learning can take several forms, including online courses, correspondence courses, video conferencing, and more.

Photo by Max Fischer on Pexels.com

Whether distance learning courses are equally useful as traditional in-person courses depends on various factors, including the individual’s learning style, the quality of the course, and the specific goals of the learner. Here are some points to consider:

  1. Flexibility: Distance learning offers greater flexibility in terms of when and where you study. This can be particularly advantageous for individuals with work or family commitments that make attending traditional classes difficult.
  2. Accessibility: Distance learning allows access to a wide range of courses and programs that may not be available locally. This can be especially beneficial for those seeking specialized knowledge or degrees.
  3. Self-discipline: Distance learners need to be self-motivated and disciplined to manage their time effectively and stay on track with coursework. In contrast, traditional classroom settings often provide more structure.
  4. Interaction: In-person classes often facilitate immediate interaction with instructors and peers, which can be essential for some subjects. However, many distance learning programs incorporate discussion boards, video conferencing, and other tools to foster online interaction.
  5. Quality of Instruction: The quality of distance learning courses varies widely. Some institutions and programs offer high-quality online education with well-designed materials and experienced instructors. Others may not meet the same standards.
  6. Accreditation: It’s important to ensure that the institution offering the distance learning course is accredited, as this can affect the recognition of the degree or certification.
  7. Learning Style: Some people thrive in an independent learning environment, while others benefit from the structure and face-to-face interactions of traditional classes.
  8. Cost: Distance learning can sometimes be more cost-effective, as it eliminates the need for commuting and can often offer lower tuition fees. However, this can vary depending on the institution and the program.

In summary, distance learning courses can be equally useful for individuals who have the self-discipline and motivation to succeed in an online environment. They can offer numerous advantages in terms of flexibility and accessibility. However, the effectiveness of distance learning also depends on the quality of the program, the support provided, and the individual’s learning preferences. It’s essential to research and choose programs carefully to ensure they meet your educational and career goals.

How Legal Services can be Automated

Legal services can be automated to some extent using technology and artificial intelligence (AI) tools. Automation in the legal field can help improve efficiency, reduce costs, and streamline various processes. Go Answer is one of such website providing online legal services. Here are several ways in which legal services can be automated.

Photo by August de Richelieu on Pexels.com
  1. Document Automation:
    • Contract generation: AI-powered contract automation tools can create standard contracts and agreements based on predefined templates and variables.
    • Legal document review: AI can analyze and review large volumes of legal documents, such as discovery documents, to identify relevant information and flag potential issues.
  2. Legal Research:
    • AI-powered legal research tools can quickly search through vast databases of case law, statutes, regulations, and legal literature to provide attorneys with relevant precedents and information.
  3. Due Diligence:
    • AI can assist in due diligence processes for mergers and acquisitions by analyzing and summarizing large sets of documents and highlighting key information or potential risks.
  4. E-Discovery:
    • Automated e-discovery tools can help identify and categorize electronic documents for litigation purposes, reducing the time and cost associated with manual review.
  5. Contract Management:
    • Contract management software can automate contract tracking, reminders for renewal dates, and compliance monitoring, ensuring that contractual obligations are met.
  6. Legal Chatbots:
    • Chatbots can be used for initial client intake, answering frequently asked questions, and providing basic legal information to clients or website visitors.
  7. Predictive Analytics:
    • AI can analyze historical case data to predict case outcomes, helping lawyers make informed decisions and prioritize their workload.
  8. Virtual Legal Assistants:
    • Virtual legal assistants powered by AI can perform administrative tasks, manage schedules, and handle client communication, freeing up attorneys to focus on higher-value tasks.
  9. Billing and Timekeeping:
    • Automated time tracking and billing software can streamline the billing process, making it more accurate and efficient.
  10. Compliance Monitoring:
    • Automated systems can continuously monitor changes in laws and regulations, alerting legal teams to potential compliance issues.
  11. Intellectual Property Management:
    • Automation tools can assist in managing intellectual property portfolios, including trademark and patent applications, monitoring for infringements, and renewals.
  12. Online Dispute Resolution (ODR):
    • ODR platforms can help resolve certain types of disputes through automated processes, reducing the need for litigation.
  13. Data Security and Privacy:
    • Automation can help ensure compliance with data security and privacy regulations by monitoring data breaches and implementing security measures.
  14. Client Communication:
    • Automated email campaigns and client portals can keep clients informed about case progress and upcoming appointments.

It’s important to note that while automation can bring many benefits to the legal field, there are also limitations and ethical considerations. Human judgment, legal expertise, and ethical decision-making are still essential in many legal matters. Automation should complement the work of legal professionals rather than replace it entirely. Additionally, data security and confidentiality must be rigorously maintained when automating legal processes.

Terrorism in Contemporary Nigeria Society: The Case of Boko-Haram

1Kingsley Obumunaeme Ilo

Department of Political Science, University of Nigeria, Nsukka, Enugu State

Email: kingsley.ilo@unn.edu.ng

2Ikegbunam, Uchenna Lilian

Department of Educational Foundations and Administration, 

Nwafor Orizu College of Education, Nsugbe, Anambra State

Email: ucikegbunam1@gmail.com

3Chijioke A. C. Okoye

Department of History and International Studies,

Odumegwu Ojukwu University, Igbariam Campus, Anambra State

Email: ca.okoye@coou.edu.ng  

4*Chukwuemeka Dominic Onyejegbu*

Social Sciences Unit, School of General Studies, University of Nigeria, Enugu Campus, Enugu State

Email: onyejegbudominic@gmail.com

*Corresponding author*

Abstract

This paper examined the issue of terrorism in contemporary Nigeria society paying particular attention to the case of Boko-Haram. Boko-Haram is a form of well-known terrorist group that has caused havoc and displaced many citizens; particularly in the North-Eastern part of Nigeria. The paper utilized secondary data and was anchored on frustration-aggression theory. Amongst other factors, the paper argues that it is evident that the Boko-Haram sect exploits widespread youth unemployment, and a high prevalence of illiteracy in Nigeria to perpetrate their terrorist acts. The reasons ranged from the frustrations of the unemployed youths and some people who dropped out of school. The paper posits that unless something is done to control it, a better, safer and more prosperous society emerging in Nigeria will remain elusive. Thus, the study recommends that there is need to review and restructure current governmental programmes to create sustainable jobs and encourage economic empowerment since current governmental  programmes have not met the employment need of the society. Also, present laws and practices guiding education system in Nigeria should be reviewed in a way that literacy level in Nigeria can be improved. In particular, there is need to explore the extant laws and ascertain the extent to which they are being enforced with a view to establishing their efficacy.

Keywords: Boko-Haram, Terrorism, Unemployment, Indiscriminate violence, Nigeria

1.1 Introduction 

Terrorism is one of the most challenging problems facing Nigeria today. The issue of terrorism and how to control it has remained a recurrent debate among scholars in the Nigerian socio-politics, yet there seems to be no end in sight. According to Ikeke (2015), when terrorism happens in any society, it affects almost every segment of that society. It brings about the destruction of human life and property; and the destruction of bio-cultural diversity. The lives of people and that of society are impeded. To Boff (2006:47), terrorism is today the major threat to the current global order, and its power can strike anywhere in the world.

 Eno, Eno, Ingiriis and Haji (2012) maintained, humans need not justify terrorism of any kind, regardless of whether one is Muslim, Christian or Jew, because it is the axis of evil and devastation of mankind. To Ogudiya and Amzat (2008), terrorism is a socio-political disorder that has grown to the detriment of the international security system and global economy. Acts of terrorism have increased over the years since September 11, 2001 terrorist attack directed at the United States of America. Since then, some nations, including Nigeria, have been suspected as pro-terrorist countries, possible haven for the terrorists and prone to terrorist attack (Ajah, Ajah, Ajah, Onwe, Ozumba, Iyoke & Nwankwo, 2022; Ogudiya & Amzat, 2008).

Terrorism is the use of intentional indiscriminate violence and intimidation such as mass destruction of lives and properties, kidnapping and assassination against members of the public as a means to create fear in order to achieve a political, religious and other aims. According to Americaโ€™s State Department, terrorism is the premeditated, politically motivated violence perpetrated against non-combatant targets by sub-national groups or clandestine agents, usually intended to influence an audience. Oyeniyi (2010) defines terrorism as any act which is a violation of the criminal laws of a state party and which may endanger the life, physical integrity or freedom of, or cause serious injury or death to any person, any number or group of persons or causes or may cause damage to public or private property, natural resources, environmental or cultural heritage and is calculated or intended to: 

  • intimidate, put in fear, coerce or induce any government, body, institution, the general public or any segment thereof, to do or abstain from doing any act, or to adopt or abandon a particular standpoint or to act according to certain principles; or 
  • disrupt any public  service, the delivery of any essential service to the public or to create a public  emergency; or 
  • create general insurrection in a state.

Wilkinson (2006:328) noted that terrorism can be distinguished from other forms of violence in the following ways: 

  • It is premeditated and designed to create a climate of extreme fear. 
  • It is directed at a wider target than the immediate victims. 
  • It is considered by the society in which it occurs as โ€˜extra-normalโ€™, that is, it violates the norms regulating disputes, protest and dissent.
  •  It is used primarily, though not exclusively to influence the political behavior of governments, communities or specific social groups.

 Mooney, Knox and Schacht (2002) are of the view that terrorism could be used to publicize a cause, promote an ideology, achieve religious freedom, attain the release of a political prisoner, or rebel against a government. What actually defines terrorism is not the motive but the means utilized in driving the motive (Eze, Okpa, Onyejegbu & Ajah, 2022; Ogundiya & Amzat, 2008).

In Nigeria, Boko-Haram (which loosely interprets to western education is sin) is a well-known terrorist group that has caused havoc and displaced many citizens; particularly in the North-Eastern part of the Country. These acts of terrorism have seriously caused untold hardships to the Nigerian citizens. Beri (2017) asserts that Boko Haram continues to target civilians and government infrastructure despite several rounds of operation conducted by the Nigerian Army. Boko Haram, which came up in 2009, had emerged as the โ€˜worldโ€™s deadliest terrorist organizationโ€™ by 2014. In the last eight years, it is said that Boko Haram has taken 20,000 lives, displaced 2.6 million people, created 75,000 orphans and caused about nine billion Naira worth of damage. Links with the ISIS, with leadership tussle between Abubakar Shekau and ISIS favouring Abu Musab al-Barnawi, have turned the situation more complex (Okpa, Ajah, Eze & Enweonwu, 2022; Beri, 2017). 

Despite the havoc and challenges Boko-Haram is causing in Nigeria, slow implementation of counter-terrorism framework by the members of the security agencies has created a security gap which they utilize to perpetrate their evil acts. Similarly, divisions in the country along ethnic, religious, and regional lines in addition to support they receive from some members of the public have boosted their operation.

1.2 Overview of Boko-Haram in Nigeria

Popoola (2012) reports that Boko Haram is a militant Islamic sect based in Northern Nigeria. Otherwise known as Jamaโ€™atu Ahlis Sunna Liddaโ€™awati Wal-Jihad, these mean, “people committed to the propagation of the Prophet Mohammedโ€™s teachings and jihadโ€.  The group was formed around 2002. Nwanze (2014) maintained that the militant group saw society, particularly the government of Mala Kachalla as irredeemably corrupt. So, in the middle of 2002, the group, under its founder, Mohammed Yusuf, embarked on a hijra to Kanama in Yobe state. The quote below vividly captures the Islamic interpretation of Mohammed Yusufโ€™s hijra:

In Islam, a hijra is a journey from the bad world to go and be closer to God. The Prophet undertook one, from Mecca to Medina. Usman dan Fodio also undertook his own hijra, to Gudu, when Yunfa wanted to kill him (Nwanze, 2014). 

Kanama is probably where they had their first foreign contact. While there, more members joined, some of these new members were the kids of influential Northern leaders, such as the son of Yobe’s governor at the time โ€œBukar Abba Ibrahimโ€ (Nwanze, 2014). Guided by the meaning of the name โ€œBoko Haramโ€ (western education is sinful), some people view their mission as reformist in nature. In 2004 after the group moved to Kanamma, Yobe state, they set up a base called ‘Afghanistan’ from where it attacked nearby police stations, killing police officers (Eze, Ajah, Okpa & Ngwu, 2022; Poopola, 2012). 

For strategic operational reasons, Yusuf extended the operations of the group to Maiduguri, Borno state, in 2009 where he attacked and killed several political and religious leaders or their families, especially, those who had openly condemned or criticized Boko Haramโ€™s activities. From that moment, the group stepped up their operations and by 2011 several government officials as well as security operatives were killed (Popoola, 2012).  

In the same year 2011, the group struck other targets in the north including the Federal Capital Territory (FCT), Abuja, where they bombed the police headquarters and the United Nationโ€™s office. When the group struck at Damaturu and Potiskum, Yobe state, on November 4th, the police confirmed the death of 65 people (Popoola, 2012).  The devastating effect of the groupโ€™s attack has thus forced several government ministries, parastatals, and corporate establishments to step up security measures in an attempt to protect lives and property (Popoola, 2012). Ekwueme (2011:42) argues that Boko Haram is fast becoming Nigeriaโ€™s version of Muslim extremists operating with impunity elsewhere, maiming and killing those they consider as infidels. Ekwueme (2011:42) also asserts that the groupโ€™s teachings resemble that of the Afghanistan Taliban. They believe that any teaching or education that does not conform to the tenets of Islam is sinful and should not be taught at all. They also believed that it was the influence of western education that is watering down Islamic teaching and weakening Islam itself.  

Ekwueme (2011:43) went further to argue that the group exploited the countryโ€™s dysfunctional school system that is plagued with numerous strikes by teachers, widespread youth unemployment, and a high prevalence of illiteracy. The group also exploits the absence of an effective security system in the country.  Taking advantage of these economic frustrations and corrupt leadership of the country, they were able to win many converts. Even highly educated and well-connected members of the society joined the sect, and because their teaching addressed the frustrations of the unemployed youths, some of them dropped out of school, left their homes and joined the group fully (Ekwueme, 2011:43). Guardian newspaper (2011:43) expressed a similar view when she argued that Boko Haram is largely populated by young and often educated unemployed believers who are in circumstance restless and disenchanted with a life of idleness and hopelessness. They are therefore, a ready and willing audience for a preacher who, pooh-poohing western education as valueless in this life and in the life to come, calls on his followers to reject it” (p. 43).  

1.3 Causes of Boko-Haram Terrorism in Nigeria

 Olawale (2016) identified the following as the causes of violence in Nigeria and each of these causes has implication in this study:

Poor economy and unemployment: Olwawale (2016) identified that the escalating state of violence in Nigeria has been incessantly linked to poor economy and high level of youth unemployment.  Nigeriaโ€™s economy has been marred by corruption and thorough mismanagement of public funds. This has led to widespread unemployment, frustration and restiveness among the youths which makes them susceptible to violence. Nigeriaโ€™s unemployment rate is above the sub regionโ€™s average that increased to 23.9% in 2011 compared to 21.1% in 2010 and 19.7% in 2009 (National Bureau of Statistics, 2012).  The youth constitute 60% of the countryโ€™s population, and majority of them are unemployed and underemployed. Since they are idle and frustrated, they become susceptible to violence, societies with strong economies and low unemployment rates record low percentage of violence (Olawale, 2016). The appeal of using terror to get oneโ€™s way is becoming an acceptable option among Nigerians because of frustration of not being employed. One of the Nigerian newspaper reported that:

 The Boko Haram is largely populated by young and often educated unemployed believers who are in circumstance restless and disenchanted with a life of idleness and hopelessness. They are therefore, a ready and willing audience for a preacher who, pooh-poohing western education as valueless in this life and in the life to come, calls on his followers to reject it” Guardian newspaper (2011:43).

Lack of equality and justice: Nigeria is a rich country with alarming number of poor people. The country is vast in natural resources and oil wealth which is controlled by the political class. While a lawmaker earns bogus salaries and allowances, a classroom teacher is paid meager amount which is usually delayed, sometimes for a few months. Civil servants earn far less and delayed salaries. Also, government tax citizens yet the infrastructural deficit in the country is depressing; intra and interstate roads are extremely poor, power supply is a mirage, public healthcare is lagging behind, fuel/gas scarcity is incessant among others. Inequality and injustice in Nigeria has instigated provocations and led to violence many times. Violence has become an instrument to seek equality and justice (Olawale, 2016). In support of the above mentioned, Bomani (2016), argued that many of the people who take the route of radicalism are raised in marginalized and deprived regions. It must be pointed out that in most cases the terrorist groups face discrimination in the countries they live, leading to feelings of isolation. Growing sentiments of discrimination can lead groups to look to more conservative, and eventually, extremist ideologies.

Religious/ethic sentiments: Nigerians are overwhelmingly obsessed about religious and ethnic identities; sadly, religious and ethnic identities play more important roles in election, appointments, employment and admission into public institutions in Nigeria. The religious and ethnic sentiments have led to violence; this has brought global attention and scrutiny to Nigerians. Religious and ethnic sentiments have triggered major violence in Nigeria. Dempsey (2006) opined that the religious and ethnic differences between the Moslem and Christians cum government loopholes as part of the factors that causes terrorism in Nigeria. Similarly, a study has identified that different factors have rendered Nigeria ineffective to combat the rising wave of terrorism.  The factors include religious liberalization which resulted into the proliferation of different religious groups; emergence of sects with diverse beliefs and practices; and the inability of Nigeria government to censor these religious activities (Ali 2002).

Most religious teachings in Nigeria are all about hatred, in most places of worship today โ€˜Satan who used to be the traditional enemy of mankind is no longer the enemy, but the hatred inbuilt by the religious leaders and preachers, preaching against the basic tenets of religion to encourage violence among the major religious groups, against one another is the common feature in such places of worship whether you are a Christian or a Muslimโ€™ (Ali, 2002). Also, radical Islamic ideologist believes that anything of western values is declared unhealthy and capable of destroying indigenous value systems and this is one of the main reasons of terrorist acts which threaten the countryโ€™s peace (Isyaku, 2013).

Political instability: Nigeriaโ€™s political terrain is characterized by clashes of interests, mismanagement, and corruption. Equally, Adeyemi (2012) argued that the contemporary terrorism in Nigeria is a latent function of prolonged failure of the government to deliver purposeful good governance. When the Federal, state and Local Governments steal all the money allocated for building schools, hospitals, industries, etc, the greater percentage of the citizenry especially the youths are denied good education, employment and good health. Consequently, these youths are affected socially, psychologically and economically. Also, frustrations, dejection and hopelessness remain a day to day occurrence in their lives. They can easily be brainwashed and indoctrinated with false doctrines and co-opted into illegal societies (Zumve, Ingyoroko & Akuya, 2013). Leadership failure is a big factor that put this country under the siege of terrorism.

Corruption: According to Ikejiaku (2009), corruption creates absolute poverty. Corruption also undermines democracy, rule of law, good governance and insecurity. It destroys the capacity of institutions to perform well. Corruption creates unemployment and other social vices, that is, corruption as perpetuated by public servants and political office holders. relatedly, Zumve, Ingyoroko and Akuva (2013) argued that terrorism and corruption are destructive, horrific and heinous. Both terrorism and corruption are qualified to be described as โ€œmonstersโ€. Most times, persons who are custodians of the government anti-corruption and anti-terrorist apparatus in Nigeria are variously accused of perpetuating corruption or assisting and sponsoring terrorism (Obuah, 2010).

1.4 Consequences of Terrorism in Nigeria

A lot of resources have been channeled towards countering the acts of terrorism by Boko-Haram. The resources that should be used in building the infrastructures, promoting the general welfare of Nigerians and providing a good platform for Nigerians to work is now being used for national security, rehabilitation and health care expenses. This has affected the socio-economic, political and security development of Nigeria. The worst undoing is that these acts of terror by Boko-Haram have made investors skeptical to invest in Nigeria and citizens are scared to go to work (Olawale, 2016). Obi (2015) argued that the activities of the Islamic sect (Boko Haram) had led to loss of lives and properties in the country especially in the Northern part of Nigeria. Some of these activities include bombing, suicide bomb attacks, sporadic shooting of unarmed and innocent citizens, burning of public places such as police stations, churches and kidnapping of school girls and women, etc.

Olawale (2016) and Udama (2013) identified the following as the consequences of Boko-Haram attacks in Nigeria:

  • Loss of Lives and Properties: Over 2 million Nigerians in the North East have been displaced by Boko Haram attacks. This includes over 800,000 children while thousands of lives have been lost, government, corporate and private properties lost in billions of Naira. This has come with the task of rebuilding the affected communities in a post Boko Haram era. Relatedly, Udama (2013) asserts that the human costs in terms of lives and properties can hardly be valued and quantified since the upsurge of the violence began.  
  • Socio-Economic Stagnation: For states affected by Boko Haram attacks in North Eastern Nigeria, social and economic activities were paralyzed for several months; schools were shut down and pupils withdrawn, businesses were shut down and economic movement in the region became extremely difficult. The violence has stagnated socio-economic activities, since peace is paramount to economic growth. Also, Boko-Haram attacks breed tension in Nigeria, state of emergency/curfew is often declared in the affected areas of the nation (Olawale, 2016). Relatedly, Udama (2013) asserts that Boko-Haram has disrupted and offset the normal social life and number of  lives have been lost. Terroristsโ€™ activities have displaced people from their usual bases to different unintended locations. The mass movement of people creates refugee problems with substantial costs to the individual, host communities and the government. Also, extreme violence repels rather than attract business investors. Boko-Haram attacks have paralyzed the economic activities especially in the northern parts of the country where these incidents are prevalent, thereby worsening the already bad situation. 
  •  Political Effect: Since the rise of Boko Haram, the Islamic sect is spreading terror for years, spreading clouds of fear across the country, and especially in many parts of the north where law and order has collapsed.  Different murderous gangs roam the cities, streets and villages day and night exploding bombs, shooting and killing innocent people. They set homes and business premises on fire, destroying places of worship, and attacking security agents and institutions. The process has promoted anarchy by causing confusion and widespread panic among people in Nigeria. The civil rights of individuals and even their more basic civil liberties as guaranteed by the constitution has been jeopardized. While the Islamic sects unleash terror on the people, the activities of the security agents have become deplorable as well hence the abuses of peopleโ€™s liberty have become rampant. They have deployed an unconventional and extra-judicial method of shoot at sight which is usually adopted by the government to tackle widespread public disturbances and terrible crimes. The security agents stop people at will, restrict peopleโ€™s movement by the day and especially at night and kill anyone at the least suspicion. The sectsโ€™ activities have spread fear across the length and breadth of not only northern Nigeria but the entire country especially among the political elites. Given the ethnic sensitivity of the country, it has pushed further its political polarization and raised the existing suspicion and distrust especially between the north and south.    

1.5 Theoretical Framework

Frustration- aggression theory of Leonard Berkowitz (1969) was used to explain the phenomenon under discourse.  The theory is a socio-psychological. This theory states that aggression is the result of blocking or frustrating a person’s efforts to attain a goal. This theory has implications in this study because an observation of the Nigerian society, particularly the 20th century and the dawn of the 21st century shows that the Nigeria is pervaded with frustrating events and frustrating circumstances, one in which it could be said that frustration is endemic. Since 1980s, oppression and injustice have been rife, poverty has spread like wild fire, and frustration of the basic needs and aspirations of the vast majority of citizens, including the children and the youth, has been a cardinal feature of decadent society. One result of widespread and severe frustration of the legitimate needs and aspirations of the masses of Nigerians has been the development in the personalities of ordinary Nigerians of varying degrees of hostile and destructive traits, which manifest, in certain cases, in terrorist acts and crises orchestrated by frustrated youths in our societies. Thus, it may defensibly be asserted that a common denominator shared by the phenomena of terrorism, crime and crises in our societies is the existence of hostile and destructive urges in our youths due to frustration. As we have seen, this personality trait, characterized by hostility, and destructiveness, can be traced back to early experiences of frustration, and such experiences come from the environment. It is also interesting to note that, the specific events that trigger violent crises in societies are usually the particular environment of a given society, and can often be seen to involve the frustration or denial of some basic needs. Frustration and denial of basic needs  trigger off terrorism.  Egbue, Nwankwo and Alichie (2015) confirmed that Mohammed Yusuf and his Boko Haram ideology found an echo and appeal within the rank of frustrated members of the peasant class in Northern Nigeria. He capitalized on their dwindling economic situation and the โ€˜Almajiriโ€™ system to attract large followership especially amongst the commoners (peasant class).

1.6 Conclusion

Boko-Haram has become an intrinsic challenge in Nigeria. This challenge has led to serious infrastructural damage in the areas of education, health and social welfare facilities, poor economy particularly in affected areas, while millions are left homeless.  Egbue, Nwankwo and Alichie (2015) claimed that Boko Haram group has done much harm in the past six years in Nigeria. The loss of lives, loss of government owned and private property, failure of sustainable development initiatives by  Nigerians and government, loss of prospective foreign investments are a few of the fallouts of  Boko Haram insurgency in Nigeria.

1.7 Recommendation 

  1. Boko-Haram in Nigeria did not develop from a vacuum; there are some social and political factors that gave birth to it that is why all hands must be on deck in the fight against Boko Haram irrespective of diverse social, political, ethnic, religious or cultural inclination of Nigerians.
  2. There is need to review the current techniques of fighting terrorism by the security agencies and improve its counter-terrorism approaches.
  3. Since current governmental programmes have not met the employment need of the society, there is need to review the current programmes in a way that they can create sustainable jobs and encourage economic empowerment. Since economic deprivation and frustration leads to radicalism.
  4. Our present political structure needs to be reviewed because instability in our political system and bad governance encourages radicalism and terrorism.
  5. There is need for the government to effectively censor the activities of religious activities. Since the inability of the government to censor religious activities in the country has rendered the authority ineffective to combat the rising wave of terrorism.
  6. There is need to engage all the stakeholders and the youth to negotiate ethnic and cultural differences, this will help restructure the country in a way rancour and acrimony can reduce among the people. It is important to note that growing sentiments of discrimination among the people can lead groups to look to more conservative, and eventually, extremist ideologies.
  7. Since there is still a slow pace of literacy level in the present laws and practices guiding the education system, the present laws and practices should be reviewed in a way that literacy level in Nigeria can be improved. In particular, there is the need to explore the extant laws and the extent to which they are being enforced with a view to establishing their efficacy.
  8. There is a need to start the fight against corruption from the institutional level, since corruption encourages terrorism. Fighting corruption from the institutional level allows the understanding of the root causes of corruption and the machineries that breed corruption. By doing so, we will be able to know the best ways to manage and block the loopholes that breed about corruption.

References

Adeniyi, S. (2006, November 3). Nigeria has Lost $300 Billion to Corruption. This Day   Newspaper. P8.

Ajah, L.O., Ajah, M. I., Ajah, B.O., Onwe, E. O., Ozumba, B.C.,  Iyoke, C.A., & Nwankwo, T.C. (2022). A 20 Year Retrospective Review of Rape Pattern in Ebonyi State, South-East Nigeria. Heliyon, 8, e08894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e08894

Ali, T. (2002). The Clash of Fundamentalisms: Crusades, Jihads and Modernity.  London, UK:   Verso.

Beri, R. (2017). Rise of Terrorism in Africa. Institute for Defence Studies and Analysis, New       Delhi.

Boff, L. (2006). Fundamentalism, terrorism and the future of humanity. London: Society for        Promoting Christian Knowledge.

Damaging effect of Boko Haram (2011, February 11). The Guardian. P43.

Dempsey, T. (2006).  Counterterrorism in African failed States: Challenges and Potential            Solutions. Retrieved from  http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/.&nbsp;

Egbue, N. G.,  Nwankwo, I. U., & Alichie, B. O. (2015). Curbing Boko Haram Terrorist   Insurgence in Nigeria: Imperatives of Quadruple Action Package of Limited Military Response, Improved Social Services, Conflict Resolution Initiatives and Modified            Pacifism. British Journal of Arts and Social Sciences, Vol. 20 (1), 13-29.  ISSN: 2046-           9578.                                                                                                                                          

Ekwueme, C., & Akpan, C. (2011). Mass media and Boko Haram insurrection: A call for            reportorial paradigm shifts. Ota: ACCE Conference proceedings.

Eno, M. A., Eno, O. A., Ingiriis, M. H., & Haji, J. M. (2012). Slavery and Colonialism: The         Worst Terrorism on Africa. African Rennaissance, Vol. 9 (1), 9-26.

Eze, O.J., Ajah, B.O.*, Okpa, J.T., Ngwu, G. E. (2023). Ethnic-based violence: Nigeria   perspectives. In: Martin, C., V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (Eds), Handbook of anger,     aggression, and violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98711-        4_182-2

Eze, J.O., Okpa, J.T., Onyejegbu, C.D., & Ajah, B. O. (2022). Cybercrime: victimsโ€™ shock           absorption mechanisms. UK: IntechOpen. doi: 10.5772/intechopen.106818.

Ikeke, M. O. (2015). Philosophy and the Problem of Terrorism in Nigeria.  Bassey Andah             Jounal, Vol. 7 (8), 231-241.

Isyaku, A. (2013). Terrorism: A New Challenge to Nigeriaโ€™s Stability in the 21st Century.            International Affairs and Global Strategy, Vol 12.  ISSN 2224-574X (Paper)  ISSN 2224-   8951 (Online).         

Mooney, L. A., Knox, D., & Schacht, C. (2002). Understanding  Social Problems (3rd ed.)  US:   Wadworth/Thompson Learning.

National Bureau of Statistics (2013). Nigeria Unemployment Rate.   

Obi, C. K. (2015). Challenges of Insecurity and Terrorism in Nigeria: Implication for National     Development. OIDA International Journal of Sustainable Development, Vol. 8 (2),11-18.

Obuah, E. (2010). Combating Corruption in a โ€œFailedโ€ state. The Nigerian Economic and                         Financial Crimes Commission (EFCC). Journal of Sustainable Development in Africa,         Vol.12 (1).

Okpa, J. T., Ajah, B. O., Eze, O. J., & Enweonwu, O. A. (2022). Communal conflict and violence: Causes and impact. In C. Martin, V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (eds) Handbook         of Anger, Aggression, and Violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 98711-4_184-1

Olawale, R. (2016, April 26). Violence in Nigeria: Causes, Effects and Solutions. The Nigerian   Voice. Retrieved from https://www.thenigerianvoice.com/sports/214575/violence-in-        nigeria-causes-effects-and-solutions.html

Oyeniyi, A. B. (2010). Terrorism in Nigeria: Groups, Activities, and Politics. International          Journal of Politics and Good Governance,Vol. 1 (1). ISSN: 0976 โ€“ 119.

Popoola, I. S. (2012). Press and Terrorism in Nigeria: A Discourse on Boko Haram. Global          Media Journal ,  Vol 6 (1).

US Department of State (2004). Country Report on Human Rights Practices. Retrieved from       www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/hrrpt/2004/41620.htm.

Wilkinson, P. (2006). Terrorism. The handbook of Security, Basingstoke: Palgrave.

Zumve, S., Ingyoroko, M., & Akuva, I. (2013). Terrorism in Contemporary Nigeria: A Latent      Function of Official Corruption and State Neglect. European Scientific Journal. Vol.9 (8).  ISSN: 1857 โ€“ 7881 (Print). e – ISSN 1857- 743

Exploratory study of the internet and business operations in Nigeria

1Ikegbunam, Uchenna Lilian

Department of Educational Foundations and Administration, 

Nwafor Orizu College of Education, Nsugbe, Anambra State

Email: ucikegbunam1@gmail.com

2Chijioke A. C. Okoye

Department of History and International Studies,

Odumegwu Ojukwu University, Igbariam Campus, Anambra State

Email: ca.okoye@coou.edu.ng  

3*Chukwuemeka Dominic Onyejegbu*

Social Sciences Unit, School of General Studies, University of Nigeria, Enugu Campus, Enugu State

Email: onyejegbudominic@gmail.com

Corresponding author*

4Kingsley Obumunaeme Ilo

Department of Political Science, University of Nigeria, Nsukka, Enugu State

Email: kingsley.ilo@unn.edu.ng

Abstract 

Recent cybersecurity reports suggest that cyber-attacks are on the increase, especially as they are mostly deployed innovatively by cyber-criminals to steal personal data, conduct espionage, harm business operations, or deny user access to information and services. In Nigeria, cyber-attacks remain the most notable strategies employed by highly sophisticated cybercrime syndicates in attacking and stealing information from large corporations and Internet users. This study explores how cyber-attacks impinge business operations in Nigeria. Data for the study were gathered from newspapers, e-books, magazines, journals, textbooks and online articles. At the end, the study calls for businesses to strengthen their network of security, engage in aggressive cyber-security awareness training for staff, leverage advanced detection and response technologies, and use mobile protection solutions or corporate internet traffic protection to avoid the damaging effects of malware on their finances and reputation.  It is equally recommended by the study for corporate organisations to spread their data across smaller sub-networks to help contain attacks to only a few endpoints instead of the entire ICT infrastructure.

Keyword: Cybercrime, Cyber-attack, Internet, Business operations, Corporate organizations.

Introduction

In 2017, African economies lost US$3.5 billion to cyber-attacks with Nigeria holding the biggest loss of US$649 million (Eze, Okpa, Onyejegbu & Ajah, 2022; Africaโ€™s Pulse, 2019; Abdi, 2018). This is seconded by Kenya with a loss of US$210 million. For Nigeria, the US$649 million was about 3.3% of its total national budget for that year 2017 which is bigger than 3.1% of the budget that was allocated to Defense and 1.9% of the budget that was allocated to Health (Punch, 2016).  Despite popular metrics, Nigeria is not particularly a wealthy country as it houses a good percentage of the poorest population in the world (Okpa, Ajah, Eze & Enweonwu, 2022; Kazeem, 2018; Saharareporters, 2018). With 3.2% of the national economic activities lost to cybercrime in 2017, a great number of people and businesses were affected and pushed below poverty line (Ukwayi & Okpa, 2018).   Prince (2019) and Jumoke (2019) affirmed that 60% of Nigerian firms experienced cyber-attacks in 2018 and 43% of these attacks went to small and medium scale enterprises. These financial losses meant that some businesses were shut down while others outrightly downsized their workforce to maintain viability, hence causing more unemployment, poverty and hunger across the country (Eze, Ajah, Okpa & Ngwu, 2022). Approximately one in every eleven Nigerians is unemployed and about 50% of the 180million population live in extreme poverty (Yomi, 2018; Timothy, 2018). These metrics raise more concern with the fact that cybercrime steals about 3.3% of national economic activities per year and is responsible for many businesses shutting down and downsizing, resulting to the tremendous unemployment and poverty that troubles the nation.

            These threats are perpetrated by employing the most intelligent methods by either stealing from people without their knowing or deliberately ensnaring people into parting with their resources . In using deliberate methods, cybercriminals tell cascades of stories to their prospective victims either to win their sympathies or interests. Once this step is achieved, they proceed to lure their victims into parting with their savings (Frank, 2019). This use of deliberate method is the popularly known โ€˜Yahoo-Yahooโ€™ in Nigeria. Their deliberate methods can come in the forms of love and romance like the case of Jan Marshall who was defrauded $350,000 by a fake Nigerian lover or in the forms of business opportunities like the case of Emmanuel Nwude who sold a nonexistent airport to Brazilian bankers for $242 million (Ajah, Ajah, Ajah, Onwe, Ozumba, Iyoke & Nwankwo, 2022; Frank, 2019; Farida, 2018). In using deliberate methods, they cajole, ensnare and deceive victims into willingly parting with their resources. This does not only happen from Nigerian fraudsters to foreign victims but also from Nigerian fraudsters to Nigerian victims โ€“ but Nigerian victims have continuously failed to tell their stories, likely because of shame, stigma or fear of being condemned as weak or stupid. 

Cybercrime in Nigeria

            In earlier Nigeria as well as earlier Africa, crimes existed but they were highly unsophisticated. Stealing was almost horizontal and people simply walked into crimes. There were no fixed definitions of what comprised crime and what did not; people were merely guided by indigenous laws and definitions of crime. Ani (2019) and Solanke (2011) described indigenous legal system as local elders and chiefs sitting under an Iroko tree to discuss a peculiar behavior and determine whether it is right or wrong. The legal system at the time was both not structurally formed and unsophisticated. Sophistication came with the foreigners when people saw different ways to live โ€“ and different ways to also commit diverse crimes. By the time of independence, a few Nigerians had acquired education and sharpened their skills in thinking and sophistication. Fraud and embezzlement among educated public officials kicked-in.  Officials were silently stealing from the people without publicโ€™s knowledge. People gradually gained consciousness on the crimes of officials; others also discovered criminal patterns of their own. Cybercrime came with the internet. As the world developed technologically for businesses and social interactions, criminal minded individuals also saw opportunities to expand their methods and reach more people. 

Cybercrime connotes crimes committed on the internet. This may exist in different forms like cyber-fraud, cyber espionage, cyber stalking, hacking, etc. The most common among Nigerian cybercriminals is cyber fraud. Cyber fraud, unlike hacking, requires less technological skills but much social skills. It is the act of relating with other people on the internet with the sole purpose of defrauding them. It usually involves other sub-criminal activities like impersonation and forgery and is more emotionally exhausting than hacking  (Bentina & Ajah, 2017). In cyber-fraud, the perpetrators usually approach their victims with business opportunities, romance gestures or unfortunate stories to win their victimsโ€™ pity. Once a prospective victim listens and accepts the gestures of the cybercriminal, the victim is made to part with his/her monies to the cybercriminal  (Bentina & Ajah, 2017). These monies are usually victimsโ€™ life-savings or borrowed funds. In some cases, the romance method is used and victims also get emotionally affected as well.

            Whether it is cyber-stalking, espionage, cybersquatting, cyber-bullying, identity theft, cyber child pornography or cyber fraud, Nigerian constitution abhors them and finds perpetrators guilty with jail terms and/or fines (Das & Nayak, 2013). An example of identity theft is the imposter of Bola Tinubu on Facebook who was later discovered and arrested (Lawpadi, 2019). Such Identity theft crime on the internet is punishable with no less than 3years imprisonment or โ‚ฆ7 million fine or both (Cybercrime Act, 2015). 

Cybercrime and Businesses

The cyberspace is driving business innovations and growths globally, and at the same time, exposing corporate organisations to new and emerging internet-assisted crimes (Makeri, 2017; Longe, Ngwa, Wada, Mbarika, & Kvasny, 2009; Quarshie and Martin-Odoom, 2012). Today, the negative frontiers of the cyberspace that corporate organisations are contending with include: hacking, malware attacks, cyber-terrorism, spoofing, phishing, spam, virus attacks, child pornography, cyber vandalism, cyberstalking, data modification, email bombing and cybersquatting (Fanawopo, 2004). The alarming increase in โ€œincidents of cyber-attacks and the resultant economic implications have made the management and security of the cyberspace a paramount concern to multi-stakeholders, driving the process, from the public to the private corporate institutionsโ€ (Agugoesi, 2014:8).

Hacking is a complicated technical activity aimed at exploiting systemsโ€™ vulnerabilities to subvert security checks, geared towards compromising digital devices such as computers, smartphones, tablets, and networks of organisations for financial gains, corporate espionage and for fun. Hackers are broadly classified into the Black Hat, White Hat and Gray Hat hackers. The Black-hatters are the malicious hackers who hack for economic reasons. The White hatters are the โ€˜good guysโ€™ in the cyberspace who hack for ethical reasons, while, the Gray hatters hack for ideological reasons (Manne, 2020). The Black-hat hackers sometimes known as crackers are criminals, who use their skills to modify computer hardware or software for malicious intents. These group of individuals use their programming skills, to exploit target systemsโ€™ weaknesses and invade the networks of organisations, steal personal and corporate data for personal aggrandisement. Black-hat hacking is committed by a diverse spectrum of actors (lone actors and organized crime syndicate), with different motivations and affiliations (Peters & Jordan, 2019).

 Their motivation ranges from economic gains to stealing and damaging sensitive data, disabling networks, establishing a command and control server, or using the system as a base to wreak future havoc. โ€œAttacks can be active such as a brute-force attack that determines a userโ€™s password, or passive, such as a web-based attack that waits for a user to visit a malicious webpage in an attempt to infect the userโ€™s computer with malicious codes through which they gain access into the target organisationsโ€™ networksโ€ (Peters & Jordan, 2019:6). These group of digital opportunists usually cause mayhem in organisations by engaging in DDoS, identity theft, vandalizing networks and creating worms to damage institutional and personal files. Studies have shown that fraudulent emails remain the most widely used strategy by black hatters to attack corporate organisations. Most of such attacks begin with phishing emails, which exploit staff vulnerabilities in order to infect computers with malware. Once the malware is downloaded into the network, black-hat hackers through this medium gain access to the userโ€™s database to forge personal data with which they exploit an organisation. The malware ignorantly downloaded into the network by staff could maliciously delete or transfer information, download destructive programs, providing hackers with unauthorized access to the computer, and more. Black-hat hackers also use psychology to trick staff into clicking on a malicious attachment or providing personal data. Despite differences in hackersโ€™ profile and drive, majority of the attacks by these group of cybercriminals have been found to be trans-national in nature (Peters & Jordan, 2019). This suggests that a single hacking attack can hit countless victims in different countries independent of the location of the attack.

Estimating the global economic impact of black-hat hacking is difficult since most organisations do not report or publish their financial losses. However, The Council of Economic Advisers (2018:8) estimated that โ€œmalicious cyber activities cost the U.S. economy between $57 billion and $109 billion in 2016โ€. โ€œIn Kenya, several government websites came under hackersโ€™ attacks, putting huge amounts of citizensโ€™ data and even government revenue collection systems at risk. In 2012, over one hundred (100) Kenyan government websites were defaced by an Indonesian hacker with an estimated loss of $22.4 million. In South Africa, ATMs were massively compromised and huge sums of funds lost to the activities of the hackers in South Africaโ€ (Tobiko, 2014:7).  

Similarly, every successful attack, no matter how insignificant, attracts disastrous consequences for corporate organisations. The abuses of the cyberspace by black hatters portend danger and have stalled the developmental contributions accruable from a well-harnessed ICT adoption, diffusion and utilisation by corporate organisations in Nigeria. This development has widened the digital divide, crumbled the information infrastructure and affected consumerโ€™s confidence in online transactions in Nigeria.

Reporting on the dynamic nature of malware attacks, Jennings, Johnson and Sood (2019) state that malicious actors leverage on automated software and other ICT tools to target small businesses and large corporations. This shows that no organisation whether big or small, production companies or service providers are immune to malware attacks. More recently, scholars such as Lรฉvesque, Chiasson, Somayaji and Fernandez (2018) have employed quantitative approach to explore the interactions between users, antivirus (AV) software, and malware as they occur on deployed systems. Another form of malware known as ransomware in a bid to avoid being traced, it demands that its ransom be paid through bitcoin, this makes their in-put low and their profit very high in addition to their operational anonymity (Jennings, Johnson & Sood, 2019).  

Literature from both developed and developing nations have highlighted operational methods deplored by malware writers to include โ€œcode obfuscation and modification as well as inclusion of new behaviour in the malware to improve strength and viabilityโ€ (Gounder & Farik, 2017). For example, Gounder and Farik’s (2017) research on new ways to fight malware suggests โ€œcode obfuscation makes malware code obscure and unintelligible by malware detectors, reduces the size of codes making malware download time and deployment shorter and easierโ€. This technique can be grouped into โ€œpolymorphic or metamorphicโ€. โ€œPolymorphic virus hides its decryption loops using code insertion and transposition to bypass detection while metamorphic virus evades detection by hiding itself from detectorsโ€ (Shah, 2014). 

The corporate organisations ICT components are often the major victims of malware attacks due to failure to secure their operating system designs and other related software vulnerabilities (OECD, 2008). Software vulnerabilities according to OECD (2008) is a function of faulty coding, software not properly configured, or used in a manner not compatible with the suggested uses or improperly configured with other software. These factors allow for loopholes that exposes corporate entities to malware attacks. In the event that internet fraudsters find these flaws, malicious software is created to take advantage of them (Oyelere & Oyelere, 2015). Non-technological factors, such as bad user behaviours and ineffective security policies and processes, may put a company at risk of malware infection. Malwares such as viruses or trojans must be triggered by some kind of user activity, such as clicking on a seemingly trustworthy file or link, opening a phishing e-mail or visiting a compromised website as well as through physical media such as external drives. According to Danchev (2006) โ€œonce the system security has been compromised by the initial infection, some forms of malware automatically install additional functionality such as spyware (e.g. keylogger), backdoor, rootkit or any other type of malware, known as the payloadโ€.

Conclusion and recommendations

In Nigeria today, different forms of cybercrimes are committed on a daily basis ranging from phishing, Business Email Compromise, hacking, cyber vandalism, cyber espionage and malware attacks. These cybercrimes are increasing in frequency, dimension and sophistication, thus posing  serious threats to the socio-economic development of businesses, internet users, and national security. The destructive intention of these cybercrimes are to overwhelm, manipulate and damage computers whether personal or corporate without the knowledge of the users. For this reason, countries like โ€œKenya, Angola, Nigeria, Rwanda, Botswana, Uganda, Tanzania, and South Africaโ€ lost billions of dollars annually to cyber related offences. However, to stem the tide of cyber-attacks, the study calls for businesses to strengthen their network of security, engage in aggressive cyber-security awareness training for staff, leverage advanced detection and response technologies, and use mobile protection solutions or corporate internet traffic protection to avoid the damaging effects of malware on their finances and reputation.  It is equally recommended by the study for corporate organisations tospread their data across smaller sub-networks to help contain attacks to only a few endpoints instead of the entire ICT infrastructure. 

Reference

Abdi L, D. (2018). Cybercrime is costing Africaโ€™s businesses billions. Quartz News. Retrieved from: https://qz.com/africa/1303532/cybercrime-costs-businesses-in-kenya-south-africa-nigeria-billions/

Ajah, L.O., Ajah, M. I., Ajah, B.O., Onwe, E. O., Ozumba, B.C.,  Iyoke, C.A., & Nwankwo, T.C. (2022). A 20 Year Retrospective Review of Rape Pattern in Ebonyi State, South-East Nigeria. Heliyon, 8, e08894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e08894

Abdul-Rasheed Ishowo, S. L., Muhammed, L. A. & Abdullateef, Y. R. (2016). Cybercrime and Nigeriaโ€™s external image: A critical assessment. Africology: The Journal of Pan African Studies, 9(6), 119-132.

Ajah, B. O. & Chukwuemeka, O. D. (2019). Neo-economy and militating effects of Africa’s profile on cybercrime. International Journal of Cyber Criminology 13(2), 326-342.

Ani, C, C. (2015). Crime and punishment in African indigenous law. Retrieved from: https://www.academia.edu/31440754/CRIME_AND_PUNISHMENT_IN_AFRICAN_INDIGENOUS_LAW

Beck, U. (2006). Living in the world risk. Society Economy and Society, 35(3), 329-345

Brendler, B. (2007). Spyware/Malware Impact on Consumers; APEC-OECD Malware Workshop; April 2007 (Source: StopBadware Project); available online at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/33/55/38652920.pdf.

Chen, Q. & Bridges, R. A. (2017).  Automated Behavioral Analysis of MalwareA Case Study of WannaCry Ransomware. in Intelligence and Security Informat-ics (ISI), 2017 16th IEEE International Conference on Machine Learning and Applications (ICMLA).

Bentina, A. M. & Ajah, B. O. (2017). Understanding gender dimension of cyber bullying among undergraduates in Nigeria. Ahmadu Bello University Press Limited.

Chinweze, U. C., Chukwuemeka, O. D., Egbegi, F. R. (2019). An exploratory study of cybercrime in the contemporary Nigeria value system. European Journal of Social Sciences Studies. 4 (3), 131-141

Cybercrime Act. (2015). Cybercrimes (prohibition, prevention, etc) act, 2015. Retrieve from: https://www.cert.gov.ng/file/docs/CyberCrime__Prohibition_Prevention_etc__Act__2015.pdf

Das, S.,  & Nayak, T. (2013). Impact of cybercrime: Issues and challenges. International Journal            of         Engineering Sciences & Emerging Technologies, 6 (2), 142-153.

Eze, O.J., Ajah, B.O.*, Okpa, J.T., Ngwu, G. E. (2023). Ethnic-based violence: Nigeria   perspectives. In: Martin, C., V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (Eds), Handbook of anger,     aggression, and violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98711-        4_182-2

Eze, J.O., Okpa, J.T., Onyejegbu, C.D., & Ajah, B. O. (2022). Cybercrime: victimsโ€™ shock           absorption mechanisms. UK: IntechOpen. doi: 10.5772/intechopen.106818.

Farida, D. (2018). How Nigerian Fraudsters sold a nonexistent airport for $242 million to a Brazilian bank in 1995. Face2Face Africa. Retrieved from: https://face2faceafrica.com/article/how-nigerian-fraudsters-sold-a-non-existent-airport-for-242-million-to-a-brazilian-bank-in-1995

Frank, C. (2019). Lonely heart, 61, gave her $350,000 life savings to a man she met on dating site Plenty Of Fish – only to find out her urbane Englishman ‘Eamon Donegal Dubhlainn’ was a Nigerian fraudster. Retrieved from: https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3085724/I-groomed-way-child-abuse-victims-Woman-loses-life-savings-350-000-falling-love-British-man-dating-site-sending-money-discover-Nigerian-fraudster.html

Jumoke, A. L. (2015, March 5). SMEs hardest hit by cybercrime, as 60% of Nigerian businesses suffer attacks. Business Day Report, P3.

Lawpadi. (2019). 10 things to know about Nigeriaโ€™s cybercrime act 2015. Retrieved from: https://lawpadi.com/10-things-to-know-about-nigerias-cybercrime-act-2015/

Okpa, J. T., Ajah, B. O., Eze, O. J., & Enweonwu, O. A. (2022). Communal conflict and violence: Causes and impact. In C. Martin, V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (eds) Handbook         of Anger, Aggression, and Violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 98711-4_184-1

Recent Trends of ICT in Indian Higher Education System: An Analytical Study

Mohd Mushtaq

Research Scholar

Department of Education and Training

Maulana Azad National Urdu University Hyderabad-32

Abstract:

With the fastest eras of information communication technology, Education requires an innovative methods and strategies of teaching learning process. The relationship between technology and education at all levels is bi-directional. According to NEP 2020, Digital India Campaign is helping to make over the whole nation into a digitally empowered society and knowledge economy. While education will play a critical role in this transformation.  ICT play an important role in the improvement of educational processes and outcomes. The present study is to explore the recent trends of ICT and role of ICT in Indian higher education system. Finding of the study revealed that the usage of ICT in education will increase the interest, motivation, excitement and learning capacity among students during the teaching learning process. ICT enhance the learner interest, gives flexibility to the students, enhance motivation, give freedom to the students, increases the learner potentials and capabilities etc. Some resources of educational technology such as smart devices, digital cameras, social media platform, software applications and better facilities of internet.  Further found that when we have best resources according to the recent trends of ICT and facilities for the implementation of information communication technology, the teaching process will be skilful and reached at higher standard and students will gain more and more knowledge. Education through ICT is very effective and successful such as through the interactions between students and teachers, peer groups and course materials etc. 

Keyword: Information Communication Technology, Recent trends, teaching learning process, Role of ICT, Indian education system.

INTRODUCTION

Education is critical in modifying an individual’s behaviour to meet the demands of the present situation. As a result, it has a significant impact on societal change. Due to the rising of population emergence of information technology and education is also going bi-directional. Hence education play a vital role in changing the society as well as the modification of behaviour of an individual. For the betterment of education innovative technology are applied in e- learning to enhance the quality education.  Online learning is the combination of tool which we can use through the websites. In online learning students can obtain knowledge from a website, it is considered a more flexible learning strategy. They can download appropriate learning materials, as well as use the mail system and a variety of social media sites where teachers and students can interact and learn by sharing their perspectives. Emergence of Innovative applications of computer in the teaching learning process increasing day by day and it includes e- learning, computer learning, network-based learning, intranet based and internet-based learning and also includes many strategies of learning such as; text, video, animations, audio, and virtual /pure online environment. ICT, stands for “information and communication technology,” was first used in 1992. Science, technology, and engineering use ICT as a discipline and management technique to manage information, its use, and involvement with socioeconomic and cultural issues. In the current situation, ICT tools are usually overlooked. The traditional educational system was insufficient to hold a student’s attention in the developed world and in the age of modern science. The present methods also struggle to fulfil the needs of learning among students. Predictable processes of teaching and learning which brought knowledge as bits, it includes memorizing theories, justifications, facts and principles that do not achieve teaching objectives. For effective teaching learning process, new and innovative strategies must be personalised to increase the interest of the students. Technology plays a vital role in teaching learning process. At current time development of technology is very useful for teaching learning process. Educational technology is made up of two words education and technology. Education is the process of attaining and imparting knowledge, skill and attitudes. Technology denotes approaches as well as technical devices. Technology is the techniques of science and methods of obtaining new knowledge related to technology and others field such as, arts, science and specifically professional courses. National Council for Educational Research and Training defined that educational technology as the means of three different things includes with progress, application and evaluation the first thing is strategies/techniques, second is system and the third one is aids to improve overall teaching leaning process. In present scenario of education, e-learning is the most recent kind of ICT applied to improve and accelerate teaching and learning. It is a well-known fact that ICT has entered every aspect of life and that education has spread to practically every country in the world. E-learning offers a variety of applications and accessibility to students seven days a week, 24 hours a day so that anybody can participate in class at any time and from any location using a variety of communication methods. E-learning in India has modified the evolving characteristics of instructional materials and created new educational opportunities. ICT is a type of technology that makes it possible to conduct information-based activities. These include obtaining information, processing data, and gathering, processing, and displaying data. Communication and cooperation are especially critical in these efforts. It has evolved into ICT, or information and communication technology. As a result, an online teacher makes up for the absence of a physical classroom by creating a friendly atmosphere where all students feel at ease taking part in online lessons. By offering flexible locations, class schedules, and the world’s best content, it considerably aids in the migration of our lives into the digital world. 

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

Goyal, and Bhagat (2010) Factor that affect information and communication technology usage: A case study in Management Education. In this study survey based research was conducted under 458 respondent 57 teacher and 401 students from different background. The finding of the study show that both students and teachers gave significant importance to pedagogy and ICT is very effective in teaching learning process for teacher as well as students. Usage of information communication technology in teaching learning process gives flexibility to the students, engaging students, better relationship between teacher and students, students and peer group and increase students motivation, students interest, enhance capability of students and freedom to students.  Some pedagogical factors are relevant for the effective usage of ICT such as, usage of technology in daily routine, development of ICT day to day life,  some technological device like reliability of ICT, IT and data security etc.

Amit Mahajan and Dhirendra Sharma (2012) conducted a study on Strengths Weaknesses, Opportunity and Threats analysis of information communication technology infrastructure and services in Jammu University. In this study the researcher revealed that the university have a better ICT infrastructure and services for the students. ICT services play an important role in teaching learning process with the experts of technology it  increase the student’s opportunity, identify the weakness of students as well as researcher and give greater chance for improving the research work. Result of the study show that most of the institution want a better facilities in ICT for teaching learning process and same as it is University of Jammu have better facility and want to developed institution in information communication technology.

Ulka Toro and Millind Joshi (2012) conducted a study on information Communication Technology Review of Literature from the Period 2004-2011. In this study the researcher found that ICT play a vital role in teaching learning process at higher education level. Around the world emergence of technology increasingly day by day and moving it into the digital society. ICT is being more important in 21 century among teaching learning process.  ICT help in improving the weaknesses and strength of the student at higher education. Finding of the study revealed that the new information communication technology tools have basic produced significant transformation in industry, agriculture, education, medicines, engineering and others fields. The new teaching approaches involve the use of audio-visual, computer and telematics tools on the part of lecturers.

Syed Noor-Ul-Amin (2013) a study on an effective use of information and communication technology for education and learning by worldwide knowledge. The purpose of this study is to explore the usage of technology in teaching learning process. In past few years the usage of information communication technology is changed. The higher education system is highly influence by information communication technology and quality of education for improving the quality of education and application of ICT. In this study the researcher explore that the ICT not effected on learner styles but also effects on teachers way of teaching. It enables students centered learning and increase the overall significance of ICT in education as well as teaching learning process. In this study the researcher identify and assess significant strategies in national as well as international research and effective use of ICT for education with respect to the teaching learning process,  Quality of ICT and accessibility of education  ICT and learning motivation, ICT and learning environment, and ICT to enhance the educational performance. The researcher further found that ICT can show a very less significant role in overall development of teaching learning quality and students oriented learning modules in recent education system. Usage of ICT is very helpful in teaching learning process which enhanced the teaching strategies.

Ishtiaq etal. (2017) conducted a study on the effects of information and communication technology on the studentsโ€™ academic achievement and retention in chemistry. Experimental methods were used for the study. In this study 50 students of 9th class belonging to the Kohsar Public School and College Latamber Karak under sample random sampling were selected. The study is based on equalling groups that is based on pre-test and post-test. Mean average, standard deviation, and t-test were used for analysing the data through statistical analysis.  In this study the researcher found that the Information communication technology have positively effect on students’ academic performance and retention and ICT was found more effective, interesting and motivating for the students as well as teacher. 

Mushtaq Ahmed Patel (2020) conducted a study on Open Educational Resource a teaching-learning tool in the times of covid-19 in India. In this study the researcher found that open educational resource is an innovative approach in teaching learning process. OER help the students as well as teacher for accessing the material easily and without time being. The teacher and student can access the material through some electronic devices such as, computer, mobile phone, desktop, smart phone and tablets etc. The researcher further found that that individuals are making isolated efforts with few unorganized governments and non-government agencies efforts. 

Mushtaq and Banwaree Lal (2022) conducted a study on Blended Mode of education and its relevance in teaching learning process. In this study the researcher try to find out the emergence of technology in teaching learning process. The main objectives of the study is to explore the  features, key benefits of blended learning, role of teacher and students in blended learning environment and infrastructure required for blended learning classroom. Result of the study reveals that blended learning is the combination of learning where students learn through offline mode (physical presence) with online instruments in teaching learning process.  Blended learning is more effective, interesting and motivated for the students as well as teachers and enhance the learning potentials, remove the relationship gap between teacher and students and give freedom to the students. The implementation of blended learning requires better infrastructure, good trained teachers, experts, and a better system of technology for the effective and interesting teaching learning process. And further found that face to face teaching learning process with the use of online instruments such as projectors, smart board, laptop, desktop, and some software application increase the learners and teacher capabilities, interest, motivation, learning potential, problem solving skills, creativity, cognitive power and practice of the learners in teaching learning process.

OBJECTIVES

1. To study the Role of ICT in Indian higher education system.

2. To study the recent trends of ICT in Indian higher education system.

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

1. What is the role of ICT in Indian higher education system?

2. What is the recent trends of ICT in Indian education system?

METHODOLOGY

        In this study Qualitative methods of research was used to analyze the role of ICT in Indian higher education system and recent trends of ICT in Indian education system for the study. 

ROLE OF ICT IN INDIAN HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM

ICT plays a significant role in teaching learning process, strategies of Information Communication Technology in administration, role of ICT in research, ICT as a Change agent in Society and role of ICT changing in Higher education.  In day today life Information communication Technology play an important role in the overall educational process encompassing from endeavor to the application of technology in handling key issues of access, fairness, administration, effectiveness, teaching process, techniques or strategies, quality, research and development. Information Communication Technology gives insight to the students and teachers for the development of education and its plays important role to make effective teaching learning process at higher education level. Use of ICT in higher education give establishing a forceful edge by contribute to improve the service among staff and students, enhanced learning process among students and increase experience towards teachers in teaching learning process and research also. ICT plays a significant role in administration of educational institutions for the usage of prevailing resources and  make easy administration tasks such as, student administration, staff administration, general administration by removing the work load  of paper and exchange the physical conservation of record keeping to electronic maintenance of records which helps in easy recovery  of any material of students, staff and general with in a section of seconds can access the essential information and knowledge. Combination of ICT in higher education increases the excellence of research work and more number of students enrolled in the research work in the different fields. Information communication technology enables the connections throughout the world in all disciplines and make social networking. It saves time, money and struggle to the researchers in their research studies. Information communication technology is most essential for computing and analyses of data in quantitative works. Some software of ICT is beneficial for analyzing and interpretation of data such as, excel, SPSS, statistical techniques for social science, online analyzing calculators etc. usage of information communication technology is beneficial for the researcher where the researcher scholar identify the literature reviews making objectives hypothesis and methodology in research work and using ICT in an appropriate situations. The advancement of higher education in India combined with the need to stand and be competitive in an international situation needs a good decisions to be taken rapidly and effectively.  This  has  increased  the  opportunity  and  difficulties  of administration,  thus  making  it  essential  to  implement  different  approaches  of  higher  education administration. The increasing student population in higher education accelerated the necessity of for information communication technology to process, recover and store data and information in a quick basic and particular patterns. The attentions of electronic administration in higher education is on the establishments of an actual electronic administration by taking care of prevailing resources in the form of economically. The concept of traditional classroom moving from black board, notebook, pencils to an online education such as; computer software, internet, some apps of teaching and learning. Besides that the ICT change the teacher centered approach into student centric approach and the duty of teacher is coach, counselor, mentor and knowledge provider and the teaching learning process provide real time problem solving methods, intellectual reasoning and creative thinking also.

HIGHER EDUCATION: The students of under-graduation, graduation, MPhil, PhD and post doctorial belonging to the different colleges, and universities are falling in higher education. Different curriculum and co curriculum covering different disciplines like science, arts, medical, non-medical, commerce, computer science, social science, engineering, mathematics culture and humanities. The government of India take an initiates in the form of SWAYAM that is providing MOOCs courses with certificate at the completion of course.

RECENT TRENDS OF ICT IN INDIAN EDUCATION SYSTEM

         The global usage of internet has increased the demand for spreading of educational programmes. The highest advantage of using ICT tools is that it reduces carbon footprint. Usage of ICT tools allows e learning to take place in virtual learning environment. Online tools and mobile phones are very effective to promote learning.  Todayโ€™s learners are tech understanding. In order to make learning interesting mobile phones can be used by learners to explore. From young age learners need to be taught the safety measures to be taken during natural disasters. Initially this can be taught with the help of mobile phones where primary learners can learn about the safety measure through mobile phones. With the help of mobile phone students can watch cartoons based on natural disaster. This will help the students to understand the concept easily and with the help of mobile phones leaners can get access to information. Artificial intelligence is the current trend in education. Teaching artificial intelligence at school is very important. Schools should focus on three areas first the learners should learn with Artificial intelligence that is they need to know how to use them, secondly, they should learn about artificial intelligence this will enlighten them on the techniques and technologies involved in artificial intelligence. This will bring awareness to know its impact on human lives. Especially in building up of values and skills for life. It has the potential to transform education therefore it is essential to include artificial intelligence in education to meet the goals of sustainable development. With the help of artificial intelligence, it is possible to promote equitable quality education and it provides opportunities for lifelong learning. In recent trends of education blended learning plays an important role in teaching learning process. Blended means mixed up of traditional as well as virtual classroom where teachers and students presence are compulsory. Teacher imparts education via traditional classroom with the use of information communication technology such as, power point slides, pdf, videos, Google classroom, Google zoom, Google meet, Edmodo applications and some gamification applications. After Covid pandemic in higher education university grant commission recommended to the institutions 40% syllabus should be taught in online mode and 60% syllabus through offline mode.  

           Technology is a significant element in studentsโ€™ education as well as teacher training programmes. Through digital media platform students have access knowledge and information without any restrictions. ICT is essential to pre-service teacher education programs in the twenty-first century. Without adequate ICT expertise, it is impossible for a teacher to perform in their classroom, hence it cannot be considered to be complete.  In day-to-day life, attention is also located on diverse educational philosophy and educational practice based on the various that developing requirements of our society. These theories and practises suggest that teacher education has also experienced alterations. It makes wisdom that new technology must be merged into the teacher education. Along with having strong perception towards teaching skills, teachers also need to have the correct attitudes and values. The minimum requirements of any training programme are that it should assist the learner in obtaining the fundamental abilities and aptitudes of a successful teacher. Inter- disciplinary approaches, correspondence courses, orientation courses, and other innovative developments in education are currently popular especially for teacher and students also. Other methods used in education include team teaching, programmed instruction, micro teaching, and simulations teaching are beneficial for the learner. Action research is now used in classroom during teaching learning process and teacher education as well. ICT assists as a portal to the informational world and aids in keeping students as well teacher up to date. It promotes knowledge, skill, learning aptitudes, potential, research aptitudes, online course teacher and student relationship, skilled based course and learning strategies also. Some beneficial approaches for students and teachers are as under;

  1. E- Learning
  2. Online/ virtual learning
  3. Blended learning
  4. Mobile learning
  5. Artificial intelligence
  6. Open and distance education
  7. Learner centred environment
  8. Learning management system

                Technology is nowadays being used in the classroom by Indian higher education. Technology includes some online approaches during teaching learning for the effectiveness of teaching learning process. Such approaches are laptops, LCD projectors, desktops, Smart classrooms, online video lectures, conferences, workshop, seminar, research webinar and memory sticks. ICT is beneficial for the teacher in teaching learning process. Because teachers are the only ones who can give pupils a bright future. Some of the recent trends are as under;

  1. Mobile Learning. With the emergence of technology the combining of software and hardware are generate new advances “Smart Phone” that is the essential tools in day to day life. A smart phone have advanced fixed technology in the field of industrial and telecommunications. Mobile devices with internet connectivity and computational power are projected to soon replace personal computers as the official appliance in classrooms.
  1. Cloud computing. Applications are increasingly moving away from independent desktops and laptops and onto server farms that can be accessed online. This trend will result in the availability of less expensive information appliances that do not need the size or processing capacity of a PC, which will have significant implications for educational systems. Providing interconnectivity to access data stored in the “cloud” will be the challenge.
  2. One-to-One computing.  Around the world, the tradition of classroom environment is to provide knowledge and information from the teacher to students and the application of information communication technology. In this setting of classroom students can learn through individual devices such as mobile phone, individual laptop/desktop, tablet etc. classrooms should prepare for the universal availability of personal learning devices.
  3. Universal learning. With the development of technology required strong network connection and better infrastructure for teaching learning process all over the world. Information communication technology gives great opportunity to the students for obtaining knowledge without time constrain, gives flexibility to students for accessing  their knowledge from anywhere and at any time. This trend of ICT requires a rethinking on traditional classroom environment
  4. Gaming. According to the Horizon Report, a current survey by the Pew Internet and American Life Project revealed that the excessive playing of online games are found in youth or young peoples and this types of activities can-not benefitted for the health. Most of the young people are interconnected with the society through games
  5. Personalized learning. Education systems are increasingly day by day and exploring the use of technology for better understanding among studentโ€™s knowledge.

                Some Current trend in Information Technology are as under, SWAYAM (Study Web of Active-learning for Youth Aspiring minds) Learning Management System, MOOCs, Robotics, Open Educational Resource, Cooperative Learning Strategies (CLS), Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning etc. Integration of technology in present situation plays a vital role in our education system as well as outside the educational background. But, education will be able to plays its role more effectively by making the individuals creative, innovative and efficient. Educational technology can immensely contribute to the qualitative as well as quantitative improvement of education.

CONCLUSION 

This study examine that the recent trends of information communication technology and role of ICT in Indian higher education system. ICT plays a vital role in the school education as well as higher education system in India.  During Covid pandemic all the formal education system was unfortunately stopped, meanwhile ICT was started day by day and spread over the world. ICT can immensely contribute to the qualitative as well as quantitative improvement of education.According to National Policy on Education 2020 technology will be benefitted for the students as well as teacher. Technology integration play an important role in teaching learning process. Some recent trends of ICT such as; Learning Management System, MOOCs, Robert, Cooperative Learning Strategies, Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, Moodle, Open Educational Resource, Online Assessment and Portfolio, Smart classroom, Electronic Devices, and some software application are Google meet, Google classroom, Zoom, WebEx, Study Blue Flashcards, Schoology, Quiz, Teacher Kit, Animoto, Socrative, Seesaw, Tether, FoxFi, Too Noisy, Answer Garden, Slido etc. Finding of the study revealed  that usage of technology such as projectors, smart boards, laptops, desktop computers, and some software applications makes learning convenient and enhanced learner and teacher capabilities, interest, motivation, and learning potential as well as problem-solving abilities, creativity, and cognitive ability. If the proper infrastructure would be available with the recent trends of technology in Indian higher education system and trained teachers in information technology then the educational standard will be high.

REFERENCES

Amit Mahajan, Dhirendra Sharma (2012). A Technical SWOT Analysis of ICT Facilities: Jammu University, Jammu, India. International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software Engineering. 2(12): 128-139.

Goyal, Ela; Seema Purohit and Manju Bhagat. 2010. โ€˜Factors that affect information and communication technology usage: A case study in managementโ€™. Education journal of information technology management, 21 (4) 38-57.

Hussain, I,. Suleman, Q,.  Naseer ud din, M,. & Shafique ,F. (2017) Effects of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) on Studentsโ€™ Academic Achievement and Retention in Chemistry at Secondary Level. Journal of Education and Educational Development. 4(1)73-93.

Mushtaq. M,. & Meena B,. L. (2022) Blended Mode of education and its relevance in teaching learning process. Post Covid Education Scenario in India. G.H.G. Khalsa Colleges, Gurusar Sadhar Twenty first century publications Patiala. 73-78.

NEP (2020). New Education Policy. Ministry of Human Resource Development Government of India. Retrieved from www.education.in

Patel. I. Mushtaq (2020) the OER โ€“ a teaching-learning tool in the times of covid-19 in India. Global and Lokal Distance Education- GLOKALde, October 2020, Vol 6 (2), https://www.glokalde.com/pdf/issues/18/Volume6Number2.pdf#page=91

Syed Noor-Ul-Amin (2013) An Effective use of ICT for Education and Learning by Drawing on Worldwide Knowledge, Research, and Experience: ICT as a Change Agent for Education, Department Of Education, University Of Kashmir, , 2(4), 38-45, 

Ulka Toro and Millind Joshi (2012).ICT in Higher Education: Review of Literature from the Period 2004-2011.International Journal of Innovation, Management and Technology. 3(1):20-23.

UNESCO (2002). Information and Communication Technologies in Teacher Education, A Planning Guide. Paris: UNESCO.

Security Measurement and Satisfactions Towards Internet Banking among Students in Jammu and Kashmir

Alyas Ahmed

Research Scholar, Department of Management and Commerce

Maulana Azad National Urdu University-32

ย 

Mohd Mushtaq

Researcher Sholar, Department of Education and Training

Maulana Azad National Urdu University-32

Abstract:

The banking industry is the backbone of the Indian economy. Banks provide financial assistance to individuals and Institutions. This study explores the elaborate framework of internet banking’s effects on Jammu and Kashmir’s student population. The study examines students’ perceptions of satisfaction and security in the context of online financial transactions. This study provides important insights into the changing financial habits and attitudes of the region’s students through a thorough study of the interactions between the ease of internet banking services and the perceived security measures preserving critical information. In this study the researcher applied quantitative approach under descriptive type of research. The study includes 500 students of Jammu region from different educational background under probability types of sampling.  For the analyses of data, the researchers applied different statistical techniques such as, Frequency, percentage, mean average, standard deviation, correlation and paired sample t-test in this study. Result of the study reveals that a significant positive relationship found between studentโ€™s security measurement towards internet banking and satisfaction towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. It can be concluded that the level of security measurement increases, satisfaction towards internet banking also increases significantly. Moreover, it is also found that a significant impact of security measurement towards internet banking and satisfaction towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir. 

Keywords: – Internet, Satisfaction, Security measurement, Banks, Jammu and Kashmir, Students.

Introduction

Internet banking has become an essential part of the financial system in the modern digital era. In the present era, people are transferring from the traditional banking system and connecting with the modern internet banking system to carry out their financial activities through the use of internet banking. The accessibility and convenience provided by internet banking have drawn a lot of attention to technological advances, especially among the younger generation. Jammu and Kashmir, tucked away in India’s far north, as most of the area is hilly and the majority of people live in rural areas where banking branches are not available. Without a proper banking system, any nation cannot grow. In the current era, due to the rise in demand for banks and their products, the banking industry is adopting the latest technology to provide services easily and successfully. Banks are redefining traditional banking practises and fostering a paradigm shift towards digital financial interactions. This shift is particularly evident in regions like Jammu and Kashmir.  But due to the advancement in internet banking, now people in far-flung areas can also avail themselves of the services through internet banking. As the primary focus of this paper is to understand the behaviour of students towards internet banking, and also to determine the way in which the students in Jammu and Kashmir perceive both the satisfaction and security associated with online banking. Further, the aim of this research paper is to provide a comprehensive understanding of how the use of internet banking is influencing the financial behaviours and attitudes of the student community in this area by examining the intricate connection between the satisfaction derived from the convenience of online banking services and the perceived security measures that safeguard sensitive information.

It is interesting that Jammu and Kashmir has a unique anthropological backdrop that is distinguished by its rich heritage, geographic variety, and particular challenges. This study has the potential to provide useful insights for the banking sector as well as academia, directing the creation of plans to improve user experiences while addressing security issues. An in-depth examination of the students’ satisfaction with and security perceptions of online banking in Jammu and Kashmir holds potential for influencing the course of digital banking services in the area and beyond as technology continues to impact the future of financial interactions.

Safety precautions for internet banking are essential for protecting confidential monetary information and sustaining the security of the internet. Banks have a variety of approaches and deploy many tactics to reduce risks and improve user safety. Encryption, a vital element, uses protocols like SSL and TLS to encrypt data transmission between users and the banking server, preventing unauthorised access and data interception. By forcing users to supply extra credentials in addition to their passwords, two-factor authentication (2FA) and multi-factor authentication (MFA) strengthen account access. Robust password requirements are imposed by secure password rules, lowering vulnerability to brute-force assaults. Users are made aware of fake emails and websites by anti-phishing strategies, and continuing protection is provided by regular security audits that find deficits.

In nutshell, the rise of internet banking has changed how people interact with banking services in the modern financial sector. The revolutionary potential of online banking has been used to address the different geographical and socioeconomic obstacles faced by Jammu and Kashmir, spanning accessibility gaps and reaching even remote areas. This study highlights the growing impact of technology in influencing financial behaviours by revealing students’ perceptions of satisfaction and safety in this digital environment. The information acquired helps the banking industry, academics, and the continued improvement of digital banking practises. An in-depth understanding of internet banking’s effects is essential to guiding safer and more beneficial financial institutions in the area and beyond as technology continues to influence how people interact with finance.

Review of related studies

(A. Meharaj Banu, 2019). Conducted a study onย โ€œOnline Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from Indiaโ€ย Asia-pacific Journal of Management research and Innovation. The main aim of the research was to analyze the satisfaction of customers towards online banking in India. The research collected the data from 500 respondents and analyzed. The researcher used the technology acceptance model (TAM) of Davis (1986) & DTPB. Taylor and Todd (1995). It is found that when the customers are aware about the internet banking, they avail more services the second result shows contrary to expectations, the perceived utility of online banking is unrelated to the security and accessibility of Internet connection.ย hird, the perceived benefit of online banking services is significantly influenced by self-efficacy, simplicity of use, cost savings, and time savings. Hence it is clear that banks customers are partly associated witht the internet banking.

 

(R, 2019) โ€œa study on customer satisfaction towards internet banking services in thoothukudi cityโ€ The researcher focused on Socio-economic factor of the respondents, Satisfaction level of customers towards internet banking, problems faced b, problems faced by the respondents and further the researcher provides the suggestions and recommendations. The researcher found that there is no significance difference between the gender and level of satisfaction of respondents towards the services provided by the internet banking.the researcher also found that the customers are facing lot of problem which availing banking services online the major problem is low internet connection, Connection lost while transaction and Lost of password. The researcher suggested that that RBI should make good policies related to the online banking and also the banks should conduct customers awareness programs towards banking.

(B. Raghavendra, 2016). Conducted a study on the Topic Customers Satisfaction towards Internet Banking Services. The researcher selected 248 customers for the study. The main aim of this research was to understanding about the satisfaction of customers to wards banking internet services. After using the ANOVA the researcher found that that there is moderate significant difference in mean scores of customer satisfaction between male and female customers. The study concludes Customer happiness is impacted by functionality, website design, and user-friendliness relating to the online banking services offered by the Public and Private sector banks. Customer satisfaction with internet banking services is significantly influenced by the clients’ gender, age, education, and income levels. Work and marital status have no impact on satisfaction. Regardless of the gender and age of the customers, banks must modify their products and services.

(Vimala, 2016). Conducted a study on the topic โ€œAn Evaluative Study on Internet Banking Security among Selected Indian Bank Customersโ€ The objective of the research is customer awareness and expectation towards internet security, Problems faced by the respondents while using internet banking and to understand the effects of the selected customers in Coimbatore’s s’ use of online banking & security. The size of sample is 50. It is found that 18% of participants had been notified by their bankers, whereas 32% of the consumers found about security risks in Internet banking through advertisements. The researcher suggested that customers should learn about their privacy through different mediums.

(Amith Kumar Reddy, 2021)In this study “Impact of E-banking on Customer Satisfaction”, have summarized. This article aims to investigate consumer satisfaction in online banking and assess the effects of the various online banking services used by Indian banks. This study employs a quantitative methodology, and SEM and AMOs are utilized to assess the data that was gathered. When compared to their semi-urban and urban peers, the utility of e-banking services is considerably less for bank customers in rural areas. It has been discovered that “time saving and less cost” can impact bank customers’ intentions to use the internet banking site in the future. Respondents from rural, semi-urban, and urban areas saw e-banking as simple, easy to use, and a decent alternative to traditional banking, although they thought using new technologies like internet banking was complicated and tough. Internet banking is crucial for bank customers’ current and future growth, and how crucial it is to those customer’ development depends significantly on their age, level of education, occupation, and income. It is further recommended to broaden the research to learn different strategies for boosting the dependability of E-banking services in the Middle East.

(Ahmad, 2004)This study aims to examine how self-image congruence affects brand preference and satisfaction among customers who use and don’t use based on technology self-services in the retail banking industry. According to the study’s findings, self-image congruence is not related to satisfaction in the case those who utilise self-service technologies. Contrarily, non-users of self-service technology showed a positive correlation between their satisfaction with the service provider and their self-image congruence. This suggests that self-service technology users and non-users differ in how their self-images relate to their degrees of satisfaction. In conclusion the study has shown that even after encountering unsatisfactory events when using self-service technology, clients still favor the same service provider.

(Dr.Kiran.G, 2020). In the the study analysed customer satisfaction towards online banking services with public sector banks in’ Tiruchirappalli district, From this study, it is clear that bank websites and technological platforms must provide a variety of knowledge features on financial services. Banks must regularly survey customers to gauge their satisfaction if they want to keep their current clients. According to the study’s findings, the top three elements affecting customer satisfaction are rapid response, security, website design, and easy to use. Further the researcher suggested that banks should Design their website simple and easy to use. In order to attract the new customers and retain the existing customers.

(Worku G, 2016) (Impact of Electronic Banking on Customers Satisfaction in European Banking Industry) provided an overview of their findings. The situation involves customers of the banks Dashin and Wogagen in Gondar. In this paper, an effort is made to understand how customer happiness compares to traditional forms of banking and how personal characteristics of clients, such as age and occupation, affect branch visits and potential and problems with online banking. To calculate consumer satisfaction in online banking, this study used tables and percentages, the chi-square independence test, the independent t-test, and regression analysis. This study revealed that younger people, students, educated people, and businesspeople are satisfied with online banking. Hence it is proved that internet banking has significant impact on the customerโ€™s satisfaction.

(Jyotsna Sharma, 2022). The title of present study is “The effect of customer satisfaction on the quality of the E-Banking service.” The present research seeks to determine how the quality of the services provided by e-banking services affects consumer satisfaction. The Customer satisfaction in online banking has been measured using sampling techniques. According to this study, important factors like responsiveness, security, and communication effect on satisfaction of customers with e-banking services. It is advised to conduct more research to determine how to measure and enhance the quality of e-banking services. In short, this study drew attention to the impact of service quality on client happiness. If a customer is happy with the usage of the current services, he or she is likely to utilize them repeatedly. Thus, it can be deduced from the study’s findings that consumer satisfaction with E-Banking services is influenced by tangibility, credibility, responsiveness, security, and communication.

(Sadaf Firdous, 2016) This study is conducted in Delhi. The title of the paper is โ€œImpact of Internet Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfactionโ€ The main objectives of the research is to identify the various dimensions of internet banking service quality, to study the relationship between the customer satisfaction and the various internet banking service quality dimensions and to study the impact of the internet banking service quality dimensions on the satisfaction of customers. Total no of samples taken for this study is 194. To analyze this study the researcher used co-relation and it is found that the various relationships that exist between various service quality dimensions and customer satisfaction in internet banking. The researcher further used regression and found that internet banking service quality does have an impact on the customer satisfaction in internet banking in New Delhi. Hence from the both results it is clear that the services dimensions of services quality have various relationships exist and also have impact on satisfaction.

Significance of the study

Internet banking involves the transfer of sensitive financial information, making security a crucial aspect. By understanding their concerns and perceptions, banks can identify areas of improvement and enhance security protocols to protect student customers from potential cyber threats and fraudulent activities. User satisfaction is also key factor for the success of internet banking services. By investigating students’ satisfaction levels with internet banking, Banks can utilize these findings to improve their services, user interfaces, and overall customer satisfaction, leading to increased usage and loyalty among student customers. This study provides insights into students’ perceptions of security measures implemented by banks in Jammu and Kashmir.  In this essence trust and confidence are essential for the widespread adoption of internet banking services. By addressing security concerns and enhancing user satisfaction, this study can contribute to building trust and confidence among students in Jammu and Kashmir towards internet banking. Increased trust can encourage more students to adopt and utilize internet banking services, leading to greater financial inclusion and convenience. Policymakers can utilize this information to develop regulations and guidelines that ensure the safety and satisfaction of student customers. This can promote a secure and reliable internet banking ecosystem, benefitting both students and banks. Being a region with unique geographical and socio-economic challenges, may have specific barriers to internet banking adoption. This study can identify these barriers and provide insights into how they can be addressed, thus helping bridge the digital divide. By making internet banking more accessible and secure for students in Jammu and Kashmir, this study can contribute to financial inclusion and empowerment. The significance of this study lies in its potential to enhance security measures, improve user satisfaction, promote trust and confidence, inform policy and regulations, and bridge the digital divide in internet banking services among students in Jammu and Kashmir. By addressing these aspects, the study can contribute to the growth and development of a secure and user-friendly internet banking environment, benefiting both students and the banking sector.

Statement of the problems

The purpose of present study is to explore the knowledge and awareness of internet banking among students at all the level from secondary to higher education level. Hence the study felt need under investigation as entitled as, โ€œSecurity measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmirโ€.

Objectives 

  1. To study the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.
  2. To study the level of satisfactions towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.
  3. To know the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir
  4. To study the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Hypothesis

H01 there exist no significant relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir

H02 There exist no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Methodology

In this study, the researcher used the survey method under the descriptive type of research to analyse the level, impact, and relationship of security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir This study includes the primary source of data for analyzing the security measurement of satisfaction with Internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The study includes all the students of higher education, such as UG, PG, and PhD-level students, as a population. The area of the study is only confined to Jammu and Kashmir. In this study, 500 students are selected as a sampling under simple random sampling techniques of probability sampling. For the collection of data, the researchers used self-developed scales such as security measurement towards internet banking and studentsโ€™ satisfactions towards internet banking for the study. For the analysis of the data, the researcher used some statistical techniques such as, mean average, standard deviation, Pearson product moment correlation, and paired sample t test for the present study. The researcher collected data for the study using an online mode as well as a Google form.

Result and Discussion

  1. To study the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

For the objective first the researcher applied range, frequency and percentage. Table 1.1 shows that the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

VariableLevelsRangeFrequencyPercentage
Security measurementtowards internet bankingHighAbove 6119038%
Average40-6025551%
LowBelow 405511%
             Total500100%

The above table 1.1 reveals the range, frequency, and percentage of security measurement towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Out of 500 students, 190 students (38%) have a high level of security measurement towards internet banking, 255 students (51%) have an average level of security measurement towards internet banking, and 55 students (11%) have a low level of security measurement towards internet banking. Based on the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing an average level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

Further, the result indicates that a significant portion of students in Jammu and Kashmir are aware of and prioritise security measures while using internet banking services. The high percentage of students with an average level of security measurement suggests that they have a basic understanding of security measures but may benefit from further education or awareness to enhance their security practises. The relatively low percentage of students reporting a low level of security measurement is encouraging, as it suggests that a small proportion of students are not effectively arranging security when using internet banking.

However, it is still important to address the needs of these students and provide them with the necessary resources and education to improve their security practises. Overall, the findings highlight the importance of promoting and maintaining strong security measures in internet banking services. Banks and financial institutions should continue to educate and raise awareness among students about the significance of security and provide clear guidelines and tools to ensure safe and secure online banking experiences.

  • To study the level of satisfactions towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

For obtaining the result from objective 2nd the researcher applied range, frequency and percentage as a statistical technique in the below table 1.2. 

VariableLevelsRangeFrequencyPercentage
Students Satisfactions towards internet bankingHighAbove 6125551%
Average40-6022044%
LowBelow 40255%
                 Total500100%

The above table 1.2 reveals the range, frequency, and percentage of satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Out of 500 students, 255 students (51%) have a high level of satisfaction towards internet banking, 220 students (44%) have an average level of satisfaction towards internet banking, and 25 students (5%) have a low level of satisfaction towards internet banking. From the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing a high level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

This indicates that a significant proportion of students in Jammu and Kashmir are satisfied with their internet banking experiences. The high percentage of students with a high level of satisfaction suggests that they find internet banking services to be reliable, convenient, and meet their needs. The relatively low percentage of students reporting a low level of satisfaction is positive, as it indicates that a small proportion of students are dissatisfied with their internet banking experiences. However, it is important to address the concerns of these students and identify the factors contributing to their low satisfaction. Banks and financial institutions should focus on improving the areas that are leading to dissatisfaction among this group of students.

Moreover, the findings highlight the overall positive satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. This suggests that internet banking services are meeting the expectations and needs of the majority of students. However, it is important for banks to continue monitoring and improving their services to ensure sustained high levels of satisfaction. Overall, the study indicates that students in Jammu and Kashmir have a high level of satisfaction with internet banking. This positive perception of internet banking services can contribute to increased adoption and usage among students, promoting financial inclusion and convenience in the region.

  • To know the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

To test the null hypothesis โ€œthere exist no significant relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmirโ€. The researcher applied Pearson product moment correlation for analyzing the below data in the table 1.3

VariablesNMSDโ€˜rโ€™ ValueRemarks
Security measurement towards internet banking 500 61.29 7.56  0.109 Positive Co-relation
Satisfactions towards internet banking 500 63.19 6.78

The above table 1.3 reveals the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The above table reveals that the mean average of security measurement towards internet banking is 61.29 and the standard deviation is 7.56, and the mean average and standard deviation of satisfactions towards internet banking are 63.19 and 6.78, respectively. The โ€˜rโ€™ value of both variables, such as security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking, is 0.109. From the above table, it can be concluded that there is a positive association between the security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. So therefore, the null hypothesis “there exists no significant relationship between the security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” is rejected.

The findings of the study imply that students who prioritise security measures and have a higher level of security measurement towards internet banking are more likely to experience higher levels of satisfaction with their internet banking services in Jammu and Kashmir. Overall, the study suggests that a positive association exists between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Banks and financial institutions should continue to emphasise the importance of security measures to enhance satisfaction levels among students and promote a secure and reliable internet banking environment.

  • To study the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

To test the null hypothesis โ€œthere exist no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmirโ€. The researcher applied paired sample t test for analyzing impact of below data shown in the table 1.4

VariableNMeanS. DDf โ€˜rโ€™Valueโ€˜tโ€™valueโ€˜pโ€™valueRemarks
Security measurement towards internet banking 500 61.29 7.56 498 .170 8.454 0.00* Significant at .01 level
Satisfactions towards internet banking 500 63.19 6.78

*Significant at 0.01 level

The above table 1.4 reveals the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The mean average of security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking are 61.29 and 63.19, respectively, and the standard deviation of both variables is 7.56 and 6.78. The โ€˜rโ€™ value is 1.70, and the t-value is 8.454 with 498 degrees of freedom. Therefore, from the above table, it can be concluded that there is a significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions with internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. So, the null hypothesis “there exists no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” is rejected.

Moreover, the result shows that as the level of security measurement increases, satisfaction towards internet banking also increases significantly. The rejection of the null hypothesis “there exists no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” suggests that security measurement does have a significant impact on satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Overall, the study highlights the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. Banks and financial institutions should prioritize and enhance security measures to improve satisfaction and provide a secure and reliable internet banking experience for students.

Conclusion

The present study aims to explore the level and relationship of security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. In this study, the researcher also explores the impact of security measurement on satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Based on the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing an average level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

Additionally, the researcher finds out that the majority of the students are showing a high level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. The researcher found a positive association between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Furthermore, the researcher highlights the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

However, the results of this study emphasise the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking. It underscores the need for banks and financial institutions to prioritize and enhance security measures to ensure a safe and reliable internet banking environment for students in Jammu and Kashmir. Overall, the conclusion of the study reveals a significant positive relationship between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. As traditional banking infrastructure faces limitations in such areas, internet banking emerges as a pivotal solution, providing accessibility and convenience even to populations in remote areas. In a nutshell, this study is focusing on Satisfaction with internet banking and security measures among the students. The study applies rigorous statistical methods to find out the impact of internet banking on students.

References

A. Meharaj Banu, N. S. (2019, Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India Asia-Pacific Journal of Management Research and Innovation). Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India. Asia-Pacific Journal of Management Research and Innovation, 15(1-2).

Ahmad, J. (2004). Retail Banking and Customer Behaviour: A Study of Self Concept, Satisfaction and Technology Usage. The International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 14(3), 357-379.

Amith Kumar Reddy, M. B. (2021). IMPACT OF E-BANKING ON CUSTOMER SATISFACTION. PALARCHโ€™S JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY OF EGYPT/EGYPTOLOGY, 18(08).

B. Raghavendra, P. S. (2016, September ). Customers Satisfaction towards Internet. International Journal of Management and Commerce Innovations, 4(1), 491-498.

Dr. Kiran.G, D. A. (2020, April). Customers Satisfaction Towards Online Banking Services Of Public Sector Banks. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research, 9(4).

Jyotsna Sharma, J. S. (2022, January). Impact of E-Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction. International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE), 8(5).

R, S. B. (2019, November ). Customer satisfaction towards internet banking services in Thoothukudi. Conference: Innovative Banking Services – A Transformative Tool For Business, Finance And Customer Service.

Sadaf Firdous, R. F. (2016). Impact of Internet Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction. Journal of Internet Banking and Commerce.

Vimala, V. (2016, 5). An Evaluative Study on Internet Banking Security among. Amity Journal of Management Research, 1(1), 63-79.

Worku G, T. A. (2016). The Impact of Electronic Banking on Customersโ€™ Satisfaction in. Journal of Business & Financial Affairs, 5(2), 1-18.

A Review on the Impact of Online Job Portals on Employee Performance

Ahjaz Ahmed*

Ph. D Research scholar, Department of Management,

Maulana Azad National Urdu University Hyderabad.

Abstract:

The development of technology in the digital age has had a huge impact on many aspects of our life, including how we find and keep jobs. The introduction of internet job portals has completely changed the way people hunt for jobs by giving them a platform to communicate with businesses. This article examines and assesses the effect of online job portals on worker performance, highlighting the benefits and potential pitfalls of this cutting-edge job search strategy. Now that technology is prevalent everywhere, everything is made simple. Every aspect of human life has been impacted by technology. Thanks to online job portals, where applications are only a click away and hundreds of positions are always open, finding a job has gotten easier nowadays. Job portals offer all varieties of jobs, and the majority of them are free, which increases their popularity in the labour market. Employees hired using online job portals perform as well as those hired through more conventional means. Online job portals are more practical, affordable, time-saving, and accessible. Job portal features like filter, sort by, and generate your resume now are improving the effectiveness of employment portals, something that was previously impossible because it took more time, was less effective, required more personnel, and was less transparent. This study is based on a review of comparable studies to determine the effect of online job portals on employee performance. According to a review of several research studies, online job portals have a favorable effect on employee performance, demonstrating the importance of technology in modern life and how it makes life more efficient and time-saving.

 Keywords: Online Job Portal, Technology, Recruitment, Employee, Performance

Introduction

The recruitment process now fully depends upon technology because as the job seekers are increasing and at the sametime getting a job is becoming more complex. The recruitment process is to place a candidate at the right position according to his skills and experience. In this time, all the recruitment process is being carried out using technology and internet. Technology has changed the way we live our life, we think, we spend our time, we use gadgets and devices etc.basically our life has changed drastically due to technology. In the same way, the recruitment process has changed, and it has become easier, effective, and cost efficient which has changed the scenario of recruitment totally. Today, a variety of networking websites, such as Nakuri.com, Monster.com, Shine.com, Fresher’s World, Times Jobs, LinkedIn, Free Jobs Alerts, etc., are used to find qualified candidates for employment. These websites have emerged as significant sources of good personnel for both employees and organizations. Online job portals have a significant impact on employee performance in several ways, making workers more productive because they provide the right guidance regarding market demand for skills, popular job categories, and compensation packages that have an effect on workers’ performance.  This study is based on the impact of online job portals on employee performance in which related studies have been reviewed to know the impact. From the review of various research papers, it is found that the positive impact of online job portals on employee performance which shows the technology is playing a vital in human life and more technology is making life easy and effective and saving the precious time. E-recruitment is a method that handles the full hiring process, from beginning to end, including posting job ads, receiving resumes, and choosing the best candidate for the job based on their qualifications. It functions effectively and efficiently. The ability to attract quality candidates (in terms of abilities, attitude, knowledge, and aptitudes) for the company is aided by the use of the internet.

Literature review 

Recruitment

Edwin B. Flippo (1984) It studied that Recruitment is the main duty of the human resource department. Finding, enticing, screening, reducing the field, interviewing, selecting, hiring, and onboarding employees are all steps in the process. “Recruitment is the process of seeking out potential employees and encouraging them to submit applications for positions within the firm.”

Parry & Wilson (2009) Determine that “recruitment encompasses those processes and actions conducted by the organization with the primary goal of identifying and recruiting potential personnel.” The size of the recruitment team of a company might vary depending on the size of the organization. In smaller businesses, a recruiting manager, however, is frequently in charge of recruiting. Many organizations outsource their hiring needs, but some merely use advertisements, job Portals to identify candidates for open positions. To improve and streamline the hiring process, many businesses employ hiring software nowadays.

The basis of a successful recruitment process is an organization-specific sourcing model that aims to find the best applicant for the ideal role at the ideal moment. It is a methodical process for enlisting outstanding individuals who can super business expansion. The five main stages of an all-encompassing hiring process might differ from company to firm depending on the business vertical, organizational structure, size, operational style, and selection procedure

E-Recruitment Process

E-Recruitment is the rage right now and represents the newest trends in hiring. The use of technology or web-based solutions to facilitate the hiring process is also referred to as “online recruitment.” The resource may be an employment website like naukri.com, the company’s official website, or its own intranet. The internet is being used by both large and small businesses as a source of hiring.

โ€œE-recruiting is using the internet to recruit through Job portals, corporate websites, specialized websites or onlineadvertisementโ€, Galanaki (2002).

The organization’s e-recruitment initiatives and e-recruitment process have an impact on the structure, effectiveness, and efficiency of the organization’s recruiting process. The HR division oversees the diversity of the workforce with regard to culture, time zones, specializations, benefits, and salary. Secondary data was collected for this study. According to this study, employers seem to more concerned about hiring a qualified, quality-oriented candidate over one who is more concerned with price. Third parties, such as headhunters and recruiting agencies, actively participate in the online hiring process. E-recruitment improves efficiency and efficacy of the hiring process. Particular internet recruitment techniques contribute to organizational advancements and improve organizational recruiting performance. Fred and Kinange (2016).Most of the organizations in Pakistan were using both e-recruitment and traditional recruitment sources. It also revealed that the IT based organizations are not completely relying on e-recruitment. The study also indicated that majority of respondent organizations use e-recruitment for filling the top positions Nasreem et al. (2016)

Online Job Portals

Job portals are a straightforward but useful tool. They make room for both companies and employees and make it simpler to access a wide range of employment in various industries and skill levels. They also lower fees for middlemen and headhunters as well as the costs of job matching. Job websites have improved employment access for all people. Before they existed, informal networks and social contacts dominated the job-seeking landscape. Social network job searches typically favor well-connected individuals, further entrenching already-existing inequities. This implicit prejudice in access to both official and informal jobs can be lessened by ensuring equal access to online job platforms. The Covid-19 pandemic, which harmed every industry area, had an effect on every firm in the world. In April to May 2021, there were around 22.7 million job losses, according to research by the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy. As the life is being normal, so the hiring process in India has surged apparently, especially last August has witnessed 89 percent increase and hiring for specific roles has grown as well specially in IT sector. According to estimates, the largest employment portals fill more than 80% of job advertisements. In that time job portals play a vital role in recruitment process.

Employee Performance

A worker’s performance is defined as how well they carry out their duties and finish vital tasks. It emphasizes the value, quality, and effectiveness of their output. How valuable each individual is to the business depends on their performance. For a business, each person represents a significant investment, therefore the return that Employee contributions must be substantial. Employee performance is influenced by a variety of variables that have an effect on their lives, such as pay, benefits, the workplace culture, bonuses, and admiration.

Impact on Employee Performance

Employee satisfaction is influenced by a variety of factors, including management expectations, coworkers, personal issues, and company culture. Companies must take the initiative to ensure that their staff members are pleased by learning what they need and giving them the resources, they need to improve their talents.

In comparison to individuals who do not use the Internet, the data shows that job searchers who have registered with job portals are about 6% more likely to be employed and that their reservation earnings are 1300 rupees higher (a 10% increase above the mean). Additionally, we discover that employed individuals who are registered with portals have actual incomes that are 13% greater than those who are not. On the other hand, employees who rely more on social networks for support have slightly lower employment possibilities and lower associated salaries. The impact and role of job portals is vital in the life employee which enables them to perform well and make future bright.

Advantages for Employee Performance

1. Increased Access to Opportunities: Online job boards have democratized the labour market by removing distance restrictions. Job searchers have more options for obtaining work that match their talents and career goals because they can look at opportunities outside of their immediate area. Improved job matching and more job satisfaction may result from this expanded access.2. Efficiency and Speed: Sending paper applications and waiting for responses was the usual way of looking for work. This procedure has been streamlined by online job portals, which let applicants submit applications in a matter of minutes for several vacancies. This effectiveness shortens the time between searching for a job and getting hired, resulting in smoother transitions and perhaps fewer spells of unemployment.

3. Customized Job Search: Job portals frequently provide search filters that let job seekers focus their search based on particular factors like industry, region, amount of experience, and job type. This personalization enables job seekers to identify positions that closely match their tastes and skill sets, improving the fit between the employee and the employment role.

4. Access to Information: Job portals frequently provide search filters that let job seekers focus their search based on particular factors like industry, region, amount of experience, and job type. This personalization enables job seekers to identify positions that closely match their tastes and skill sets, improving the fit between the employee and the employment role.

5. Skill Development: Candidates frequently need to improve their digital literacy abilities in order to succeed in the digital application process. The ability to use online platforms, build compelling profiles, and submit digital applications might help a job candidate develop skills beyond the current job search, potentially enhancing their overall digital competency.

Potential Drawbacks

1. Competition and Oversaturation: Because it’s so simple to apply for jobs online, more people are doing so, which has boosted competitiveness and the number of applications that businesses receive. This may lead to oversaturation, which will make it difficult for individual applications to stand out and may aggravate job seekers.

2. Lack of Personalization: Online apps might not have the same level of personalization that can be found in more conventional techniques, including networking events or in-person encounters. The candidate’s capacity to demonstrate their soft talents and leave a lasting impression on employers may be hampered by this impersonal character.

3. Limited Visibility for Non-Digital Roles: While online job portals are useful for office- and digital-based roles, they might not be as useful for jobs that call for specialized or hands-on abilities. There may not be as much representation for certain occupations on internet platforms, such as manual labour or the creative arts

4. Quality of Listings: It’s possible for some job portals to host listings that are unreliable, deceptive, or even fraudulent. To make sure that the positions they apply for are genuine and in line with their expectations, job searchers should use prudence and practice due diligence.

Conclusion

E-recruitment is another term for online recruiting. In our country, reputable employment portals like monster.com, nakuri.com, shine.com, and numerous networking sites are accessible to help employers and employees with the hiring and selection procedures. The procedure is quite easy to understand for both the person and the business. E-recruitment has several advantages, including the capacity to move more rapidly, convenience of use, reduced administrative costs and manpower, and increased competency on the part of the company and personnel. For those who are directly or indirectly involved in the e-recruitment process and who are employed as HR personnel within the company, this study is highly helpful. A flawless answer is required for everything in the fast-paced, accuracy-focused world of today. In a similar vein, the recruitment process has become more efficient and time-saving thanks to the employment of highly sophisticated technologies. According to the study, job portals have a beneficial effect on employee performance since they make it simple to grow in your career and find decent jobs with competitive pay. The job platform also offers expert coaching and knowledge of potential future career paths. Undoubtedly, the concept of job portals has gained popularity as a preferred means of recruitment for both job seekers and employers, but its efficiency and ability to meet job seekers’ expectations is what will make it the ideal platform for recruiting.

References

Ahlawat, R., & Sangeeta E-recruitment: Transforming trends of recruitment in Human resource management, Global journal of Engineering Science and Research Management, 3(1), 21โ€“25. (2016).

Amusan, D.G., Oyediran, M.O., Development of efficient e-recruitment system for university staff in Nigeria,Circulation in computer science, 1(1), 10-14. (2016). International Journal of Management, Technology And Engineering Volume 8, Issue XI, NOVEMBER/2018 ISSN NO : 2249-7455 Page No:1564

Anand. J., Chitra Devi, S., Literature review on e-recruitment and its perceived benefits: A walk towards paperless HR, International journal of applied research,2(11), 528-531. (2016).

Chauhan. D., Chaturvedi. L., Efficacy of j1ob portals and social media on organizational business, international journal of advanced research in management and social sciences, 2(7), 170-181. (2013).

Edwin B Flippo (1984) personnel management, sixth edition-Hill International Edition, Management series.

Faliagka, E., Tsakalidis, A., & Tzimas, G. An investigated e-recruitment system for automated personality mining and applicant ranking, internet research, 22(5),551-568. (2012).

Fred and Kinange (2016). International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET)

Galanaki. E (2002) “The decision to recruit online: a descriptive study”, Career Development International vol. 7 No 7. 4, pp 243-251. http://doi.org/10.1108/13620430210431325.

Mansourvar, M., Mohd Yasin, B. N., Development of a job web portal to improve education quality, Internetional journal of computer theory and engineering, 6(1), 43-46. (2014).

Nasreem, S., Hussan, M., & Khan, T.A. effectiveness of e-recruitment in small and medium enterprises of IT industry of lahore (Pakistan), Pakistan Economic and Social Review, 54(1), 143โ€“164. (2016)

Nasreen, Sidra, et al. โ€œeffectiveness of e-recruitment in small and medium enterprises of it industry of Lahore (Pakistan).โ€ Pakistan Economic and Social Review, vol. 54, no. 1, 2016, pp. 143โ€“64. JSTOR, https://www.jstor.org/stable/26616703. Accessed 12 Oct. 2022.

Parry, E. and Wilson, H. (2009), Factors Influencing the adoption of online recruitment. Personnel Review.

Rakholiya, N.& Gupta, C. A study on the Applicantโ€™ s Perception towards E-recruitment, International MultidisciplinaryJournal of Applied Research, 1(1), 50โ€“53. (2013)

Ramaabaanu, R. & Saranya, M. Importance and problems of e-recruitment, international journal of research, 1(9), 445-450. (2014) International Journal of Management, Technology and Engineering Volume 8, Issue XI, NOVEMBER/2018 ISSN NO: 2249- 7455 Page No:1566

Rani. R., E-recruitment and its impact upon on job seekers: A contemporary approach, IJARIIE,2(4), 335-339. (2016).

Sherkar, A. A Study on Use of E- Resources in Recruitment and Selection Process in 5 Star Hotels, Atithya: A Journal ofHospitality,1(1),15-19. (2015).

Sylva, H., & Mol, S.T. E-recruitment: A study into applicant perceptions of an online application system, internationaljournal of selection and assessment,17(3),311-323. (2009).

Healing Arts: Exploring Artistic Resonanceย in John Greenโ€™sย The Fault in our Stars

Mrs. L. P. Priyankaย M.A., M.Phil., NET

Assitant Professor

Department of English

Jayaraj Annapackiam College for Women (Autonomous), Periyakulam

Abstract:

Art has long been recognized as a powerful tool for emotional expression, empathy, and personal growth. The concept of healing arts encompasses a diverse range of expressive mediums, each playing a distinct role in the emotional and psychological well-being of individuals. This research article delves into the multifaceted dimensions of arts as a therapeutic medium through an analysis of John Greenโ€™s acclaimed novel The Fault in Our Stars,with a particular focus on literature, music, games, and poetry. By analyzing how these forms of artistic engagement contribute to the charactersโ€™ emotional healing. This study aims to shed light on the inherent therapeutic qualities of literature  and other arrs and its potential to provide solace and guidance.

Keywords: Healing arts, literature, games, poetry, therapeutic medium, emotional healing, John Green, The Fault in Our Stars.

Healing Arts: Exploring Artistic Resonance in John Greenโ€™s The Fault in our Stars

Art has its beginning in the caves of stone-age man. From then on it has become a vital ingredient of life. It is mostly defined as a process of deliberately arranging items with symbolic significance. As a result, it influences and affects one or more of the senses, emotions and intellect. In art, one can find a diverse range of human activities, creation and modes of expression. Art in its various forms includes music, literature, film, photography, sculpture and paintings.  Healing is often an intricate process, and the utilization of various artistic mediums can significantly impact the emotional trajectories of individuals. John Greenโ€™s The Fault in Our Stars has garnered widespread acclaim for its profound portrayal of young love amidst the challenges of terminal illness. Green intertwines literature, music, games, and poetry to underscore the importance of the healing in navigating the complexities of life, love, and loss. This paper explores how the novel exemplifies the healing arts, demonstrating how literature  and varied art can play a therapeutic role in the lives of both fictional characters and real-world readers.

Expressing oneself through various media such as art and literature has been a desire of mankind since the beginning of time. Literature has the unique ability to transport readers into alternate worlds, allowing them to experience a range of emotions and perspectives. Nobody can imagine a life without art. Artists express their emotional world through art and spectators or readers let this world pass through the realm of their sensuality. It is the sphere of feelings and sentiments of a person arising from his direct experience. Emotions in art are special. There are many pros and cons in the feelings of everyday life. In real life feelings and emotions come in a variety of shades, from negative to positive.

Emotions in art have social impact, they are very similar to the feelings of every humans.Through feelings art reaches the inner world of a human being, inspiring him and making him humane, and moulding his personality. Art can go to the extent of solving pedagogical and psychological problems. In addition, art acts as a psychotherapeutic therapeutic tool for the soul, which is capable of relieving psychological and spiritual distress. 

As an art form, literature has been used to express mankindโ€™s deepest emotions and observations, most profound thinking and firm beliefs. Literature encompasses many genres such as drama, poetry, and novels. While both physical arts and literature are a form of self-expression, each also represents a profession. When the world of arts and literature is explored, mankindโ€™s fascination for self-expression can be discovered.

Literature is a work of art in words. It is a writing that carries strong and lasting value through beauty or emotional power. Literature expresses the writersโ€™ thoughts, hopes and fears. Writings become literature only when well written and are of lasting interest to people of many societies and different generations. Literature is a powerful weapon to change the world with its human ideas and emotions expressed through words.

Art has tremendous healing power. Mankind is very much accustomed to spiritual and physical healing through prayer. Concrete experiences of such healing were innumerable through the healing touch of Jesus Christ. Music too is known to bring emotional balance relieving one in distress. Music is the most accessible and most researched medium of art of healing, relieving one of anxiety. Creative writing and reading of literature too are healers in a broad sense.

The healing power of literature has been recognized throughout history, from ancient myths to modern novels. By immersing themselves in the lives of fictional characters, readers can gain insight into their own emotions and struggles. Most people resort to reading as a means of escape from reality. Further, the world seen through books creates awareness and realization of oneโ€™s faults when one is caught up in the mean world. In Greenโ€™s novel, protagonists Hazel Grace Lancaster and Augustus Waters navigate the challenges of cancer, mortality, and young love. Their emotional journeys serve as a lens through which readers can explore their own feelings of grief, fear, and hope. Both Hazel Grace and Augustus Waters are fond of reading books. Hazel reads her favourite novel โ€˜An Imperial Afflictionโ€™ by Peter Van Houten. Augustus reads โ€˜The Price of Dawnโ€™, a brilliant novelization of his favourite video game.

 Hazel describes the book as her personal Bible, because it accurately matches her own experience. She finds relief through โ€˜An Imperial Afflictionโ€™. She says that she loves this book for its honesty. Anna, the main character of โ€˜An Imperial Afflictionโ€™, is a young girl with cancer who does not want to let this fact define her entire life. This parallels Hazelโ€™s situation and causes Hazel to find empathy and connection in the book. Hazel finds this book as a touchstone to her life. She tries to deal with pain honestly and directly and also finds comfort in it.  She recommends โ€˜An Imperial Afflictionโ€™ to Augustus. She tells him that the book accurately reflects the reality of death. One dies in the midst of their life, in the midst of a conversation. But I want to know what happens to everyone else. Both of them are very curious to know about what happens to the characters at the end of the novel. This curiosity made them travel to Amsterdam to meet the author Peter Van Houten. Hazel reads books not to escape from reality but to escape from the eyes of the society that views herself as a cancer patient and not as a human being. Hazel believes and lives in reality. She has no illusions about her health. She comes to a better understanding of life through the novel โ€˜An Imperial Afflictionโ€™. Even though it is a fictional work it has a genuine value in her life. Hazel finds this novel a pain-reliever.

Augustus tends to deal with his pain through humour and sacrifices himself in a video game. He lends Hazel a copy of โ€˜The Price of Dawnโ€™, a book based on his favourite video game.  Hazel reads the book and then purchases the first two sequels of โ€˜The Price of Dawnโ€™. In human company Hazel feels the sense of otherness. While shopping with her friend Kaitlyn in a mall she realizes how Kaitlyn sees her as a cancer patient. Hazel says that social interactions were depressing because it was so obvious that everyone she talked to for the rest of her life would feel awkward and uncomfortable around her. So just to escape from Kaitlynโ€™s eyes Hazel begins to read the sequel to โ€˜The Price of Dawnโ€™. 

Coming to Augustus and his friend Isaac, video game serves as an escape mechanism. Their interest in the game originates from their need to escape from pain. When Isaacโ€™s girlfriend Monica deserts him, he cries in distress. Just to escape from that hard reality he resorts to playing video game. It is also a kind of healing for him.

 Augustus takes his game-playing seriously. When Hazel questions him as to why he has saved some hostages in the game instead of himself, he says, โ€œAll salvation is temporary, I bought them a minute. Maybe thatโ€™s the minute that buys them an hour, which is the hour that buys them a year. No oneโ€™s gonna buy them forever, Hazel Grace, but my life bought them a minute. And thatโ€™s not nothingโ€ (59). The whole life-or-death situation inherent in video games is close to that of Augustus. Like the hostages in the game, he recognizes that he and his fellow cancer kids are working with a limited amount of time, and anytime gained is very valuable and precious. When Augusts is worried about his fear of oblivion, he indulges in playing a video game and feels comforted.

Peter Van Houten, the author of โ€˜An Imperial Afflictionโ€™, is an alcoholic. When Hazel and Augustus meet him at his house in Amsterdam, he is abrasive and drunk. He never reads his fansโ€™ mails. All these are because he has lost his daughter Anna to cancer. After the death of Anna, he became bad tempered and alcoholic and was unable to cope with her loss. He became a writer because of his daughter. Meeting Hazel, he is reminded of Anna and thatโ€™s why he behaves in a cruel manner. He refuses to answer most of Hazelโ€™s questions and he is very mean to them. To prove himself an intellectual genius, he replies cryptically, citing the paradox of Zenoโ€™s tortoise. Zeno, a pre-Socratic philosopher was the first person in history to show that the concept of infinity is problematical. Van Houten saysZenoโ€™s tortoise paradox is renowned for its paradoxical nature. Suppose that you are racing against a tortoise and the tortoise is ahead of you by ten yards. As you run, the tortoise may have moved one yard, and as you make up the distance, the tortoise will move a further distance, and this cycle continues indefinitely. You may be faster than the tortoise, but you will never catch it, you will only reduce its lead. You may simply run past the tortoise without considering the mechanics involved. The question of how to do this becomes extremely complicated. Nobody really figured it out until Cantor showed that some infinity is bigger than others.

Therefore, it shows that fast runners are not always winners. To escape from the present situation, Van Houten takes out his grief on others. Van Houten uses his intellect to escape from the reality. The idea of Zenoโ€™s paradox comes later in the novel, providing Hazel and Augustus a way to understand the time they spent together. Although Van Houten does not provide the answers to the end of the novel, he does provide Hazel a way to imagine her relationship with Augustus. Hazel is happy for her small infinity with Augustus Waters.

            Hazelโ€™s attending poetry classes and reading poetry are a proof that art is really healing. Poetry, through heavy use of imagery and word association, quickly conveys emotions. Poetry is something everyone can love, and it is a great art that can be part of our life. Poems with powerful images can help us retain them in memory and relish them as intellectual treat. Poems speak to us in many ways. A poem helps one express what cannot be said in other forms of writing, to suggest an experience, idea, or feeling. 

A concrete example is seen in John Keats, the Romantic poet, when threatened by consumption which ran in the family and which had already carried off his brother Tom expressed his fear of death through โ€œWhen I have fears that I may cease to beโ€ (Lall 3), a prophesying of his early death in Shakespearean form. His โ€˜Ode to a Nightingaleโ€™ is a song of death and despair. It contains the premonition of his premature death: โ€œMy heart aches, and a drowsy numbness pains / my sense, as though of hemlock I had drunkโ€ (Lall 153). Through his expression of feelings, fear and pain he achieves psychological healing.                                               

            In the novel, Hazel attends a poetry class at MCC, their community college. When Augustus asks her about her interest, she says that she is interested in reading, โ€œfrom, like, hideous romance to pretentious fiction to poetryโ€ (33). At once Augustus yells saying, โ€œHazel Grace, you are the only teenager in America who prefers reading poetry to writing itโ€ (33). Most people love to write poetry in order to express their feelings, but Hazel is fond of reading poetry. She feels very peaceful while reading poetry.

 During the flight Hazel reads the long poem Howl by Allen Ginsberg, which she is reading for her poetry class. The title Howl indicates protest, cry for all exploitation, repression and subjugation. In Howl, Ginsberg describes the desperation, the suffering and persecution of a group of outcastes who are seeking transcendent reality. They love narcotic things because they want to forget their pain. They have repulsion towards life and attraction towards death. Hazel tells Augustus, โ€œThe guys in this poem take even more drugs than I doโ€ (152).

            How much poetry means to Hazel is seen in her having poems in memory. Augustus asks Hazel to recite a poem from her memory, and Hazel recites a part of T.S. Eliotโ€™s poem The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock. At Oranjee Augusts requests Hazel to recite the final lines of the Prufrock  poem. She tells how it ends, โ€œWe have lingered in the chambers of the sea / By sea-girls wreathe with seaweed red and brown / Till human voices wake us, and we drownโ€ (164). The poem reminds her of her own situation. This poem speaks about awareness, water and drowning. Drowning is a clear reference to death by water which Hazel fears.

 After returning from Anne Frankโ€™s house, Hazel recites the poem Thirteen ways of looking at a Blackbird by Wallace Stevens. She recites the fifth stanza of the poem: โ€œI do not know which to prefer, / The beauty of inflections / Or the beauty of innuendos, / The blackbird whistling /Or just afterโ€ (204). While Hazel and Gus are waiting for the ambulance to arrive, Gus asks her to read something, so she recites William Carlos Williamโ€™s The Red Wheelbarrow until the ambulance arrives. She also makes some modification to the poem to describe Gus:

so much depends 

upon

a red wheel 

barrow

glazed with rain 

water

beside the white

chickens. (246-247)

This poem is an example of a true imagist poem. Red wheelbarrow is important to the farmer and she compares Gus to the wheelbarrow, meaning metaphorically that Gus is equally important to her. Here, she is the white chicken. The form of the poem itself is very symbolic. The wheelbarrow is red to show its power at the farm, and the chickens are white to show their purity. The wheelbarrow is covered with rain water. 

 The lines which Hazel adds to the poem are โ€œAnd so much depends, upon a blue sky cut open by the branches of the trees above. So much depends upon the transparent G-tube erupting from the gut of blue-lipped boy. So much depends upon this observer of the universeโ€ (247). Here, she tries to tell about the pitiable situation of Gus. His survival depends upon the observer of the universe that is God. It is in Godโ€™s hand to save him.

Towards the end of the novel, after Gusโ€™s funeral, Hazel recalls the lines, โ€œSo dawn goes down to day, / Nothing gold can stayโ€ (278) from the poem Nothing Gold can Stay by Robert Frost. This line symbolizes the idea that all the good and beautiful things in life eventually fade away. Nothing good can last. It shows the cycle of life and death. Hazel also thinks that even if death doesnโ€™t get in the way, the kind of love that she and Augustus share could never last. Hazelโ€™s love for books and poetry in general represents a certain escapism, not wanting to harm or affect other people and so retreating into the world of authors, fiction and poetry for comfort and kinship. Thus she finds healing through literature.

Music as a mechanism for relief is seen in the novel. Music has much significance in human life and people listen to music for different reasons and at different times. Intimate relation to music is one pretty way to make one feel happy or excited. There are many types of music like pop, rock, jazz, classical etc . . In addition to providing entertainment it can purify the mind and give positive energy. Music makes one relaxed and influences oneโ€™s mental health significantly. Music, through stimulation can abolish pain, and calm the neural activity in the brain. 

Van Houten is seen relieved from frustration by listening to Swedish rap music. In the early days most wrappers in Sweden rapped in English. Afasi and Filthy was a Swedish hip hop dou from Uppsala, Sweden. Peter Van Houten is a fan of the group and plays โ€˜Bomfalleraโ€™ when Hazel and Augustus meet him. When Hazel asks him to answer her questions, he suddenly brings up Zenoโ€™s paradox of tortoise and quickly connects the theory to Swedish hip hop. When Augustus says that they donโ€™t speak Swedish, at once Van Houten tells: 

Well, of course you donโ€™t. Neither do I. Who the hell speaks Swedish? The important thing is not whatever nonsense the voices are saying, but the voices are feeling. Surely you know that there are only two emotions, love and fear, and that Afasi och Filthy navigate between them with the kind of facility that one simply does not find in hip-hop music outside Sweden. Shall I play it for u again? (188)

Augustus asks if Van Houten is playing some kind of performance on them, to which Van Houten replies that if they cannot hear Afasi and Filthyโ€™s bravadic response to fear, then his work is not for them. He purposely plays the sound track, because he is frustrated by the presence of Hazel and Augustus Waters. To relieve himself from the frustration he plays the Swedish hip-hop rap music.

            To Hazel, like all entertainment the reality television show offers an escape from real life problems. She regularly watches โ€œAmericaโ€™s Next Top Model marathonโ€ (6), a reality show. This show grabs the attention of Hazel even though she is a brilliant young reader too.

Augustusโ€™s house is decked out with inspirational quotes. On every single surface of the house, there are encouraging and inspirational phrases. When Hazel goes to Augustusโ€™s house for the first time, she notices:

โ€œA wooden plaque in the entryway was engraved in a cursive with the words Home Is Where the Heart Is, and the entire house turned out to be festooned in such observations. Good Friends Are Hard to Find and Impossible to Forget read an illustration above the coatrack. True Love Is Born from Hard Times promised a needlepointed pillow in their antique-furnished living room.โ€ (26)

Augustus, on seeing Hazel reading them tells that his parents call them encouragements. Encouragements are a tangible form of comfort. Even though Hazel and Augustus may not agree with them, they know that to some extent it provides comfort and hope to Augustusโ€™s parents. When Augustus dies, Hazel mentions a great quote in his eulogy which she found very comforting: โ€œWithout pain, we couldnโ€™t know joyโ€ (272), because she knows that it will mean a lot to his parents. 

            John Greenโ€™s The Fault in Our Stars beautifully illustrates how the healing arts, encompassing literature, music, games, and poetry, enrich the human experience by providing avenues for emotional expression, connection, and personal growth. As individuals navigate lifeโ€™s challenges, these artistic mediums offer pathways toward healing, resilience, and a deeper understanding of oneself and others. As literature continues to play a pivotal role in shaping the human experience, it is essential to recognize and appreciate its potential to facilitate healing and transformation. Each character heals himself or herself by relying on an art such as reading a novel, reciting a poem, playing video game, listening to music, writing and encouragements. The concept of healing is thus intrinsically connected with some form of an art.

Works Cited

 Green, John. The Fault in Our Stars. India: Penguin Books, 2012. Print.

Lall, Ramji. John Keats: An Evaluation of His Poetry. New Delhi: Rama Brothers, 1995. Print.

ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY AGAINST NARCOTICS

Destruction of seized drugs is a continuous process. NCB, under directions of Ministry of Home Affairs, has initiated a special campaign for destruction of seized drug from 01.06.2022 in collaboration with other Drug Law Enforcement Agencies (DLEAs). In the said campaign, more than 10,17,523 Kgs of drugs has been destroyed till date including 1,40,969 kgs of drugs destroyed on 17.07.2023.

   The Govt. of India has adopted two pronged strategy to achieve the vision of โ€œNasha Mukt Bharatโ€:-

  • Drugs supply reduction initiatives.
  • Drugs demand reduction initiatives.
  1. Some of the drugs supply reduction initiatives taken by the Government are as detailed below:-
  2. Narco Coordination Centre (NCORD) – The Government has introduced the NCORD mechanism in 2016 to have effective coordination of actions among various Ministries, Departments, Central and States law enforcement agencies dealing with narcotics. The mechanism was restructured in 2019 into a 4 tier structure as detailed under:-
  • Apex Level Committee (headed by Union Home Secretary)
  • Executive Level Committee (headed by Special Secretary (IS), MHA).
  • State Level Committee (headed by Chief Secretary of the concerned State).
  • District Level Committee (Headed by District Magistrate)

The NCORD mechanism has been further strengthened by addition of new members at different levels to make it more effective and comprehensive.

  1. A Joint Coordination Committee (JCC) was constituted vide MHAโ€™s order dated 19 July, 2019 consisting of Central and State Agencies to monitor investigations in case of large seizure of drugs.
  2. A special Task Force on Dark net and Crypto currency has been constituted to monitor suspicious transactions related to drugs on Darknet.
  3. To prevent smuggling along border areas various border guarding forces like BSF, SSB and Assam Rifles have been empowered under Narcotics Drugs and Psychotropic Substance (NDPS) Act, 1985 to make interdiction of drugs.
  4. To mitigate the problem of drug trafficking through maritime route, the Indian Coast Guard (ICG) has been empowered under the Narcotics Drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) Act for making interdiction of narcotic drugs at sea.
  5. Since illicit trafficking of narcotic drugs and its abuse is a trans-national problem, Govt. of India has entered into bilateral agreements with 27 countries, Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with 16 countries and 02 Agreements on Security Cooperation for preventing illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances and precursor chemicals.
  1. Some of the initiatives taken by the Government for Drugs demand reduction are as follow :-
  1. National Action Plan for Drug Demand Reduction (NAPDDR) is an umbrella scheme of Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment (MoSJ&E) under which financial assistance is provided to State Governments/ Union Territory (UT) Administrations for Preventive Education and Awareness Generation, Capacity Building, Skill development, vocational training and livelihood support to ex-drug addicts, Programmes for Drug Demand Reduction by States/UTs and Non-Governmental Organizations/ Voluntary Organizations for running and maintenance of Integrated Rehabilitation Centers for Addicts (IRCAs), Community based Peer Led Interventions (CPLI) for early Drug Use Prevention among Adolescents, Outreach and Drop In Centers (ODIC) and Addiction treatment facilities (ATFs) in Government Hospitals.
  2. Launching of Nasha Mukt Bharat Abhiyan (NMBA) in 372 most vulnerable districts with a massive community outreach programme, involving more than 8000 youth volunteers.
  3. The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment is also running a National Toll Free Helpline 14446 to provide tele-counseling to drug users and refer them to the nearest de-addiction center.
  4. NCB has also launched awareness campaigns through various social media platforms by way of Audio Video messages of eminent personalities from the field of Politics, Bureaucracy, Sports, Films, Music etc. and also through Telecom Service Providers, FM Radios, Television Channels, etc.

3rd G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (FMCBG) Meeting 17-18 July 2023 in Gandhinagar, Gujarat

The Third G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (FMCBG) meeting under the Indian Presidency was held during 17-18 July 2023 in Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The meeting was jointly chaired by Union Minister of Finance and Corporate Affairs Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman, and Governor, Reserve Bank of India, Shri Shaktikanta Das.

Over 500 delegates, including Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors from G20 member countries, Invitee Countries, and Heads of various International Organisations (IOs) participated in the meeting. The FMCBG meeting was preceded by the Third G20 Finance and Central Bank Deputies (FCBD) meeting during 14-15 July 2023 in Gandhinagar, Gujarat.

Under the Indian Presidencyโ€™s theme of โ€œOne Earth, One Family, One Futureโ€, G20 Ministers and Governors pledged to prioritise the well-being of the people and the planet and reaffirmed their commitment to enhancing international economic cooperation, strengthening global development for all and steering the global economy towards strong, sustainable, balanced, and inclusive growth (SSBIG).

The meeting was organised in five thematic sessions covering Global Economy and Global Health, Sustainable Finance and Infrastructure, International Financial Architecture, International Taxation, and Financial Sector & Financial Inclusion.

The Union Finance Minister, in her welcome remarks, reiterated the collective responsibility of G20 to steer the global economy towards strong, sustainable, balanced, and inclusive growth. The meeting discussed the key deliverables of the Finance Track under the Indian G20 Presidency for 2023. The Indian Presidency received wide support on all the agenda items.

Members discussed the global economic outlook and risks, including macroeconomic implications of food and energy insecurity as well as climate change. Members endorsed the โ€˜G20 Report on Macroeconomic Risks Stemming from Climate Change and Transition Pathwaysโ€™.

Under the priority of strengthening Multilateral Development Banks (MDBs) to address global challenges of the 21st century, members recognised the urgent need to strengthen and evolve the MDB ecosystem. Members appreciated the efforts of the G20 Independent Expert Group on Strengthening MDBs constituted by the Indian Presidency earlier this year.  The Expert Group has prepared Volume 1 of the Report, and Volume 2 is expected in October 2023. Noting Volume 1โ€™s recommendations, members shared that the MDBs may choose to discuss these recommendations to enhance their effectiveness. A High-Level Seminar will be held on the sidelines of the Fourth FMCBG meeting in October 2023 on strengthening the financial capacity of MDBs. G20 members also endorsed a โ€˜Roadmap for Implementation of Recommendations of the G20 Independent Review of MDBsโ€™ Capital Adequacy Frameworks (CAF)โ€™. This Roadmap will help unlock more lending resources in MDBs.

Managing global debt vulnerabilities is a significant priority area for 2023, reflecting the Indian Presidencyโ€™s endeavor to voice the concerns of the Global South. G20 Members have actively deliberated on how to strengthen multilateral coordination to effectively address the deteriorating debt situation and facilitate coordinated debt treatment for debt-distressed countries. G20 Members welcomed the progress achieved on various ongoing debt treatment cases under the Common Framework and beyond, and called for swift and timely resolution of these cases. They also emphasised the importance of addressing debt vulnerabilities in low and middle-income countries in an effective, comprehensive and systematic manner. The G20 encouraged the efforts of the Global Sovereign Debt Roundtable (GSDR) towards strengthening communication among key stakeholders to facilitate effective debt treatment. The GSDR is chaired by India, IMF and the World Bank.

The Indian Presidency has brought the Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) agenda into the G20 discussions. Members acknowledged the transformative role of DPI in rapidly advancing financial inclusion and productivity gains. The Ministers and Governors lauded Indiaโ€™s pioneering efforts in leveraging DPIs to accelerate financial inclusion to the last mile. While noting that harnessing DPIs can help countries to leapfrog their development trajectories, the members unanimously endorsed the โ€˜G20 Policy Recommendations for Advancing Financial Inclusion and Productivity Gains through Digital Public Infrastructureโ€™. developed under the Indian Presidency. These policy recommendations will be instrumental in guiding the G20 and non-G20 countries to leverage DPI for fast pacing their development processes and achieve strong and inclusive growth. The G20 FMCBGs endorsed the new G20 2023 Financial Inclusion Action Plan (FIAP) for the three years 2024-26, the FIAP provides an action-oriented and forward-looking roadmap for rapidly advancing financial inclusion of individuals and MSMEs in G20 and beyond by focusing on action areas which inter alia focus on promoting technological, innovations and digital infrastructure including DPI. Also, India has been appointed as one of the Co-Chairs of the Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion (GPFI) and in its capacity of Co-Chair, India will lead the implementation of the new FIAP for the next three years starting from 2024.

The Indian Presidency has prioritised the need to consider macrofinancial implications of crypto assets along with financial stability concerns. The Presidency has also focused on bringing the specific concerns of the Global South onto the crypto assetsโ€™ agenda. As a result, the IMF had, in February, presented a paper on the macrofinancial implications to the 2nd G20 FMCBG. The Financial Stability Board (FSB) has also included sections on EMDE concerns in its forthcoming reports and deliberations. In continuation of this process, in the July meeting, the G20 members welcomed the high-level recommendations of the FSB on crypto-asset activities and global stablecoin arrangements.

While the work of preparation of the IMF-FSB Synthesis paper is underway, the Indian Presidency has submitted a โ€œPresidency Noteโ€ to the G20 membership laying down important inputs for a Roadmap on crypto assets. The Roadmap, to be contained in the Synthesis Paper will support a coordinated and comprehensive policy and regulatory framework taking into account the full range of risks, and risks specific to the emerging market and developing economies (EMDEs) and ongoing global implementation of FATF standards to address money laundering and terrorism financing risks. The G20 now looks forward to receiving the IMF-FSB Synthesis Paper, along with the Roadmap, before the Leadersโ€™ Summit in September 2023.

To further enrich the ongoing policy work around crypto assets, a Round Table discussion titled โ€œPolicy Dialogues on Crypto Assetsโ€ was organized on the sidelines of the 3rd G20 FMCBG meeting at Gandhinagar. The aim of the round table session was to discuss and deliberate on some of the key questions pertaining to the crypto assets, in an open and candid manner. The session saw active participation from the G20 Finance Ministers, Governors, and the Heads of IMF, FSB, and FATF โ€“ institutions that are instrumental in the on-going work on crypto asset ecosystem. The views generated in the round table discussion will provide important inputs to the Synthesis paper.

The Indian G20 Presidency has also brought climate finance discussions to the forefront. Members welcomed the recommendations on the mechanisms to support timely and adequate mobilisation of resources for climate finance, prepared by the Sustainable Finance Working Group. With the commitment to scale up sustainable finance, members also welcomed the Analytical Framework for SDG-aligned finance.

Members also discussed taking forward global efforts in pandemic prevention, preparedness and response through enhanced collaboration between Finance and Health Ministries. Members welcomed the discussion on the Framework on Economic Vulnerabilities and Risks (FEVR) arising from pandemics, while taking into account country-specific circumstances.

On the infrastructure agenda, members showed strong support for work under the Indian Presidencyโ€™s priority of โ€˜Financing the Cities of Tomorrowโ€™. The Principles designed by the Indian Presidency will enable cities to develop customised policies that encourage alternative financing sources and enable greater public-private collaboration to bridge the infrastructure financing gap in our cities.

A G20 Infrastructure Investorsโ€™ Dialogue on โ€˜Leveraging Funding and Financing Mechanisms and Approaches for the Cities of Tomorrowโ€™ was also held on 16 July, 2023. Panel discussions focused on mechanisms for de-risking projects, better urban planning, innovations in blended finance, harnessing technological innovations, capacity building and augmenting support from governments & MDBs in developing climate-resilient and sustainable city infrastructure. Learnings from practical experiences of countries enriched the discourse immensely.

On the tax agenda, members appreciated the significant progress made with respect to the two-pillar international tax package and called for the finalization of the pending work as per the agreed timelines. Members welcomed a plan for additional support and technical assistance for developing countries and discussed the need to ensure that G20 efforts to enhance tax transparency translate into effective outcomes.

Members noted with great interest, the discussions held at the G20 High-Level Tax Symposium on Combatting Tax Evasion, Corruption and Money Laundering organised by the Indian Presidency on 16 July, 2023 on the sidelines of the FMCBG meeting. Panelists included Heads of FATF and OECD, the European Commissioner for Economy and the Finance Minister of Indonesia. This Symposium initiates a debate on the effective multilateral response required to counter tax evasion, corruption and money laundering. The panelists acknowledged that financial crimes are complex, operate across international borders and deprive governments both in developed and developing countries of much needed resources. They stressed the need for greater cooperation, both domestically and internationally. The panel discussion also delved into strategies that can be developed for a coordinated response for fighting tax crimes and other financial crimes.

Union Finance Minister also engaged in various bilateral discussions with her counterparts on the sidelines of the FMCBG meeting.

The delegates were hosted for โ€˜Ratri Bhoj Par Samvadโ€™ (Conversation over Dinner), preceded by cultural programs curated by the Government of Gujarat, showcasing Gujaratโ€™s place in civilisational history and its contribution to Indiaโ€™s trade and entrepreneurship.

Excursion events are also planned for the delegates on 19 July 2023. The delegates will be provided opportunities to experience Gujarat through visits to Adalaj Step wells, Sabarmati Ashram, Sabarmati River Front, Patan and Modhera.

The Third G20 FMCBG meeting concluded with a G20 Outcome Document and Chairโ€™s Summary comprising 26 paragraphs and 2 Annexures. The Outcome Document and Chair Summary reflects the deliberations held during the meeting and conveys the wide support that the Indian G20 Presidency received for various deliverables envisaged for 2023.   

The discussions held during the Third G20 FMCBG meeting will inform the Leaders for the G20 Summit to be held in India in September, 2023. The G20 FMCBGs will meet next in October 2023 in Marrakesh on the sidelines of IMF/WBG Annual Meetings.

Reminiscing Mahatma Gandhi’s teachings, the Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors of G20 countries shared their vision for a future, in which every nation thrives, prosperity is widely shared, and the well-being of humanity and the planet are harmoniously intertwined.

****

Track2Training: An Educational Portal for Essays on Various Topics

In the digital age, the internet has revolutionized the way we access information and acquire knowledge. Online platforms have emerged as valuable educational resources, offering diverse content to learners worldwide. Among these platforms, Track2Training stands out as an exceptional educational portal that provides a wide range of essays on different topics. This essay explores the significance of Track2Training as an invaluable tool for students and individuals seeking high-quality essays to enhance their understanding and foster intellectual growth.

Photo by Armin Rimoldi on Pexels.com

Content Diversity: One of the key strengths of Track2Training is the extensive diversity of topics covered in its essay database. Whether it’s literature, history, science, technology, social sciences, or even contemporary issues, Track2Training offers a vast repository of essays on various subjects. This comprehensive coverage ensures that users can find relevant content across different academic disciplines and areas of interest. With Track2Training, individuals can access essays that span from classical literature to cutting-edge scientific research, fostering a holistic and well-rounded learning experience. The Essay Topics that you can find a good resource to access for more articles.

High-Quality Content: The essays available on Track2Training are curated with a focus on quality, accuracy, and reliability. The platform maintains strict standards to ensure that the content provided is well-researched, authoritative, and up-to-date. Essays on Track2Training are often written by subject matter experts, scholars, and educators, ensuring that users can rely on the accuracy and credibility of the information presented. This commitment to quality enables students to access reliable and well-crafted essays, serving as valuable resources for academic assignments, research papers, or personal enrichment.

Easy Accessibility and User-Friendly Interface: Track2Training is designed to provide a user-friendly experience, making it accessible to users of all ages and technological proficiency levels. The platform features a simple and intuitive interface, allowing users to navigate through the essay database effortlessly. The search functionality enables users to locate essays on specific topics or narrow down their search based on keywords, facilitating quick and efficient access to desired content. This user-friendly design ensures that learners, regardless of their technological expertise, can easily find the essays they need to support their learning and research endeavors.

Learning Beyond the Classroom: Track2Training serves as a powerful tool for supplementing traditional classroom education. It offers an opportunity for individuals to deepen their understanding of various subjects beyond what is covered in textbooks or classroom lectures. By exploring essays on Track2Training, students can gain additional insights, diverse perspectives, and in-depth analyses of topics, broadening their intellectual horizons and enhancing their critical thinking abilities. Moreover, the platform caters to lifelong learners and individuals seeking personal enrichment, enabling them to engage with thought-provoking essays and expand their knowledge in a self-paced manner.

Community Engagement: Track2Training is more than just an essay repository; it fosters an active learning community. The platform allows users to engage with the content through comments, discussions, and interactions with other learners and experts. This community-driven approach promotes collaborative learning, encourages the exchange of ideas, and enables users to gain multiple perspectives on various topics. The opportunity to engage in meaningful discussions with like-minded individuals further enhances the educational experience and nurtures a sense of intellectual community.

Conclusion: In the digital era, Track2Training stands out as an exceptional educational portal, providing a vast collection of high-quality essays on a wide range of topics. Its comprehensive coverage, commitment to quality, user-friendly interface, and community engagement make it an invaluable resource for students, researchers, and lifelong learners. By leveraging the power of Track2Training, individuals can enhance their understanding, foster critical thinking, and embark on a journey of continuous intellectual growth.

Preparedness to deal with Cyclone Biporjoy

Union Minister of Ports, Shipping & Waterways and Ayush, Shri Sarbananda Sonowal held a meeting with senior officials of Central government as well as Gujarat government to review the preparedness to minimise loss from ensuing Cyclone Biporjoy. The cyclone, which has been described as โ€œvery severe cyclonic stormโ€ is likely to cross Gujarat coast tomorrow.

Speaking on the occasion, the Shri Sonowal said, โ€œWe must be prepared for all kind of eventualities as this is one of the most critical natural disasters to affect India in the recent times. We are taking steps to minimise material losses and ensuring all steps to ensure safety of the people. Our people residing in the coastal areas are being evacuated to safety and measures have been taken to create rest shelters for affected people post the cyclone. All necessary steps have been taken to provide all kind of emergency care, medical care as well as nutritional care for the needy including women and children in these rest shelters. We have also reviewed our preparedness to ensure safety of large ships in the affected areas. We are constantly monitoring the process as the team on ground remain highly alert to take necessary steps for all kind of support to ensure public safety and minimise material losses.โ€

Among the officials, the meeting was attended by Kandla Port Authority, Director General of Shipping, Mercantile Marine Department, senior officials led by Chief Secretary of Gujarat State administration, Chairman of Deen Dayal Port Authority along with their disaster management team, Gujarat Maritime Department along with the disaster management teams set up by the Gujarat government.

It is to be noted that the Kandla Port authority has set up three control rooms, equipped with modern communications tools, at Gandhidham which are working round the clock since 11th June. A public awareness campaign is also going on and necessary advisories have been issued to all associations, authorities. Around 3,000 people, living in the Port area and other low lying areas around it, have already been evacuated and shifted to relief shelters. The rest shelters, with a capacity to accommodate 5000 to 6000 persons, have been set up at Gopalpuri colony. All necessary items like drinking water, food packets, medical support etc. are being organised and kept at this shelter. Doctors from the port hospital have been deputed to treat those who need care.

For ensuring minimum losses to material properties, inward movement of vessels as well as all anchored vessels have already sailed out of Gulf of Kachchh. Evacuation of the remaining vessels from the berths have also been completed. All moving cranes have been secured after evacuation of vessels at berth. High Masts Lighting Towers have been lowered down in alternate manner. Steel Floating Dry Dock has been secured and operations inside have been suspended. All Port Crafts and other crafts at Kandla and Vadinar harbour have been secured/kept in standby with short notice.

During the review meeting, the Union Minister was also appraised by DG Shipping and CEO of Gujarat Maritime Board that all necessary steps as per SOP have been taken to ensure that no loss of life or property occurs onboard any vessel in the area of impact. The team is closely monitoring the evolution of cyclone โ€˜Biparjoyโ€™ at Signal Station, Kandla and Vadinar. Medical Teams and Ambulances are kept ready with high alert at Kandla to attend any emergency situation. Fire Brigade Division of DPA has been kept on high alert to avoid any causalities and extend necessary support to District Administration in rescue and relief work as may be required. Arrangement of power backup at different places as well as in the back up area of the Port had been made for use in case of power failure. The drainage system has been surveyed and cleared from any blockage for free flow of storm water.

Shri Sonowal also interacted & reviewed steps taken by the with the officials of Mercantile Marine Department at Kandla and Jamnagar to mitigate losses in the wake of Cyclone Biporjoy. Sonowal also enquired about the safety and security of the fishing harbours and ensured that all fishermen and those residing in the area of impact are evacuated to safety. The Minister requested all agencies to coordinate & communicate constantly for total protection of life and property till the cyclone passes over. Union Port, Shipping and Waterways Ministry continues to closely monitor the cyclone situation and is taking all necessary measures to be prepared for any kind of emergencies.

****

Town planning in Medieval times

The Medieval period (roughly 5th to 15th century) represents a distinct phase in the evolution of urban planning, marked by organic growth, defensive needs, socio-political control, and religious dominance. Unlike the geometric precision of Greek and Roman planning, medieval towns developed in response to security concerns, feudal systems, and trade expansion, resulting in irregular yet highly functional urban forms.

Medieval planning varied across regions (Europe, India, Islamic world), but shared several common characteristics and principles.


1. Context of Medieval Town Development

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/rC7N9l8zpIhAJ583oFfSP1BDGsl7d39xXjh7l0M_k6ggduRjfWFl8qJnf-prhu1kNGAwqQSfnTAhs00V9ebd7DKQnefQ3o2vSvhxmzoIrJmXBmV1tYxBg8aY88p-AMaPvpnKAi7qBmHS1LsgzxyoEOAO3UqVWiK4s-_zTdHXyyhlpYUzr-YOkVrG7NLKbvtv?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/mP6zm0Je_QiLoHUGFvkuPz-MWObGnvUMBcaDQGFwBttSBrfDwo_FFXtuHNEx52dzr3T5EqBZ2ocG-zt0H2jFIXO5dxuir4aATfTgW3Z8LUfqpFWb1COWHlnhCb0Y-I7caEZUhOZx6U2_372zdxQX1Msv2PyHAsk7q-xGVXVLLWoUqflcebfOJ7zdzuCILpVo?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/Yw5MwALPHobz6M8uXKM1xzmDsfgYVOXWvv1Xw156VRcaECmoszA0kBBaDmChcrMaHQd8fyipVxFdH6bfUuVgr6eiloIjGIkq2mu5wwzapMXHg-WQoNZdhaooyfHU4_q-oBY4xN26E3qWrGgtPXcvhDJGxhUW1CJC6cRTyh3vYkB3WgVz2NWZLY3AuDfwXMlX?purpose=fullsize

8

Key Influencing Factors:

  • Feudal system (lords and vassals)
  • Frequent wars and invasions
  • Religious institutions (churches, mosques, temples)
  • Growth of trade and guilds

Planning Implication:

  • Emphasis on defense, compactness, and central authority

2. Settlement Pattern

2.1 Organic and Irregular Pattern

  • Towns developed gradually without formal planning
  • Streets were narrow, winding, and irregular
  • Layout adapted to topography and existing structures

2.2 Compact Form

  • High-density development within limited space
  • Efficient use of land due to defensive walls

Planning Principle:

  • Adaptation rather than pre-planning
  • Compactness for safety and efficiency

3. Defensive Planning (Fortified Cities)

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/LyCU03neOY8kNCfYHAwWY2h6wm44ATSD8D2qe7XVNMjgx1Gr6rTcYNm1n5d-0LsVDmJTYkJEgP8Qplm7gneNI_r-_r6BOF4PldmgROpcrRG4Vjutd4vxen68d0bKE2EjfRMobMSHpGQbSAGSjBR5DV11UBNkJmCHPevIEv2d7_YIg-CMFI8eEkhztYh0UhWk?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/lvdNkVoFDklk7WbwLxFhav93REmzotFIQKffMCiheDWvJG-hu3iSDdOi5KAFsh_vN_-MPd8eRgilA1ohAjK0RMiENj-NfR_fNp9PaBLQZZS0twgilLDXoF9I6Nlth9LbJG9pQoxF2MfohPXVU1YOQ-MB0MVtvFxERyDJF1bWToa5p9AvWyBeUrgpjtmNZ754?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/r45Z358xQpBf6WjDRdRp1Icl891azwBa-5YPJmnkJQOHjgktrK2-Acgv-i528HVizx-QSTUCe_eyPOMMxq6RSN-NviHg60M1sNZ9JkEp7EeVMHuyFHTzjhAzG64NyrIT9HdpzXlutSk8NV_k1cq8y_LCZsK8xcn-2cHY7HGxnJ-Pu0QZG1Yr0TCvnicwgPXU?purpose=fullsize

8

Key Features:

  • City walls with gates
  • Moats and watchtowers
  • Controlled entry and exit points
  • Strategic location (hilltops, riverbanks)

Planning Principle:

  • Security and protection as primary concern

๐Ÿ‘‰ Defense strongly influenced the shape, size, and expansion of towns.


4. Urban Structure and Land Use

4.1 Central Core

  • Castle, fort, or religious structure at the center
  • Administrative and political activities

4.2 Market Area

  • Located near central square or main street
  • Hub of trade and commerce

4.3 Residential Areas

  • Densely packed houses
  • Often organized by occupation or social class

4.4 Peripheral Areas

  • Craftsmen, laborers, and lower-income groups

Planning Principle:

  • Functional clustering with social hierarchy

5. Street Pattern and Circulation

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/ps3-V5wnuCVyUFATvRVcX7_6tIPsDCZr4Cp0xZgHv0z_m2StuOEDcke6-Sh8G8fU_f0LrlzJmEeUWUZJNHZQcs9zEwGoFpfhkvM9ZziXu6ketNkg_IMbzdQtGW8hjVCogbPCQ5uFGoIoiqhQpLg2YWChKeKmAfDJF-oY7K1N6ATc-moaQFd7kvyz4YSwKoPD?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/bIowYkw0g-hqKHj4lFHG0yjPqsgka60gEPKLbY4nuwu2Bbrnl_buLORVADja8edXfDu8devTavZBEMutQj_82Hny4K-RHT9mTFoP8qV3b-eQGdS6EVE52pHLWFWQgJIyJutwUi0I9K6nzLlesz80iTxtv2re6WXu4tDavgaqZ6ef03SzWQCAN6qttvejzkqW?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/_A9s4hq_Le2OHGVbrM3p-zlEs3g95UgGtoJibm0oPV_LgHLnDy2yEDlsgH6yoQVadSSxzjAY_ABgbbCwEf_YBr6fm5QLkfVmB_2jFN7jUjelINXs8051uZdvbtpwJ7nLD1nBBN75gLbM5EwpDQrgHeUvXXcaZkk5gN5IoIoMWbr8BmIU-irx40vcPZE9AyPF?purpose=fullsize

6

Characteristics:

  • Narrow and winding streets
  • Lack of uniform width
  • Streets often converged at central points

Advantages:

  • Provided shade in hot climates
  • Difficult for enemies to navigate

Planning Principle:

  • Human-scale design
  • Climate adaptation and defense

6. Role of Religion in Planning

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/mqSdPZCM00VYncFWvPG6MPW-bUq6N76HeBrCKJCn6tvkEFB5m6s_PVsvyonelPRH9Z91tUiFP6WgPB9dbjSsu30U6h_5dwWWBMv3BwVEU6a3-JJJaLYt4pB46MWJIgU-f8BPaO1-U_pEN97hy13uq6K7BCVHerI5UEhgmx_3PqxxiXQO9I0_qcVKfCXza9UR?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/131ypvpwNXB9sY_qYYWqDXiOfk2eagsD1xurhSpqvxKjuaNcG6nTUe2khg0h4Vn1TUBm6qZpaXJ4CG1WQ6h9fBSN1KDwbOhzBfSkuoQjELn7TZxxBF9akWmLl-r2IaSC92CusmrWCK-MBUnheMTvY3aAlQ3BLqxu42aIcVeoLQ_AbUxNk9HMOVtih_JAq4EW?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/ZLz0rUm-X868K8O_4Ohppzr51JDL1HmgXh-Ho-uXpC1kNpva2K3sZp2Iu2xFGrPL9F7b-o7fUe74qjjXnzBPrZlqCxIxZuFvRwyKttAsagGs7xnNOLfvZt6neSDSOjV2WdUHSuvS3SuokbPuH25FMqVFj5hZkdlStQ4GD3qNZhxn0qpt4uODqmM9od2smwik?purpose=fullsize

6

Key Features:

  • Churches, temples, or mosques as focal points
  • Religious buildings often centrally located or elevated
  • Pilgrimage routes influenced town growth

Planning Principle:

  • Religious centrality and symbolic dominance

7. Housing and Built Form

Characteristics:

  • Closely packed houses
  • Multi-story buildings in dense towns
  • Use of local materials (stone, timber, mud)

Urban Issues:

  • Poor ventilation and sanitation
  • Fire hazards

Planning Principle:

  • Efficient land use but limited environmental consideration

8. Economic and Trade Influence

  • Growth of market towns and trade centers
  • Guilds influenced spatial organization
  • Development along trade routes

Planning Principle:

  • Economic activities shaping urban form

9. Public Spaces

Types:

  • Market squares
  • Courtyards
  • Religious plazas

Characteristics:

  • Multi-functional spaces
  • Centers of social and economic interaction

Planning Principle:

  • Community-oriented spaces

10. Water Supply and Sanitation

  • Wells, tanks, and rivers as water sources
  • Limited drainage systems
  • Poor sanitation in many towns

Planning Principle:

  • Basic infrastructure, often inadequate

๐Ÿ‘‰ This led to health issues and later reforms in urban planning.


11. Types of Medieval Towns

11.1 Castle Towns

  • Developed around forts or castles

11.2 Religious Towns

  • Centered around temples, churches, or mosques

11.3 Market Towns

  • Developed due to trade and commerce

11.4 Port Towns

  • Located along coasts and rivers

12. Medieval Town Planning in India

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/xI15UBoD65v8vAtg5GSI-e0aKtZXozpXGZ7BqLGjQWtePqKu76RqOH62Jb1AxuE18nstX3nA9PJqEOLP3-IV0hfsvf1L4CVpQE3EQmMMrbTZIYyfhun_2HfXhF4iZbxZcS1tQzr8GhrLQoJpF2vAG57zbRNhZdKemG67Dx6wVKnVCSowJlOi-xH4r7lySLFp?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/1Pcu9M92fq9HkC9vmFh5ovrTZSrrtBqwiBkPMiNhBH9WIxoIKDquN44iwBiErYRq_MtpQNNdnSkjBFH6Dsq6awDpBUVIWE3RkPYBTGstqlE6nIOjm9ij2LxuBqib92t5ZRu6CPxk1NaNl88cIZ8SHH4vC9uqsEb-OBq3KqzDjOav7UlV-eGcC_fB1XHx_YWY?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/CC2V5hEWXGBv2-onbQnza9u-1IVneiWKfqhXnIgMsreoq9DyIuI53yqEgT12SOoRhWPVtjf95Yd8fZiAE7BOInRFya4IJEbb1Z-A1OYDmvf47AUMGGykCAbU7NxRRVDW3iOh1GEu6sLJnPH4bJ0FxscrUaH6MD8vUR-2Qtk5u_IW-ZGT5V0r74DKzzeU1JUh?purpose=fullsize

6

Examples:

  • Shahjahanabad
  • Jodhpur
  • Fatehpur Sikri

Features:

  • Fortified walls and gates
  • Chowks (squares) and bazaars
  • Hierarchical streets
  • Mixed land use

Planning Principle:

  • Integration of defense, commerce, and culture

13. Key Planning Principles of Medieval Towns

The major principles include:

  1. Defense-Oriented Planning
  2. Organic and Incremental Growth
  3. Compact and Dense Development
  4. Religious and Political Centrality
  5. Functional Clustering (markets, residences)
  6. Human-Scale Streets and Spaces
  7. Adaptation to Local Climate and Topography
  8. Economic Influence on Spatial Structure

14. Limitations of Medieval Planning

  • Lack of sanitation and infrastructure
  • Congestion and overcrowding
  • Fire hazards
  • Limited scope for expansion

These limitations later led to the emergence of Renaissance and modern planning approaches.


15. Relevance to Modern Planning

Despite limitations, medieval towns offer valuable lessons:

  • Compact urban form โ†’ Supports walkability and TOD
  • Mixed land use โ†’ Reduces travel demand
  • Human-scale design โ†’ Enhances livability
  • Climate-responsive streets โ†’ Sustainable urban design

Conclusion

Town planning in medieval times was shaped by the realities of defense, religion, feudal governance, and trade. Unlike earlier planned civilizations, medieval towns evolved organically, resulting in irregular yet functionally efficient urban forms. Their compact layout, mixed land use, and human-scale design made them vibrant centers of social and economic life.

While medieval towns faced challenges such as poor sanitation and congestion, their planning principlesโ€”especially compactness, adaptability, and community focusโ€”remain highly relevant today. Modern planners can learn from these historical settlements to create cities that are walkable, resilient, and socially integrated.

Swachh Jal Se Suraksha Campaign Report Under Jal Jeevan Mission

The Union Minister For Jal Shakti, Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat today released the report on progress under the Jal Jeevan Mission: Swachh Jal se Suraksha (SJSS) Campaign which was organised from 2nd October, 2022 to 31st March, 2023 to impress upon the States/ UTs to make concerted efforts towards taking up water quality monitoring and surveillance activities as โ€˜Supply of Safe Waterโ€™ has been one of the key considerations under JJM. Under the campaign, several activities had been taken up including Testing of PWS sources in all villages for chemical parameters and bacteriological parameters (post monsoon); Water quality testing at household level in villages; Water quality testing in Schools and Anganwadi Centres; Remedial action taken for contaminated samples; and Training of women for water quality testing using FTK/ H2S vials at village level.

As a result of concerted efforts made by States/ UTs for water quality monitoring and surveillance during campaign period and progress reported on WQMIS portal, the activity-wise overall progress is as under:

Water quality testing has been reported in 5.39 lakh (89.69 %) villages for chemical and in 4.47 lakh (74.46 %) villages for bacteriological contamination (post monsoon).

Drinking water samples were tested in 6.58 lakh (67.63 %) schools and 7.16 lakh (67.43 %) anganwadi centres.

21.80 lakh women have been trained from 4.59 lakh (76.41 %) villages for water quality testing using Field Testing Kits (FTKs).

Remedial action has been taken for 90.34% of contaminated sample reported.

Performance of states/UTs was also measured during the Campaign. The states of Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Madhya Pradesh emerged as the best performing states during the Campaign.

Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM) was announced by Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi on 15 August, 2019 to make provision of potable tap water supply in adequate quantity, of prescribed quality on regular & long-term basis to every rural household. Access to assured and safe drinking water is a basic life need. The Objective of the campaign was to ensure drinking water quality and create awareness among representatives of the Panchayati Raj institutions and rural communities about quality of drinking water in their respective villages, water quality issues, water borne diseases & health impacts and avoiding use of water from quality-affected sources.

The desired outcome of the campaign was wide participation at Village, district and State level for water quality testing, building confidence and create awareness among people about quality of water being supplied through piped water supply. States/ UTs PHE/ RWS Department, being โ€˜Nodal Departmentโ€™ implemented Swachh Jal se Suraksha campaign in respective States/ UTs by actively involving all the stakeholders viz. Gram Panchayat and/ or its sub-committees/ local community to take up water quality monitoring and surveillance and awareness activities.

*****

What is IPL in Cricket? โ€“ Introduction to the Indian Premier League Tournament

Itโ€™s the biggest domestic cricket tournament in the world, but what is IPL exactly and how much do we know about it?

What does IPL Stand for?

In cricket, IPL stands for Indian Premier League, a T20 cricket tournament which was originally established in 2008. It is traditionally played from April through to June each year and, from 2022, the competition will be expanded to include a total of ten teams.

Indian Premier League โ€“ The Tournament

1. Tournament Structure

The Indian Premier League starts with a round robin tournament where each franchise will play each other twice โ€“ home and away. Sides will earn two points for a win while the teams will earn one point each if there is an abandoned game.

At the end of this sequence, the top four sides in the table will progress to the playoffs while the remaining franchises will be eliminated.

The playoffs start with the first qualifier where the top two sides in the table play each other and the winner goes straight through to the final.

Next up is the eliminator where the third and fourth placed sides face off. The winner goes through to the second qualifier while the loser is eliminated.

In the second qualifier, the winner of the eliminator takes on the loser of the first playoff match. The winner of that game progresses to the final.

It sounds a little complicated on paper but itโ€™s actually easy to follow and itโ€™s a fairer system than having straight semi finals.

IPL cricket tournament

2. When Does IPL Start?

The exact starting dates of the IPL will vary from year to year but it will generally begin in the first week of April. The 2022 IPL starts on March 26th. The group stages kick off the competition and these progress through the month and into May.

The knockouts take over and the final will generally be scheduled for late May or early June. These dates are subject to change but this is the framework within which the tournament has worked for many years.

3. IPL Franchise Teams

From 2022 onwards, the IPL will consist of ten franchise teams. Those sides who played in 2021 will continue to be involved and they are:

  • Chennai Super Kings
  • Royal Challengers Bangalore
  • Delhi Capitals
  • Punjab Kings
  • Sunrisers Hyderabad
  • Mumbai Indians
  • Rajasthan Royals
  • Kolkata Knight Riders

In addition, two new franchises will be joining to make ten teams overall. They will be based in Lucknow and Ahmedabad but the names of the sides have yet to be confirmed as of November 2021.

what-is-ipl-in-cricket

4. Player Auction

The build up to every tournament involves a player auction. Those cricketers who want to be involved in the IPL will make themselves available for selection via the auction and the franchises will bid for their services.

The players involved will set a base price which is effectively a reserve figure. Any team wanting to sign the player must make that base price their minimum bid. 

At the end of the auction, squads are assembled ahead of the new season. Of course, there are options to bring in replacements for players who become injured or are forced to withdraw for any other reason.

Before that auction begins, the franchises submit a retained list. These are the existing players in the squad who will remain with the team for the new season. Other players will be released if they are no longer needed and they then have the option to go into the auction.

Find out more about how the IPL Auction works in 2023.

5. IPL Match Rules

The format of the IPL follows the rules of T20 cricket. Both teams are allocated a maximum of 20 overs each and the simple aim is to score more runs than the opposition. 

T20 is identical to ODI cricket in the sense that the side batting first sets a target. The fielding side then take their turn to bat and they must overtake that total within their allocated set of overs.

If the side batting second fail to overtake the target, the side batting first wins.

Bowling teams can use as many bowlers as they want but each bowler can deliver a maximum of four overs.

If the scores are tied at the end of the game, there will be a Super Over to decide the winner. One six-ball over will be sent down to each team and the batting sides have two wickets available. If the scores remain level, the Super Over process will be repeated until we have a winner.

Top Colleges to go for MBBS in Georgia

Georgia is increasingly becoming a popular educational destination for students from around the world. It offers a unique blend of high-quality education, affordable tuition fees, multiculturalism, and a welcoming environment. Here are some key points that describe Georgia as an educational destination:

Quality Education: Georgia has a well-developed educational system with a focus on providing quality education. The country has numerous universities and colleges that offer a wide range of programs in various fields, including medicine, engineering, business, humanities, and more. Many institutions follow international standards and have partnerships with universities from other countries.

Photo by Tomu00e1u0161 Malu00edk on Pexels.com

Affordable Tuition Fees: One of the major advantages of studying in Georgia is its affordability. Tuition fees in Georgian universities are significantly lower compared to many other countries, making it an attractive option for international students. This makes education accessible to a larger number of students seeking quality education at a reasonable cost. eWings Abroad Education Consultancy provide timely updates on the admission and other matters.

English-Taught Programs: Many universities in Georgia offer English-taught programs, especially in popular fields like medicine, engineering, and business. This allows international students to study in their preferred language without the need for extensive language proficiency in the local Georgian language.

Multicultural Environment: Georgia is known for its cultural diversity and warm hospitality. As an educational destination, it attracts students from different parts of the world, creating a multicultural environment that fosters intercultural exchange and understanding. This provides students with an opportunity to interact with peers from diverse backgrounds, learn about different cultures, and broaden their perspectives.

Safe and Welcoming Environment: Georgia is considered a safe country with a low crime rate. The local population is known for their friendliness and welcoming nature towards international students. The government and educational institutions also prioritize the safety and well-being of students, providing a secure environment for learning and personal growth.

Beautiful Natural Landscape: Georgia is blessed with stunning natural landscapes, including mountains, beaches, and historical sites. Students have the opportunity to explore the country’s rich cultural heritage, indulge in outdoor activities, and experience a vibrant social life outside of their academic commitments.

European Standard of Education: Georgia’s educational system follows the European standard of education, which ensures high academic quality and compliance with international standards. This enables students to pursue further studies or seek employment opportunities globally.

Overall, Georgia offers a favorable environment for international students seeking quality education, affordability, multiculturalism, and a safe learning experience. It is a country that combines academic excellence with cultural richness, making it an attractive destination for students worldwide.

MBBS (Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery) is an undergraduate degree in the medical field. Georgia is a popular destination for international students seeking to pursue MBBS due to its affordable tuition fees, quality education, and globally recognized degrees. Here are some options for MBBS in Georgia and some of the best colleges in the country:

  1. Tbilisi State Medical University (TSMU): TSMU is one of the oldest and most prestigious medical universities in Georgia. It offers an English-taught MBBS program, which is highly regarded among international students.
  2. Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University (TSU): TSU is another renowned institution that offers an English-language medical program. It has a long history and provides a comprehensive medical education.
  3. David Tvildiani Medical University (DTMU): DTMU is a private medical university in Tbilisi, Georgia. It offers an English-taught MBBS program and is known for its modern facilities and high-quality education.
  4. European University: The European University in Tbilisi also offers an English-language MBBS program. It has a well-established reputation and provides a conducive learning environment for medical students.
  5. Batumi Shota Rustaveli State University: Located in the coastal city of Batumi, this university offers an English-taught medical program. It is a popular choice among international students for its affordable fees and good infrastructure.
  6. Akaki Tsereteli State University: Situated in the city of Kutaisi, this university offers an English-language medical program. It is recognized for its experienced faculty and modern teaching methods.

These are just a few examples of the many universities in Georgia that offer MBBS programs. It’s important to conduct thorough research, compare the curriculum, tuition fees, admission requirements, and other factors before making a decision. Additionally, check if the university is recognized by the Medical Council of India (MCI) or the World Directory of Medical Schools (WDOMS) to ensure the degree is recognized globally.

Time Management for Business

Time management is one of the most important skills that a business professional must possess. In today’s fast-paced and highly competitive business world, time is a precious commodity that must be used wisely. Effective time management is the key to success, both professionally and personally. Business professionals who are able to manage their time efficiently are more productive, less stressed, and ultimately more successful than those who struggle to manage their time effectively.

Photo by JESHOOTS.com on Pexels.com

The first step in effective time management is to set goals. Business professionals must have a clear understanding of their priorities and objectives in order to use their time efficiently. This requires a deep understanding of the business and what is required to achieve success. Once goals are set, it is important to break them down into smaller, manageable tasks. This allows business professionals to focus their time and energy on the most important tasks and avoid wasting time on less important ones.

Another important aspect of time management is to establish a routine. By setting a regular schedule, business professionals can ensure that they are using their time wisely and are able to accomplish their goals. This includes scheduling time for important tasks, such as meetings, project work, and other work-related activities. It also includes scheduling time for personal activities, such as exercise, family time, and relaxation. Explore the world of LeXman

One of the biggest challenges of time management is dealing with distractions. In today’s world, there are many distractions that can pull business professionals away from their work, such as social media, email, and phone calls. It is important to establish boundaries and limit the amount of time spent on these distractions. This can include turning off notifications during work hours, setting specific times for checking email and social media, and prioritizing important phone calls.

In addition to setting boundaries, it is important to delegate tasks when possible. Business professionals who try to do everything themselves will quickly become overwhelmed and may end up wasting time on tasks that could be completed by others. Delegating tasks allows business professionals to focus on their core responsibilities and ensures that all tasks are completed efficiently and effectively.

Finally, business professionals must be willing to adapt and adjust their time management strategies as needed. The business world is constantly changing, and what works today may not work tomorrow. By remaining flexible and open to new ideas, business professionals can continue to improve their time management skills and stay ahead of the competition.

In conclusion, effective time management is essential for success in the business world. Business professionals who are able to manage their time efficiently are more productive, less stressed, and ultimately more successful than those who struggle with time management. By setting goals, establishing routines, managing distractions, delegating tasks, and remaining flexible, business professionals can maximize their productivity and achieve their goals.

What are 10 Benefits of Executive Coaching

Coaching is a process of supporting individuals or teams in achieving their personal or professional goals. It involves a skilled coach who helps the client identify their strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities for growth and development, and then provides guidance and feedback to help them improve.

Executing coaching is important for several reasons. First, coaching can help individuals or teams overcome challenges and obstacles that may be hindering their progress. By providing feedback and guidance, a coach can help clients identify areas where they need to improve and develop strategies to overcome obstacles and achieve their goals.

Second, coaching can help individuals or teams develop new skills and competencies that are necessary for success. A coach can help clients identify their strengths and weaknesses and develop a plan to build on their strengths while addressing areas of weakness.

Third, coaching can help individuals or teams stay focused and motivated. A coach can help clients set clear goals and develop a plan to achieve them, and then provide ongoing support and encouragement to help them stay on track. Enable-HR International is one of good institute to provide professional executive coaching.

Finally, coaching can help individuals or teams build self-awareness and confidence. By providing feedback and guidance, a coach can help clients see their strengths and potential, and develop the confidence to take on new challenges and pursue their goals.

In summary, executing coaching is important because it helps individuals and teams overcome obstacles, develop new skills, stay focused and motivated, and build self-awareness and confidence. By working with a skilled coach, clients can achieve their goals and reach their full potential.

Photo by cottonbro studio on Pexels.com

Executive coaching is a process of providing personalized and one-on-one support to executives and leaders to help them develop their skills, overcome challenges, and achieve their professional goals. The benefits of executive coaching are numerous, and here are 10 of them:

  1. Improved leadership skills: Executive coaching helps leaders improve their leadership skills, including communication, delegation, and decision-making, leading to better performance and results.
  2. Increased self-awareness: Through coaching, executives gain a deeper understanding of their strengths, weaknesses, and blind spots, which enables them to develop strategies to improve their performance.
  3. Better decision-making: Coaching helps executives develop better decision-making skills by identifying biases, improving problem-solving abilities, and increasing strategic thinking.
  4. Improved communication: Coaching helps executives improve their communication skills, including listening, empathy, and assertiveness, leading to better collaboration and relationships.
  5. Enhanced emotional intelligence: Coaching helps executives develop emotional intelligence, including self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy, and social skills, leading to better relationships and leadership.
  6. Increased resilience: Coaching helps executives develop resilience, including the ability to cope with stress, adapt to change, and bounce back from setbacks, leading to better mental and emotional well-being.
  7. Improved work-life balance: Coaching helps executives develop a better work-life balance by identifying priorities, managing time, and setting boundaries, leading to better overall health and well-being.
  8. Increased creativity and innovation: Coaching helps executives develop creativity and innovation skills by encouraging them to think outside the box, explore new ideas, and take calculated risks.
  9. Increased accountability: Coaching helps executives become more accountable for their actions and outcomes, leading to better results and greater trust among their colleagues and stakeholders.
  10. Improved career satisfaction: Coaching helps executives align their career goals with their personal values, leading to greater job satisfaction and fulfillment.

R.W.ย Emersonโ€™sย Transcendentalismย andย Advaitaย Vedanta:ย A ComparativeStudy

B. S. S Bhagavan

Assistant Professor

Research Scholar, Department of English

Vikrama Simhapuri University, Kakutur, Nellore, A.P.

bhagavanbss@vsu.ac.in

Dr. R. Prabhakar

Associate Professor, Head, Department of English

Research Supervisor, Vikrama Simhapuri University,

Kakutur, Nellore, A.P.

prabhakarjoli@gmail.com

Abstract:

The objective of this paper is to analyse R.W Emersons Transcendentalism and non-dualistic Indian thought. This paperattempts to study the purpose of human life according to R.W Emerson and its affinity with Vedantic concept of JeevanMukti. The 19th century American Society witnessed new trends in art, culture, religion and philosophy. New England young intellectuals embraced new thoughts and ideas and attempted to redefine American Religious Culture, Philosophy and Literature. This religious philosophical and literary movement was known as Transcendentalism in the history ofAmerican literature. The Transcendentalists revolted against established traditions and tried to construct new philosophy. The young intellectuals advocated divinity of man, purity of human heart and individualism. The young intellectuals propagated their ideas through their literary works under the leadership of R.W Emerson. This paper upholds all parallelisms in American Transcendentalism and Advaita Vedanta.

Keywords: Swedenborgian, Transcendentalism, Advaita Vedanta, Idealism, phenomenal world, illusion, Maya vaada,YogaNidra, Soteriological.

Introduction:

The unitarian theology which emphasized on the significance of external evidence in the spiritual enlightenmentcould not win the hearts of 19th century American young intellectuals. Calvinism which advocated the doctrine of โ€œoriginal sinโ€ could not satisfy the spiritual quest of new England intellectuals. A group of learned scholars under the leadership of R.W Emerson rebelled against orthodox Christianity and preached new religious philosophy. Thetranscendentalists introduced Spiritualism and redefined the orthodox theology with their new ideas.

R.W Emerson in his first work the Nature advocated oneness of man, nature and God. In his divinity schooladdress condemned historical Christianity and articulated the impersonality of God. In his essay โ€œOver Soulโ€ published in1841 Emerson propounded the divinity of man. According to him

the God (Over soul) contains all beings in him and all creatures leave in him. All individual souls are part and parcel ofthe over soul and all the souls are connected to one another. Thus, Emerson with his doctrine of Over soul advocated new spiritualism.

Emerson articulated the concept of โ€œGod withinโ€ and strongly advised whole humanity to realize the god within or true self and to experience oneness with the absolute. According to him history, traditions, religion and scriptures play no role in the individual spiritual evolution. Emerson strongly believed that every man has essential resources which to attain spiritual enlightenment. The transcendentalists strongly advocated self-reliance as the means of self-realization.

Transcendentalism says that man due to his ignorance misidentifies himself with ego and neglects in his true self. The individual can realize God within only through spiritual regeneration and obeying the intuition. Emerson explainedthe limitations of human intellect and suggested his contemporaries to depend upon intuition. The Transcendentalists rejected the authority of religious institutions and scriptures on individual the young intellectuals propounded newtheology based on the ideas which they imbibed from various religions and cultures. Oriental Mysticism, German Idealism, British Romanticism and Ancient Greek Philosophy shaped the philosophy of Transcendentalists.

R.W Emerson was born in the family of religious priests and was introduced to harsh realities of the world in his childhood after the death of his father. He pursued his graduation in Harvard university and completed religious studies in Harvard divinity school. The Harvard university introduced Indian thought to young Emerson. Emersons aunt Mary Moody encouraged Emerson to delve into Vedantic literature. He acknowledges the depth of Hindu religious thought and developed passion for Vedic literature. He confessed the greatness of Indian philosophy. โ€œIndia teaches through its clouds of legends, has yet a simple and grant religion, like a queenly countenance seen through a rich veil. It teaches tospeakthe truth, love others as you, and to despise trifles. The East is grand, and makes &Europe a land of trifles”. (Journals. Vol. VII. Pp.120-30). Emerson realized the affinity between his thoughts and Vedanta philosophy and used few ideas to strengthen his philosophy. Frequent reference to Vedantic concepts and quoting lines from Vedic literature doesnโ€™t mean that Vedanta philosophy shaped Emersonโ€™s thought.

R.W Emerson in his first work nature articulated the basic tenants of his philosophy. He propounded his spiritualism in the last three chapters in his work. For him the nature is the best spiritual teacher and universal mind reflects in thenature. “Have mountains, and waves, andskies, not significance but what we consciously give them when we employthem as emblems of our thoughts? The world is emblematicโ€ (Works.Vol.I.P.32) according to Emerson the god speaks through nature he suggests mankind to read the divine mind through literature. God reveals his mind through theelements of the nature. He says โ€œas gravity, centripetence, repulsion, polarity, undulation, has a counterpart in the intellectโ€ (Works. Vol. III. P.211). Emersonโ€™s work nature defines the world as mere reflection of the absolute being.

Emerson refers every empirical object as an apocalypse of the mind. He believes that individual can understand the divine design by decoding the nature for him the oversoul (God) is the cause and the world is mere appearance it isneither real nor unreal. In this work he writes “It is the uniform

effect of culture on the human mind, not to shake our faith in the stability of particular phenomena as of heat, Water, azote; but to lead us to regard nature as phenomenon, not substance; to attribute necessary existence to spirit; to esteem nature as an accident and an effectโ€ (works. Vol. P.49).

For idealists the matter is nothing and they give importance to ideas. Therefore, idealism advocates that the phenomenal world is the buy product of human mind and sensations. He says โ€œMind is the only reality, of which men and allother natures are better or worse reflectorsโ€ (Works. Vol. P. 33. “The Transcendentalist”). Like an idealist Emerson considers the oversoul as absolute truth and source of the creation. He accepted the idealism of Vyasa and admired the Vedanticphilosophy which defined the transient and immutable as eternal and temporal and visible as unreal. Vedanta treats allempirical objects as unreal. Emerson also emphasizes the same in his works โ€œThings we now esteem fixed shall, one byone, detach themselves like ripe fruit from our experience, and fall, The landscape, the figures, Boston, London are facts as fugitive as any institution past, or any institution past, or any whiff of mist or smoke, and so is society andso is theworld. The soul looketh steadily, forwards, creating a world before her, leaving worlds behind her. She has no dates, nor rites, nor persons, nor specialties, nor men. The soul knows the only the soul; the web of events is tiling flowing robe inwhich she is clothed.โ€

Emerson in his work nature expounds the universal soul as all pervasive impersonal and attribute less absolute truth. This very idea echoes Vedantic concept of Nirguna Brahma. For Emerson and Vedanta, the world is mere appearance and universal being manifests itself with various names and forms in the world. Therefore, both Emerson and Vedanta suggest to overcome the delusive power of the world to realize the absolute truth. Thus, Emersonโ€™s doctrine of illusion and Vedantic concept of Maya advocated similar ideas. According to the both there is only one reality and that exists in all beings. For Emerson and Vedanta nothing exists except the absolute every being emanates from the absolute and exists in it. Therefore, the subjective and objective distinction doesnโ€™t prevail. Vedanta says Ekam Advitiyam Brahma similarly Emerson also articulated oneness of Man, Nature and God in โ€œNatureโ€.

Emerson strongly criticized the assumptions of materialists and propagated spiritualism like an idealist for him the spirit is the cause and the world is the effect. He considers the matter as dead mind. These idealistic tendencies in himmade the scholars to believe the influence of Platoโ€™s Idealism on Emersons Philosophy. Emerson in his works clearly mentioned the influence of eastern thought on Plato, he called Plato as half Orientalist. According to Emerson Plato succeeded in maintaining perfect balance between the orient and the oxidant. Emerson writes โ€œThe unity of Asia and the detail of Europe; Plato came to join… The excellences of Europe Asia are in his brain”(works, Vol. IV. P.40.Plato).Emersonโ€™s reading of Plato inspired him to study Vedanta philosophy after 1845 Emerson extensively read Vedantic literature including Upanishads, Bhagavad Geeta and Bhagavad PuranaIsha Upanishad introduced the concept ofBrahma to Emerson which lend support in formulating his doctrine of oversoul. Bruhadaranyaka Upanishad introducedthe nature of the world, Bhagavad Geeta provided concepts like compensation (Karma), balancing mind (Stitapragna) and Bhagavata purana and Vishnu purana supplied the concept of maya to Emerson. Vedanta philosophy strengthenedEmersonโ€™s idealism which he propounded in his first work Nature. Emerson clearly defined transcendentalism asIdealism when he says โ€œWhat is popularly called Transcendentalism among us is idealism; Idealism as it appearedโ€ (Works. Vol. 329-30, โ€œThe Transcendentalist”). Like Vedanta Emerson echoes many idealistic views in his work Nature he says ”Idealism saith: matter is a phenomenon, not a substance. Idealism acquaints us with the total disparity between the evidence of our own being and the evidence of the world’s being, the one is prefect, the other, incapable of myassurance, the mind is a part of the nature of things; world is a divine dream, from which we may presently awake to theglories and certainties of dayโ€ (Works. Vol, I, P. 62, “Nature”).

Unlike materialists the idealists define the world as phenomenal. idealism defines the absolute being as ultimate reality which is beyond all constrains and attributes. Vedanta and Emerson argue that individual cannot comprehend theinfinitude with finite mind. Taitreya Upanishad says that mind cannot comprehend the power by which it is able to think. Kena Upanishad similarly describes as there the eye goes not,speech goes not, nor the mind; we know not, we understandnot how one would teach it. Both Emerson and Vedanta articulate that the absolute being infinite and attribute less can be realized through experience, they further argue that no one can explain or disseminate knowledge of the absolute because the language canโ€™t describe the nature of the absolute. Thus, both condemn the role of religious scriptures, institutions and rituals in realization of God. In self-reliance he says “And now at last the highest truth on this subject (self -reliance) remains unsaid; probably cannot be said; for all that we say is the far-off remembering of the intuitionโ€ (Works. Vol.11. โ€“Pp. 68-69, “Self- Reliance). Emerson and Vedanta advocate that one can realize the absolute only through intuition. For them God dwells in every being and realizing God within is the purpose of human life. The one who depends upon external sources canโ€™t realize the God within. For them the individual soul is identical with the universal soul. Upanishads propound the doctrine of Ahambrahmaasmi (I am the absolute), the doctrine of Tatvamasi (Thou art that), Aiyam Brahma (The self is Brahma) and Pragnanam Brahama (Brahma is consciousness), all these doctrines establish the fact that man is none other than the Absolute but he is not able to recognize his true self due to his ignorance. Theultimate purpose of life is to realize the true self and to relay upon the self, Emerson rightly called it Self-reliance.

Emerson and Vedanta affirm that every being emanates from the absolute. Emerson writes in his essay โ€œโ€ฆwithin man is the soul of the whole; the wise silence; the Universal beauty, to which every part and parcel is equally related; the eternal ONEโ€ (Works. Vol. 11. P. 269, โ€œThe Over-soul). Emerson through all his works advocates the doctrine ofinfinitude of a private man. Man being finite canโ€™t comprehend God within due to his ignorance. Emerson and Vedantastrongly advocate oneness of man and God and argue that the individual can attain self-realization by defending upon Godwithin therefore Emersonโ€™s self-reliance means God reliance. Both Emerson and Vedanta consider the nature as the best means to realize the absolute. Emerson writes “The Idealist says, God paints the world around your soul, the spiritualist saith,yea, but God is within you, the self of self Creates the world through you… (Journals. Vol. IV. 78.) Both Vedanta and Emerson attributed soteriological value to the phenomenal world. According to both men can realize the God byunveiling the illusive screen of name and form, like Vedanta Emerson through his Idealism preached spiritualism and divinity of man.

Conclusion:

R.W Emerson initially relayed upon Berkelian Idealism and Swedenborgโ€™s philosophy. After reading Vedantic literaturein 1845 Emerson depended upon Advaita Vedanta to enrich his philosophy. Emerson like Vedantic preached spiritualism and divinity of man through his works till his last breath.

References:

  1. Alcott, Amos B. Ralph Waldo Emerson: Philosopher and Seer. Boston, 1882.
  2. Cabot, James Eliot. A Memoir of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Boston, 1887.
  3. Cary, Elizabeth Luther. Emerson, Poet and Thinker. Concord, Mass. 1903.
  4. Cooke, George Willis. Ralph Waldo Emerson: His Life, Writings, and Philosophy. Boston, 1881.
  5. Guernsey, Alfred H. Ralph Waldo Emerson: Philosopher ad Poet. New York, 1881.
  6. The Complete Works of Ralph Waldo Emerson, Centenary. ed. 12 Volumes. Boston and    New York. 1903-1994.
  7. The Letters of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Ed. Ralph L. Rusk. 6 Vols. New York, 1939.
  8. The Selected Writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Ed. Brooks Atkinson. The Modern Library, New York, 1968.
  9. Uncollected Lectures by Ralph Waldo Emerson, Ed. Clarence Gohdes. New York, 1938.10.Young Emerson Speaks. Ed. A.C. Mc Giffert, Jr, Boston, 1938.

What Is The Best Reel For Bass Jigging?

Whether you are an experienced professional or just starting out with bass jigging, having the right reel is essential. With so many options available, it can be difficult to know which one will best suit your needs. In this blog post, we will examine the different types of bass reels, the features to consider when selecting one, and the best reels for bass jigging. So, if you are searching for the best reel for bass jigging, make sure to read this blog post!

Photo by vitalina on Pexels.com

Types Of Bass Reels

There are many types of bass reels on the market, and it can be hard to know which one is right for you. Each reel has its own unique benefits and drawbacks, so it’s important to choose the right one for your specific needs. Here are four of the most common types of bass reels and their respective features: spinning reel, baitcasting reel, trolling reel, and spincast reel.

Spinning Reel

A spinning reel is a great choice for anglers who want to catch large fish quickly. These reels use a system of gears to spin the drum quickly, which gives the angler more speed when casting. They also have larger line capacities than other types of reels, making them ideal for catching big fish on long lines.

Baitcasting Reel

 A baitcasting reel is perfect for anglers who want to catch small fish with light gear. These reels use a set of weights at the bottom of the rod to keep the bait off the ground while casting. They also have a wide range in line capacity โ€“ from very small lines that can handle only tiny baits up to heavy lines that can handle big baits.

Trolling Reel

A trolling reel is best suited for fisherman who want to catch largemouth or spotted bass in calm water near shoreline or in riverside areas where there are lots of obstructions between them and the water surface. Trolling reels use large amounts of line capacity โ€“ up to 500 yards โ€“ which allows fishermen to cover a lot of territory with their lure before having to replace their line.

Fly Fishing Reel

Fly fishing reels are designed specifically for fly fishing purposes and are not typically used with other types of lures or hooks. Instead, they employ a system called โ€œcast controlโ€ where you hold down a button on top of the reel while casting (similar to how you would hold down your camera shutter button when taking pictures). This system allows you adjust your cast distances easily without having to stop and reset your gear every time you make a change in direction.

Casting And Spinning Reels For Jigging Bass

When it comes to jigging for bass, there are a few things to keep in mind. For one, you’ll want to decide whether you want to use a spinning or casting reel. Spinning reels tend to offer a bit more accuracy and smoother retrieves, while casting reels offer a bit more power and are better suited for fishing in saltwater. Additionally, you’ll need to consider the gear ratio โ€“ this is the number of gears that the reel has compared to the number of lines it can handle. The higher the gear ratio, the faster the reel will spin and hence give you more control when jigging.

When selecting a reel for jigging Bass, make sure to consider material and handle comfort as well as line capacity. Many spinning reels come with multiple bearing systems that make them very durable when used outdoors in saltwater conditions. However, be aware that casting reels can also be very durable if cared for properly โ€“ just make sure not to over-wrench or damage it when adjusting or tightening components.

Finally, pay attention to design features that provide smooth retrieves and accurate casts โ€“ these factors are crucial for getting consistent results when fishing with Jigs. It’s also important to balance your rod and reel together so that both components are working in harmony for optimal performance. Different types of jigs will affect your action differently when using either type of reel โ€“ so be sure to test out different jigs on each type of reel before making your purchase. With these tips in mind, you’re ready start landing some big Bass!

Reel Features To Consider

When you’re looking to buy a new jigging reel, there are a few features that you should be aware of. The first is the casting reel or spinning reel. This will determine how well the reel casts and retrieves your line. You’ll want a quality drag system so that your line doesn’t get caught on the reel’s teeth and damaged. You’ll also want to make sure that the gear ratio matches the jigging technique that you’re using so that your line isn’t pulled too tightly or too loosely.

Next, consider the type of braking system that you need. Some reels come with magnetic braking systems, while others use anti-reverse technology. Finally, think about how many line capacity options you need and what size line you’d like to use. There are also right/left hand retrieve options available on some reels, as well as ease of retrieval features for those who prefer this style over traditional hand retrieval.

Best Reels For Bass Jigging-Check Here!

If you’re looking to get into bass fishing, then you need to know about bass jigs. Bass jigs are a type of lure that is used to catch big fish in salt and freshwater environments. There are a variety of different types of reels available for bass jigging, each with its own unique features and capabilities. In this section, we will outline the different types of reels and discuss their respective advantages and disadvantages. We’ll also provide tips on how spool speed affects your bass jigging performance, as well as advice on factors to consider when selecting the right reel for your needs. Finally, we’ll give you some maintenance tips for your reel so that it will last long and perform at its best. So don’t wait any longer โ€“ check out our list of the best reels for bass jigging today!

In Short

In conclusion, selecting the right reel for your bass jigging needs is essential to get the most out of your fishing experience. Different types of reels have their own unique features, so it is important to consider factors such as line capacity, gear ratio, and drag system when making your decision. Additionally, make sure to select a reel that is comfortable and easy to use. With these tips in mind and our list of the best reels for bass jigging, you are ready to start catching some big fish! Check here our selection at Jigs Unlimited today!

Learn Advanced Excel for business

Advanced Excel Topics

Below, we will address some of the top 10 Excel skills needed to break into the data analytics industry โ€” as well as effective ways to learn these skills. You can be a great way to hone your Excel skills; the data analytics boot camp covers intermediate Excel topics, which form the foundation for the following advanced Excel skills.

Excel Skill 1: Statistical Modeling

Excel provides a specialized toolkit enabling you to perform statistical modeling inside the popular spreadsheet program. These kinds of diverse applications are exactly why Excel skills remain important in the job market. The advanced Excel formulas involved in producing statistical models and performing advanced data analytics enable you to perform meaningful statistical analysis and produce useful models. 

Excelโ€™s statistical modeling functions include tools to create histograms, generate random numbers, find correlations between data sets, measure for rank and percentile, perform regression, and assess sampling. Using Excel to perform statistical modeling can reduce human errors sometimes involved in statistical analysis. Cursos de Excel is a good training provider.

If you have only used Excel for basic budgeting or project management, you may be unaware of the statistical tools that can power up your Excel skills. While some of the advanced Excel tools for statistical modeling are built into the programโ€™s basic functions, others are part of the add-on package for data analysis. Through Excelโ€™s Data tab, you can add in the Analysis ToolPak to gain access to these important functions.

Excel Skill 2: Forecasting and Prediction

Photo by PhotoMIX Company on Pexels.com

If you have historical and time-based data, you can use advanced Excel functions to create forecasts and predictions of future performance. You can create this data at higher and lower confidence levels for different degrees of probability โ€” this can be important for businesses aiming to predict stock trajectories, forecast the growth of their sales efforts, or understand changes in the economy.

Excelโ€™s Data tab has a substantial amount of advanced tools available for users, andย Columbia Engineering Data Analytics Boot Campย can help you understand and make use of these more advanced functions. For example, if youโ€™re working with two corresponding data series, you can insert a Forecast Sheet under the Data tab to create line or column charts with the relevant forecast. You can set your own end date for the forecast and choose from a number of options to fine-tune your results, including filling in missing points and assessing for seasonality.

Excel Skill 3: Pivot Tables

Pivot tables are perhaps one of the best-known and more powerful advanced Excel skills, as they can automatically give you quick summaries of the data in a massive Excel spreadsheet by grouping matching data. For example, pivot tables can quickly graph sales data by product, financial performance by investment type, or weight of various items in inventory. These tables, launched from the Tables section of the Insert tab, can be used to count, sort, total, or average data taken from one large spreadsheet.

With pivot tables, you may eliminate the need for individual formulas in producing meaningful data analysis โ€” one of the most important Excel skills for employers because of its versatility and efficiency. After you have mastered these advanced Excel functions, you can create a pivot table in less than a minute, whether you have only a few rows of data or thousands of rows of information. You can create the specific fields to be addressed in the table, remove duplicates, count entries and provide a range of assessments of your data. Excel even includes recommended Pivot Tables keyed to the types of data presented in your spreadsheet.

Excel Skill 4: VBA and Macros

Visual Basic for Applications in Office (VBA) is a powerful, simple programming language created by Microsoft to extend and automate the capabilities of Excel and other Office software. VBA can be used to automate any function that you can perform in Excel and enables you to save the resulting code as a macro to be used repeatedly, which can dramatically ramp up efficiency and output when you have repetitive tasks or need to clean data across a range of spreadsheets.

Creating and applying macros can result in cutting a task down from days to hours, allowing you and your employer to save time. VBA programming allows you to have total control over the macros you produce โ€” not only to automate advanced Excel functions but to create unique dialog boxes and other options for your particular business case.

Excel Skill 5: Model Historic Stock Trends

Excel offers a stock data type created specifically to pull in present and historical stock performance data. By modeling variations of a stock and the instruments based on it, like derivatives, you can receive a representation of the stockโ€™s valuation at present and over time. By using the stock data type, you can bring in existing prices as well as the company name, number of employees, and other key data that can be used to perform stock modeling.

The advanced Excel function STOCKHISTORY provides access to historical data that can be formatted dynamically. By using the stocks data type and pulling in the start and end date (as well as specified properties), Excel users can pull in data over time on a specific exchange, in a certain currency, and with other specifications. This information may produce graphical representations of a particular stockโ€™s history โ€” as well as forecasting and prediction models to assess potential future outcomes.

Advanced Excel Skills for Your Resume

  • Statistical Modeling
  • Forecasting and Prediction
  • Pivot Tables
  • VBA and Macros
  • Model Historic Stock Trends

Advanced Excel Formulas

There are a myriad of advanced Excel formulas โ€” many of which enable you to quickly and effectively perform key tasks on the job. These advanced formulas often provide advanced automation or searching capabilities, which can save time and produce quick, efficient results. 

The following are a few such formulas that may be useful to you

Sum If

The SUMIF formula is used to add cells together when they share certain properties. For example, SUMIF can be used when those data cells have a certain number or word attached to them, indicating, for instance, a certain class or type of product. It can also be used to add information that is above or below a certain value โ€” or that equates to a particular amount โ€” highlighting outliers or grouping together certain kinds of information.

SUMIF is a useful formula to gather summary information about sales, enrollment, or other total figures for large data sets that encompass different types of information. The SUMIF formula takes in data including the range of cells to examine, the criteria to determine which cells should be added together, and the sum range to add together.

Conditional Formatting

In many industries, formatted Excel tables and spreadsheets are important to provide a visual representation of your data. After youโ€™ve crunched the numbers, you need to present your information to others at your employer. In many cases, making the key data and takeaways stand out is critical to effective business communication and ensuring that your presentation is understood by listeners and readers.

Conditional formatting changes the color and appearance of a cell and its contents based on certain conditions about the type of information it contains. For example, in a financial or budgeting spreadsheet, you may want negative numbers to be highlighted in red. You may want to highlight any divergent information in yellow if they contain a certain word or error code.

By determining the type of information you want to highlight, Excel skills in conditional formatting can enable you to deliver your information visually as well as verbally. You can highlight top performers or areas that need improvement with just a few clicks and color changes.

If Error

Sometimes, you may encounter errors when performing advanced Excel functions. This may be for a number of reasons, including the absence of a certain type of data in particular rows, or it may indicate a problem that needs to be fixed. IFERROR is used to remove error codes and produce either a blank cell or a text you specify that indicates that the cell or area needs further review or attention.

However, Excel by default produces certain types of error codes that can stop calculations from running across a range of values while also presenting a disruptive, attention-grabbing appearance on the sheet for easy identification and correction.

Count If

The COUNTIF function in Excel is used to count cells that have certain properties. If you want to find out how many times a certain word or entry appears in a large spreadsheet, COUNTIF examines all of your data and produces a count of the criteria that you specify. This can be very important whenever you want to know the number of things that are labeled in a particular way. Whether you want to understand the distribution of your inventory, identify where your customers are located, or determine the number of employees in a particular department, COUNTIF enables you to get this information quickly by taking in the range of cells you wish to examine as well as the criteria you are using to search.

Index Match

The combination of the INDEX and MATCH functions in Excel provides a more advanced way to look up and assess information inside an Excel sheet or workbook. While functions like VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP allow you to search for information, they have limitations on where and how they search that can prevent you from easily obtaining the information you need. The MATCH function is nested inside the INDEX function and can be used to find a certain type of data, while INDEX is used to connect that information to the other data available in its row.

In other words, MATCH allows you to find the position of a value in a range, and then INDEX is used to return a specific value in relation to the original value. It is important for two-way lookups and case-sensitive lookups, and you can even use it to find the closest match from the data you have.

How to Get Access Articles on Google Scholar

Photo by Caio on Pexels.com

Find an article at Google Scholar

If Walden doesn’t have an article you want, check Google Scholar. You may find a free copy online.

  1. Go to Google Scholar, enter the article title, and click Search:

    Note: For best results, put quote marks around the title.

  2. If available, your article should appear as one of the first few results:


     
  3. If you click an article’s title, you may be taken to a publisher’s site that will ask you to pay for full text. Instead, look for a PDF or HTML link to the right of the article. This is a free, full-text copy.


     

If there is no link on the right:

  • Click the article title. Though rare, you may get it free from the publisher. You might also see how much it costs if you’re interested in buying it.
  • Try searching regular Google.
  • Buy the article.
  • Use the Document Delivery Service. Remember, it can take 7-10 business days to get an article from DDS.

Connect Google Scholar to the Walden Library

Option 1: Search using Google Scholar pre-connected to the Walden Library

Access Google Scholar directly through the Library’s website to use a pre-connected version.

Option 2: Manually connect Google Scholar to Walden Library

Follow these steps to manually link Google Scholar to the Walden Library collection:

  1. Go to Google Scholar (scholar.google.com). 
  2. On the upper left side of your screen, click on the three lines icon.



     
  3. Click the Settings link or gear icon. Depending on your screen size, the link or icon may be at the top or the bottom of that section.





     
  4. In the left column, click on Library Links



     
  5. In the search box, type in Walden and click the Search button.
  6. An option for Walden University Library – Find @ Walden will appear below the search box.Check the box next to it to select it.
    Note: If you see the a box for Open WorldCat – Library Search box, check that too. This will allow Google Scholar to link to any freely available content.



     
  7. Click Save. Google Scholar will remember this setting until you clear your browser cookies
    Now when you search Google Scholar, you will see Find @ Walden links to the right of articles available in the Library.
  8. Click on the Find @ Walden link to access the article.

Tips 

  • When you click on Find @ Walden you will be asked to login with your Walden username and password.
  • You may see a list of databases that contain the article; you will need to click on one of these database links to be taken to the article.
  • Pay attention to the years listed by the database links, as databases may have different publication years available.  Click on the database you want to try and it should take you to the article.

International Conference on Multidisciplinary Research (ICMR) 2023

International Conference on Multidisciplinary Research (ICMR) 2023 will cover a wide range of issues related to the Engineering, Technology, and Management Problems. It will conduct research for working in universities, colleges, and industry who are interested in enhancing skills.

Submission Guidelines

All papers must be original and not simultaneously submitted to another journal or conference.ย All papers must be submitted via mail to icmr2023@edupub.org

List of Topics & Tracks

  • Track 1 : Engineering & Technology (Computing, Communication Technology,Technological Development,Biomedical Technologies,m-Commerce,Urban Transportation,City planning,e-Governance,Internet of things,Distance Education & E-Learning,Smart Cities,Energy)
  • Track 2 : Science(Coastal Towns and Small Cities,Environmental Sustainability,Renewable Energies,Energy resources and savings,Bio-Energy,Agro โ€“ Sciences,Science Education,Atmospheric Physics,Resilience Building in Agriculture,Water and Soil conservation)
  • Track 3 : Management(Management Information System,Entrepreneurship Management,Collaborative Arts & Culture, MicroFinance, Financial Sustainability,Supply Chain Management,International Trade,SMEs,Customer Relationship Mgt., Economics and Demography)
  • Track 4 : Multidisciplinary (Advanced computing architectures,Big data representation,Data Analytics,Data Science,High performance computing,Wireless Sensor Networks,Image processing interpretations,Database and Data Mining)
     

Publication

All Selected and presented papers will be published inย IJR (International Journal of Research) Indexed Journal. Zoom presentation is allowed for authors.

Venue

Online Mode

Contact

Conference Chair
send mail to icmr2023@edupub.org

TEFL and What is TEFL Certification?

TEFLย –ย Teaching English as a foreign languageย at home, online, abroad. Globally recognisedย TEFLย Certificates from the most accreditedย TEFLย course provider.

TEFL Course offers a fast-track qualification to teach English either online or in any classroom worldwide. This TEFL course has been developed in conjunction with some of the worldโ€™s leading language schools and is the international standard required by most employers worldwide.

A Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) certification is an internationally recognized qualification to teach English abroad. TEFLย is an acronym that stands for Teaching English as a Foreign Language and TESOL is Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages.

The qualification is internationally recognised and lasts a lifetime. As a fully trained and qualified TEFL teacher, you can expect to be teaching English as a foreign language within weeks.

Get more information at TEFL Institute

School Furniture

There are manyย veteran manufacturer, wholesaler, service provider and supplier of school furniture, modular furniture, institution school furniture. With more than 5 decades of industry presence we have honed our manufacturing expertise and have evolved as a reliable name in school furniture. We understand the requirements of our schools and offer highly qualitative range of School Desk, School Table, School Chair, Wooden Stool and Display Boards. Apart from these institutional products, we also offer wide array of Magazine Display Rack, Pigeon Hole Unit, Bookshelf, Filling Cabinet and Wooden Almirah that find extensive usage in offices, as well. All our furniture is manufactured using premium quality materials and proven production methods. They are user friendly, dimensionally accurate with seamless edges and are highly comfortable.

Our prime goal is to offer high quality range of products to our esteem clients and for this we not only supply school furniture, institutional furniture but also offer post sale service that takes care of repair and maintenance. In all our business and customer service endeavors, we are assisted by efficient and specialized teams who work with dedication and perfection. It is our well maintained production unit, capacious warehouse, excellent transportation and wide distribution networks that back us in timely production and delivery of orders.

Infiniti pioneered the manufacture of specially designed, ergonomic school furniture in the country, proudly made in India since 1998. The school range has been carefully designed to stimulate, engage and infuse joy into learning. Products are constantly being innovated and evolved, to keep pace with newer technologies and teaching methods. We offer a complete range of high quality furniture for schools and educational institutions, starting from K12 through university, for every age and height group. Our range offers multiple solutions across school functions including preschool, classroom, library, specialised storage, teachersโ€™ furniture, training, cafeteria, hostel, laboratories and admin office. Our school furniture is engineered to meet not only aesthetic expectations, but also the highest international standards for ergonomics and durability. Infiniti has the vast experience of having executed several thousand projects for many of the most reputed schools across the country; who are satisfied, regular and repeat customers. The Amish Schoolhouse is a good example of getting quality products and services from a trusted brand.

Single Desk

Popcorn furniture promises comfort, quality, and sturdiness through its single desk series.

Double Desk

A diverse range of double desks that offer a blend of ergonomics and design.

Collaborative seating

Collaborative furniture allows flexible seating in a classroom.

Teacherโ€™s Corner

To make the classroom highly functional, an efficiently-designed corner for teachers is very essential.

Library

A colourful vibrant library makes the children look forward to their reading sessions.

Laboratories

Well designed physics, chemistry and biology laboratories with acid resistant epoxy finishes.ย 

Art Room

Art rooms are not just a section of a school but are spaces that the children can use to spill their creativity out in the open.

Soft Seating

Strong and study soft seating options break the rigidity of the classroom, library and informal areas in a school.

Cafeteria

The cafeteria is one area in an institutional setting that is a platform for the brimming of ideas, free flow of creativity, and deep conversations.

Auditorium

Well crafted cushioned seats with option of tables.

Hostel

Attractive hostel furniture with customised options for a home away from home.

COLLEGE ADMISSION SUPPORTย 

YOUR GUIDANCE COUNSELOR

Your high school counselor plays a key role in your college applications. He or she arranges for your transcript to be sent to colleges and may provide recommendation letters. Your counselor also helps you plan a challenging course of study throughout high school, so you become a strong college candidate.

  • He or she can also recommend colleges, provide information about local and state scholarships, and counsel you if you experience difficulties in school. Some families engage a private college counselor to provide more personalized assistance with college selection.
  • Take the initiative to meet with your counselor at least once a year, and make an advance appointment if your counselor, like many counselors, is very busy. You can try Scholarly Admission Assistance.
Photo by Ivan Samkov on Pexels.com

YOUR PARENTS

Your parents are not only your personal rooting section, but they can be very useful in your college planning and applications. And while they shouldn’t run the show, their opinions of the colleges you are considering are important and may give you valuable insight.

  • Parents can help track deadlines, look up facts about colleges, arrange for college visits (and drive you there). And of course, they can help pay for college.
  • Even if you prefer your parents to be “hands-off,” it’s important to keep them in the loop.

YOUR TEACHERS AND MENTORS

A teacher, coach, or other adult who knows you well can help guide and encourage you through the college admissions process. Such a teacher is also a good candidate to provide letters of recommendation to colleges. Other mentors may also be able to provide recommendations based on your extracurricular commitment.

  • Teachers who recommend you should be able to report your outstanding academic performance, passion for the subject matter, and contributions to their classroom.
  • Your English teacher may also help you by coaching you as you craft a personal college essay.

YOUR COLLEGE ADMISSION REP AND LOCAL ALUMNI

Most colleges assign staff to represent them at high schools and college fairs, and to develop student interest in their college. Many colleges also have active alumni networks, and encourage alumni to meet with prospective students.

  • Get to know the local representatives for schools you are serious about. He or she knows what the college is looking for in an applicant and can answer your questions. Your rep is likely to be the first reader of your application, and it helps if he or she knows you.
  • Many colleges make local “alumni interviews” available to applicants. You can find out more about the college from someone who knows it well, and spark a positive report back to the admissions office.

We’ve Built an Exceptional Team of Admissions Experts and Essay Coaches

At StudyPoint, our goal is to be a resource for your family at every step on the path to college, and our admissions support programs are a natural extension of our academic tutoring and test preparation programs. In admissions counseling it really comes down to the quality of your team, and the members of our team were personally recruited by our CEO. They bring a wealth of experience, and can improve your child’s odds of admission with their know-how and perspective.

Admissions Experts

Our highly experienced admissions experts are what set us apart. We’ve recruited former Deans and Directors of Admissions from top colleges and universities, as well as highly experienced college counselors from some of the most prestigious private and boarding schools in the country. In total they have over 150 years of admissions experience.

Focused Support

Private instruction is the most effective form of teaching in the world, and for this reason all of our programs are one-to-one. With a private admissions counselor or essay coach, your child will be more comfortable raising questions and asking for help, and can work through the process at the right pace for his or her needs.

Successful Applications

The primary goal of our admissions support programs is making sure that your child puts his or her best foot forward, thereby maximizing his or her chances of gaining admissions. But for our admissions counseling we have a second goal, which is to help your child develop a healthy and realistic perspective on this whole process.

Multiple Admissions Support Options:

College Essay Coaching

College Admissions Consulting

Private
School Admissions Consulting

Boarding School Admissions Consulting

You (and your family) are busy

To be effective, a college counseling program has to work with your family’s schedule. We make life simpler by bringing the support to you, and making logistics easy:

A Professional Admission Guidance and Support for College Admissions in India

There are over 1000 universities and 40,000 colleges offering more than 600 courses of study in colleges for making 1,000 plus careers in India. However, for admission into many courses such as engineering, medicine, law, management, hotel management etc, several entrance exams need to be written. In addition, there many variations in courses and their admission process across colleges and universities across India. Whatโ€™s more, there are several changes that are getting introduced in the higher education system, practically every year. 

All this becomes very confusing for the student when he or she goes to seek a college admission. And as if that is not enough, one mistake on part of the student in following the admission process and it is all over. The application is rejected! The need of the hour is professional college admission guidance and support for college admissions in India. And that is what the Admission service is.

Traders Union experts identified the best forex brokers

Traders Union experts identified the best forex brokers 

The most crucial choice you must make once you have decided to begin dealing in the forex marketplace is which forex broker to employ. It can take a lot of time and research to determine the difference between excellent and poor brokers before deciding which broker to use because this is such a big decision and you don’t have much experience making them. With the introduction of our new service, we have eliminated the difficult task of making this choice by giving you all the information you require. There are benefits and drawbacks to each broker that offers FX investments. The level of security offered by these businesses, regulation, and transaction fees are some of the most crucial factors to take into account.

Photo by Kelly on Pexels.com

It’s important to select a broker who will match your specific needs as a dealer as well as one that is suitable and trustworthy. There are a few important things that every dealer needs to think about in order to make a wise choice. Spend some time finding a trustworthy best forex broker to ensure that your funds and trades will be handled properly. 

The first indication of a trustworthy and competent broker is typically regulation. Regulated brokers are required to hold customer funds apart from their working capital in segregated bank accounts. To guarantee that their dealing services are always fair and transparent, they also promise to conduct sporadic platform checks.

Additionally, you are guaranteed fair arbitration in the event of a dispute while dealing with a licensed broker. Members of the community cite Pepperstone Broker as a reasonably steady business with advantageous terms for dealing with currency pairs and CFDs. It provides two separate live account types with various terms in addition to a demo account. Negative balance protection is provided to all customers, which is another security justification. Because the company offers the option to auto-replicate transactions, which can generate a respectable passive income for everyone, even inexperienced dealers with limited dealing experience may be interested in it.

Experienced dealers can also benefit from the broker’s terms and a broad selection of financial products. More than 1200 dealing units, including a range of contracts and currency pairs, serve as its representation. 

The organization offers the chance to use a variety of dealing techniques, including manual dealing, advisor-assisted trades, buy and sell, news dealing, and scalping. Due to all of this, the broker is highly appealing to customers globally, so according to this  source  Traders Union experts can recommend it. 

For individuals who want to mix active manual dealing with expert advisors, Pepperstone is a fantastic solution. Sadly, there aren’t any investment plans like trust management. However, social dealing is available, enabling you to automatically copy trades and receive dealing indications from knowledgeable market participants. As a result, both experienced and new dealers continue to make money.

How to write a good resume

Your resume must clearly, concisely and strategically present your qualifications to get a recruiter interested in meeting you. It should convey your skills, work experience and assets. The resume is used to describe what you can accomplish professionally in a manner that also illustrates what you can do for an employer. Job opportunities can arise unexpectedly. An updated modern resume is the key to a successful job search. Here are some do’s and don’ts of how to write a good resume and what to include.

This guide will show you: 

  • How to write a resume that recruiters will love, with plenty of examples. 
  • How to write a resume summary, work experience, and other sections, step-by-step. 
  • Ways to highlight your skills and achievements on your professional resume. 
Photo by Sora Shimazaki on Pexels.com

Resume Writing Do’s

Keep your resume clear and concise

An employer takes an average of 30 seconds to skim a resume. You want them to see right away that you are qualified for the position. Proofread your resume numerous times

Be sure there are no spelling or grammar mistakes. Have someone else read it over as well. A simple spelling mistake on a resume can give a negative impression to the employer. It can even prevent you from getting the job.Limit your resume to two pages

Place the emphasis of your resume on your most recent experience. Older jobs and experience that are more than 15 years old should either be cut out or minimized. This way, the employer can focus on more relevant information.Tailor your resume to suit the position you are applying for

Specify work experience or achievements that are related to the position you are applying to. This can be done by reviewing the job description or the employer website.Highlight what you have accomplished

You want to be able to identify the best examples of where you demonstrated your skills. These examples should speak to what you achieved in your role, and should demonstrate what kind of employee you are. It is best to include this information in the “Work experience” section of the resume.Be honest

Lying on your resume is never a good idea. You don’t want to overstate your skills or results as it will mislead the employer. Have confidence in what you have to offer. Quantify your achievements 

Use firm numbers that the employer will understand and be impressed by. For example, how many people you supervised, how many products you sold, by what percentage you increased sales, etc.Use simple words and action verbs

The person reading your resume might not always be the employer. Resumes can be reviewed by recruiters or Human Resources specialists who may not be familiar with your specific field. Use simple and plain language, but also persuasive verbs such as handled, managed, led, developed, increased, accomplished, leveraged, etc.Include unpaid work that show off your skills

If you have volunteered with a well-known organization or worked for an important cause, put it in your resume. You should include these experiences under the “Work experience” or the “Volunteer work” section, especially if they are related to the position you are applying for. Double check and include your contact information

Your resume should list your name, address, email and phone number. This information should be placed at the top of the first page. Also, make sure this information is accurate. Otherwise, the employer won’t be able to contact you. For more sample, you can see Seattle Resume.

1. Start with Proper Resume Formatting

Would you believe that the looks of your resume are just as important as its contents? 

Itโ€™s trueโ€”

It all starts with the right presentation. Your resume could be filled with mind-blowing achievements, but no one will see them if the layout is off-putting or difficult to read.ย 

2. Write an Eye-Catching Resume Summary or Objective

Recruiters spend just a few seconds scanning a resume and deciding whether to actually read it properly. A strong, compelling resume introduction can be your golden ticket to the โ€œreadโ€ pile. 

If you have some relevant work experience, combine your biggest professional achievements into a resume summary. Itโ€™ll show off your biggest selling points straight away!ย 

3. Show Off Your Achievements in Your Resume Work History

Here it isโ€”

The most important part of your resume. 

If the recruiter decides to give your job application a chance based on your formatting and profile, this is the section theyโ€™ll focus on the most.ย 

4. Use Your Education to Your Advantage

The importance of your education section depends on your level of experienceโ€”

If youโ€™ve worked in relevant positions for several years, you can stick to the basics. Provide your highest level of schooling, including the name of the institution and the years of attendance. Add your CGPA if it was >90%.ย 

5. List the Most Relevant Professional Skills on Your Resume

There are hundreds of soft and hard skills you could list on your resumeโ€”

6. Include Additional Sections on Your Resume

You have a good resume on your handsโ€”

Time to make it great. 

Take your job application from merely correct to outstanding by including some of these extra sections: 

  • Certifications: list any additional certs and diplomas you obtained in your field. As always, make sure theyโ€™re actually relevant to the job youโ€™re applying for! 
  • Memberships: are you a member of a professional association? Perhaps youโ€™ve organized a workshop, mentored a junior colleague, or given a lecture as part of your membership? All of these will make your resume stand out! 
  • Volunteering: helping out at non-profits shows youโ€™re an empathetic team player and adds personality to your resume. 
  • Languages: the ability to speak a foreign language is always a plus. You donโ€™t have to be fluent in a language to mention it on your resume, either: just specify your level of proficiency, e.g. French (intermediate); German (minimum working proficiency)
  • Hobbies and interests:ย believe it or not,ย theseย canย go on your resume. Just make sure to list hobbies that show your skills or personality in a positive light.ย 

Depending on your experience and profession, you can also include other categories, such asย publications,ย projects, orย awards.ย 

7. Attach a Cover Letter to Your Resume

Congrats! 

Looks like your resume is all done and ready to win you a job. 

But a resume alone is not enough: 

Send it out with a cover letter to boost its effectiveness and maximize your chances of landing the job.ย 

8. Add your contact information and personal details

This is one of the most important sections of your resume. If hiring managers canโ€™t contact you, it doesnโ€™t matter how great the rest of your resume is. So you need to make sure that your contact info is accurate and up-to-date.

The following information should appear at the top of your resume:

  • Name
  • Phone number
  • Location (City, State, Zip Code)
  • Email Address
  • LinkedIn profile URL

How can you fix a crack in a wooden cane?

Apparently, if you have a wooden cane that’s cracked, the best way is to use the right type of glue. And while this might seem like a simple task, if you don’t know what kind of glue to use, or how much to apply, it can end up being difficult. Luckily, there are lots of different types of adhesives that work well for this purpose and depending on what type of wood your cane is made out of, one or more will be recommended.

Photo by Emir Kaan Okutan on Pexels.com

How To Fix A Crack In A Wooden Cane

If your wooden cane has a crack in it, there’s no need to throw it away. With a little bit of know-how, you can easily fix the crack and extend the life of your cane.

Here’s what you’ll need:

  • A piece of sandpaper
  • A wood glue
  • A clamps

First, use the sandpaper to smooth out the edges of the crack. This will help the glue adhere better. Next, apply a generous amount of wood glue to the crack, and use the clamps to hold everything in place while the glue dries.  Once the glue is dry, your cane should be as good as new!

1. Drill a small hole into the crack

If your wooden cane has cracked, you can easily fix it with a few simple supplies. All you need is a drill, some sandpaper, and some wood glue.

Start by drilling a small hole into the crack. This will give you something to work with when it comes to gluing the crack together. Next, take some sandpaper and smooth out the edges of the hole. This will help the glue adhere better.Finally, apply some wood glue to the hole and clamp it shut. Let it dry for 24 hours before using your cane again.

2. Cut a small piece of wire that’s approximately 50% longer than the cane is deep

If your wooden cane is cracked, you can fix it by cutting a small piece of wire that’s approximately 50% longer than the cane is deep. First, use a sharp knife to remove any splinters from the crack. Next, insert the wire into the crack and twist it until it’s tight. Finally, use a hammer to lightly tap the wire into place.

3. Bend one of the two wires on each end over to form a hook shape

If your wooden cane is cracked, you can easily fix it with some wire and a little bit of effort. First, find two pieces of wire that are the same length as the cane. Then, bend one of the wires on each end over to form a hook shape. Next, thread the other wire through the hooks and tighten it until the crack is no longer visible. Finally, trim any excess wire and enjoy your newly repaired cane!

4. Wrap one end of the wire, about an inch from the bend, around one side of the cane

If your wooden cane has a crack, there is an easy way to fix it. All you need is some wire and a few tools. First, wrap one end of the wire around one side of the cane, about an inch from the bend. Then, use a pair of pliers to twist the wire until it is tight. Next, cut off any excess wire with a pair of scissors. Now your cane is ready to use again!

5. Wrap the other end over to meet up with the first hook 

If the cane is too long, you can cut it down to size with a hacksaw. Just be sure to measure twice and cut once! Once you have the cane the right size, it’s time to start wrapping. Take the end of the wraps and thread it through the first hook. Then, wrap the material around the cane until you reach the second hook. From there, simply continue wrapping until you reach the end of the cane. When you’re finished, tie off the end of the wraps and trim any excess material.Your cane is now ready to use! Enjoy your newfound mobility and support!

Study on Service Quality and Consumer Preferences regarding the Mobile Services Providers in India

Dr. Pankaj Sharma

Assistant Professor, Department of Commerce

Presidency College-Alwar (Raj.)

Abstract:          

In the last ten years, the mobile revolution has truly changed the socio-economic landscape of India and played a pivotal role in the growth and development of the economy. According to Cellular Operator Association of India (COAI), India ranks between the top ten telecom network in the world and the second largest in Asia. India is also one of the fastest growing markets in mobile communications. Telecom Regulatory Authority of India’s report on Telecom Services Performance (TRAI, 2010) indicates cellular mobile subscriber base touching 755.71 million in June 2021. Growth in India’s mobile telephone sector has been nothing short of spectacular in the past few years, aided by higher subscriber volumes, lower tariffs and falling handset prices. India is home to a number of global mobile operators working with local companies and mobile market has consistently experienced very high annual growth rates with the continuous decline in tariff.

The mobile sector subscribers India have grown from around 10 million subscribers in the year 2012 to 350.93 million by the end of February 2021. According to Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI), a total of 8.49 million telephone connections were added during February 2021. The annual growth of mobile cellular services recorded in India during the last few years has been nearly 100 percent, but still, after over a decade of start of mobile services in the country, only 30 percent of the 600 million addressable markets of mobile users in the country of over one billion people have been reached. Today, around eight million new telephone subscribers are being added in India every month. This is mostly in the mobile telephone segment.

Key Words: TRAI, COAI, MNP, GSMA.

Introduction: –

In the fiscal year 2023, more than 100 million mobile phone subscribers in India took advantage of the mobile number portability feature to change their telecom operator, as per data released by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI). This figure accounts for approximately 12 percent of India’s total mobile subscriber base and indicates a significant shift in consumer preferences within the telecom industry.

According to the report of Kotak Institutional Equities, an average of 10 million mobile subscribers ported their numbers each month in FY23, resulting in a cumulative total of 121 million instances of number porting throughout the fiscal year. The data suggest that subscribers were drawn to switch operators due to the low-ticket prepaid plans. 

While the participation of all operators in this practice results in a net zero effect on subscriber numbers, it has led to an unnecessary increase in customer acquisition costs. 

However, a recent rural survey conducted by IIFL, a leading financial services company, indicates a potential downtrend in overall subscriber churn in the upcoming months. The survey, conducted in Mumbai and nearby rural and semi-urban districts, reveals that operators are implementing more disciplined approaches to acquiring subscribers. 

The reduction in trade payouts on Mobile Number Portability (MNP) and new SIM activation is cited as a significant contributing factor, with telcos adjusting their payouts based on their strengths and weaknesses in specific micro-markets.

As per the report, the Indian telecom landscape continues to witness dynamic changes, with subscribers switching operators to capitalize on attractive plans and incentives, the telecom operators are being compelled to refine their strategies for customer acquisition and retention. 

Market Overview:- 

Much has changed in the Indian telecom landscape since our last mobile network experience report in October 2022. Airtel became the first to launch commercially, using non-standalone access (NSA) technology and naming it 5G Plus. On the other hand, Jio has taken the 5G standalone access (SA) route calling it True 5G, and uses the 700 MHz band (5G low-band spectrum) that no other Indian operator currently has.

Since then, both operators have been putting significant efforts into expanding their 5G footprint. As of March 2023, Jio claims to have rolled out 5G in 406 cities. Meanwhile, rival Airtel argues it is ahead in the race with a 5G footprint of 500 cities. However, by contrast, India’s third largest operator Vi has not formally announced its 5G launch date, while state-owned BSNL is strengthening its 4G network and aiming to launch 5G by 2024.

These 5G efforts in India have been paying off, as in Opensignal’s recent 5G analysis, we found that users across India are experiencing huge uplifts in experience with 5G compared to 4G, and Tier 2 cities see some of the most significant jumps.

In this report, Opensignal has analyzed the overall mobile network and 5G experience together for the first time and given awards for India’s 5G experience. Opensignal results show that since the last report and the launch of 5G, the overall speed experience across India has improved massively, aided by our 5G users spending significant amounts of time with 5G.

For this analysis, Opensignal has assessed the overall mobile network experience of our users on the four main mobile network operators in India: Airtel, BSNL, Jio and Vi, over a period of 90 days starting on December 1, 2022, and ending on February 28, 2023, to understand how they compare nationally as well as in 22 telecom circles. We have also analyzed the 5G experience of our users on the two Indian operators that have commercially launched 5G โ€” Airtel and Jio. In addition to the 5G Experience metrics, which represent the experience of our 5G users when they have an active 5G connection, we also include โ€“ 5G User measures (such as Download Speed Experience โ€“ 5G Users) that show the overall experience of our 5G users across all generations of mobile technology.

The mobile phone network enables wireless communication using mobile devices, such as mobile phones, smart phones or tablets. Mobile phone networks provide the necessary infrastructure and are operated by mobile phone providers. In addition to the access network, which establishes the wireless connection to the terminal devices by radio, a core network exists that connects the individual access points to each other. The core network ensures that mobile users can exchange information with those using other access networks or external networks. The main distinguishing factor between fixed and mobile networks is in the access network. The landline network also uses a similar or the same core network, but, as opposed to the mobile network, uses wired technologies in its access network.

 

Mobile network and mobile data transmission:-

To begin with, the mobile network was planned almost exclusively for voice communication, however, mobile data usage has become increasingly important over the years, especially with the advent of smart phones and tablets. This is also a major reason behind the rapid development of mobile communication standards. Whereas standards such as GPRS or EDGE only enable transmission speeds in the kilobits per second range, modern mobile networks, with 3G or 4G technology, such as UMTS and LTE, achieve bandwidths of many megabits per second. The LTE standard allows transfer rates of more than 100 megabits per second and, by using various different frequency ranges, can cover a large area around the radio mast.

Telecommunication is one of the prime support services needed for the rapid growth and modernisation of varioussectors of the economy. Telecom services have been recognised the world-over as an important tool for the socio-economic development of a nation. It has become the need of the hour in recent years because of the enormous andtremendous growth of information technology and it has played a pivotal role in the development of the economy. The Telecom Sector, which has a multiplier effect on the economy, has influenced the economy by way of contributing to the increased efficiency. The Government of India shows the importance of world-class telecommunication infrastructure and information as the key to the rapid socio-economic stride of the country.

Review of literature:-

Bepko and Pleger (2012) in their article โ€œService Intangibility and Its Impact on Consumer Expectations of Service Qualityโ€ stated that among the areas which need to be addressed in service quality research is the nature of consumerexpectations across the range of intangibility. Previous research had compared consumersโ€™ service quality expectations across services, but different groups of subjects were evaluated for each different service. The problem with using different subjects for each service is that the subjectโ€™s demographic characteristics may be responsible for the significant differences in expectations of quality.

Jamal and Naser (2019) , in their article named โ€œCustomer Satisfaction and Retail Banking: An Assessment of Some of the key Antecedents of Customer Satisfaction in Retail Banking,โ€ suggested that customer satisfaction is based notonly on the judgment of customers towards the reliability of the delivered service, but also on customersโ€™ experiences with the service delivery process. Hence, they reported demographic differences (education and income levels) in the degree of customer satisfaction.

Growth of telecom sector:-

 

The telecom sector exhibited strong growth over the last few years on the back of strong consumer demand and supportive policies of the Government of India. The government has ensured fair competition among service providers, and a fair and proactive regulatory framework that has resulted in telecom services being available to consumer at affordable prices. Further it has made sustained efforts at encouraging telecom equipment manufacture. The deregulation of Foreign Direct Investment norms has led an increase in FDI in the Telecom sector.

India is currently the worldโ€™s second-largest telecommunications market with a subscriber base of 1.18 billion. Indiaโ€™sgrowing mobile economy now constitutes about 98% of all telephone subscriptions. The mobile industry has witnessed exponential growth over the last few years driven by affordable tariffs, wider availability, roll out of Mobile Number Portability (MNP), expanding 4G coverage, evolving consumption patterns and supportive policy and regulatoryenvironment. As per a GSMA report, the mobile industry supports about 6.5% of Indiaโ€™s GDP. The figure accounts for both the direct economic activity generated by mobile operators and an indirect effect on the rest of the economy resulting from increased use of mobile technology by individuals and firms. Telecom industry contribution to GDP is expected to reach 8.2% by 2022. The Government has placed considerable emphasis on growth of internet and broadband in the country as part its Digital India campaign. Mobile has now emerged as the main platform for internetaccess in India, bringing connectivity to many previously unconnected populations. Efforts are being made to address thedigital divide by extending inclusive internet access to every Indian, as mobile technology looks to empower the masses and become the critical means of accessing a broad range of public services.

As per GSMA Reports, mobile technologies and services generated 4.6% of GDP globally in 2021, a contribution that amounted to $3.9 trillion of economic value added. By 2023, this contribution will reach $4.8 trillion, or 4.8% of GDP, as countries around the globe increasingly benefit from the improvements in productivity and efficiency brought aboutby increased take-up of mobile services. In 2021, the wider mobile ecosystem also supported a total of 32 million jobs(directly and indirectly) and made a substantial contribution to the funding of the public sector, with almost $510 billionraised through general taxation (before regulatory and spectrum fees). Further ahead, 5G technologies are expected tocontribute $2.2 trillion to the global economy over the next 15 years, with key sectors such as manufacturing, utilitiesand professional/financial services benefiting the most from the new technology.

List of telecom companies in India:-

 

Wireless subscribers

As of 30 September 2021, there are 1148.58 million wireless subscribers including inactive users in India according to Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI).

Table

WIRELESS SUBSCRIBERS IN INDIA

SlnoOperatorsNo.of subscribers(in mi)
1JIO404.13
2AIRTEL326.61
3VI295.50
4BSNL118.99
5MTNL3.34

Source: www.trai.gov.in

Wireline operators

As of 30 September 2021, there are 20.08 million Wireline subscribers in India according to Telecom RegulatoryAuthority of India (TRAI)

 

Table

                                    WIRELINE OPERATORS IN INDIA

 OperatorSubscribers (millions)Ownership
1BSNL10.78Government of India
2Airtel4.45Bharti Airtel
3Jio2.08Jio Platforms
4Tata Teleservices1.71Tata Group
5Vi0.51Vodafone Idea Limited
6Reliance Communications0.42Reliance ADAG

Source: www.trai.gov.in

Foreign direct investment:

Foreign Direct Investment has played an important role in shaping the progress of the telecom sector over the years, and in financing expansion of telecom infrastructure in the country. The FDI flows in the telecom sector in the last few yearshave been as follows:

 

Table

FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT

YEARRs. in crores
2015-168637
2016-1737435
2017-1839748
2018-1918337
2020-2129724

Source: The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT)

           

Conclusion:

India is currently the worldโ€™s second-largest telecommunications market with a subscriber base of 1.18 billion. Telecom industry contribution to Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is expected to reach 8.2% by 2021. Most of the customers are male (58.5 per cent)who are under the age group of 20-30 years (30 percent) are working in various jobs(29.3 per cent) and earning a monthly income of Rs.10000 to Rs.30000. The quality parameters designed by the selected mobile phone service providers are technology up gradation from 4G to 5 G, innovative and attractive offers, recharge services likemassive recharging outlets and multiple recharge options and attractive advertisements to influence their customers. The mobile consumersโ€™ expectations from the service providers are good network coverage, multiple offers with unlimited calls, data in different GB, free SMS and increasing validity period, which are make them satisfied with thecurrent mobile service providers, on the other hand if the mobile service providers fails to satisfy the expectations of the customers, they pave the way to switch over to other mobile service providers. The consumers facing various problems like disconnection of calls, sudden winding up of companies, not able to contact customer care service people, high consumption of data and so on. To overcome the problems, the mobile service providers are following various strategieslike, quick connection while making calls, attractive and unlimited calls and data (increasing data from 1 GB to 2 GB and 2 GB to 3GB per day), providing value added services at free of cost, increasing the number of towers for efficient networking to satisfy the existing customers and to retain them and also increase new customers.

This study was undertaken to examine and understand the consumers’ perception choice in selecting cellular mobile telecommunication service providers. Consumers’ perception is widely varied in accordance with the Communication quality, call service, facilities, price, customer care and service provider’s quality. Hence, from the result of our study, we can deliberately conclude that price has significant positive impact on consumer perception choice in selecting telecommunication service provider. Hence, product quality from the marketer’s perspective is associated with communication, price, feature, function, or performance of a product. Price plays a significant roll in the purchase decision of the telecommunications sector. However, our study shows that product quality and availability has a significant impact on consumer perception choice in selecting mobile telecommunication service provider and supported.

The outcome of this research shows a comprehensively integrated framework for us to understand the vibrant relationships among several dimensions of service quality, price, product quality and availability, and promotion to have handful ideas on the consumers’ perception. However, we still predict that further research efforts are being needed to examine these factors with additional samples before generalization can be made.

 Scope for future study:-

The new areas for further research are customersโ€™ preference and satisfaction of the mobile service provider at the state level. Customersโ€™ preference and satisfaction of the mobile applications, because in the modern days all the transactions are made through mobile phone applications. Further research may also be conducted to analyse the reasons for thedeclining usage of desktops and laptops, because nowadays one can substitute all his communication and computational needs through one smartphone. Nowadays smart phones are used for children online education, business, health, foods and also in social networking. Further research enables institutions to implement courses in mobileapplications.

REFERENCES:

  1. Jonathan, Lee, Janghyuk, Lee and Lawrence, Feick, โ€œThe Impact of Switching Costsย onย theย CustomerSatisfactionย -Loyaltyย Link:ย Mobileย Phoneย Serviceย inย France”,ย Journalย of Services Marketing, 15ย ISSN:ย 1, 2001,ย pp.35โ€“48.
    1. Leisen, B. and Vance, C. (2001). โ€œCross-national assessment of service quality in the telecommunicationindustry: Evidence from the USA and Germany.โ€Managing Service Quality, Vol.11, No.5, pp.307-317.
    1. Bebko and Pleger, Charlene (2002), โ€œService Intangibility and Its Impact on Consumer Expectations of Service Quality,โ€ Journal of Service Marketing, Vol.14, No.2, pp.9-26.
    1. Jamal, A. and Nasar, K., (2002). โ€œCustomer Satisfaction and Retail Banking: An Assessment of Some of thekey Antecedents of Customer Satisfaction in Retail Banking,โ€ International Journal of Bank Marketing, Vol.20,No.4, pp.146-160.
    1. Chuโ€Mei Liu, (2002) “The effects of promotional activities on brand decision in the cellular telephone industry”, Journal of Product & Brand Management, Vol.11, Issue 1, pp.42-51.
    1. Baba Shiv and Joel Huber (2000), โ€œThe Impact of Anticipating Satisfaction on Consumer Choice,โ€ Journal ofConsumer Research, Vol.27, No.2 (September), pp.202-216.
    1. K.E. Lommeruda, and L. Sorgard, (2003), โ€œEntry in Telecommunication: Customer Loyalty, Price Sensitivity and Access Pricesโ€, Information Economics and Policy, Vol.15, 2003, pp.55โ€“72.
    1. Jukka, P., Marjukka, P., Rauli, S. and Heikki, K. (2003). โ€œAn investigation of consumer behaviour in mobilephone markets in Finlandโ€ Submission to 32nd EMAC conference, Track: New Technologies and E Marketing, Economics and Industrial Management, University of Oulu.
    1. Oestmann, S. (2003) Mobile operators: their contribution to universal service and public access. Availableonline: http://rru.worldbank.org / documents / Mobile_operators.pdf
    1. Gronroos, C., (2004). โ€œThe relationship marketing process: Communication, interaction, dialogue, value.โ€ TheJournal of Business and Industrial Marketing, Vol.19, No.2, pp.99-113.
    1. Hawkins, Del I.;Best, Roger J.;Coney, Kenneth A. (2004). Consumer Behavior: Building Marketing Strategy, 9th edition, Published by McGraw-Hill Irwin, Boston, MA
    1. Lam, S.Y., Shankar, V., Erramilli, M.K., and Murthy, B. (2004).โ€œCustomer value, satisfaction, loyalty, and switching costs: an illustration from a business-to-business service context.โ€ Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, Vol.32, No.3, pp.293- 311
    1. Avnish Bansal, โ€œCell Phones Taking Control of Our Livesโ€, Electronics for You, 2005, p.34.
    1. Mukesh Chaturvedi and Abhinav Chaturvedi, โ€œCustomer Relationship Management โ€“ An India Perspectiveโ€, Excel Books, ISBN10: 8174464565 ISBN13: 9788174464569, New Delhi 2005, p.36.
    1. Media Reports and Press Releases, Cellular Operators Authority of India (COAI), Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI), Department of Telecommunication (DoT)Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), India Services Sector Report by Deloitte.

ACCA Course Details

ACCA is the global CA. A UK based programme which gives you the liberty to practice accounting in India as well as overseas.

It is recognized in Canada, Singapore, UAE and over 180 countries. Industry giants like The Big4, Credit Suisse, Goldman Sachs and many more are actively hiring ACCAs because of their commendable skill sets.

The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants popularly know as ACCA is a globally recognised course with over 200,000 members and 600,000 students across 180+ countries. The ACCA qualification is considered the largest professional accounting qualification in the world.

ACCA course is one of the most prestigious certifications in accounting and is preferred by many students who want to build a successful career abroad. There are online portals like Genesis Origo which provide educational training for clearing this exam.

Key Highlights of ACCA

  • Platinum Approved Learning Partner โ€“ F2F Mumbai
  • ACCA Qualified Faculty
  • 100% Placement Assistance
  • 80% Passing Rate
  • ACCA World Rankholders as Alumni
  • Fee waivers & No Cost EMI Options
  • In-house Learning Management Platform
  • Cost friendly variants of Program
Photo by Andrea Piacquadio on Pexels.com

Eligibility

Minimum eligibility criteria for the program

To be eligible to register for ACCA qualification, students should have qualified their 10+2 examinations with an aggregate of 65% in Mathematics / Accounts and English, and a minimum of 50% in other subjects. 

Students who have just cleared their class 10 examinations, or do not qualify as per the aforementioned criteria, can still register for the ACCA qualification via Foundation in Accountancy (FIA) route.

Syllabus

Knowledge Level
  • BT โ€“ Business & Technology
  • MA โ€“ Management Accounting
  • FA โ€“ Financial Accounting
Skill Level
Professional Level

ACCA Syllabus

ACCA as a course covers aspects of Chartered Accountancy such as Accounting, Financial Reporting, Auditing, Taxation, Business Finance and Financial Management.

ACCA Syllabus has a total of 13 examinations that a candidate must appear for. The 13 exams are split into 3 levels โ€“ Knowledge, Skill and Professional.

The Knowledge Level exams are on-demand exams that can be appeared at any time in the 365 days of the year. The Skill and Professional Level exams are conducted every March, June, September and December.

While before 2021, the Professional level exams were paper-based, all 3 levels of the ACCA syllabusย  are now computer-based (CBE).

Knowledge Level

  • Accountant in Business (AB)
  • Management Accounting (MA)
  • Financial Accounting (FA)

Skill Level

  • Corporate and Business Law (LW)
  • Performance Management (PM)
  • Taxation (TX)
  • Financial Reporting (FR)
  • Audit and Assurance (AA)
  • Financial Management (FM)

Most spoken languages in the world

Knowing this information is essential to understand if youโ€™re planning a global expansion strategy and levelling up in the business world. Additionally, whether in the workplace or personal development, knowledge of more than one language offers us new horizons and the opportunity to expand our cultural understanding.

Fromย theย languages that English speakers will findย easy to learn, to theย more difficult languages, we’ve compiled this all-encompassing list for you based on real data.ย The German Language is easy to learn, start German Listening

So keep reading to find out what the most spoken languages are.

1.ย Englishย (1,132 million speakers)

  • Native speakers: 379 million
  • Non-native speakers: 753 million

Like Latin orย Greekย at the time, English is the universal language of today. It is the default language in international business, tourism, technology, and much more.

A bilingual person, who speaks Spanish and English, can understand 1 in 3 people who connect to the Internet. In addition, he or she can access over 60% of everything published on the web

2.ย Mandarinย (1,117 million speakers)

Mandarin_and_Cantonese.jpg
  • Native speakers: 918 million
  • Non-native speakers: 199 million

Adding native and non-native speakers, Mandarin is the second most widely spoken language in the world. However, it is the first, if only native speakers are taken into account.

Mandarin is not actually a language, but a set of dialects of the Chinese language. What unifies these dialects under the same name is that their speakers can understand each other.

Interestingly, 20% of people who connect to the internet speak Chinese, but only just over 1% of the content available on the web is in the Chinese language.

3.ย Hindiย (615 million speakers)

  • Native speakers: 341 million
  • Non-native speakers: 274 million

Hindi is, along with English, one of the 22 officialย languages of India, the second most inhabited country in the world. The regionโ€™s linguistic diversity (more than 1,600 languages coexist) explains the high rate of non-native speakers who use it as a lingua franca.

4.ย Spanishย (534 million speakers)

Child_in_Mexico_who_can_speak_Spanish.jpg
  • Native speakers: 460 million
  • Non-native speakers: 74 million

Spanish is the second of the most widely spoken languages globally in terms of the number of native speakers. In addition, it is the most spoken of theย Romance languages, andย is the third most used on the internet.

Its enormous colonial expansion took it not only to America, but also to Africa and Asia. Due to migration, the United States is the second country with the largest number of Spanish speakers in the world.

5.ย Frenchย (280 million speakers)

  • Native speakers: 77 million
  • Non-native speakers: 203 million

Colonialism allowed French to spread throughout the world. Today it is the official language of 29 countries on different continents.

If English is the language of business, French is considered the language of culture. Its enormous importance is also reflected in the fact that it is the third language with the largest number of non-native speakers.

6.ย Arabicย (274 million speakers)

Walking_towards_Egyptian_pyramids_Arabic_language.jpg
  • Native speakers: 245 million
  • Non-native speakers: 29 million

Arabic is the official language of 26 countries. Due to this territorial coverage, it is actually a set of dialects. It is also the liturgical language of Islam.

It is not only the language that treasures the enormous cultural legacy of the Arab world, but also a necessary tool for the field of business in that region of the world.

7. Bengali (265 million speakers)

  • Native speakers: 228 million
  • Non-native speakers: 37 million

Bengali is the official language of Bangladesh. In addition, people speak it in some areas of India and Burma. It may come as a surprise that a language spoken in such a small territory appears in a list of the most spoken languages in the world. However, it makes sense when you think about the population density of that region.

8.ย Russianย (258 million speakers)

  • Native speakers: 154 million
  • Non-native speakers: 104 million

Less surprising is the inclusion of Russian among the most widely spoken languages globally if we think about Russian history and territories. It is the official language of four countries, but people also speak it in all those part of the former Soviet Union. It is the language with the largest number of native speakers in all of Europe.

9.ย Portugueseย (234 million speakers)

Christ_the_redeemer_Brazil_Portuguese_language.jpg
  • Native speakers: 221 million
  • Non-native speakers: 13 million

Portuguese is another of the languages that expanded in the European colonial period. Today itโ€™s the official language of nine countries divided between Europe, America, Africa and Asia. Brazil is the largest country out of those nine and has the most amount of Portuguese speakers. In addition, it is the most widely spoken language in the southern hemisphere.

10.ย Indonesianย (198 million speakers)

  • Native speakers: 43 million
  • Non-native speakers: 155 million

Bahasa Indonesian is the official language of Indonesia, the fourth most populous country in the world. Peculiarly, itโ€™s not the native language of most of its speakers. Rather, itโ€™s a second language necessary for mutual understanding in a country with more than 200 languages.

Top 20 Languages are as follows

1ย Englishย 1.5 B

2ย Mandarin Chineseย 1.1 B

3ย Hindiย 602.2 M

4ย Spanishย 548.3 M

5ย Frenchย 274.1 M

6ย Standard Arabicย 274.0 M

7ย Bengaliย 272.7 M

8ย Russianย 258.2 M

9ย Portugueseย 257.7 M

10ย Urduย 231.3 M

11ย Indonesianย 199.0 M

12ย Standard Germanย 134.6 M

13ย Japaneseย 125.4 M

14ย Nigerian Pidginย 120.7 M

15ย Marathiย 99.1 M

16ย Teluguย 95.7 M

17ย Turkishย 88.1 M

18ย Tamilย 86.4 M

19ย Yue Chineseย 85.6 M

20ย Vietnameseย 85.3 M

What are benefits of using Resume Templates

When it comes to writing and submitting resumes and cover letters to potential employers, most of us have two options. We can throw ourselves fully and exclusively into each individual open position we find, spending hours or days drafting a resume and cover letter that targets those specific employers. The second option is that we can create a basic resume and cover letter template that tells the world at large who we are, what we can do, and what we want. Cover letter andย resume templatesย can then be altered in a minimal way for each individual submission. Between the two, the template option is usually a wiser move. If youโ€™re wondering if you should use a resume template, here are a few reasons you might benefit from one. You can check out Google doc templates for your Resume at https://www.careerreload.com

If youโ€™re creating a resume, you probably have a lot of ideas about the information youโ€™d like to display. Even if you have great educational and field credentials, listing them in the appropriate manner is very important. Though some people may be well-versed in their field, designing a good-looking resume from scratch can be hard.ย Resume templatesย are a great solution to this problem. These resumes are pre-set with a theme and spaces for common information employers look for. You can take a lot of stress out of the creation process by starting with a solid template. You may also be able to speed things up significantly.

A Resume Template is Great for Professionals

If youโ€™re like most professionals, you spend a lot of time looking over your resume to think about ways you can improve it. As youโ€™re looking it over, you may notice small things that you donโ€™t like. Uneven spacing, slight differences in font styles, and improper use of page space are all things that can be an eyesore for you โ€“ or the person looking the resume over. Templates come preloaded with styles and sections already in place. This means all you need to do is plug in your information. You may choose to edit templates slightly if you feel comfortable enough doing so, or you may call on the help of resume professionals. In either case, making slight tweaks to existing templates is a lot quicker than starting from a blank page.

Accelerate and Improve Your Career Search

A resume template makes it easier for you to get your resume fully prepared and sent out to hiring managers. It also makes it easier when you want to update or modify your resume. Some people have plenty of skills and a solid education, but find theirย resume issuesย are slowing down their career search. If youโ€™ve experienced this problem, a resume template can be a great way to speed things along and take the stress out of the process. People who put a lot of time into their resumes do so because theyโ€™re passionate professionals who want to excel in their field of choice. A resume template can take a lot of stress out of the equation, making it easier to pursue a new career with confidence. Regardless of your field or the depth of your credentials, there are plenty of popular templates you can use to find success in the job search.

There are lots of benefits and advantages of using a resume template to build your resume. Read on for some of the most interesting benefits you should consider when deciding whether or not to use a resume template.

1. Organize Your Resume

It is very important that your resume is organized and filled out appropriately. A well-organized resume looks more professional than one that is not organized. Using a resume template helps you organize your thoughts and ensures that everything is filled in its appropriate place.[1] It helps you remember important details that should be on your resume, making sure that nothing important is left out.

2. No Experience Needed

You donโ€™t need any experience to create your resume using a resume template. Templates are always very easy to fill out and if you are not satisfied with the arrangement, you can modify it to best suit your individual needs as the job-seeker. 

โŒ„ Scroll down to continue reading article โŒ„

The Key to Succeeding in Life…

Do you know your mindset is the key to succeeding? Learn how to boost your mindset for success with Lifehack’s exclusive strategies!

Get FREE Guide

โŒ„ Scroll down to continue reading article โŒ„

A lot of people donโ€™t have a clue about how to start typing or building a resume from scratch. If youโ€™re anything like me and you are one of those people, you can keep things simple by using a resume template and be assured that you have correctly filled in every critical detail you require for the job application.

3. Make a Great First Impression

Your resume is the first understanding and impression that an employer gets of you.[2] It sets out your skills, talent level(s), experience, and all the other information an employer would need to know in order to understand your potential as a candidate for the job in question. If your resume is not properly written or constructed, you might not even be considered or given a chance to prove yourself. Using a creative resume template would help you adequately showcase your skills and talents to an employer.

4. Save Time

Designing and building your own resume from scratch can be time-consuming and after spending lots of time and energy on it, you might not end up with a good final result, especially if you are not familiar with great resume building. Using creative resume templates would be a good way to save your time and show your potential employers that you have the necessary skills for the job. 

Using resume templates is also a time-saving advantage if you are applying for more than one job. Creating different types of resumes for the jobs you are applying for could take a lot of time because not every job requires the same resume format because you might need different skills for different jobs and clients.

With a resume template, you can easily modify the template and create several versions of your resume that suit other job industry standards if you are applying for several jobs at the same time. That way you would have the appropriate resume format for each desired position or job that you are applying for.

Roman Civilization: Urban Planning and Principles

The Roman Civilization (c. 500 BCE โ€“ 476 CE in the West) represents one of the most advanced stages of urban planning in the ancient world. Building upon Greek ideas, the Romans developed a highly organized, engineering-driven, and standardized approach to city planning. Their cities were not only administrative and economic centers but also models of infrastructure, governance, and spatial efficiency.

Roman planning is particularly important because many of its principlesโ€”such as grid planning, road hierarchy, infrastructure integration, and public amenitiesโ€”form the basis of modern urban planning systems.


1. Concept of Roman Cities

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/aCHNJj0Io1r8_jjMdXbjFOlJ0rxa0O4fYfldPnOd70YVwrYK65z7IE0ClAQCUPMyg08YjMIULwT62D7t4liT16yIuXZKG3_87Z-4PVAVyu-Gr2vTLb1XhDk2H1Ie0HjzX-i7NlfSDLyIjKKq2KNmgnC_y0L6o02AJEWuMLXTurAzDfoWCaQqfGAK81GtfLL-?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/oF4wDRhz6z6oRhKeo6cZYSftTzhbHjiMzI-paUk1eq-gyraOjVsOfBu0LQk-qXmAHNaygYA6xvqDOnx3kFWU2QKITlabRmQFeu7cmnfujICOM6j0L6IFNiu5Q1n5KXT-jhIZOi_5uVEhPDU9v76FIGR3iQAiE6YsF6APfOH7FtgV4ozVt3O1MuoLaSSC_Rg5?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/TcJdX2yb2B9HrocGlJ7gkfJQKQVn8OC3AFXcDBdNmk1Eyg8MkPSOZd6N-S_rRdJlMNiaprfnb65Ei1ivimqnKlZEN48pbwsyE7ubJkKudkkTQj6kLKN2xcr_L9eTZtfXDG29i9dQ4Nz8NP5_LyUoBLMIur_STfyliQ_87avCnKmG2ky87mGP00zVH9T46Rzz?purpose=fullsize

7

Roman cities were highly structured and often derived from military camp planning (castrum).

Key Elements:

  • Cardo Maximus: Main northโ€“south road
  • Decumanus Maximus: Main eastโ€“west road
  • Forum: Central public and administrative space
  • City walls and gates
  • Public buildings and infrastructure

Planning Principle:

  • Order, standardization, and administrative efficiency

2. Influence of Military Planning (Castrum System)

Roman urban planning originated from military camps.

Features of Castrum Planning:

  • Rectangular layout
  • Grid pattern
  • Central intersection of main roads
  • Clearly defined zones

Planning Principle:

  • Discipline, uniformity, and control

๐Ÿ‘‰ This model was replicated in many Roman cities across Europe and beyond.


3. Settlement Pattern and Layout

3.1 Grid-Iron Pattern

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/3kJMxCTTkHKm4YSrmYqW05zMIMH0lJeA7bcavacLBb_SITBsz-1QBvawStm96M4ym9FGv83Pm4YwV7mHxGLYQ7xazImHQCH_YU-m-H5fakgIGI64Cg2XbghimX_mVlLsrHuepwwiTFuGWpwpJELuYZ2o4xi_akT9U4_ow2uRNCKSxMn8CyVy-rYocycImREz?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/L8Qw9DOwRGqSZbadlKU4ik4mRR5WomFaqff8JMpD4UKQ8Tp5-hGjYEtQzTDZF8m_GlcGgrhbhLDzPq40Imd7O754LFOTjoMTj_i3ruMziRbnXX5GGWPEDB2S5D329YOsani5toGT8J1Cr-F3qYIG3FYmWl_NzPTUqJKNzjMt-Ji2N0Bl4IE4hAyXd_nY7Jka?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/xT9nYNpmZmRYDMXeu3xESQ5AtgnmGrO7kGJ_4F8bLfOAGgZkU7ko6DRc5DqnJm54g2Elp02Sv8x7Rza1vC1e2a7fXaoqC4BkNcDSPkoO-twyQZh023Ix_kj1o6v4v4WEBHIPuDm6qKDwaUjU_QO8KnziisQoWcEr8E45dAOPP88DjnvGbKotQtuYgmZLVgpb?purpose=fullsize

6

Characteristics:

  • Streets intersect at right angles
  • Rectangular blocks (insulae)
  • Centralized planning

Examples:

  • Pompeii
  • Timgad

Planning Principle:

  • Geometric precision and spatial organization

4. Urban Structure and Land Use

4.1 Central Forum

  • Political, commercial, and social hub
  • Surrounded by public buildings

4.2 Functional Zoning

  • Residential areas (insulae for common people, domus for elites)
  • Administrative buildings
  • Religious structures (temples)
  • Commercial zones

4.3 Public Amenities

  • Baths (thermae)
  • Amphitheatres
  • Markets

Planning Principle:

  • Integration of multiple functions within a structured framework

5. Street Planning and Circulation

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/CXRV0OPdkxQvRQTADIBDvJ0r85CIK6HXsYED52E4zflXWktXusv_mUppEPODjgHNDSlpPE7hviQxcJ_e1uGDS6P7k7OGqo9B0Ao8K1r-GPKzNY8aTrTAjYXq3p6OhCYCpm5_EoYHsqyuOXtxWN2H2sOrX_IW9oFowc8fMsrsBDR2BoNGAANJdYM5HuyffPlk?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/BKr9o1GJyjQPjdJp22avwGdiik8H8qPedjyF4uAq_54V7v6gY1mcTaE7-yUukczptsFcfdoAnAz7j0NmDJCqj0u4Ivo7eN5tnf4ZajysHa7oRxLWXnWF4xkn9McyEJIyZuQ9rim1yRNLAB9UddVT_bOYv230msDU3GcFBlouzQodY9dGWgoQEe00_y3pQItu?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/EdMLTQJQof7jGkhM81qudLf8xS6AVxKfakjXYyGVYCjMuG7kf4_-VkU3pweMDyUw29l98yI0g6cOmr4rF-oHUytjJU5kKcJ6jmVThsU03roODEhqx8eJFoOdqhmChbY4Ao5mxYPvnKMqG7o6lWXS30ATyPD2sn-D2cOLAksjxbUM2K2o2QOHf6eClJ6Hnwz1?purpose=fullsize

7

Features:

  • Well-defined hierarchy of roads
  • Straight and wide main streets
  • Secondary and tertiary streets
  • Paved roads with drainage

Roman Road Network:

  • Extensive network connecting cities across the empire
  • Facilitated trade, military movement, and administration

Planning Principle:

  • Connectivity and efficient circulation

6. Infrastructure and Engineering Excellence

6.1 Water Supply (Aqueducts)

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/D1gQYom9xFjeCmHHHwgZiv2pqkqPCHRzr8BeKN_o7v4mgtZMelK4hhXjSDOuynsbNFdEIcBtXkFvlQteVhqqfJTzl75pvtPViealiRDf2S-6cV9UmSGr9N-Ckb-AjD3ZT7qDRgwP8Nb-mv5JnDtIIZsJfZAuAEihzCfMXo28njKouxOZuVMNgi9d-w67igy5?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/8XVhyCLta362SiHrB9lFZujfolt1i7cfjZjtjKWeLWs9uz2madvPffntVMGQeLVHsox8TMEwM6VtbKPH3K8YanaJJXlufd3YPHz9pdv2gYa3IQ7l8IG-UTBFGOgwjJG4kZXBYNhLK4dX8Djioe-qtZgkIxPEBgc4ZplWfVfnT0QKeIxubeMFbR6uJH2is-7u?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/EpIWjCNP6R0m7ZZ5DoDmIUD5Vz3kgJtn721AHwWHT6L34Dc08tpL8FyRLL1xbRnsTsRhJinBBAXlW3zQsGkH681QQuyQAwSABFKAkXJqc_h_QEOQ9QCJCFbw2AP_hmSCqhlL5XH2pkdNeAzLp6kY9te6EZWFd2pZW8mChOYricnUrCUPpNhzr7TFO4kQ9xqi?purpose=fullsize

6

  • Aqueducts transported water over long distances
  • Public fountains and baths

6.2 Drainage and Sewerage

  • Underground drainage systems
  • Example: Cloaca Maxima in Rome

6.3 Public Baths and Sanitation

  • Large bath complexes for hygiene and social life

Planning Principle:

  • Integration of infrastructure with urban design
  • Emphasis on public health and sanitation

7. Architecture and Housing

Types of Housing:

  • Domus: Houses for the wealthy
  • Insulae: Multi-story apartments for common people

Public Buildings:

  • Colosseum (amphitheatre)
  • Basilicas (administrative buildings)
  • Temples

Planning Principle:

  • Functional diversity and social stratification in housing

8. Public Spaces and Social Life

https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/CtPHkLrbQsNQ2rDV7xijj1M0AfehTWY7VNZ_FN18_LttRlWRD0NUg6rRkSe-iANXyvafz1nEh_sxW9NVC3ZYhOKcnX4WrS4aQKKXV7BwmEB41KQ_1xcUS6Vda-si9b4Sot4q6rWohlnos0xUT1VKbs7sFV5gvYr1C9ldAMV5Q0iWQmCHeJC55u_pLjLtYYC3?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/rAReMEElWUR3eLFHgJx0tlntColqF49A5P7bZyqinkdD0p9Lu_GPqhxgQUTm2k9BwT1W_Q7BwZevRQz6jbzPz55p3iyncRrgwMMJ_IoCqyPT-yOGFi601jA0syssuinrufbiz4FMOlMPaqv_25hrMO0seMWyDxW-MMvg_-S_BOS75FxmX00AM00fnwptjBYA?purpose=fullsize
https://images.openai.com/static-rsc-4/Yj3Mak_4lvWvey52cYqrKpx7fAAZDxot9DAPr5c4lGuZ3pagN_bFtp0bXEgKDbwpbG-ErzhnTNCKT0ifSyG9Ei8EPAEfqilrv-4Y0jVXD5BaILHyQrvw0FBFwbN0fRjEf25kUsP8P5-1hWwlKHS3IxLDTQJK7nv02-nw0lzPDVHqeLmBF-GUhRwKIYTtCWyZ?purpose=fullsize

7

Key Spaces:

  • Forum (civic center)
  • Amphitheatres (entertainment)
  • Baths (social interaction)

Planning Principle:

  • Provision of public spaces for social, cultural, and political life

9. Defense and Security

Features:

  • City walls and gates
  • Watchtowers
  • Strategic location selection

Planning Principle:

  • Security integrated into urban design

10. Governance and Administration

Roman cities were administrative units of the empire.

Features:

  • Centralized governance
  • Standardized planning across regions
  • Efficient tax and resource management

Planning Principle:

  • Administrative control and uniformity

11. Environmental and Regional Adaptation

  • Cities adapted to local topography
  • Use of local materials
  • Climate considerations in building design

Planning Principle:

  • Flexibility within a standardized framework

12. Key Planning Principles of Roman Civilization

The major principles include:

  1. Grid-Iron Planning with Cardo and Decumanus
  2. Standardization and Replication (Castrum model)
  3. Integration of Infrastructure (water, roads, drainage)
  4. Functional Zoning
  5. Efficient Transport and Connectivity
  6. Provision of Public Amenities
  7. Public Health and Sanitation
  8. Strong Governance and Administration
  9. Defense and Security
  10. Engineering Excellence

13. Comparison with Other Civilizations

  • More advanced infrastructure than Greek cities
  • More organized and planned than Mesopotamian cities
  • Less focused on sanitation than Indus Valley in some aspects but more advanced in engineering scale
  • Strong emphasis on standardization and expansion

14. Relevance to Modern Urban Planning

Roman planning has directly influenced modern cities:

  • Grid planning โ†’ Modern city layouts
  • Road networks โ†’ Highways and transport systems
  • Water supply systems โ†’ Urban utilities
  • Public spaces โ†’ Parks, plazas, civic centers
  • Zoning โ†’ Land use planning

In TOD context:

  • Grid systems enhance accessibility and connectivity
  • Mixed-use development improves ridership and walkability

Conclusion

The Roman civilization represents the peak of ancient urban planning, combining geometric precision, engineering innovation, and administrative efficiency. Roman cities were designed not only for governance and defense but also for public welfare, connectivity, and urban functionality.

The principles of Roman planningโ€”such as infrastructure integration, grid layout, and provision of public amenitiesโ€”remain foundational in modern urban planning. Their legacy demonstrates that successful cities require a balance of engineering, governance, and human-centered design, making Roman planning one of the most influential models in the history of urban development.

Job Opening: Skill Trainer

Job Opening: Skill Trainer

Organization: Track2Training (An NGO Initiative)
Location: Multiple locations / Remote (as per program requirement)
Job Type: Full-Time / Part-Time / Contractual


About Track2Training

Track2Training is a not-for-profit organization committed to empowering communities through education, training, and capacity-building programs. We work with youth, women, and vulnerable groups to enhance livelihood opportunities, skill improvement, disaster resilience, and community development. Through our specialized training initiatives, we aim to equip individuals with practical knowledge and hands-on skills to become self-reliant and resilient in the face of challenges.


Position Overview

We are seeking passionate and dedicated Skill Trainers to join our team. The trainers will be responsible for delivering livelihood-oriented skill training, conducting workshops for skill development and improvement, and facilitating community-based resilience programs. The role requires individuals who are enthusiastic about capacity building, vocational education, and disaster preparedness, and who can motivate trainees to achieve their learning and career goals.


Key Responsibilities

  • Conduct structured training programs in livelihood skills, entrepreneurship, vocational skills, and disaster resilience.
  • Develop innovative and participatory training modules for youth, women, and marginalized communities.
  • Facilitate sessions on life skills, employability, communication, and digital literacy.
  • Provide hands-on demonstrations, group exercises, and interactive learning methods.
  • Train communities on disaster risk reduction (DRR), emergency preparedness, and resilience strategies.
  • Monitor progress of trainees and assess skill development outcomes.
  • Support beneficiaries in accessing livelihood opportunities, self-employment, and micro-entrepreneurship.
  • Prepare training reports, maintain attendance, and document success stories.
  • Collaborate with local partners, NGOs, and government agencies to maximize outreach and impact.

Desired Skills and Qualifications

  • Graduate / Postgraduate in Social Work, Education, Rural Development, Vocational Training, Disaster Management, or related fields.
  • Professional certification or experience in vocational skills training, entrepreneurship, or disaster resilience will be an added advantage.
  • Strong facilitation and communication skills in English and local languages.
  • Ability to motivate and mentor trainees from diverse backgrounds.
  • Knowledge of livelihood programs, community development, and skill-building initiatives.
  • Experience in working with NGOs, skill development missions, or government livelihood programs preferred.
  • Proficiency in MS Office, digital training tools, and online learning platforms.

Why Join Us?

  • Be part of a mission-driven NGO creating real social impact.
  • Opportunity to empower marginalized communities through sustainable skill development.
  • Work on innovative projects in livelihood training, digital empowerment, and disaster resilience.
  • Exposure to national and international collaborations in development initiatives.
  • Flexible and supportive work culture.

Remuneration

  • Competitive salary based on qualifications and experience.
  • Additional benefits as per NGO norms and project-based funding support.

How to Apply

Interested candidates are invited to send their CV, cover letter, and a brief note on their training experience to:

๐Ÿ“ง careers@track2training.org
๐Ÿ“… Application Deadline: 16 June 2022


๐Ÿ‘‰ Join Track2Training and contribute to building stronger, skilled, and resilient communities.

Learn Everything You Can About IBPS RRB Exam

Candidates are chosen to be considered for Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) during this IBPS RRB selection process. The Regional Rural Banks are the scheduled Indian commercial banks, and the purpose of RRB is to offer banking services to mainly rural and semi-urban regions.

The recruitment is for Office Assistant (multipurpose) and Officer Scale I, II, and III. It is expected that the IBPS RRB vacancy for each post in the recruitment will be made public. Candidates are eager to learn about the state-specific job openings, and this huge gap creates great job prospects for hopefuls each year.

The Age Limit and Qualification

The minimum age is for IBPS RRB office assistants is between 18 and 28. For scale 1, it’s 18-30. For scale 2, 21-32. For scale 3, it’s 21-40. There will be a relaxation of age in different categories.

Qualifications for education are required for each post. For the post of office assistant, Bachelor’s degree in any stream from a government-recognized University would be enough. Language proficiency in the local language is an advantage, and they should possess a basic understanding of computers. IBPS RRB PO free mock test 2022 is here for your preparation.

For scale 1, work experience is not a requirement. A minimum of a bachelor’s degree in any field from a recognized institution is required. The first preference is given to applicants with degrees in Agriculture or Agriculture, Marketing, Horticulture, Forestry, Information Technology, Animal Husbandry, or Veterinarian Science Management and Agricultural Engineering and Pisciculture, Accounting, Law, or Economics. Language proficiency in the local language. Basic computer skills are common for everyone.

Photo by Andy Barbour on Pexels.com

For scale 2, you must have, at the very least, a bachelor’s or master’s degree in one of the streams at an accredited university or equivalent, with at least a mark of 50% in your degree. Experience of two years as an officer at a financial institution or Bank is required.

For scale 3, Bachelor’s Degree in any discipline from a recognized university or equivalent, with minimum marks of 50% or more. Priority is given to candidates who hold a degree or diploma in banking, marketing, Finance, Agriculture, etc. Five yearsโ€™ experience (minimum) as an officer in a financial institution or Bank.

The Process of Recruiting

This IBPS RRB Office Assistant selection procedure will include preliminary and main examinations. Candidates who pass the prelims exam will sit for the mains test, the last phase, and candidates will receive a provisional order based on the scores of the main exam.

Three stages are held when it comes to the IBPS RRB selection procedure for the Officer Scale I hire. Candidates who pass the preliminary test are invited to take the main examination. After the main exam, the candidates are then selected as the candidates for the interview phase. The interview has a total score of 100 marks. The last merit lists are made using the marks obtained from the main stage and interview stage in a ratio of 80:20.

The process for selection comprises two rounds to be eligible for the recruitment of IBPS RRB Scale II Officer and III. The first stage is a single-level test. Candidates who have passed the exam at a single level will be selected for the interview. The exam will be conducted with a total of 100 marks. The marks of the single-level exam and the interview are taken in the proportion of 80:20 to prepare the merit lists for final submission. You can opt for IBPS RRB PO free mock test 2022 here.

Benefits of category management: Why should you definitely apply it?ย 

Selling first began as soon as the first human beings appeared. From time immemorial, unique locations were created for this purpose, including markets, bazaars, and shopping areas, where you could buy both vegetables and luxury goods from merchants. In those days, no one really thought about making the right arrangements for the merchants and their goods, making it more convenient for the customer to choose and spend more money than they originally planned. However, over time, when a wide variety of goods appeared, merchants had to start to think about how to conveniently and effectively arrange their goods to beat the competition. That’s when category management came into existence.

Category management is the process of assortment management, whereby categories of goods are created and connected based on certain characteristics. For example, various dairy products will include yoghurts, milk, cheese, cottage cheese, etc. The customer can then quickly find the right products. A business can then figure out exactly where and why it has to offer its goods to the consumer. In this regard, the introduction of category management supplies many advantages and obvious convenience for the consumer. What advantages are we talking about, you wonder? Well, let us tell you!

Optimising work with suppliers and improving relationships

Category management is about more than just organising products and data. It is a clear plan for buying goods, which will, in turn, simplify the work of the business and suppliers because it allows you to:

  • Better understand the criteria that a supplier must meet, making it much easier to select, evaluate and attract suppliers.
  • Personalise your approach to suppliers, ensuring a more long-term and trusting relationship with each other and collaborative development.
  • Minimise disruptions and conflicts. The presence of category management supports the sustainability of the business through a clear supply chain and a transparent division of the areas of responsibility.

More valuable information and, as a result, better decisions

Category management implies data analysis, a powerful tool for developing any business. Based on data collected by working with category management, a company can optimise its structure, gain a comprehensive view of costs and supply chains, and predict market conditions. Data analysis also makes it possible:

  • To easier manage the suppliers themselves, negotiating with them for the best terms and prices (the information collected during the analysis can be used as a reason during business negotiations).
  • To shape and customise categories according to customer needs and the organisation’s goals for profit, production, and risk mitigation.
  • To predict added risks and challenges and find ways to avoid them. For example, based on category management data, you can see potential disruptions to the supply chains and predict the impact of any external events (pandemic, natural disasters, international political conflicts, etc.).
  • To use human resources more efficiently. Effective category management needs skilled and well-trained professionals, such as category managers. Anyone from your team members who has the proper skills or is ready to undergo more training can become one.

By analysing category management data, you will also be able to allocate business resources to those strategies, products, market trends and promotion channels that are most likely to lead your business to success.

A better understanding of costs

Companies not using categorical management often lack complete and exact information about costs. They do not track and analyse contracts and supplier relationships, focusing solely on sales. However, if the full list of suppliers and their terms are known, so are the costs, which can be reduced or eliminated altogether, like a leak in a hose. 

Understanding the customer journey and offering a better service

Category management includes using specific tools such as Category Tree to view the customer’s path through an offline or online store. Then, by understanding their path, you can make it more convenient and, as a result, more profitable for your business. After all, any customer is primarily driven by consumer logic and personal needs. So, by understanding and using the laws of human psychology, you can significantly increase the number of sales. For example, the American company Schnucks did it in 1985 when it expanded the counter for high-end baby food. Thanks to the area organisation and considering the needs of their shoppers, their sales increased by 20%!

Category management has plenty of advantages; the most important one is that it ensures the viability of the business for many years to come. After all, using it, a company receives up-to-date and useful information about all internal processes from working with suppliers to organising goods inside the store. As a result, nothing will take it by surprise or expose it to further risks.

Emersonian Doctrine of โ€˜Illusionโ€™ and Vedantic Concept of โ€˜Mayaโ€™

B. S. S Bhagavan

Assistant Professor

Research Scholar, Department of English 

Vikrama Simhapuri University, Kakutur, Nellore, A.P.

bhagavanbss@vsu.ac.in  

Dr. R. Prabhakar

Associate Professor, Head, Department of English 

Research Supervisor, Vikrama Simhapuri University, 

Kakutur, Nellore, A.P.

prabhakarjoli@gmail.com

Abstract:

R.W Emerson the father of American Transcendentalism redefined 19th century American culture, literature and religion. In his first work Nature published in 1836. Emerson articulated basic concept of his new philosophy. He advocated spiritualism and preached oneness of Man, God and Nature. While defining basic tenace of his philosophy Emerson relayed upon the blend of the subjective and objective Idealism. Emerson could not ascribe to any specific idealism. This Ontological confusion created intellectual stagnation in his career.

Emerson studied German idealism and Greek philosophy to resolve Ontological riddles. The ancient Greek philosophy persuaded Emerson to dwell into Vedantic Literature. The Vedantic Doctrine of Mayavada helped Emerson to overcome the Ontological obstacles and to give legitimate conclusion to his philosophy. 

Keywords: Illusion, Maya, Eternal Bliss, Phenomenal World, Sensory Objects, Delusive power, Ignorance, Realized being and God within.

Introduction:

The Indian non dualistic thought (Advaita Vedanta) advocates Mayavada and defines the nature of the world. The doctrine of Maya defines the absolute being as non-dual and the one without second. It also ratifies the existence of the world and all objects and beings.

R.W Emerson in his doctrine of Illusion presents God as non-dual and all pervasive oversoul. He also explains the nature of the phenomenal world and considers all beings and objects as mere appearance. Emerson in his work Conduct of life deals with primary question that how one can attain spiritual realization and maintain perfect balance between spiritual and family life. According to Emerson man due to his ignorance subjects himself to the illusive power of the world and invites sufferings. The individual can attain liberation through self-realization and self-reliance enables the individual in attaining the purpose of human life. Vedanta also discusses the concept of liberation and highlights the importance of Atmasakshatkara.

Vedanta says the universal being adopts illusion as a method to govern whole creation. This principle also known as the principle of relativity, inversion and oppositional states. According to Advaita they exist only one reality but the individual perceives multiple realities in various forms and names.  It argues that multiple objects of this world are buy products of Maya. All the ancient religions advocate same principle (Maya) with various names. Indian non dualistic thought describes the Maya as indefinable because of its fleeting nature and indefinite structures. It says the absolute being dwells in every being and instructs all beings to overcome the delusive power of phenomenal world. The individual due to ignorance misidentifies himself with ego and surrenders himself to the Maya.

Young Emerson during his Harvard days at the age of 17 years composed a poem titled The Superstition. In the poem discussed the delusive power of the world mentioned in Indian scriptures but the content of the poem could not satisfy his readers. Though he had little knowledge of Maya he didnโ€™t study the concept till 1845. Emerson borrowed Bhagavata Purana from his friend Thoreauโ€™s library and read about the Doctrine of Maya. In 1860 in his essay โ€œThe Conduct of lifeโ€ Emerson advocated his doctrine of Illusion. The Doctrine of Maya enriched Emersons philosophy and enabled him to answer all the queries that haunted him throughout his career.

Advaita Vedanta says there is one reality and it manifests itself in various forms and names. The individualsโ€™ constant misperception makes him to accept multiple realities in this world. The individual attributes the qualities of real to the unreal and subjects himself to the power of Maya. Audisankara explains this with the analogy of the Serpent and the Rope. The Indian non-dualistic thought appeals the mankind to relay upon intuition to realize the ultimate reality. It articulates Neeti Neeti method to comprehend the absolute. According to Advaita Vedanta the absolute (God) mocks and instructs the individual through the Maya. According to the doctrine of Maya the nature (the proxy of the absolute) educates the individual and teaches him to see the ultimate reality through the veil of Maya.

Emerson like Vedanta refers the absolute as oversoul in the context of universe and refers the individual soul in the context of man. For Emerson oversoul and the individual soul are one and the same. He finds no distinction between God and the individual. He writes โ€œWho shall define to me an individual? I behold with awe and delight many illustrations of the One Universal Mind. I see my being embedded in it; as a plant in the earth so I grow in God. I amonly a form of him. He is the soul of me. I can even with mountainous aspiring say, I am God, by transferring my me out of the flimsy and unclear precinct of my body, my fortunes, my private willโ€ (Journals. Vol. V. Pp. 336-37).

In all his works he presents the doctrine of infinitude of private man. For him the individual is not mere aboard where the absolute resides but the individual is part and parcel of the oversoul. Vedanta ratifies Emersons idea when it says โ€œknow that self alone that is one without a secondโ€ฆand give up all other talks.โ€ (The Thirteen Principal Upanishad. P. 372.). Emerson says our life is in this world like momentary dream which is unreal. โ€œPhilosophy affirmsthat the outward world is only phenomenal and the whole concern of dimness, of tailors, of gigs, of balls, whereof men make such account is โ€ฆan intricate dreamโ€. (Ralph L. Rusx. ed. Letters, I. P. 412; also see Journals, Vol. III. P. 335,481.)

Emerson in his first work Nature describes the nature as the medium through which the divine reveals its mind. He writes in his journals โ€œnature is only the foliage, the flowering, and the fruit of the soulโ€ฆevery part, therefore exists as an emblem and sign of some fact in the soulโ€ (Works. Vol. VIII, P. 53). He argues that the world being the cause canโ€™t exist without the cause (absolute). He further says the world befools the individual with its illusive power. He suggests the mankind to discriminate between right and wrong and to liberate from the Maya. For him the world along with arts, persons, letters, scriptures, religions and etc. are the buy products of Maya. He writes that โ€œtowns, landscapes are fugitives like the smoke or snow; the institutions, society and whole world are simply products of illusion. Though thesoul exists in every particle of the universe it stands apart from the phenomenal world.โ€ He says thought the maya is the power of the absolute is distinctive from the Maya. Unlike phenomenal objects the absolute is beyond all constrains. Thus, Emersonโ€™s concept of Nature resembles Vedantic concept of Prakruti in many respects.

Emerson and Vedanta articulate that the individual can liberate himself from the through self-realization in his essay Emerson echoes same idea. When he writes Flow, flow the waves hated, Accursed, adored, the waves of mutation: No anchorage is. Emerson quoted line from Vishnu purana and other Indian scriptures to strengthen his argument. He called Illusion with various names in the essay like Fascination, Trick, Deception and Disguise. He says irrespective of age, sex and race everyone subjected to Maya. He writes โ€œthe young mortal enters the hall of the firmament โ€ฆon the instant, and incessantly, fall snow storms of illusionsโ€ (Works, Vol. VI.P.325. “Illusions”). He argues that everything that an individual perceives through his senses or unreal and temporal. He says the one who treats all his experiences feelings and emotions as true canโ€™t liberate himself from the Maya. The world with its illusive power perceives the mankind to go after temporal things. In his essay โ€œMontaigneโ€ he appeals his contemporaries to depend upon the God within escape from the power of Maya.

  Emerson in his essay Illusion consider all human emotions like love, anger, jealous etc. as results of human ignorance and Maya. He refers all relations, positions and possessions also products of Maya. According to him the individual invites sufferings and sorrows by surrendering himself to the Maya. Vedanta too emphasizes the same idea it says the individual depends upon the temporal and unreal phenomenal objects derive happiness. Vedanta defines the absolute as pure conscious, existence and bliss (Sat Chit Anand). According to Vedanta the absolute who is the defined as Ananda dwells in every individual. Thus, the individual becomes the embodiment of the bliss which is internal. Man, due to his ignorance instead of depending upon is innate self which is the embodiment of eternal bliss seeks happiness from phenomenal objects which are temporal. Therefore, man subjects himself to the ever-ending desires and sufferings. 

Conclusion:

Like Vedanta Emerson argues that the man identifies himself with phenomenal ego and fails to recognize his true self. This attitude of individual makes him the victim of the illusive power of the world. The individual who is the aboard of God within is the real source for fountain of bliss but the individual forgetting this truth seeks happiness from external sources. Both Emerson and Vedanta say the individual can attain Self-realization through intuition and can attain Moksha which is the purpose of life. Thus, the doctrine of Illusion propelled the Vedanta philosophy and Emersonโ€™s Transcendentalism to legitimate conclusion.

References:

  1. Agarwal. M.M. Freedom of the Soul. A Post-modern Understanding of Hinduism. New Delhi: conceptpublishing company. 2002.
  2. Alcott, Amos Bo Ralph Waldo Emerson: Philosopher and Seer, Boston, 1882.
  3. Bishap, Jonathan, Emerson on the Soul. Cambridge Mass.1964.
  4. Cary, Elizabeth Luther. Emerson, Poet and Thinker. Concord, Mass. 1903.
  5. Carpenter. F.I. Emerson and Asia. New York, 1953.
  6. Chakravarti. S.C. The Philosophy of the Upanishads, Calcutta, 1935.
  7. Das, S.P. Emerson’s Debt to Hindu Thought: A Reappraisal. Thesis submitted to Guru Nanak DevUniversity, Amritsar, 1977.
  8. Gray, Robert M. Emerson: A Study of the Poet as Seer. New York, 1928.
  9. Radhakrishnan. S. The Principal Upanishads. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1968.
  10. Siccar, Mahendranath. Hindu Mysticism: According to the Upanishads. New Delhi: Orient Book ReprintCorporation, 1974.
  11. The Complete Works of Ralph Waldo Emerson, Centenary. ed. 12 Volumes. Boston and New York. 1903-1994.
  12. Waldo Emerson, Ralph. Emerson, Essays and Lectures. Ed. Joel Porte. New York: Literary classic of theUnited States, Inc, 1983.

Lost in the Classroom? Get a Curriculum Map!

At one point in every teacherโ€™s career, they have come to a point where they just feel lost. Their goals seem unattainable, state and district standards are looming overhead and it feels like you are lost and adrift in the ocean. Lessons seem fragmented and like they arenโ€™t building on each other and the kids seem to be just as lost as their instructor. While the initial reaction might be to cry and think that you arenโ€™t cut out to be an educator, donโ€™t! Almost everyone feels this way at some point in their career and the easiest way to find the promised land is to get a curriculum map!

Photo by Pragyan Bezbaruah on Pexels.com

The Importance of Curriculum Mapping 

Curriculum mapping is one of the most important skills that a teacher has in their non-teaching arsenal. Many think that the work inside of the classroom is the hard part, but oftentimes that is because preparations havenโ€™t been made outside of the classroom. Before the school year even begins, it is imperative to sit down and plan out your year. Try to answer the following questions ahead of time:

  • What are my big units?
  • What do I want the students to learn in each unit?
  • How much homework should I give?
  • How much time should I give for instruction?
  • How much time should be devoted to working on skills in class?
  • What should the test and quiz schedule look like?
  • Are there going to be any big projects?

By asking these questions ahead of time an educator can start to form a plan before a child even steps foot in the classroom. Ask any veteran teacher their biggest piece of advice and chances are many will answer with, โ€œbe proactive, not reactiveโ€.

Where to Even Begin

Once the big questions above are answered, many wonder where to even go from there. Curriculum mapping can seem like such a daunting task. After all, you are planning out what you are going to do for the whole year right? While the process seems daunting your goal isnโ€™t to account for every minute in the entire school year! For the average teacher that would be planning out 78,120 instructional minutes! The goal with curriculum mapping is to help you plan the following:

  • What units you want to teach.
  • What the main idea behind each unit is. 
  • What you will use to test student knowledge at the end of units.
    • Is that a project?
    • Is that a presentation?
    • Is that a test?
  • What you will use to check for understanding along the way. 
    • Homework?
    • Quizzes?

With your big pieces placed out it is easy to check the progression and flow of your instruction and to make sure that you have a clear goal for each big unit and have thought out why you are doing the things you are beforehand, 

Ready? Use a Blank Curriculum Map Template 

Donโ€™t feel like you need to create everything from scratch! There are a myriad of resources created for teachers, by teachers, that can be extremely helpful. A blank curriculum map template can be useful in helping to guide someone through the curriculum mapping process.

What is Security Services

Security servicesย guarantee protecting agents against attacks. During agentโ€™s transportation the code is protected as a usual file. At the host site, the agent is open for modifications and very specific methods must be applied for protection.

Photo by PhotoMIX Company on Pexels.com

A processing or communication service that is provided by a system to give a specific kind of protection to resources, where said resources may reside with said system or reside with other systems, for example, an authentication service or a PKI-based document attribution and authentication service. A security service is a superset of AAA services. Security services typically implement portions of security policies and are implemented via security mechanisms.

Facility Management services are designed and delivered according to the customers need; be it housekeeping services, janitorial support, HVAC repairs or pest control. We have shown significant growth over the past few years to become the 4th largest player in this space with a nationwide presence like few others. The clients are as diverse as our services, ranging from households, businesses and industrial establishments.

Cyber security to companies that provide services via the internet. Such as protecting the account of the company, their customer data, and their infrastructure. The cyber security service is based on the protection of computer data, networks, and identity management of companies.

Cyber security services are a branch of technology that protects the computer hardware, software, data and networks from unauthorized cyber attacks from internal and external sources. It is becoming increasingly more important over time, as we face more and more cyber-attacks from a variety of sources. The primary requirement of a cyber security service is to keep the systems and networks safe from external attacks.

Security Services:

A processing or communication service that enhances the security of the data processing systems and the information transfers of an organization. These services are intended to counter security attacks, and they make use of one or more security mechanisms to provide the service. Following are the five categories of these services:[m1-2]Authentication: The assurance that the communicating entity is the one that it claims to be.

  • Peer Entity Authentication: Used in association with a logical connection to provide confidence in the identity of the entities connected.
  • Data-Origin Authentication: In a connectionless transfer, provides assurance that the source of received data is as claimed.

Data Confidentiality: Protects data from unauthorized disclosure.

Access Control: The prevention of unauthorized use of a resource (i.e., this service controls who can have access to a resource, under what conditions access can occur, and what those accessing the resource are allowed to do).

Data Integrity: The assurance that data received are exactly as sent by an authorized entity (i.e., contain no modification, insertion, deletion, or replay).

Non-repudiation: Protects against denial by one of the entities involved in a communication of having participated in all or part of the communication.

  • Proof of Origin:ย Proof that the message was sent by the specified party.
  • Proof of Delivery:ย Proof that the message was received by the specified party.

There are different types of security services that service providers give to the firms, organisations, or individuals.

  • Technical Security Service. This is the most basic security service you can access. … 
  • Event Management Security Service. Anything that comes under an event, comes under this type of security service. … 
  • Fire Watch Service. … 
  • Personal Protection. … 
  • Mobile Patrol Security Service.

What is NFT – Non-Fungible Token

NFTs are currently taking the digital art and collectibles world by storm. Digital artists are seeing their lives change thanks to huge sales to a new crypto-audience. And celebrities are joining in as they spot a new opportunity to connect with fans. But digital art is only one way to use NFTs. Really they can be used to represent ownership of any unique asset, like a deed for an item in the digital or physical realm.

What’s an NFT?

NFTs are tokens that we can use to represent ownership of unique items. They let us tokenise things like art, collectibles, even real estate. They can only have one official owner at a time and they’re secured by the Ethereum blockchain โ€“ no one can modify the record of ownership or copy/paste a new NFT into existence.

NFT stands for non-fungible token. Non-fungible is an economic term that you could use to describe things like your furniture, a song file, or your computer. These things are not interchangeable for other items because they have unique properties.

Fungible items, on the other hand, can be exchanged because their value defines them rather than their unique properties.

The internet of assets

NFTs and Ethereum solve some of the problems that exist in the internet today. As everything becomes more digital, there’s a need to replicate the properties of physical items like scarcity, uniqueness, and proof of ownership. Not to mention that digital items often only work in the context of their product. For example you can’t re-sell an iTunes mp3 you’ve purchased, or you can’t exchange one company’s loyalty points for another platform’s credit even if there’s a market for it.

Here’s how an internet of NFTs compared to the internet most of us use today looks…

A comparison

An NFT internetThe internet today
NFTs are digitally unique, no two NFTs are the same.A copy of a file, like an .mp3 or .jpg, is the same as the original.
Every NFT must have an owner and this is of public record and easy for anyone to verify.Ownership records of digital items are stored on servers controlled by institutions โ€“ you must take their word for it.
NFTs are compatible with anything built using Ethereum. An NFT ticket for an event can be traded on every Ethereum marketplace, for an entirely different NFT. You could trade a piece of art for a ticket!Companies with digital items must build their own infrastructure. For example an app that issues digital tickets for events would have to build their own ticket exchange.
Content creators can sell their work anywhere and can access a global market.Creators rely on the infrastructure and distribution of the platforms they use. These are often subject to terms of use and geographical restrictions.
Creators can retain ownership rights over their own work, and claim resale royalties directly.Platforms, such as music streaming services, retain the majority of profits from sales.
Items can be used in surprising ways. For example, you can use digital artwork as collateral in a decentralised loan.

NFT examples

The NFT world is relatively new. In theory, the scope for NFTs is anything that is unique that needs provable ownership. Here are some examples of NFTs that exist today, to help you get the idea:

ethereum.org examples

We use NFTs to give back to our contributors and we’ve even got our own NFT domain name.

POAPs (Proof of attendance protocol)

If you contribute to ethereum.org, you can claim a POAP NFT. These are collectibles that prove you participated in an event. Some crypto meetups have used POAPs as a form of ticket to their events. More on contributing.

ethereum.org POAP

ethereum.eth

This website has an alternative domain name powered by NFTs,ย ethereum.eth. Ourย .orgย address is centrally managed by a domain name system (DNS) provider, whereas ethereum.ethย is registered on Ethereum via the Ethereum Name Service (ENS). And its owned and managed by us.ย 

How do NFTs work?

NFTs are different from ERC-20 tokens, such as DAI or LINK, in that each individual token is completely unique and is not divisible. NFTs give the ability to assign or claim ownership of any unique piece of digital data, trackable by using Ethereum’s blockchain as a public ledger. An NFT is minted from digital objects as a representation of digital or non-digital assets. For example, an NFT could represent:

  • Digital Art:
    • GIFs
    • Collectibles
    • Music
    • Videos
  • Real World Items:
    • Deeds to a car
    • Tickets to a real world event
    • Tokenized invoices
    • Legal documents
    • Signatures
  • Lots and lots more options to get creative with!

An NFT can only have one owner at a time. Ownership is managed through the uniqueID and metadata that no other token can replicate. NFTs are minted through smart contracts that assign ownership and manage the transferability of the NFT’s. When someone creates or mints an NFT, they execute code stored in smart contracts that conform to different standards, such as ERC-721. This information is added to the blockchain where the NFT is being managed. The minting process, from a high level, has the following steps that it goes through:

  • Creating a new block
  • Validating information
  • Recording information into the blockchain

NFT’s have some special properties:

  • Each token minted has a unique identifier that is directly linked to one Ethereum address.
  • They’re not directly interchangeable with other tokens 1:1. For example 1 ETH is exactly the same as another ETH. This isn’t the case with NFTs.
  • Each token has an owner and this information is easily verifiable.
  • They live on Ethereum and can be bought and sold on any Ethereum-based NFT market.

In other words, if you own an NFT:

  • You can easily prove you own it.
    • Proving you own an NFT is very similar to proving you have ETH in your account.
    • For example, let’s say you purchase an NFT, and the ownership of the unique token is transferred to your wallet via your public address.
    • The token proves that your copy of the digital file is the original.
    • Your private key is proof-of-ownership of the original.
    • The content creator’s public key serves as a certificate of authenticity for that particular digital artefact.
      • The creators public key is essentially a permanent part of the token’s history. The creator’s public key can demonstrate that the token you hold was created by a particular individual, thus contributing to its market value (vs a counterfeit).
    • Another way to think about proving you own the NFT is by signing messages to prove you own the private key behind the address.
      • As mentioned above, your private key is proof-of-ownership of the original. This tells us that the private keys behind that address control the NFT.
      • A signed message can be used as proof that you own your private keys without revealing them to anybody and thus proving you own the NFT as well!
  • No one can manipulate it in any way.
  • You can sell it, and in some cases this will earn the original creator resale royalties.
  • Or, you can hold it forever, resting comfortably knowing your asset is secured by your wallet on Ethereum.

And if you create an NFT:

  • You can easily prove you’re the creator.
  • You determine the scarcity.
  • You can earn royalties every time it’s sold.
  • You can sell it on any NFT market or peer-to-peer. You’re not locked in to any platform and you don’t need anyone to intermediate.

Scarcity

The creator of an NFT gets to decide the scarcity of their asset.

For example, consider a ticket to a sporting event. Just as an organizer of an event can choose how many tickets to sell, the creator of an NFT can decide how many replicas exist. Sometimes these are exact replicas, such as 5000 General Admission tickets. Sometimes several are minted that are very similar, but each slightly different, such as a ticket with an assigned seat. In another case, the creator may want to create an NFT where only one is minted as a special rare collectible.

In these cases, each NFT would still have a unique identifier (like a bar code on a traditional “ticket”), with only one owner. The intended scarcity of the NFT matters, and is up to the creator. A creator may intend to make each NFT completely unique to create scarcity, or have reasons to produce several thousand replicas. Remember, this information is all public.

Royalties

Some NFTs will automatically pay out royalties to their creators when they’re sold. This is still a developing concept but it’s one of the most powerful. Original owners ofย EulerBeats Originalsย earn an 8% royalty every time the NFT is sold on. And some platforms, likeย Foundationย andย Zora, support royalties for their artists.

This is completely automatic so creators can just sit back and earn royalties as their work is sold from person to person. At the moment, figuring out royalties is very manual and lacks accuracy โ€“ a lot of creators don’t get paid what they deserve. If your NFT has a royalty programmed into it, you’ll never miss out.

What are NFTs used for?

Here’s more information of some of the better developed use-cases and visions for NFTs on Ethereum.

  • Digital content
  • Gaming items
  • Domain names
  • Physical items
  • Investments and collateral

Maximising earnings for creators

The biggest use of NFTs today is in the digital content realm. That’s because that industry today is broken. Content creators see their profits and earning potential swallowed by platforms.

An artist publishing work on a social network makes money for the platform who sell ads to the artists followers. They get exposure in return, but exposure doesn’t pay the bills.

NFTs power a new creator economy where creators don’t hand ownership of their content over to the platforms they use to publicise it. Ownership is baked into the content itself.

When they sell their content, funds go directly to them. If the new owner then sells the NFT, the original creator can even automatically receive royalties. This is guaranteed every time it’s sold because the creator’s address is part of the token’s metadata โ€“ metadata which can’t be modified.

Why Using A Financial Advisor Is The Best Choice For Your Next Investment Property?

As Benjamin Franklin accurately stated, “If you fail to plan, you are planning to fail.” You may have numerous distinct financial objectives that you want to achieve, but in order to achieve them at the ideal time in life, you must have a financial plan in place at the earliest.

Let’s face it: not everybody has the time or inclination to master finance. Nonetheless, being able to handle one’s personal and household money is becoming increasingly crucial in today’s world.

Nonetheless, don’t be alarmed! Hire finance advisors Richmond for peace of mind without constantly worrying about the ever-changing laws, economic conditions, or available financial goods.

Regardless of whether you plan to use the home as a primary residence or if you are only interested in the return on your investment, we always suggest that you engage with Melbourne finance advisors throughout your financial journey.

The Benefits Of Working With A Financial Advisor When Buying Your Next Investment Property

An investment advisor can help you make better financial decisions. A financial advisor may help you by educating and encouraging you as you strive toward your property investment objectives. Consider them your own coach and cheerleading team.

A skilled financial planner serves as a guide as you travel through life. Finance advisors Richmond essentially assist you in gaining control of your revenue, spending, and assets, making it easier to manage your funds and fulfil your dreams. 

Here are six key reasons for working with a financial advisor when buying your next investment property.

Knowledge and Experience

For those who have never invested in real estate before, the process can be daunting and time-consuming. To find the property that meets your needs and provides the promised returns on your investment, you will need the expertise of an investment property mortgage broker.

Making an informed financial decision doesn’t have to break the bank, which is what investment property brokers can help you avoid doing. They assist you in avoiding the kind of decision-related mistakes that often result in disappointment. The selection of property is, in reality, the deciding factor between a successful investment and a bad one when it comes to property investments.

Market Analysis

It doesn’t matter how many years of investment experience someone has if they don’t have correct facts to back it up. Melbourne finance advisors can estimate whether or not your home will be profitable year after year by evaluating the purchase price, including yearly appreciation considerations.

Rents that are either too high, too low, or exactly in line with your financial strategy goals may be discovered with a fast look at national, state, and local statistics. When you have the guidance of a professional who can provide you with reliable and economical advice, getting the most profit out of your home is made a bit simpler.

Voice Of Reason

A skilled financial advisor will assist you to start investing if you have been putting it off, or help you do it with more clarity if you have been doing it by yourself. They may propose an appropriate portfolio to help you achieve your objectives and explain how it suits you into the long-term strategy they have developed for you. They may also assist you with managing your finances so that you do not make judgments based on your emotions. 

Many investors sell their failing investments rashly when their properties face major losses. However, as a result, you are converting paper losses into permanent damage. The competent finance advisors Richmond will help you stay focused, diligent, and steady with the measures you need to implement to increase your fortune. They can be a voice of reason that encourages you to look at your assets with a long lens since they can stay psychologically impartial.

Investment Strategy

A normal call or appointment with a financial planner should begin with a discussion of your financial goals, problems, and patterns. Investment property brokers recognise your long-term goals and can help you manage your finances to achieve them, whether you want to buy as many properties as possible, decide which to settle off first, or what to do with the profits.

Your financial advisor will use the data obtained and analyse the state of your assets and assist you in gaining a better knowledge of where your wealth is and how to manage it. Your advisor will be able to determine the return on the equity you will need to accumulate to achieve your goals within the timeframe you have set. Finance advisors Richmond, such as an investment consultant, can assist you in not just accumulating money, but also in protecting it over time.

Accounting Guidance

Accountants are a great resource for helping you understand how to take advantage of tax reductions on your earnings. These specialists, however, are unable to provide you with guidance on “how” to boost the revenue that you already make. You may be paying more in taxes because your assets are dispersed throughout numerous jurisdictions rather than concentrated in a single place.

If you want to build your net worth, you have to consider the potential tax consequences of every investment you make. Regularly reviewing your tax returns with Melbourne finance advisors might help you identify patterns of increased taxes that could save you money in the long run.

Portfolio Management

If you are an experienced investor with a growing portfolio, you’ll benefit most from working with a financial advisor to look after your investments. Your property investment portfolio can be evaluated by a financial planner who has specialised in property investing in the same manner that they evaluate your stock or retirement accounts.

You and the rest of your team will know when it is time to expand your property portfolio and ensure that it is performing as you had hoped. Some assurance may be gained by working with an expert investment adviser, who can advise you on the best time to acquire new properties, list an asset for sale, balance your property investment holdings, and so on.

Conclusion

Finance advisors Richmond will arm you with the knowledge and opportunities you need to create, expand, and maintain a successful real estate portfolio. Hire the most skilled Melbourne finance advisors now and ensure a seamless investment experience!

Why Great Leaders Also Make Great Leadership Speakers

Great leaders also make great leadership speakers. After all, leaders are made now and then, but only a great leadership speaker manages to charm, motivate and enthral a large group of people into a new path. If you delve into this theory a few times, it may start to make some sense. But let us give you a clear idea.

What Makes A Great Leader?

You are a good speaker when you teach your students or give good advice to your friends, but does that make you a leader or a leadership speaker? What you have to understand is that great leaders, as we know, are made, through mistakes, experiences and knowledge. 

When we think about great leaders, what traits do we associate first? Charisma, charm, confidence, leadership quality and hope for a better future. All of this pertains to what makes a leader so popular. 

Yet, how can we know these traits of the great leaders who have gone before us and those who are rising today? We recognise their personalities through their demeanour, appearance, and most importantly, their speech. 

Power of speech is the strongest quality a great leader has. Not everyone is born with it but they can learn the art of public speaking or get inspired by it. What is more important is listening, not speaking. 

If you do not have anything good to input or share with your audience as a leader, then do not speak. Rather listen to their thoughts, opinions and feedback and form answers to the same. This is an important attribute in a great leader that most of us forget. Great leaders listen and are inspired by those around them. 

Not Just Leadership Speakers

Leadership speakers are not people who speak about how they would lead their people and country ahead towards peace, success and a brighter future. They are also motivational speakers as well as inspirational speakers

Great leaders fuel the fire inside you to be a better person, guide you towards public service and motivate you to do your part for the sake of the people around you. A great example of this comes from President John F. Kennedyโ€™s oath-taking speech, where he said: 

โ€œAsk not what your country can do for you โ€“ ask what you can do for your countryโ€

The line motivates and inspires you to be patriotic towards your land and perform your civic duty towards peopleโ€™s welfare.

Winston Churchill delivered a speech in the House of Commons, in 1940 where he reiterated how under the most terrible of circumstances in the brutal war that was raging, the goal of victory is near. 

Churchill himself was a famed orator and this was his famous โ€œWe shall fight on the beachesโ€ speech. He was the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom at that time and led Britain into victory in World War II. 

โ€œWe shall fight on the beaches, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields and the streets, we shall fight in the hills; we shall never surrender,…โ€

What makes the speech special is the underlying message given by the great leader to his countryโ€™s citizens to have faith and show bravery in the face of the enemy.  

Great Leaders Are Made, Not Born

So, you get the gist that great leaders are not only great leadership speakers who only talk about winning and goals. The ability to motivate people around you and inspire them to do better for their and everyoneโ€™s sake is a special quality. 

But you must understand that great leaders are made, not born. They are inspired and motivated by other people who seek to turn the world into a better place by improving the lives of everyone around them. 

And more often than not, great leaders of today attest to the fact that their first step towards leadership came after hearing a keynote address or conference address at their school, workplace or public events. 

Great leadership speakers develop their skills over time by hearing others such as motivational speakers, inspirational speakers, athlete speakers and more. 

What Can Leadership Speakers Do Youth & Adults? 

Emma Stone delivered a moving and inspiring speech on gender equality at the UN. Along with Angelina Jolie and Priyanka Chopra, she is one of the many celebrity speakers who have become UN representatives for causes such as gender equality and women’s rights.

Together, through their motivational speeches and actions, they have inspired millions globally to make the world a better place for all, irrespective of gender. 

A keynote address at a school assembly and conference speech at an office event may turn a life around for some people. People feel more positive, motivated and inspired to make big changes in life, step out of their comfort zone and learn new things. Some even grow up to be great leaders themselves. 

Therefore, it’s always a good idea to invite an addressee or keynote speaker to your event. Embrace the opportunity to book a speaker and inspire people to achieve their goals.